Prepublication issue for EPA libraries
          and State Solid Waste Management Agencies'
               POLLUTION PREDICTION TECHNIQUES

                  FOR WASTE DISPOSAL SITING

                A State-of-the-Art Assessment
       This report (SW-262c) describes work performed
for the Office of Solid Waste under contract no. 68-01-4268
     and is reproduced as received from the contractor.
    Ttie findings should be attributed to the contractor
            and not to the Office of Solid Waste.
              Copies will he available from the
           National Technical Information Service
                 U.S. Department of Commerce
                Springfield, Virginia  22161
            U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY

                            1978

-------
This report was prepared by Roy F.  Weston, Inc., West Chester, Pennsylvania,
under Contract No. 68-01-4368.

Publication does not signify that the contents necessarily reflect the
views and policies of the U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency, nor
does mention of commercial  products constitute endorsement by the
U.S. Government.

An environmental protection publication (SW-162c) in the solid waste
management series.

-------
                             TABLE  OF CONTENTS
Sect! on

                 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
   II            INTRODUCTION
                      Background
                      Scope and Objectives
                      Introduction                                     1
                           Scope  and Objectives                        1
                           Literature Search                           3
                      Processes  Influencing Mobility  and
                       Attenuation  of Chemical Waste
                       Constituents in Soil-Water Systems              3
                           Attenuation Mechanisms                     k
                                Physical  Processes                     k
                                Chemical  Processes                     k
                                Biological  Processes
                                 (Blodegratlon)                        7
                           Sufficiency of Attenuation                 7
                      Pollution  Prediction  Techniques                 8
                           Criteria Listing                           9
                           Criteria Ranking                          12
                           Matrix                                    15
                           Classification System (Decision  Tree)      18
                           Simulation Models                          20
                                Survey of Existing  Mathematical
                                 Models                              22
                                Sol 1-Leachate Column  Studies          25
                                Batch or  Shaker  Tests                25
                                Thin-Layer Chroma tography             25
                                Dl lution  Model                        27
                                On-Going  Research                    27
                                Assessment                            27
                      Regulatory  Agency Practices                    29
                           Permit Procedures  Utilized                29
                           Modes  of Disposal                          31
                      Recommended Development Plans                  33
                           Criteria Listing                          33
                           Classification Systems                    35
                           Simulation Models                          36
                      Conclusions and Recommendations                37
                           Conclusions                               37
                           Recommendations                            Al
                                    m

-------
                             TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                (conti nued)
Section

   I I I            LITERATURE SEARCH                                  i»9

   IV             PROCESSES INFLUENCING MOBILITY AND
                  ATTENUATION OF CHEMICAL-WASTE
                  CONSTITUENTS IN SOIL-WATER SYSTEMS                53

                      Definition                                    53
                      The Soil-Water System                         5*t
                      Attenuation Mechanisms                        55
                           Physical  Processes                       55
                                Molecular Diffusion                 55
                                Hydrodynamic Dispersion             56
                                Dilution                            58
                      Chemical Processes                            58
                           Adsorptfon-Desorpt?on or Ion Exchange    58
                                Precipitation                       6k
                                Oxidation/Reduction                 66
                      Biological Processes                          67
                           Biodegradation                           67
                      Sufficiency of Attenuation                    68

   V              SUMMARY OF POLLUTION PREDICTION TECHNIQUES         73

                      Introduction                                  73
                      Criteria Listing                              76
                           Description                              76
                           State of Development/Application         76
                           Assessment                               83
                           Availability                             85
                      Criteria Ranking                              86
                           Description                              86
                           State of Development/Application         86
                           Assessment                               98
                           Availability                            101
                      Matrix                                       1 °1
                           Description                             101
                           State of Development/Application        101
                           Assessment                              111
                           Availability                            116
                                      IV

-------
                              TABLE  OF CONTENTS
                                 (continued)
Section                                                            Page

                       Classification  System  (Decision  Tree)         117
                            Description                              117
                            State  of Development/Application         117
                            Assessment                              124
                            Availabi1ity                             126
                       Simulation  Models                             128
                            Description                              128
                                Descriptive  Models                  129
                                Physical  Models                     129
                                Analog Models                       131
                                Mathematical Models                 131
                                Empirical versus  Conceptual
                                  Models                             132
                                Stochastic versus Deterministic
                                  Models                             132
                                Static versus  Dynamic  Models        133
                                Spatial  Dimensionality of  the
                                  Model                              13**
                            State  of Development/Application         136
                                Analytical Methods                  1^2
                                Numerical Methods                   1^2
                            Existing Mathematical  Models             1^7
                                Partially-Saturated Transport
                                  Models                             1^7
                                Saturated-Only Transport Models     156
                                Unsaturated-Only  Transport
                                  Models                             157
                                Analytical Models                   159
                            Existing Non-Mathematical Simulation
                            Models                                  160
                                Soi1-Leachate  Column Studies        160
                                Batch or  Shaker Tests               165
                                Thin  Layer Chroma tography           168
                                Dilution  Model                      171
                            On-Going Research                        1 7*»
                                USGS  Modeling Activities            17^
                                Pacific  Northwest Laboratories      176
                                Oak Ridge National Laboratory       176
                                  (ORNL)
                                University Modeling Activities      177

-------
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                 (continued)
Section                                                            Page

                       Assessment                                   183
                            Advantages                              18^4
                                 Quantitative Predictions           18^
                                 Predictions Before the Fact        18A
                                 Identification of Soil/Waste
                                  Parameters                        18A
                            Multiple Site/Waste Analysis            185
                                 Versatile Tool                     185
                                 Research Tool                       185
                            Disadvantages                           185
                                 Lack of Testing and Verification   186
                                 Input Parameters                   186
                                 Complexity of  Models               187
                                 Equipment and  Facilities           187
                                 Accuracy and Precision             187
                                 Costs                              188
                     t  Availability                                 190
                            "Model" Decision Procedure              191

     VI            REGULATORY AGENCY PRACTICES                       195

                       Regulatory Agencies Contacted                195
                       Assessment of Regulatory Practices           197
                            Decision Procedures Utilized            199
                            Relevancy and Completeness of
                             Data Requirements                       201
                            Ease of Data Acquisition and
                             Analysis                               202
                            Consistency of Permit Procedure         20^
                            Comprehensiveness of Procedure           205
                            Level of Confidence                     205
                       Permi t Costs                                 206
                       Process Time                                 207
                       Self Assessment                              212
                       Current/Future Trends                        212

   VIII            RECOMMENDED DEVELOPMENT PLANS                     217

                       Criteria Listing Development Plan            219
                            Background                              219
                            Analysis of Development Needs           220
                            Timing, Staffing, and Funding
                             Estimates                              222


                                     VI

-------
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                 (continued)
Section                                                            Page

                       Classification System Development Plan       223
                            Background                              223
                            Analysis of Development Needs           223
                            Timing,  Staffing,  and Funding
                             Estimates                              228
                       Mathematical  Model  Development Plan          231
                            Background                              231
                            Analysis of Development Needs           232
                            Time,  Staffing,  and Funding
                             Estimates                              235

   A              LITERATURE SEARCH

                       Part I  -  Toxic Metals                       A-1
                       Part II  - Toxic Organics                    A-10
                       Part III  -  Critical  Parameters for
                        Waste Disposal                              A-23
                       Part IV - Disposal  Procedures, Models,
                        and Guidelines                             A-26
                       Part V -  Reviews,  Symposia Procedings
                        and State-of-Art  Publications              A-3^
                       Part VI  - Mathematical  Models               A-38

   B              NON-REGULATORY EXPERT CONTACTS

   C              REGULATORY AGENCY  CONTACTS

                       California  Regional  Control  Water
                        Quality  Control Board                       C-1
                       Illinois  Environmental  Protection
                        Agency                                     C-8
                       Minnesota Pollution  Control  Agency          C-15
                       New York  State Department of
                        Environmental  Conservation                  C-21
                       Pennsylvania  Department  of
                        Environmental  Resources                    C-27
                       Texas State Department of
                        Health Resources                            C-31
                       Texas Water Quality Board                   C-^7
                       Oatario Ministry of the  Environment         C-55
                       SVA (Stichting  Verwijdering
                        Afvalstoffen—The  Institute for
                        V/aste  Disposal)                             C-61

-------
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                 (cont inued)
Section                                                            Page

                       Department of the Environment
                        Queen Anne Chambers                        C-66
                       Office of the State of Bovaria
                        for Environmental Protection               C-7^*

   D*             LIST OF SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS FOR PERMIT
                   PERMIT APPLICATIONS AND PROCESSING

   E*             SELECTED CASE HISTORIES
^Separate Document - Available at Office of Solid Waste, Hazardous
 Waste Management Division, Washington, D0C0
                                      vi

-------
                               LIST  OF  FIGURES


Fjgure No.                           Ti tie                            Page

     1            Attenuation  by  Dispersion                           5

     2            Dispersion  for  Conservative and
                  Non-Conservative  Ions                               6

     3            Example  of  Site-Dependent Matrix  (Phillips)        17

     *4            Classification  System (Decision Tree)              19

     5            Thin-Layer  Chromatography                          26

     6            Attenuation  by  Dispersion                          57

     7            Attenuation  by  Adsorption/Desorption               60

     8            Dispersion  for  Conservative and
                  Non-Conservative  Ions                              61

     9            Dispersion as Affected by Source  Concentration     63

    10            Format of Soil-Waste  Interaction  Matrix            109

    11            Site  Independent Submatrix                         110

    12            Example  of Site  Independent Submatrix              112

    13            Example  of Site Dependent Matrix                   113

    ^^            Classification  System (Decision Tree)              118

    15            Sol 1-Leachate Column  Analysis                      163

    16            Simulated Adsorption  Isotherms Described by
                  the Freundllch  Relationship                        167

    17            Thin-Layer Chromatography                          170
                                     IX

-------
                               LIST OF FIGURES
                                 (con 11 n ue d)
Figure No.                          Ti tie                            Page

   C-1            Illinois Environmental Protection Agency
                  Permit Review Scheme                               C-10

   C-2            Permit Application Review Procedure Used
                  by the Texas Department of Health Resources        C-32

   C-3            Ontario Ministry of the Environment
                  Application Process Flow Sheet                     C-58

   C-k            Review of the Disposal of Chemical Wastes
                  is Indicated for The Netherlands                   C-63

   C-5            Sequence of Decision is Shown for Grouping
                  the Residual Materials Occurring in the
                  Operation with Regard to Re-Use and Removal        C-77

-------
                              LIST OF TABLES


Table No.                           Title                            Page

     1            Waste Characterization-Criteria  Listing   '            10

     2            Site Characterization-Selected Criteria
                 Listing                                              11

     3            Summary Assessment of Criteria Listing                12

     k            Completion  of Numerical  Rating                        1*»

     5            Summary Assessment of Criteria Ranking                15

     6            Waste Parameter  for Input  to Matrix                   16

     7            Summary Assessment of the  Matrix                      18

   '  8            Summary Assessment of Classification
                 System (Decision  Tree)                               20

     9            California  State  Water Resources Control
                 Board Disposal Site Design Requirements              21

    10            Example Models and their Classification
                 Into Different Groupings                             23

    11            Summary of  Model  Development by Type                 2A

    12            Summary Assessment  of Models                         28

    13            Selected Factors  In  the Assessment of
                 Regulatory  Agency  Permit Practices                   30

    1A            U.S.  Potentially  Hazardous Waste Quantities
                 (1975  data)                                           kU

   15            Solubility  Product  Constants for Various
                 Compounds                                            65

   16            Drinking Water Quality Criteria                      69

   17           Non-Regulatory Experts Contacted                      ~Jk

   18           Waste Characterization-Criteria Listing               77


                                    xi

-------
                               LIST  OF TABLES
                                 (continued)
Table No.                           Title                            Page

    19            Site Characterization-Criteria  Listing               78

    20            Summary Assessment of Criteria  Listing               85

    21            Completion  of Numerical  Rating                       88

    22            Summary Assessment of Criteria  Ranking              100

    23            Waste Parameter for Input  to Matrix                 102

    2k            Soil Parameters for Input  to Matrix                 106

    25            Summary Assessment of the  Matrix System             115

    26            California  State Water Resources Control
                  Board Disposal  Site Design Requirements             120

    27            Texas Department of Health Resources
                  Requirements  for Municipal Solid Waste
                  Disposal                                           121

    28            Texas Water Quality Board  Industrial
                  Solid Waste Management                             122

    29            Illinois Environmental Protection Agency
                  Division of Land/Noise Pollution Control            123

    30            Summary Assessment of Classification System
                  (Decision Tree)                                     127

    31            Example Models  and their Classification  into
                  Different Groupings                                135

    32            Explanation of Symbols Used in  the Mass
                  Transport and Flow Equations                        138

    33            Partial List  of Equations  Used  to Describe
                  Adsorption  Reactions                                1^0

    3A            Partial List  of Available  Transport Models for
                  Application to Groundwater Quality Problems
                                     XI i

-------
                               LIST OF TABLES
                                 (continued)
Table No.                            Title                            Page

    35            Summary  of  Model  Development by Type                158

    36            Aquifer  Properties                                  172

    37            Dllution Factors                                    172

    38            Dilutlons  in Well  Discharge                         173

    39            Status of Groundwater Modeling, U.S.
                  Geological  Survey                                   175

    40            Summary  Assessment of Models                        189

    41            "Model"  Decision  Procedure                          192

    42            Selected Factors  in the Assessment of
                  Regulatory  Agency  Permit Practices                  198

    43            Level of Effort  for Criteria Listing
                  Development                                        22k

    44            Criteria Listing  Development Sequence               225

    45            Level of Effort  for Classification System
                  Development                                        229

    46            Classification System Development Sequence          230

    47            Level of Effort  for Models Development              237

    48            Model Development  Sequence                          240

    49            Staffing and Manpower Requirements for
                  Model Development                                   242
                                      xm

-------
                            LIST OF TABLES
                              (cont i nued)
Table No.                        Title                            Page

   B-1         Chemical  Character isitcs of Landfill
               Leachates                                          B-30

   B-2         Rank of Chemical  Constituents in Municipal
               Leachate According to  Relative Mobility
               Through Clay Mineral Columns                       B-32

   C-1         California State Water Resources Control
               Board Disposal  Site Design Requirements            C-6

   C-2         Illinois Environmental Protection Agency
               Solid Waste Management Site Guidelines
               (Approval Pending)                                 C-13

   C-3         New York DEC Site Criteria                         C-26

   C-k         Texas Department of Health Resources—
               Requirements for Municipal Solid Waste
               Disposal                                            C-AO

   C-5         Texas Department of Health Resources  Permit
               Application Review Agencies                        C-^5

   C-6         Texas Water Quality Board Industrial  Solid
               Waste Management Draft Site Guidelines  for
               Landfills for Industrial Solid Waste                C-50

   C-7         Criteria Used for Waste Disposal  Site
               Licensing (Department  of the Environment,
               United Kingdom)                                     C-70

   C-8         Classification of Landfill Sites  (Department
               of the Environment,  United Kingdom)                 C-71

   E-1         Summary of Selected Case Histories                  E-1
                                K1 v

-------
                              ACK.i-,T-'-'Lr: CLEMENTS


Roy F. Weston, Inc. (Weston) wishes to acknowledge the cooperation and

invaluable input to both the technical and procedural aspects of this
project.  Specifically, more than *»0 non-regulatory experts in the field
of waste management were contacted as listed in Table 17 and as described

in Appendix B.  In addition, regulatory agencies in the States of
California, Illinois, Minnesota, New York, Pennsylvania, and Texas and in

the Countries of Canada, the United Kingdom, the Netherlands and West

Germany were contacted to identify and assess their permit procedures as
described in Appendix C.


Project Participants
Weston also wishes to acknowledge the following personnel for their

contribution to this project:

     EPA:                    Mrs. Alexandra G. Tarney
                             Project Officer
                             Hazardous Waste Management Division

     Weston:                 Mr. Ronald A. Landon
                             Project Manager

                             Dr. Lawrence P. Beer
                             Principal-In-Charge

                             Dr. Amir A. Metry
                             Project Engineer                '

                             Mr. George Noble
                             Project Engineer

                             Ms. Katherine A. Sheedy
                             Project Geologist

     Subcontractors:         Dr. James M. Davidson
                             University of Florida
                             Gainesville, Florida

                             Dr. Joseph L. Pavoni
                             Tentch Environmental Consultants,  Inc.
                             Louisville, Kentucky
                                     XV

-------
                                  SECTION I
                              EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Introduct ion
     Scope and Objectives.   Passage of the Federal  Water  Pollution  Control
Act Amendments of 1972 (PL 92-500)  has mandated the restoration  and
protection of the quality of our Nation's surface waters,  which  wi]l  result
in the decrease of a number of point-source discharges  of wastes directly
into streams.  A significant potential for adverse  impact on  the.Nation's
groundwaters now exists due to this increased land  disposal of solid  and
liquid residual wastes, particularly hazardous wastes.

     Concurrently, there has been an increase in the amount of waste  being
generated, and many wastes  continue to be disposed  of in  a "least-cost" way
which contributes to environmental  degradation.  Landfi11 ing, ponds,  lagoons,
and other indiscriminate land-disposal methods have proven in numerous
instances to be ineffective for adequate protection of  the health of  both
the public and the environment, particularly where  hazardous wastes are.
involved.  This can also be attributed to poor management practices,  since
technological and management guidelines regulating  such  disposal  practices
have, for the most part,  been only  recently enacted. With respect  to
hazardous wastes, a number  of state regulatory agencies  have only  recently
initiated the writing or adoption of such guidelines.

     Sub-title C of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act  (RCRA) of
1976 (PL 9/»~580) will0 regulate hazardous waste on a national  level  for  the
first time.   Section 300**,  Standards Applicable to  Owners  and Operators of
Hazardous Waste Treatment,  Storage, and Disposal  Facilities, and Section
3005, Permits for Treatment, Storage,  or Disposal of Hazardous Waste, deals
specifically with the disposal  aspects of hazardous wastes.   In  order for
such regulations to be effective, technologically-sound  pollution prediction
techniques of a national  uniform nature must be used for  the siting of
waste disposal and management facilities.
                                      1

-------
     Techniques which would predict the potential for groundwater
pollution prior to the disposal of specific wastes at specific sites
would be a useful tool for regulatory and enforcement agencies.  However,
contradictory expert opinion exists relative to the mechanisms and
effectiveness of attenuation processes for waste renovation which are
an  integral part of the land-disposal/land-treatment process.   This, in
turn, has inhibited effective and consistent decision-making for
determining the confidence with which one can dispose of a specific waste
at a specific site.

     The overall objective of this investigation is to provide a
state-of-the-art assessment of pollution prediction techniques for
waste-disposal siting.  This assessment includes both current  research
and regulatory procedures relative to the land disposal/treatment of
waste for the entire waste spectrum, exclusive of radioactive  wastes.
The emphasis, however, will be on that research and those regulatory
procedures that deal  specifically with hazardous waste.   Furthermore,
the emphasis is to be on those techniques which lead to  pollution
prediction through an assessment of attenuation of waste leachates.
     J
-------
     3.   Identify  and assess  the  most  useful water/soil/waste  interaction
         and attenuation machani 'jrns  which  are  indicative of  the ability of
         a potential  >ite to  accept  a  specific waste  for  land  disposal/
         treatment in an environmentally-safe manner.  I

     k.   Prepare detailed development  plans  for  those  techniques which
         best predict the groundwater  pollution  potential  and  the suit-
         ability for  permitting of land  disposaI/treatment sites for
         both th;'.  short-term  (within three years)  and  the  long-term  (within
         ten years).

     Literature Search.   A literature  search was conducted to  identify
pertinent references  on  the behavior of  contaminants  in subsurface
environments.  A major.portion  of the  literature search was  conducted
using the computerized Lockheed Dialog Retrieval  Service.  Additional
references were obtained during expert interviews  throughout the project.

     A general  discussion of  literature  search methodology can be found
in Section III  of  this report.   Specific discussion on related work and
research can be found in Sections IV,  V, and VI  and  in Appendix A of this
report.

Processes Influencing Mobility  and Attenuation of  Chemical Waste
Constituents in Soil-Water Systems
     The soil is a dynamic system in which numerious chemical, physical,
and biological  reactions occur  singly  or simultaneously with time.  Soil,
under normal conditions, is able  to  transform or stabilize some hazardous
constituents to equilibrium soii  components.

     For the purpose  of  this  study,  "attenuation"  is  defined as:  "Any
physical, chemical, and/or biological  reaction or  transformation occurring
in saturated and/or unsaturated zones  that brings  about a  temporary or

-------
permanent decrease in the maximum concentration  or in  the  total  quantity of
an applied chemical or biological constituent  in a fixed time  or distance
traveled."

     Attenuation Mechanisms,  the attenuation  mechanisms can be  categorized
as physical, chemical, or biological.   A description of the  important
mechanisms follows.

         Physical Processes

     1.  Molecular diffusion is a spontaneous  process  resulting  from the
         natural thermal motion of dissolved substances.   This  is generally
         considered an Insignificant transport process; however,  it
         modifies abrupt concentration differences between solutions of
         different concentrations in contact with one  another.

     2.  Hydrodynamic dispersion is the result of variations  in  pore water
         velocity vectors within the soil.  As shown  in Figure  1, it tends
         to spread or reduce abrupt concentration changes  in the soil
         with time.  The process is effective  in attenuating the  maximum
         concentration of a pulse or slug of waste with time and distance
         as it moves  through a soil profile.

     3.  Pi 1ut ion of  leachate by soil  moisture and groundwater can provide
         effective attenuation of a given contaminant.

         Chemical Processes

     1.  Adsorption-desorption or ion  exchange inf1uences  the  mob i1i ty of
         a hazardous  constituent.  When the reaction  is reversible (which
         is generally the case for cation exchange), the attenuation is
         only an apparent one resulting from a reduction in constituent
         mobility.  Figure 2 Illustrates the influence of  adsorption-desorption
         on constituent concentration  distribution in  the  soil-water
         phase and compares It with a  non-adsorbed constituent.

-------
Co = 1.0
   FIGURE 1  ATTENUATION BY DISPERSION:
              (A) The crosshatched areas are soil particles, the solid
              area represents a soil solution with a constituent con-
              centration of C,,, and white area represents a soil solu-
              tion with a constituent concentration of zero.
              (B) Average  constituent concentration  distribution in
              the soil as a function of soil length.

-------
                      Constituent Concentration, C
         50
  .C
  Q.

  &
        100
         150
                                                     = 8 cm
                          I = 64
                   I = 320 cm
                                       ' I = 64 cm
FIGURE 2  DISPERSION OF CONSERVATIVE AND
           NON-CONSERVATIVE IONS:
           The solid line represents a constituent that exchanges with
           cations on the soil solid phase and the dashed line
           represents a conservative constituent such as chloride.
           The water content of the soil is 0.4 cmVcm and the
           constituent concentration in the solution entering the
           soil is 1.0. The amount of solution that has been added at
           the soil surface is represented by I. The initial eight cm of
           solution entering the soil contained both contituents,
           whereas that which followed  contained neither
           constituent.

-------
     2.  Precipi tat ion, as adsorption, involves the removal of a
         constituent from the soil water.  Changing the constituent from
         a soluble to an insoluble phase reduces both the maximum as well
         as the total amount of constituent in the soil-water phase.
         This reaction is pH dependent and often occurs simultaneously
         with adsorption, which makes it difficult to separate the two
         processes.

     3.  Oxi dat ion-reduct ion reactions influence the mobility and
         attenuation of constituents (especially trace and/or heavy
         metals) and are often initiated by biological activity.
         Oxidized constituents are less mobile than the reduced forms
         of the constituent, and reduced soil  conditions contain more
         soluble constituents than the oxidized soil environment at
         the same soi1 pH.

         Biological Processes (Biodegradation).  Micro-organisms (e.g.,
bacteria, actinomycetes, fungi and algae, are an integral  part of the
soil.  They transform wastes by such processes as oxidation, reduction,
mineralization, and immobilization.  The end products of these
transformations are generally harmless, but some toxic metabolites have
been produced.

     Sufficiency of Attenuation.   The degree of attenuation required
for a waste constituent is generally based upon the maintenance of an
acceptable groundwater quality.  This is dependent on the  amount and
concentration of waste constituents and groundwater quality objectives.
In general, no single process or reaction (physical, chemical, or
biological) is responsible for the total  observed attenuation of a
waste constituent.

-------
     Several factors play key roles in attenuation.  These include:
waste quantity, potential for infiltration, type and concentration of
contaminants in leachate, rate of leachate migration from the disposal
site, and mass transport of the constituent in saturated and
unsaturated media at the vicinity of the disposal site.

Pollution Prediction Techniques
     Interviews were conducted with more than kO non-regulatory experts
in various professional disciplines relative to assessment of the
attenuation of waste leachates and the development of pollution-prediction
techniques.  Numerous  research endeavors have either been completed  or  are
currently in progress.  A summary assessment of those categorical techniques
is given below, with a more detailed assessment found in the main report
and its appendices.

     Interviews were conducted with selected regulatory agencies to
identify the decision  procedures currently being used in the permitting
(or rejection)  of waste-disposal operations.  It must be emphasized  that
many wastes categorized as hazardous wastes are not permitted for disposal
with reliance on attenuation.  It became readily apparent in the course  of
this investigation, therefore, that the presently used techniques which
do not emphasize attenuation would also require inclusion and assessment.

     Those pollution prediction techniques identified to date and assessed
in this report can be  categorized as follows:

   « Cri teria Li sting
   « Criteria Ranking
   • Matrix
   •Classification System (Decision Tree)
   •Models (Mathematical)
   • Laboratory Simulation (Column Studies)

-------
     It should be noted that a number of these techniques are interrelated
(e.g.,  Criteria Listing with each of the others)  or constitute "sub-routines'
within  a more encompassing decision-making technique (e.g.,  column studies
and the Classification System).

     Criteria Listing.  The most basic and universally-applied identified
is that of Criteria Listing.  This approach was found to be  used to a
varying degree by each of the domestic and foreign regulatory agencies
contacted.

     The Criteria Listing approach consists of listing factors for both
waste and site characterization and of obtaining  data to adequately
define each factor listed.  An assessment of these data is then made by
the review personnel  on the basis of their level  of expertise, the
empirical data base gathered, and by comparison with pertinent appropriate
examples.

     The basic elements of the Criteria Listing approach are as follows:

   a Waste characterization:  type, amount, physical characteristics,
     chemical characteristics, and biological  characteristics.

   • Site characterization:  location, topography, climatology, land
     use, soils,  geology, and hydrology.

     Examples of waste characterization and selected site characterization
for Criteria Listing  are shown in Tables 1  and 2,  respectively.  A summary
assessment of Criteria Listing is given in Table  3-

-------
                                   TABLE 1

                 WASTE CHARACTERIZATION - CRITERIA LI STING *
Type:
Amount:
Phys i cal:
Chemi cal:
Biological
Indust ri al

   SIC
   Plant name/location
   Waste stream

Municipal - Specify waste/source

Other - Specify waste/source

Volume or wei ght
Rate of generation

Sol id
Liquid
S1udge

PH
Toxi ci ty
Major constituents
Minor constituents

Degradab i1i ty
Organic content
   (* Compiled by Weston)
                                     10

-------
                           TABLE  2

                   SITE CHARACTERIZATION-
                  SELECTED CRITERIA  LISTING
                                            c
                                            o
GEOLOGY

  Backhoe Pits
  Bori ngs
  Description of Geologic
    Profi le
  Consolidated Deposits
    Bedrock Type(s)
    Formation Name
    Outcrop
    Degree of Weathering
  Depth to Bedrock
    Unconsolidated Deposits
    Type(s)
    Formation Name
    Texture
  Structure
    Fold Axis
    Bedding Planes
    Joint Planes
    Fault Planes
  Fracture Traces

HYDROLOGY

  Surface Water
    Distance to Nearest Body
    Type
    Qua 1i ty
  Ground Water
    Depth to Water Table
      Maximum
      Minimum
      Location and Date
        Measured
      Seasonal Fluctuations
                                    O u  00
                                    «- 3  CO)
                                    — O  — i'
                                    — ul  — O
                                               E O
                                               tJ  E
— c
>- O
l/> l-
                                                           <-> c
                                                           (A 0)
                                                           — E
                                                           I —
                                                           o >
                                                           — c
    
-------
                                   TABLE  3
                   SUMMARY ASSESSMENT OF  CRITERIA  LISTING
     Pros
        & Site-specific and quantitative  data  indentified.
        ® Comprehensive site description.
        o Presently used by regulatory agencies
        © Moderate cost/expertise requirements.
        o Applies to hazardous and non-hazardous wastes
     Cons
        o No quanti fi cation of pollution  potential.
        o Potential high costs.
        e Reliability largely dependent on  the expertise of agency review
          personnel.
     Criteria Ranking.   The Criteria  Ranking approach  is based on measurements
or estimates of waste and site parameters which are arbitrarily weighted
based on their potential impact on the environment.  Approaches have been
developed which rate or rank wastes and landfill sites  individually in
order to allow a quantitative numerical comparison of various wastes and
sites to one another.  Those ranking  approaches developed to date were
intended to serve as a  first step in  waste  and site evaluation.  To date,
however, neither approach has been applied  to  the  prediction process for
a new site.

     A Numerical Rating System has been developed  by LeGrand and Brown
(1977) for a standardized approach for evaluation  of groundwater
                                     12

-------
contamination potential from waste disposal  sources and other contamination
sites with land disposal.  The system evaluates four key geologic and
hydrogeologic characteristics of the site and assigns a numerical value
ranging from 0, indicating extremely poor conditions or a high
contamination potential, to a 3 (5 in one case), indicating good conditions
or a low contamination potential.   The Numerical Rating System for a given
site consists of a sequence of numbers and letters to provide a general
overall rating of the site indicating its specific weak and strong charac-
teristics.  The system is designed to provide a quick first round assessment
of site suitability, but is not intended to  be adequate or substitute for
the more advanced or detailed study which may be required for certain
critical contamination potential situations.  Step 9, Completion of the
Site Numerical Rating, is shown on Table J».

     Another Criteria Ranking approach was developed by Pavoni, Haggerty
and Lee in 1971-72, entitled Environmental Impact Evaluation of Hazardous
Waste Disposal in Land.  Five waste ranking  formulae and ten site ranking
formulae were developed to assign  weighted values and to assess potential
site suitability by comparison with each other.  A full description of
each of these Criteria Ranking approaches is given in Section V.

     A summary assessment of the Criteria Ranking approach is given in
Table 5.
                                      13

-------
                                                  TABLE  4
STEP 9

Completion of
site numerical
rating
                  COMPLETION OF NUMERICAL  RATING
                   (from LeGrand and Brown, 1977)

The total point value determined  In Step 5 Is recorded and then followed In sequence by the
Individual point values  for  the four key hydrogeologlc factors: distance, depth to water table,
water-table gradient, and permeablllty-sorptlon. This  Is followed, In turn, by the special site
Identifier suffixes:  aquifer sensitivity, degree of confidence, and miscellaneous Identifiers.
An example of a site  rating  with  brief  explanations and Interpretations Is shown below.
Full explanations of  site ratings are in Sections 5.0  and 6.0.
                                   Step 3
                                   Gradient.

                                Step 2
                                Water Table
                            Step  1
                            Distance

                        Step 5
                        Total Rating
                                             Step 4
                                             ,Permeabillty-sorption

                                                  Step 6
                                                  Aquifer Sensitivity
                                                     Step 7
                                                     Degree of Confidence

                                                         Step B
                                                         Miscellaneous Identifier
                                          12-5025ABBM
                     Explanation of sequence of digits and letters

                     12  - Total point value as shown in Step 5
                      5  - The  first digit is rating for ground distance - Step 1
                      0  - The  second digit is rating for depth to water table -.Step 2
                      2  - The  third digit is rating for water-table gradient  - Step 3
                      5  - The  fourth digit is rating for permeablllty-sorptlon -  Step U
                      A  - Represents a closely defined position (5A) in permeability-sorptlon  scale  -  Step
                      B  - Represents sensitivity of an aquifer to be contaminated - Step  6
                      B  - Represents degree of confidence or reliability of overall rating  - Step  7
                      M  - Indicates special conditions (mounding of water table in this case)  -  Step'8

-------
                                   TABLE 5
                   SUMMARY ASSESSMENT OF CRITERIA RANKING
     Pros
       • Site-specific data identified.
       • Quantitative data.
       • Low to moderate cost/expertise involved.
       •Quantitative predictive tool.
     Cons
       • Confidence of assigned values.
       • Lack of testing and calibration.
       • Not presently used by regulatory  agencies.

     Matrix.  The use of a Matrix as a prediction technique in waste dis-
posal siting is dependent upon the formulation of relationships between  two
major sets of interrelated variables (e.g., waste characteristics and
soil characteristics).  A Matrix approach  of this type has been identified
In this study as given in the Development  of a Soil-Waste Interaction
Matrix by C.R. Phillips.

     It should be noted that this soil-waste interaction Matrix procedure
does not entail the development of a "new" procedure, but rather basically
combines soil and waste ranking systems that had previously been developed
with little, if any, revision by LeGrand (196A site ranking)  and by Pavoni,
Hagerty, and Lee (waste ranking).

     An example of the waste-ranking parameters and calculations for
weighted value assignments is shown in Table 6.  A waste/site dependent
matrix with values for all of the parameters considered is shown in
Figure 3-  A summary assessment of the Matrix approach is given in Table 7.

                                      15

-------
                                   TABLE 6




                     WASTE PARAMETER FOR INPUT TO MATRIX






Factor Summary




WASTE




(1 )   Effects Group                                                 Range




     1.   Human Toxicity, Ht                                         0-10
     2.   Groundwater Toxicity,  Gt                                   0-10






         Gt = -^  (k - Iog10 Cc)





         but for Cc  >10i(  mg/1, Gt = 0




         and for Cc <10~3' mg/1,  Gt = 10






     3.   Disease Transmission Potential, NDp                         0-10






         NDp = £ (contribution  of subgroup A,  B and  C)





(2 )   Behavioral  Group




     ( i )   Behavioral Subgroup




     k.   Chemical  Persistence,  Cp                                    1-5




         Cp = 5  exp (-kt)




         but if  Cp < 1 ,  Cp = 1




         where C^/^ = exp (-kt)




     5.   Biological  Persistence,  Bp                                 1-^
                                  16

-------
          SOIL-
            SITE
      WASTE
      Hunan
      Toitclty
      Ht
      (0-10)
      Groundwater
      To*icity
      Gt
      (0-10)
                          SOIL GROUP
            Pemeajillty
                NP

             (2S-10)
                     «0
Sorptton
   NS

 (1-10)
                                 20
                                                               HYDROLOGY GROUP
Utter Table
    HT

  (1-10)
                                               40
                                              25
Gradient
   NG

 (1-10)
Infiltration
    NI

  (1-10)
                                                                        30
                                                                                   SITE  GROUP
Distance
   NO

 (1-10)
      Disease
      Transmission
      Potential
      Op
      (0-10)
  E
  9
      Chemical
      Persistence
      Cp
      (1-S)
              3X
                  IX
                                                                               18
                                                                                            21
       biological
       Persistence
       Bp
       (1-4)
                                                                         24
                                                           28
      Sorption
       So
       (1-10)
a '
3
                                                     25
                                                                  10
                                                                               30
                                                                                           35
       Viscosity
       VI
       (1-5)
                            10
                                                      10
                                                                               12
                                                                                            14
  is
  L.
  8
    ^Solubility
     '  8-s)
      Acidity/
       10-5)
  = 3
  t_>
  < UJ
  O- t—
  52
Waste
Appl icatlon
Rite
Ar
(1-10)
                     20
        16
         20
                                               24
                                                           28
                     FIGURE 3  EXAMPLE OF SITE DEPENDENT MATRIX
                                  (C.R.PHILLIPS)

                                                 17

-------
                                   TABLE 7
                      SUMMARY ASSESSMENT OF THE MATRIX
     Pros
         ©Quantitative predictive tool.
         o  Identification of soil/waste parameters.
         o Assessment of pollution potential.
         o Low-moderate operating cost.
     Cons
         o Confidence of assigned values.
         ® Lack of testing, calibration and field verification.
         ® Not presently used by regulatory agencies.
         © Difficulty of laboratory and field quantification  of
          parameters.
         ® Specialized skills usually required.
     Classification System (Decision Tree).  The Decision Tree  approach  is
a logical step-by-step process for assessment of the  pollution  potential
in the site selection process.  The Decision Tree approach begins  with
the most important question followed by a hierarchy of questions of
decreasing criticality.  In this manner, a "no" answer to an early
important question can eliminate the site from further consideration  and,
from a practical  standpoint, the expenditure of unnecessary  money  for
additional  site investigation.  A "no" answer may also indicate that  an
alternative type  of waste disposal site or disposal method should  be
utilized.  This approach is in effect that developed  by the  California
State Water Resources Control  Board in their waste/site Classification
System (as shown  in Figure A).  A summary assessment  of the  Classification
System is given in Table 8.
                                      18

-------
           Yes:
          Group 1
          Wastes
                         Is Waste
                        Hazardous?
       No
        Class I Site
     Total Containment
      K of 10"8 cm/sec
   Is Waste Inert
   and  Insoluble?
        Class II Site
     11-1—Containment
      K of 10-6 cm/sec
   II-2—Hydraulic continuity
  permitted with attenuation
  No:
Group 2
Wastes
       Class III Site
    Protection provided by
    location, construction
       and operations
           Yes:
          Group 3
          Wastes
Based on "Disposal Site Design and Operation Information.'
California State Waste Resources Control Board
 FIGURE 4   CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM (DECISION TREE)
                           19

-------
     The  basic approach  taken  in the California Classification System is a
 determination of  the degree  to which waste \s hazardous and its assignment
 to one of three main classes of disposal sites.  For each site class,
 varying degrees of protection are provided for surface and groundwater,
 with the  system permeability being defined as the single most important
 and controlling site parameter.  The wastes are classified as Group 1,
 2 or 3, and the sites are classified as Class I, II, and I I I  as shown
 in Table  9.

                                   TABLE 8
                  SUMMARY ASSESSMENT OF CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM
                               (DECISION TREE)
     Pros
        ©Site/waste comprehensive.
        © Specifically addresses hazardous wastes.
        © Presently used by  regulatory agencies.
        © Tested  and verified.
        © Low cost/expertise requirements.
     Cons
        o Insufficient data  requirements.
        o Local and regional availability of low permeability deposits.
        • Little  quantification of pollution potential.
        ® Possibly too conservative.
     Simulation Models.  Predicting the potential  for groundwater pollution
 from waste disposal operations is complex because of the interactive and
simultaneous processes that occur in a soil-water system.  However, models
can serve  as a tool to simulate the performance of a certain  disposal
site.   Models can be classified as:  (l) descriptive models;  (2)  physical
models; (3) analog models; and (A)  mathematical  models,,
                                      20

-------
                                                                               TABLE 9
    Site Type
                                                    CALIFORNIA STATE  WATER RESOURCES  CONTROL BOARD
                                                              DISPOSAL  SITE  DESIGN  REQUIREMENTS
SIte Classification
                                                        Waste Classification
Permeabi 11 ty
   cm/sec
                  Soils
% Passing a
No. 200 Sieve
   Liquid
   Limit
Plastic!ty
  Index
ro
    Class I      Complete protection Is provided
                for  all time for the quality of
                ground and surface water.
                Geological conditions are natur-
                ally capable of preventing
                vertical and lateral hydraulic
                continuity between liquids and
                gases from the waste In the site
                and  usable surface and ground
                waters.  The disposal area can
                be modified to prevent lateral
                continuity.  Underlain by usable
                ground water only under excep-
                tional circumstances.

    Class II     Protection Is provided to water
                quality from Group 2 and Group
                3 wastes.
      11-1       Overlying usable ground water
                and  geologic conditions arc
                either naturally capable of pre-
                venting  lateral and vertical
                hydraulic continuity or site has
                been modified to achieve such
                capabi11ty.

      11-2       Having vertical and lateral hy-
                draulic  continuity with usable
                ground water but geological
                and  hydraulic featuies and
                other  factors assure protection
                of water quality.

    Class  III    Protection  Is provided from Group
                3 wastes by  location,  construc-
                tion and operation which prevent
                erosion  of  deposited material.
                              Group I
                              Consisting of or containing
                              toxic substances and substances
                              which could significantly  Im-
                              pair the quality of  usable
                              waters.

                              Also accepts Group  2 and 3
                              wastes.
                                                              i: I x 10
                CL, CH or
                OH
Not less than
30
Not less than
30
Not less than
30
                              Group 2
                              Consisting of or containing
                              chemically or biologically
                              decomposable material which
                              dues not include toxic  sub-
                              stances or those capable of
                              significantly Impairing the
                              quality of usable water.
                              Also accepts Group 3 Wastes.
                              Group 3
                              Consist entirely  of  non-water
                              soluble, non-decomposable
                              Inert solids.
- I  x 10
                                                                                           -6
                CL, CH or
                OH
Not less than
30
Not less than
30
Not less than
30
                                                              Not specified   Not  specified Not specified  Nol  specified   Not  specified

-------
     In additition to the above groupings,  models  could be classified  as:
(1) empirical versus conceptual models;  (2)  stochastic  versus  deterministic
models; (3) static versus dynamic models;  and CO  spatial  dimensionabi1ity
(one, two or three dimensions considered).   Table  10  lists a  few  example
models and their classification into various groupings.

     Of the different models discussed above, conceptua1-mathematical
models appear to be the most promising,  but these  are also the most
complex for evaluating potential groundwater contamination for a  given
site.  These models are generally based upon a set of equations which
describe the relationships between different input and  output  variables
and system parameters.  These equations  are derived using  the  principles
of conservation of mass, energy and momentum, and  constitutive
relationships which define certain systems.   Several  models of this  type
are currently available.

     Equations 6 and 7 (in Section V of this report)  are examples of
constituent-transport and water-flow equations,  respectively.   Mathematical
solutions of Equations 6 and 7, or simplified versions  of  them, may
be generated in several ways:  (l) analytical methods,  and (2)  numerical
methods which include finite differences,  finite element,  and  method of
character!sties.

          Survey of Existing Mathematical  Models.   The  literature contains
hundreds of solutions of different variations of mathematical  models.
Section V of this report includes a detailed discussion of these  solutions,
a wide variety of models, and identifies methods for  their solution  and
application.

     Several problems related to model use are identified  in  Section V;
however, they can be considered a promising tool for  predicting groundwater
contamination potential.  Further research and investigations  are needed
prior to full implementation of such tools.   Table 11 summarizes  model
development by type.
                                   22

-------
               Model
            Definition
                            TABLE 10

EXAMPLE MODELS AND THEIR CLASSIFICATION INTO DIFFERENT GROUPINGS

                                      TYPE OF MODEL
            Descriptive (D)
            Physical  (P)     Conceptual (C)  Stochastic (S)
            Mathematical (M)  Empirical (E)  Deterministic (De)
On-site  inspection  and  decision
using engineering judgment.
The Drexel University experimental
landfi11  (field site only)
Batch equilibrium study to  determine
adsorption; shaker  test;  solid waste
evaluation  leachate test  (subsystem
models)
Column study  to determine adsorption
;and/or migration of certain  chemicals
in given  soil; thin-layer chromatog-
raphy  (subsystem models)
Criteria  listing; classification  system
of the California State Water Control
Board; matrix method.
One-dimensional unsaturated  transport
model of  Bresler (1973)  (subsystem
mode 1)
Two-dimensional saturated-unsaturated
transport model of  Duguld and Reeves
(1976)
Model for groundwater flow  and mass
transport under uncertainty  of Tang
and Pinder  (1977).
                  D

                  P
                  M

                  D and
                  M (Matrix)
                  M
E


E
De


De




De




De



De



De



De
                              Static (St)
                              Dynamic (Dy)
   Dy


   Dy




   St




   Dy



'   St



   Dy



   Dy



   Dy
                             Spatial
                             Dimension
                             (1, 2. 3)
3

3

-------
                                       TABLE 11

                      SUMMARY OF MODEL DEVELOPMENT  BY TYPE
STATE OF DEVELOPMENT
ACTIVITY
1. Mathematical formulation
of any model
2. Numerical solution
of any model
3. Field calibration and testing:
saturated/unsaturated transport
saturated-only transport
unsaturated-onl y transport
4. Field verification:
saturated/unsaturated transport
saturated-only transport
unsaturated-only transport
5. Methodology for laboratory and>
field quantification of major
parameters ' (any model)
6. Methodology for quantification
of leachate qual i ty
7. Standard procedures for field
testing, calibration and
verification (any model)
8. Ready for use as a decision proce
saturated/unsaturated transport
saturated-only transport"'
unsaturated-only transport '
FLUID
FLOW
0
*
0


0
0
0

D3
0
0
0


NA

03


dure
NA
NA
NA
MASS TRANSPORT
SINGLE-ION TRANSPORT
NO ADSORPTION
NO DECAY
0

0


03
0
0

03
03
0
03


NA

03



03
03
03
WITH ADSORPTI
WITH DECAY
D3

03


06
03
03

06
03
03
03


0

06



06
D6
03
MULT 1- ION
3N TRANSPORT
(+EXCHANGE)
03 - ?

03 - ?


D6 - ?
D6 - ?
D6 - ?

D10 -?
06 - ?
06 - ?
D6 - ?


0

010 -?



D10-?
D10-?
06 -?
0  = operat ional;
D3 = under development
D6 «» under development
010= under development
?  «• under development
NA a not appl icable
likely to be operational within three years;
likely to be operational within six years;
likely to be operational within ten years;
not likely to be  operational within ten years;
1) adsorption/exchange constants,  dispersion coefficients, soil hydraulic properties,  etc
2) ?f the Indicated transport model  is  suitable for application at given site.

-------
          Soi1-Leachate Column  Studies.   Soil-column  studies  have  been
used to simulate natural  field  conditions  and  to quantify  the potential
for a given soil to attenuate specific constituents.  Most laboratory
experiments are conducted using water-saturated  soil  or clay  systems.
Unsaturated soil-water conditions  are difficult  to control, and  the
soil water flow rates are extremely small  for  these cases. Soil-column
studies are useful, but are frequently improperly interpreted.   It  is
difficult to quantify the degree of attenuation  based on presence  or
absence of leachate constituents in the column effluent.   However,  they
remain a useful tool  in determining hydraulic  properties and  dispersion
coefficients for specific soil  or  clay materials.

          Batch or Shaker Tests.  Several  types  of experiments can  be  used
for measuring adsorption characteristics,  but  the most  widely used  is  the
"batch" or "shaker" method.  This  procedure consists  of combining  a known
volume of waste leachate of a predetermined composition with  a given mass
of air dry soil.  The mixture is shaken until  equilibrium  is  attained.
Adsorption coefficients can be  determined  from the distribution  of  the
constituents between the adsorbed  and water phases.   Batch or shaker
adsorption tests can be useful  In  evaluating constituent mobility,  but
it may be misleading if appreciable complexing of constituents occurs
during the contact period.  However,  if properly conducted, these  tests
can be used to provide necessary parameters for  mathematical  models.

          Thin-Layer Chromatography.   Soil  thin  layer chromatography  (soil
TLC) is analogous to conventional  TLC, with soil  substituted  for the paper
or solid absorbent phase.  This procedure  appears to  correlate well with
mobility "trends" observed In laboratory-column  studies and in
batch-adsorption experiments.  The procedure consists of coating a-glass
plate with soil slurry (500-750/j)  followed  by  drying.  The "mobility" of
constituents is then measured in relationship  to migration of the water
front as shown in Figure 5.
                                  25

-------
                 R< = 1.0
                 (Chloride)
•Water Front
                                  Rt = 0.5
                         Initial Location of Spot
            R. = 0.2
FIGURE 5  THIN-LAYER CHROMATOGRAPHY
           The  shaded  areas represent three different constituent
           locations after the waterfront has migrated to 10-cm height
           above the initial location of each spot. The shaded area
           with an Rr equal to one represents a non-adsorbed
           constituent such as chloride with the least mobile
           constituent in the illustration having a Rt of 0.2.
                                   26

-------
         D i 1 ut ion  Mode 1.   This  type .of  model  defines  the potential  for
groundwater  contamination  strictly on the  basis of:  leachate dilution  in
groundwater,  dilution  in  down-gradient  well  discharge, and  travel  times
for leachate  migration  both  to  down-gradient wells  and streams.

         On-Going  Research.   Several  researchers,  research  institutions
federal  agencies,  and  universities have developed,  and are  currently
in the process  of  developing, mathematical  models  for the prediction
of contaminant  migration  in  subsurface  environments.  These include:
the U.S. Geologic  Survey;  Battelle Pacific Northwest  Laboratories;  Oak
Ridge National  Laboratory; Colorado  State  University; Cornell
University;  Drexel University;  Ecole  de Mines, Fontainbleu, France;
Institue de  Mecanique  des  Fluides de  Starbourg, Strass, France;  New
Mexico State University;  Princeton University, the  University of
California,  Davis; the  University of  Florida; the University of
Cottingen, Germany; the University of New  Mexico; Oregon State University
of Oregon; the  University  of Waterloo;  Utah State University; Technion -
Israel;  Institute  of Technology and  Intera/Intercomp  Resources Development
and Engineering,  Inc.

         Assessment. Models to be used as a decision procedure, whether
they be  mathematical or non-mathematical,  should:   (l) be rational;  (2)
represent the physical  system;  (3) be easy to understand; and  (k)  be
economical to run.  Modeling has the  following advantages:

       • Provide a quantitative prediction.
       • Predict contamination  potential before the fact.
       e Identify  soil/waste parameters.
                                   27

-------
       0 Perform multiple site/waste analysis.
       o Can be versatile as a tool  for ranking the site,  for optimizing
         monetary design, and for defining waste management  requirements.
       e Can be a research tool.
                       «
     Use of models as a decision  procedure has  the following limitations
and disadvantages:
       e Lack of testing and verification.
       • Difficulty of quantifying input parameters.
       ® Complexity and requirements for a wide variety  of expertise.
       © Unknown accuracy and precision parameters and outputs.
       Q Unavailability of ready-to-use packaged models.
     A summary assessment of models  is given  in Table 12.

                                  TABLE 12
                        SUMMARY ASSESSMENT OF MODELS

     Pros
       © Quantitative - predictive tool.
       © Identification of soil/waste parameters.
       ©Assessment of pollution  potential.
       © Versati 1 ity.
       • Research tool.
     Cons
       ® Insufficient understanding  of some processes.
       • Insufficient testing and calibration.
       • Lack of field verification.
       » Difficulty of laboratory and field quantification of parameters.
       © Requires specialized skills and equipment,
       * High operating cost.

                                      28

-------
Regulatory Agency Practices
     Permit Procedures Utilized.  Nine state regulatory agencies in six
states and regulatory agencies in four foreign countries were contacted for
an assessment of their waste-permitting procedures.  Those agencies
contacted are shown in Table 13.  Also shown are selected factors in these
programs with respect to:  the permit procedure utilized for waste
disposal siting; the status of regulations pertaining to both municipal
and hazardous waste regulations; the mode of disposal required, i.e.,
containment or attenuation; the containment permeability required; and
estimates of applicant costs, agency processing time in months, and agency
review time by personnel type in hours.

     The permit procedures utilized by each of those regulatory agencies
contacted are the Criteria Listing or Classification System.  The
Classification System is used by regulatory agencies in California (see
Table 8), Illinois, Texas, and the United Kingdom.  The Criteria Listing
approach is utilized by the other regulatory agencies contacted in
Minnesota, New York, Pennsylvania, Ontario, Canada, The Netherlands and
West Germany.

     It Is noteworthy that the same basic rationale and permit procedures
utilized by the domestic regulatory agencies contacted are also utilized
by the foreign regulatory agencies in Ontario, Canada and Western Europe
for the permitting of waste disposal  operations.  As stated above, either
the Criteria Listing or Classification System approach is utilized by the
foreign regulatory agencies.   In addition, a major consideration of waste
disposal permitting relates to the attenuation or containment of waste
leachate.  Containment of both municipal  and hazardous wastes is required
in West Germany.  Municipal waste disposal and the co-disposal  of industrial
waste that may sometimes be hazardous municipal  waste is, on the other hand,
permitted with reliance on attenuation of waste leachates produced in
Ontario, Canada, The Netherlands, and the United Kingdom.

                                      29

-------
                                                                        TABLE   13
                           SELECTED  FACTORS  IN  THE  ASSESSMENT OF  REGULATORY    AGENCY  PERMIT  PRACTICES
1
Regulatory Agency

Domestic
Cal i f orn i a Reg ion a 1 Water
Quality Control Board
Cal i forn ia State Sol id
Waste Management Board
California Department of
Health
1 1 1 i noi s Env i ronmenta 1
Protect ion Agency

M i nnesota Pol 1 ut i on
Control Agency

New York Department of
Env i ronmenta 1 Con ser vat ion
Pennsy Ivan i a Department of
Env i ronmenta 1 Resources

Texas Department of
Heal th Resources
Texas Water Qual i ty
Board

Fore i gn
Canada - Ontario Ministry
of the Env i ronment

Netherlands - SVA
Un i ted K i ngdom - Greater
London Couiici 1
West Germany - Office of
State of Bavaria for
Env i ronmenta 1 Protect ion
Permit
Procedure


Class! ficat i on
System
C lass! f i cat ion
System
C lass i f icat ion
System
C lass! f icat ion
System

Cr i ter i a
Li St i ng

Cr i ter i a
Li st i ng
Cr i ter i a
Li st i ng

C 1 ass i f i cat ion
System
C lassi f icat i on
System


Criteria
Li st ing

Cr i ter ia
Listing
Classification
System
Criteria
Li sting

Status of
Regular ions


Rev i sed
December 1976
Revised 1976

Feb. 1975
Be ing Rev i sed
Rev i sed-Pend i ng
Approva 1 ml d-
1978
Be ing Prov i ded
(Draft Reg.
June 1977)
Rev i sed
August 1977
Rev i sed
June 1977

Rev i sed
Apri 1 1977
Rev i sed-Pend ing
Approva 1 Late
1977

SW-Revised
Feb. 1976
HW-Being Drafted
Being Revised
Revised 1976

SW-Revised
Sept. 1976
HW-Being
5
Regulatory Authority




Mun ic ipal Wastes

Hazardous Wastes

Both


Both


Both

Both


Mun ici pa 1 Wastes

Hazardous Wastes



Both
separate sect ion s

Both
Both

Both


Modd of
D i sposa 1


C on t a i nme n t

Conta i nment

Conta i nment

Conta i nment


Conta i nment


Both as
spec i f ied
Both as
spec i f ied

Conta inment

Con ta inment



Attenuat ton


Attenuat ion
Attenuat i on

Conta inment



Contai
nment
Permeabi 1 i ty


HW :
MW:
HW:
MW:
HW:
MW
HW:

MW:
HW:


HW:

HW:
MW:
i
HW:
MW:
HW,
MW:


not


not
no t

HW:
MW:

(cm

•*£ \ x
^ 1 X
•^1 X
^1 X
-^l X
^1 X
1-^
1 1-^
^
^1 X


^1 X

^1 X
^1 X
f spec
^r 1 X
^ 1 X
-^1 X
^1 x


speci


spec i
spec i

not
^1 x

i/ sec)

,o-8
io'6
10~8
10
10"?
10"6
1 x ID'S*
5 x icf°
1 x 10 '
ID'7


,o-7

10 7
10 ,
if ied
io"7
io"7
IO"7
io"7


f ied


fied
f ied

spec i f ied
io-6

Appl i cant Costs for
Permi t Aqu
Technical

$250,000
to
800,000



25,000
to
50,000
25,000
to
200,000


1 5 , 000*




50,000
to
200,000

50,000



up to 52.63
tota 1
20,000
to
90,000
isi t ion5
Hear i nq

5100,000








up
to
50,000


up to
60,000



5,000
to
10,000

20,000



mill! on




                                                                                                                                     Time    Process     Regulatory  Staff
                                                                                                                                        Permits -  .      Processing  Time
                                             Drafted
 Indicates agency responsible  for hazardous waste regulation.
 Includes both municipal (MW)  and hazardous wastes (HW)  unless specified.
••Municipal and/or hazardous wastes.
 Municipal wastes only, all hazardous wastes require  containment unless  otherwise specified.
5costs given  are gross est imates general ly for off-site facilities.
"Information  not available.
Range and Average
    (months)

    8-18; 12

    8-18; 12
    8-18; 12

    1-3;   H

    6-12;  8
                                                                                                                                        3-6;   3
                                                                                                                                        6-18: 12

                                                                                                                                       2J-16;  7

                                                                                                                                        6-12;  8
                                                                                                                                       8-36; 2k

                                                                                                                                         NA

                                                                                                                                       2-9;  3

                                                                                                                                       6-2
-------
     The basic decision procedure utilized by  each  of the  regulatory
agencies contacted is based upon:   (1)  an objective quantification  of both
waste and site characteristics;  (2)  the combined technical  expertise of
the permit review team; and (3)  by comparison  with  empirical  data generated
from analagous waste disposal  operations.  in  the final  analysis,
therefore, a subjective decision is  made based upon utilization  of
objective data and analysis to the degree that the  data  will  permit.   It
is universally agreed by both  regulatory and non-regulatory experts  that
this final decision must of necessity be subjective since  no alternative
procedure presently exists or  is anticipated to exist within the near
future that could be relied upon for a  final objective decision.

     Modes of Disposal.  From  an assessment of these regulatory  programs,
it has become clear that three major modes of  land  disposal of wastes
exist.  The first mode of disposal places reliance  on the  containment of
wastes and waste leachates produced  to  avoid adverse impacts  on  surface
and groundwater quality.  The  second mode of deposition  relies on the
assimilation of waste leachates  into the environment to  an  acceptable
degree by the various mechanisms of  attenuation. The third mode relies
on neither containment nor attenuation, but on the  site  construction and
aestheti cs.

     Accordingly, three major  classes of waste disposal  sites have  been
defined with three corresponding major  groupings of wastes.  This
Classification System is best  exemplified in the California Waste
Regulatory Program.  It does apply generally,  however,  to  those
Classification Systems developed elsewhere, such as Texas,  Illinois,
(pending) and the United Kingdom.

     These Classification Systems  may be most  aptly summarized as
follows:
                                     31

-------
        S i te Type      Mode of Disposal            Waste Type

        Class I       Containment            Group 1 -  Hazardous
        Class II     Limited containment,    Group 2 -  Decomposable,
                     with attenuation                   non-hazardous
        Class III    Few controls,  no        Group 3 ~  Inert,
                     containment or                    insoluble
                     attenuation
     It is  nearly universally agreed that  hazardous wastes should be
deposited in a Class I  type site.  Co-disposal of certain "hazardous"
wastes with municipal wastes, however,  is  permitted on  a case-by-case
basis in a  non-contained (Class II) site by  some  regulatory agencies.
In addition, it  is recognized that  certain hazardous wastes must undergo
some form of pretreatment (such as  neutralization, fixation, or
complexing) prior to land disposal  or  some other  form of disposal such
as incineration.

     Although municipal wastes to date  have  been  considered by many to
represent Group 2 wastes, the current  trend  by an increasing number of
regulatory  agencies is  for municipal wastes  to be disposed of  in a
containment site as well.  The third type  of waste  (Group 3), by virtue
of it being inert and insoluble, requires  little  control other than
obvious site construction and aesthetic considerations.

     The over-riding element of consideration becomes one of the degree
of risk associated with adverse environmental and public health  impacts.
It has become equally clear that, with  few exceptions,  attenuation has
limited application to the safe disposal of  many  hazardous wastes given
the current state of the art of prediction capabilities and economics of
land disposal.  The element of risk is  simply too high  for attenuation
to be considered, particularly in light of the "maximum site
utilization" philosophy mandated by current  economics.  This may change
as the ability to model solute movement is improved.  The Group  3
                                  32

-------
wastes, on the other hand,  do not require the  use  of pollution-prediction
procedures s:ince no polluting wastes or 1 eachates  a re involved.

     The Group 2 wastes, those that are decomposable but non-hazardous,
therefore, become the prime area for concentrated  application  of
pollution-prediction techniques that emphasize attenuation.  Pollution
prediction techniques are needed that will  more specifically define
those wastes that can be reliable and permanently  assigned  to  Group  1
and Group 3 wastes.   Concurrently, pollution-prediction  techniques
are needed which will permit the assignment of wastes to a  Group 2,
Class  II classification to maximize the beneficial attenuation cap-
abilities of the environment while minimizing  waste  disposal costs.

Recommended Development Plans
     Several types of pollution prediction  techniques have  been  identified
in the course of this study; these are:   Criteria  Listing,  Criteria
Ranking, Matrix, Classification System, and Simulation Models.  Among
these techniques, it is recommended that the following be more fully
developed to provide a "standard" technique for waste disposal siting:
(l) Criteria Listing, (2) Classification System, and (3) Simulation
Models.  Each of these development plans will  require the
multi-discipiinary team approach utilizing  earth sciences (soils and
hydrogeology), engineering, environmental,  and chemical  personnel.
The Simulation Models development plan will require  applied
mathematicians and computer technician personnel as  well.

     Cri teria L i st ing.   It  has been determined that  Criteria Listing  is
currently the most widely-accepted approach utilized by  regulatory
agencies.  Objectives of development of this procedure include:   (1)
development of a Criteria Listing for waste/site characterization; and
(2) describing the best state-of-the-art methodology to  quantify each of
the Criteria Listed.

                                 33

-------
Q Development Tasks:
      1.  Develop a comprehensive Criteria Listing for waste/site
          characterization, where reliance will be placed upon
          attenuation of leachates produced.

      2.  Develop a similar list for waste/site characterization,
          where containment of leachate would be required.

      3.  Develop a matrix for Tasks 1  and 2 which will  specify those
          criteria necessary for waste/site characterization with
          respect to different types of disposal.

      ^4.  Develop procedures based on the best state-of-the-art
          methodology to evaluate field and laboratory data
          relative to each of the criteria listed.

      5.  Develop a methodology for utilization of attenuation and
          containment practices.

      6.  Prepare a user's manual for applying the procedure for
          assessment of site suitability.

o Development Time:
  The development of a Criteria Listing for various types  of waste
  disposal  will  require an estimated four man years of effort by
  a multi-disciplinary team within the  next three  years.

• Development Cost:
  Costs  estimated at $200,000 for the above-described  level  of effort
  can be expected.

-------
     Class i-fi cat ion System.   Several  state regulatory agencies  have  been
identified which presently utilize a  Classification System approach  for
waste disposal siting.  However,  there is a need for further  development
of this procedure to achieve the  following:  (l) more definitive  waste
characterization; (2) more uniform site characterization;  and (3)  more
uniform waste management techniques.   To achieve these objectives,  the
following tasks have been identified:

   • Development Tasks:

         1.   Identify and develop waste characterization techniques  such
             as leaching tests,  shaker tests,  and thin-layer  chromatography.

         2.  Develop uniform criteria for site characterization,
             particularly for containment, permeability, and  thickness
             of the containment  media.

         3.  Develop waste management requirements for different  waste
             and site classes.

         4.  Establish a waste management task force with  a balanced
             representation  of governmental, industrial, consulting,
             and academic personnel.

         5.  Develop methodology  for  using the Classification System.

         6.  Prepare a user's manual  and update reports.

   e Development Time:
     Due to the comprehensive nature  of the Classification System
     approach, both short-term (within three years) and long-term
     (within ten years)  development will be required.  It  is  estimated
     that approximately  five man-years of effort will be required for
     short-term development  and  a minimum of one man-years for  each
     suceeding year of long-term development (seven additional  years).
                                     35

-------
   9 Development Costs:
     Costs associated with these estimated times  for  development  are
     estimated at $250,000 for the short term,  and  an additional
     $350,000 is estimated for the long term.

     Simulation Models.  Development of implementable simulation  models
will require a substantial effort both in the short term  and  the  long
term.

   ® Development Tasks:
         1.  Establish and maintain a library of  simulation models.

         2.  Develop standardized sensitivity test  procedures  for
             numerical solutions of the models.

         3.  Develop mathematical formulation and numerical solution of
             selected simulation models.

         A.  Develop methodology for laboratory and field quantification
             of major model and simulation parameters.

         5.  Develop methodology for quantification of waste  leachate
             for specific soil and environmental  conditions.

         6.  Perform field testing, calibration,  and  verification of the
             models.

         7.  Develop specific management models from  detailed  models.

         8.  Obtain implementation assistance.

-------
   « Development Time and Costs
     The level  of effort for the above development  activities  is
     significant and is estimated to be as high  as  150 man-years.   The
     bulk of the output from these development tasks  is expected  to be
     beyond the short term (greater than three years); however,  certain
     outputs can be expected  within the short term.   The associated
     development costs are also  significant and  are estimated  at
     approximately $6 million over the next ten  years.

Conclusions and Recommendations
     Conclusions.   The overall  objective of this  study  was  to provide
a state-of-the-art assessment of pollution prediction  techniques  for
waste disposal  siting.  Emphasis was placed on current  research and
regulatory  procedures.  Furthermore, the emphasis was on techniques
which lead  to pollution prediction through assessment of attenuation
of waste leachates especially those from hazardous constituents.   The
following conclusions can be drawn from this broad-scoped investigation.

     1.   A  number of pollution  prediction techniques, many  of them
         interrelated, have been identified which constitute useful  tools
         to objectively assess  to varying degrees the suitability  of
         specific waste and waste/site disposal  situations.   It must be
         emphasized, however, that a team of mul t i.di sci p 1 i nary professionals
         and not the pollution  prediction technique itself provides  the
         ultimate "yes or no" decision.  In addition  to technical  con-
         siderations, economic, politcal and legal considerations  must
         also be given.

     2.   Each waste disposal site is permitted by the  regulatory  agencies
         contacted on a case-by-case basis.  Specific waste types  are
         likewise permitted or rejected on a case-by-case basis  from
         these disposal sites.
                                   37

-------
3.  A definition of attenuation has  been  developed  for  this  project
    as follows:   "Any physical, chemical  and/or  biological  reaction
    or transformation occurring in saturated  and/or unsaturated  zones
    that brings  about a temporary or permanent  decrease in  the maximum
    concentration or total quantity  of an applied chemical or
    biological  constituent in a fixed time or distance  traveled."

k.  Several attenuation mechanisms play a role  in reducing  the
    potential for groundwater contamination:   physical  processes
    include - molecular diffusion, hydrodynamic  dispersion,  and
    dilution; chemical processes include  - precipitation, oxidation/
    reduction,  and ion exchange; and biological  processes  include
    b iodegradat ion.

5-  Soil/waste  interactions and attenuation mechanisms  are
    becoming better understood, but  are in need  of  additional
    definition  and quantification, particularly  for the waste
    streams that commonly contain more than one  type of waste.

6.  Attenuation  mechanisms are capable of renovation of leachates
    from many non-hazardous wastes and some hazardous wastes, provided
    that the application rate does not exceed the soi1-attenuation
    capacity.  Examples of the former include on-lot septic  systems.
    Examples of  the latter include land farming  of  petro-chemical
    wastes, sludges and pesticides.

7.  Attenuation  that is adequate to  prevent pollution,  for  those
    wastes amenable to attenuation,  may in large part be  dependent
    upon assimilation by dilution into either groundwater or surface
    water.
                               38

-------
 8.  Within the limits  of  current  knowledge, many wastes categorized
     as hazardous  are not  amenable to  attenuation  in the soil profile
     and must rely upon containment in secured  landfills or other
     methods of disposal.

 9.  It was established that  three modes of disposal exist:   (1)
     reliance on containment  of waste  and/or leachate;  (2) discharge
     of leachate with reliance on  varying  degrees of attenuation;
     and (3) no reliance on either containment or attenuation.  These
     modes generally correspond to disposal of  hazardous waste,
     non-hazardous waste,  and inert (innocuous) waste,  respectively.

10.  The following pollution  prediction techniques have been  identified
     in this state-of-the-art assessment:  Criteria Listing, Criteria
     Ranking, Matrix, Classification System, Models and Laboratory
     S imulation.

11.  The identified pollution prediction techniques and procedures that
     are currently available, or could be  further developed, can be
     viewed as tools for gathering information  for waste and site
     characterization to provide the decision-making professionals with
     a  systematic  and rational approach for site selection, evaluation,
     and permitting.

12.  Criteria Listing is the  most  basic and commonly-used procedure
     by regulatory agencies for evaluating groundwater pollution
     potential from land-disposal  sites.

13.  The Criteria  Ranking  and Matrix approaches to pollution prediction
     are useful  techniques for an  evaluation of a site or waste/site
     disposal situation on a  preliminary or "first-cut" basis, particularly
     for the comparison between several candidate sites.  They do not,
                                 39

-------
     however,  provide  the degree of  detailed waste/site characterization
     necessary for  final  evaluation  and  approval of a permit.

1 *K   The Classification System (Decision Tree)  is being increasingly
     utilized  as  a  tool for waste-disposal  siting.  This procedure
     is comprehensive  for both waste type and  site type, and could
     be developed into a  "uniform" procedure for site selection
     and approval.

15.   Numerous  types of simulation models exist  including descriptive,
     physical, analog, and mathematical  models, with Conceptual-mathematical
     models appearing  to  be the most promising  tool for simulation of
     groundwater  contamination potential.

16.   The potential  for using mathematical models as a groundwater
     simulation tool  depends on developing standardized methodology
     for leachate characterization,  attenuation parameters, and
     numerical solutions; however, the degree  of field testing,
     calibration, and  verification of these models does not yet
     allow for wide application as uniform pollution prediction
     techn iques.

17.   The degree of sophistication and level of development of
     mathematical- and computer-simulation models  far exceed those
     of parameter quantification, laboratory simulation, and field
     testing and  verification.

18.   Several laboratory procedures,  such as Thin-Layer
     Chromatography and Shaker and Column tests, measure the
     potential for attenuation; however, their results could best
     be used as "subroutines" in a permit procedure since they
     do not account for all the interacting parameters that  relate
     to the site-permitting process.

-------
19.   European  and  Canadian waste  disposal  permitting procedures
     including hazardous waste  disposal  closely parallel  those
     permitting procedures  identified  in  the United States.  The
     two basic philosophies  of  containment  versus attenuation apply
     in  these  countries  as well but  it  is  noteworthy that, with the
     exception of  West Germany, reliance  is placed on attenuation of
     leachates from  municipal and many  hazardous wastes to a much
     larger degree than,in  the  United  States.
 Recommendat ions.
 1.   It  is  recommended that  the following  pollution prediction techniques
     be  further developed  for implementation to waste disposal
     siting:  (l)  Criteria  Listing;  (2)  Classification System,
     and (3) Simulation  Models.

 2.   The recommended development  plan  for  the short-term  (within
     3 years)  is the Criteria Listing  approach.  This plan
     includes:   development  of  a  uniform  criteria listing, waste
     containment requirements,  an assessment matrix, field- and
     laboratory-quantification  methodology, data use
     requirements, and preparation of  a  user's manual.

 3.   A  recommended development  plan which  encompasses both the
     short-term (within  3 years)  and the  long-term  (within 10 years)
     is  the Classification  System.  This  plan includes:   identifying
     waste  characterization  techniques,  developing criteria for
     site characterization,  and establishing a waste management task
     force.

 4.   The recommended development  plan  for  the long-term,  although
     short-term outputs  can  be  expected,  is that associated with
     simulation models.

-------
5.  Decisions for waste/site selection and permitting  must  be  made
    by a team of professionals with expertise  in  earth science,
    environmental science and engineering, chemistry and  chemical
    engineering, and, where appropriate,  applied  mathematics and
    computer science, using the techniques identified  in  this  study
    as tools to reach decisions which are environmentally  sound,
    consistent, rational, and defensible.
                               1*2

-------
                                 SECTION I I
                                INTRODUCTION

Background
     The Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972 (PL 92-500)
have placed great emphasis on the restoration and protection of the quality
of our Nation's surface waters.  This emphasis has resulted in the decrease
of large numbers of point-source discharges of wastes directly into streams.
Increasingly, however, the land has become the major waste depository.  A
great potential for adverse impact on the Nation's groundwaters now exists
due to this increased land disposal of solid and liquid residual  wastes,
particularly hazardous wastes.

     Concurrent with these changes in waste disposal  practices has been
an increase in the amount of waste being generated.  The recent (1977) EPA
Fourth Report to Congress - Resource Recovery and Waste Reduction - 1975
states that past consumer gross discharge was 136.1 million tons  or 3.2
pounds/capita/day.  Similarly, recent EPA-generated figures for I'* major
industrial waste sectors, presented at The National Conference on Hazardous
Waste Management, indicate an annual  total  production of approximately 28.8
million metric tons and approximately 10.7 million metric tons of wet and
dry potentially hazardous wastes,  respectively, as shown in Table 1*».

     To further intensify the problem, many wastes continue to be disposed
of in a "least-cost" way.  Numerous case histories (including those in the
EPA report (SW-63^:  68-01-3703)  entitled:   Development of a Data Base for
Determining the Prevalence of Migration of  Hazardous  Chemical  Substances
into the Ground Water at Industrial Land Disposal Sites) attest to the
fact that groundwater pollution is occurring from such practices.
Indiscriminate landfill ing, ponds, lagoons,  and other land-disposal  methods
have clearly proven in numerous instances to be ineffective for adequate

-------
                                  TABLE 14


          U.S. POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS WASTE QUANTITIES (1975 DATA)
                       (Million Metric Tons Annually)
Industry                                        Dry Basis     Wet Basis


 1.  Batteries                                    0.005         0.010


 2.  Inorganic Chemicals                          2.000         3-400


 3.  Organic Chemicals, Pesticides, Explosives    2.150         6.860


 4.  Electroplating                               0.909         5.276


 5.  Paints                                       0.075         0.096


 6.  Petroleum Refining                           0.624         1.756


 7.  Pharmaceuticals                              0.062         0.065


 8.  Primary Metals                               4.429         8.267


 9.  Leather Tanning and Finishing                0.045         0.146


10.  Textiles Dyeing and Finishing                0.048         1.770


11.  Rubber and Plastics                          0.205         0.785


12.  Special Machinery                            0.102         0.162

                                                                   ,*
13-  Electronic Components                        0.025         0.035


14.  Waste Oil  Re-refining                        0.075         0.057


         Totals (To Date)                         10.731        28.811

-------
protection of health of both the public and the environment.   To a
large degree, this can be attributed to poor management practices,  since
technological and management guidelines regulating such disposal  practices,
for the most part, have been enacted only recently.   A number of state
regulatory agencies are currently writing or adopting such guidelines for
the regulation of hazardous wastes.

     The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA)  of 1976 (PL  9^-580)
will regulate hazardous waste on a national level  for the first time.
Subtitle C - Hazardous Waste Management - mandates the EPA to promulgate
regulations governing the following  aspects of hazardous waste management
within 18 months after the date of enactment (21  October 1976):
     Section 3001 - Identification and  Listing of Hazardous Waste.
     Section 3002 - Standards Applicable to Generators of Hazardous Waste.
     Section 3003 - Standards Applicable to Transporters of Hazardous
                    Waste.
     Section 300^ - Standards Applicable to Owners and Operators  of
                    Hazardous Waste  Treatment, Storage,  and Disposal
                    Faci1ities.
     Section 3005 - Permits for Treatment, Storage,  or Disposal  of
                    Hazardous Waste.
     Section 3006 - Authorized State Hazardous Waste Programs.
     Section 3007 - Inspections.
     Section 3008 - Federal  Enforcement.
     Section 3009 - Retention of State  Authority.
     Section 3010 - Effective Date.
     Section 3011 - Authorization of Assistance to States.

-------
     Sections 300^ and 3005 deal specifically with the disposal aspects
of hazardous wastes.   In order for such regulations to be effective,
technologically-sound  decision procedures must be used for the siting
of waste-disposal operations.  Furthermore, it is necessary that these
decision procedures be of a uniform nature on a National  level.  Decision
procedures, which would at least in part predict the potential for
groundwater pollution  from the disposal of specific wastes at specific
sites, could be a helpful tool for regulatory and enforcement agencies.
Such decision procedures could:
     1.  Evaluate the  potential for groundwater degradation from a
         potentially-hazardous waste.

     2.  Determine whether a polluting quantity of waste is present in
         a given waste-disposal situation.

     3.  Ideally, determine the maximum safe loading of a given waste on
         a given land parcel.

     Some contradictory expert opinion exists, however, regarding the
mechanisms and effectiveness of attenuation processes for waste renovation
which are an integral part of the land disposal/land treatment process.
This, in turn, has inhibited effective decision making relative to the
permitting of land disposal/treatment operations.  The development of
procedures for a uniform approach to the decision-making  process by
regulatory agencies would provide a consistent and effective basis for
determining the confidence with which one can dispose of  a specific waste
at a  specific site.

-------
Scope and Objectives
     The overall objective of this investigation is to provide a
state-of-the-art assessment of the pollution prediction techniques for
waste-disposal siting.  This assessment is to include both current research
and regulatory procedures relative to the land disposal/treatment of waste
for the entire waste spectrum exclusive of radioactive wastes.  The
emphasis, however, will  be on that research and those specific regulatory
procedures which deal  specifically with hazardous  waste.

     An assessment of  the techniques currently being utilized or proposed
for waste disposal/management will be made with particular attention given
to their pollution-prediction capability.  This assessment will  be based
upon:  an identification of each procedure, their  state of development,
and their potential  usefulness to regulatory agencies.  In conducting
this investigation,  efforts were directed toward the formulation of
several "standard" procedures.

     The specific objectives of this investigation are as follows:

     1.  Conduct interviews with acknowledged experts in the field of
         waste attenuation/management to assess current laboratory and
         field research  procedures relative to pollution prediction
         techniques.
     2.  Conduct interviews with select domestic and foreign regulatory
         agencies to assess current regulatory procedures being  utilized
         for waste-disposal  siting, with emphasis  on hazardous waste
         disposal.
     3.  Identify and  assess the state of the art  of techniques  to predict
         and describe  the pollution potential  from specific wastes being
         disposed of at  specific sites.
     A.  Identify and  assess the most useful  water/soil/waste interaction
         and attenuation mechanisms which are indicative of the  ability
         of a potential  site to accept a specific  waste for land disposal/
         treatment in  an environmentally-safe manner.

-------
5.  Identify and assess the pollution prediction techniques currently
    utilized or under development which would be candidate procedures
    for further development into a "standard" procedure.

6.  Estimate the cost, work scope, and time requirements associated
    with each candidate procedure identified.

7.  Prepare a detailed development program for those techniques
    which best predict the groundwater pollution potential  and the
    suitability for permitting of land disposal/treatment sites for
    both a short-term (within three years) and long-term (within ten
    years) basis.

-------
                                 SECTION  I I I
                              LITERATURE  SEARCH

     A literature search was conducted to identify  pertinent  references
on the behavior of contaminants  associated with waste-disposal  projects.
Primary emphasis was given to hazardous waste constituents  excluding
radioactive wastes.  Unpublished material  and administrative  regulations
at all governmental levels were  excluded  from consideration.  The  search
was limited primarily to material  published  in the  United  States,  with
the exception of a few Canadian  and European  reports.   Only a few
references predate I960.

     Literature dealing with waste disposal with respect to environmental
quality is voluminous, and no attempt  was  made to cover all references on
the topic.  References were selected on the basis of  their  significance
and relevance to hazardous waste disposal.  Where an  abstract was  not
available to judge the value of  the reference, the  original reference
was consulted to determine its pertinence.   In a few  cases, only reference
titles could be located using available library facilities  and  within the
time constraint of the study. When the title appeared  to  so  warrant, the
reference was included.

     A major portion of the literature search was conducted using  the
computerized Lockheed Dialog Retrieval Service.   Files  searched include:
(1) CAIN, which is the cataloging and  indexing data base of the National
Agricultural Library (NAL); (2)  ENVIROLINE, which is  produced by the
Environment Information Center;  (3)  CA CONDENSTATES,  which  is the
computer-readable file corresponding to the printed Chemical  Abstracts;
and (k) COMPENDEX, which is the  machine-readable version of the Engineering
Index.

-------
     Each file was searched using index words associated with  hazardous
waste disposal and processes influencing the fate of various  contaminants
frequently associated with municipal and industrial  waste leachates.   The
same index words were not suitable for all  files owing to the  different
terminologies used by various research groups.  Numerous references
contained in published bibliographies were  also considered and included
where the topic  related directly to the disposal and fate of hazardous
waste constituents.

     It should be emphasized that the literature search effort in  this
project is not limited to the presentation  in this section;  rather it  is
integrated with various sections of the report.   This approach was selected
because of the wide variety of topics dealt with in  this study.   Instead
of limiting the discussions pertaining to previous work and  research
activities to one section, it was incorporated in appropriate  sections
in the report as follows:

   ® Section IV includes discussion of work related  to processes  influencing
     mobility and attenuation of contaminants in soil-water systems.

   © Section V includes discussion of work  related to different decision
     procedures (Criteria Listing, Matrix,  Decision  Tree, Models,  and
     Simulation).

   ® Appendix A includes a listing of key references related to attenuation.

     All  references selected for inclusion  in this report were placed
under one of five topical areas and are found in Appendix A.   The  topical
areas are:  Part I  - Toxic Metals; Part II  - Toxic Organics; Part  III  -
Critical  Parameters for Waste Disposal; Part IV  - Disposal Procedures,
Models, and Guidelines; and Part V - Reviews, Symposia Proceedings, and
State-of-the-Art Publications.   Additional  references on mathematical
modeling  are given  as Part VI - Mathematical Models.
                                    50

-------
     Because many papers  and  reports embrace more than one subject,
references were assigned  to the  topic which seemed most appropriate.
Consequently, the reader  is advised to consider closely-related topics.

     Key publications  of  the  various non-regulatory experts contacted
are provided with their respective write-up in Appendix B.
                                    51

-------
                                 SECTION  IV
              PROCESSES INFLUENCING MOBILITY  AND  ATTENUATION  OF
              CHEMICAL-WASTE CONSTITUENTS IN  SOIL-WATER  SYSTEMS
     The soil is a dynamic system in  which  numerous  chemical,  physical,
and biological reactions occur singly or simultaneously with time.   Because
of these reactions, the soil  is frequently  considered  a good receptacle
for the disposal of municipal  and industrial  wastes.   Under normal
conditions, the soil is able  to transform or  stabilize many hazardous
waste constituents to equilibrium soil  components.   These  reactions  occur-
in both water-saturated and unsaturated soils,  and are frequently  referred
to as attenuation processes or reactions.

Defini tion
     The word "attenuation" has  been  used  by  many  to describe a beneficial
result frequently obtained following  the application of a waste to a soil.
Because of the variable usage  of the  word  attenuation, its  use  in this
report will  be understood to mean:

     "Any physical, chemical,  and/or  biological  reaction or
     transformation occurring  in saturated and/or  unsaturated zones
     that brings about a temporary  or permanent  decrease in the
     maximum concentration or  total quantity  of  an  applied  chemical
     or biological  constituent in a fixed  time or  distance  traveled."

     This definition infers nothing about  the mobility of a waste
constituent  contained in the soil and is consistent with the dictionary
definition (Funk and WagnalIs  Standard  College Dictionary,  1971):

     "Attenuate;  To reduce in value, quantity,  size, or strength;
                  weaken, impai r."
                                     53

-------
The Soil-Water System
     Soils are composed of mineral, organic, solution, and gaseous phases.
The mineral phase consists of various particle sizes (sand, silt, and clay)
which together form a rigid or semi-rigid porous skeleton.  The quantity
of each size fraction contained in a soil influences the pore-size
distribution of a soil, and the solution- and gaseous-phase content.  Clay
particles possess large surface areas and are generally electrically
charged and adsorptive  in nature.  Aluminum and iron hydroxide gels,
oxides, and mixed hydroxide/oxide compounds coat, as well as form,
particles which react with constituents  in the soil water.

     The organic phase  is composed of stable organic components (lignin,
waxes, and resins) from plants and living and dead micro-organisms.  This
phase is generally confined to the soil surface, but may extend to a
considerable depth in decreasing quantities.  The organic phase is dynamic
and effective in transforming or attenuating many toxic or hazardous
organic constituents into acceptable substances under proper soil conditions,

     The soil-water phase is the medium responsible for transporting most
constituents through the soil.  Soil water, as used in this report, is both
soil moisture in the unsaturated zone and groundwater in the saturated
zone.  The soil water is constantly moving in response to differences in
potential energy originating from water additions, gravitational  field,
soil-water pressure head, evaporation, temperature, osmotic effects, and
plant extraction of water.  The rate at which the soil  water moves through
a soil is important in predicting the distribution and depth to which a
potentially-hazardous constituent may move in a given time.

     The gaseous phase and its composition is influenced by pore-size
distribution, degree of soil-water saturation, and biological  activity.
The composition of the gas or air phase includes oxygen, carbon dioxide,
nitrogen, and methane.  Under anaerobic (water saturated or high biological
activity) conditions, the solubility and chemical  form of a material may
change drastically.

-------
     The soil water, organic, and gaseous phases of the soil are changing
constantly and, as a result, play a major role in the reactions that
occur  in the soil.  These reactions influence the mobility and attenuation
of hazardous waste constituents.  In the following discussion, specific
examples are used to illustrate how various reactions influence the
mobility and attenuation of selected waste constituents.  The reactions
will be classified as either physical, chemical, or biological, even
though some could be correctly considered under more than one classification,

Attenuation Mechanisms
     Physical Processes.  Three physical processes influence the mobility
and attenuation of a waste constituent  in a soil system; these are:
molecular diffusion, hydrodynamic dispersion, and dilution.

          Molecular Diffusion.  Molecular diffusion is a spontaneous
process resulting from the natural thermal  motion of dissolved substances.
Experimentation has shown that the net rate of movement of a chemical
component from a region of high concentration to one of low concentration
is proportional to the difference in concentration between the two
regions, and is essentially independent of  the absolute concentration in
each region.

     These observations have been developed into what is known as Pick's
Law.  The proportionality constant in Pick's Law, D,  is called the
diffusion coefficient.  Molecular diffusion coefficients in free solution
are greater than those in soils where the solid phase obstructs and
restricts the motion of the molecule.  Reversible adsorption-desorption
or cation-exchange reactions also reduce the apparent diffusion coefficient
of a substance in a soil.
                                     55

-------
     Diffusion  is generally considered an insignificant  transport  process
when the soil water is transient.  Molecular diffusion,  however,  does
modify abrupt concentration differences between solutions  of different
concentrations  in contact with one another.   The interface between a
landfill leachate front and the soil water which is  devoid of any
constituents found in the leachate is an example.  This  apparent
attenuation occurs over a short soil depth.

          Hydrodynamic Dispersion.  The soil solution  flowing through a
soil does not move at the same rate in pore sequences  of different sizes.
Within a given pore the flow rate is slower near the walls than  in the
center of the pore.  The soil water also flows  faster  in the larger pores
than in the small pores.  These two effects, plus  the  tortuous  (twisting)
path the water must follow as it moves through  the soil, tend to  spread
or  reduce abrupt concentration changes in the soil with  time. This
phenomenon is called hydrodynamic dispersion and is  illustrated  in Figure  6.

     Hydrodynamic dispersion differs from molecular  diffusion in  that it
occurs only in the presence of a net movement of soil  water.   Experimentation
has shown that the hydrodynamic dispersion phenomenon  can  be described
analytically by an equation similar in form to that  of Pick's Law  for
molecular diffusion.   However, the magnitude of the  dispersion coefficient
is  larger than the molecular diffusion coefficient,  and  is generally equal
to or larger in magnitude than the average pore-water  velocity or  interstitial
flow rate.  The dispersion coefficient includes both molecular diffusion
and hydrodynamic mixing owing to pore-size distribution.

     Hydrodynamic dispersion is effective in attenuating the maximum
constituent concentration in a pulse or slug of waste  with time and
distance as it moves  through a soil profile.  This apparent attenuation
does not apply to the total  quantity of the  constituent  in the pulse,
only its maximum concentration.  For large leachate  inputs such as those
associated with large landfills, hydrodynamic dispersion will not  be an
effective attenuation process.
                                      56

-------
Co = 1.0
   FIGURE 6   ATTENUATION BY DISPERSION
             (A) The crosshatched areas are soil particles, the solid
             area represents a soil solution with a constituent
             concentration of Co, and white area represents a soil
             solution with a constituent concentration of zero.
             (B) Average constituent concentration distribution in
             the soil as a function of soil length.
                                     57

-------
           Pilution.   A  dilution  in constituent concentration frequently
occurs when  the  soil  water  in  the unsaturated zone enters the zone of
saturation below the  water  table.  If the region of soil between the
water table  and  the bottom  of  a  landfill is unsaturated, the vertical
transport  rate of the leachate from the disposal site will be orders
of magnitude smaller  than that when the soil is saturated.  As the waste
leachate approaches the zone of  saturation, which is flowing approximately
perpendicular to the  leachate, the flow or stream lines in the unsaturated
zone near  the water table are  altered by the presence of the water table.
The change in degree  of water  saturation and flow rate as the leachate
enters the groundwater  results in a reduction in the leachate concentration.
The dilution  is  enhanced further as the leachate moves downgradient through
the aquifer.

     The amount  of dilution occurring depends upon the water flow rate
in both zones.   This  process can provide further attenuation of the
contaminant  entering  the saturated zone.  Attenuation by dilution should
be given more serious consideration when evaluating a site for waste
disposal since it  is  considered by many to be the most important
attenuation mechanism.

     Chemical Processes.  There are three types of reactions which are
basically chemical in their nature:  adsorption-desorption or cation
exchange, precipitation, and oxidation/reduction.

          Adsorption-Desorption or Ion Exchange.  The mobility of a
soluble hazardous constituent  in a soil-water system is significantly
influenced by adsorption-desorption or cation-exchange reactions between
the constituent and soil.   In order to quantitatively describe the
influence of adsorption on mobility,  the adsorption-desorption or cation
exchange characteristics of the constituent and soil  must  be described
analytically.  Numerous equations have been developed to describe the
                                     58

-------
adsorption characteristics of various soluble constituents to soils.  The
Freundlich, Langmuir, and first-order kinetic equations are the most
commonly-used adsorption equations.  Adsorption equations based on
thermodynamics are difficult to use in systems as complex as hazardous
waste leachates because of the number of constituents present.

     When a soil and waste constituent are combined, a specific fraction
of the constituent is associated with the solution phase and another
portion with the solid or soil phase.  This partitioning between the
solid- and soil-water phases can be used to predict the mobility of a
constituent in a soil-water system.  If the soil-water and adsorbed
phases are in equilibrium, their relationship to one another can
frequently be described with the Freundlich Equation:

                                   S = KCN                           (1)

where:  S is the adsorbed constituent concentration per mass of soil
(e.g., Mg/g)J C is the constituent concentration in solution (e.g.,
 Mg/ml);  and K and N are empirical  coefficients that vary with the
constituent, composition of the waste,  and soil.

     Adsorption-desorption or cation exchange are the most common reactions
generally associated with the attenuation of hazardous constituents in
soils.  However, when the reaction  is reversible, which is generally the
case for  cation exchange, the attenuation is only an apparent one
resulting from a reduction in constituent mobility.  For example, the
larger the value of K in Equation (l),  the less mobile the constituent is,
and the more time that is required  for  the contaminant to move to a given
depth in  the soil.   The mobility of a constituent is reduced because each
time a constituent is adsorbed to the soil  phase, its migration is
temporarily stopped.   As shown in Figure 7,  when a constituent such as
           +2
cadmium (Cd  )  becomes adsorbed, it remains  that way an average finite
time, t,  (time for desorption to occur),  before it is desorbed.  In this
                                     59

-------
time interval,  its downstream motion through the soil  pore is halted,
while a nonadsorbed constituent such as chloride (Cl ) continues to move
at the average  pore-water velocity.  Once the constituent is desorbed  by
another cation, a mean time, t  (time for adsorption to reoccur), elapses
                              a
before it  is adsorbed again.  During this time, the constituent is carried
forward at the  mean pore-water velocity.  Thus, the greater the t ., the
more adsorption and slower a given constituent moves.   K in Equation (1)
is proportional to t ./t .
                    u  a
                                        td
        FIGURE 7   ATTENUATION BY ADSORPTION/DESORPTION
     If the pulse of leachate containing the contaminant is small,  then
the maximum concentration of the contaminant in the soil water will  be
attenuated owing to hydrodynamic dispersion.  This is Illustrated in
Figure 8 where the dashed line represents a conservative ion (e.g.,
chloride) and the solid line represents a cation (e.g.,  cadmium)  that
exchanges with other Ions on the solid phase of the soil as it moves
through the soil profile.  Because of cation exchange, it takes five
times more water (320 cm versus 6k cm) to move the cadmium to the same
soil depth as that of the chloride.  The spreading or smearing of the
constituent pulse as it moves through the soil profile is approximately
proportional to the square root of time.  Because of ion exchange,  part
of the constituent is now associated with the solid phase, and part  is
                                      60

-------
                     Constituent Concentration, C
        50
  f.
  0)
  Q
        100
                                                  I = 8 cm
                         I = 64

        150 -
                  I = 320 cm
                                      • I = 64 cm
FIGURE 8  DISPERSION FOR CONSERVATIVE AND
           NON-CONSERVATIVE IONS
           The solid line represents a constituent that exchanges
           with cations on the soil-solid phase and the dashed line
           represents a conservative constituent such as chloride.
           The water content of the soil Is 0.4 cm7cm3 and the
           constituent concentration in the solution  entering the
           soil is 1.0. 1  is the amount of solution that has been
           added at the soil surface. The initial eight cm of solution
           entering the soil contained both constituents, whereas
           that which followed contained neither constituent.
                                61

-------
 in  the  soil-water  phase.  When  the waste source  is  large and enters the
 soil  for  a  long  time  period,  the maximum constituent concentration in
 the soil  water will not exhibit appreciable attenuation.  However, if
 the waste pulse  is  small  in comparison to the vertical distance to the
 water table,  attenuation  of the maximum concentration may be observed.

      The  mobility of  a waste  constituent will also  be influenced by the
 concentration of the  substance  in solution when  the adsorption isotherm
 is  non-linear (e.g.,  N =  0.7  in Equation (l)).   Figure 9 presents a
 simulated relative-concentration distribution in a  soil profile
 receiving two input constituent concentrations (C   = 10 and 5,OOOMg/ml),
 C   represents the  input concentration or leachate concentration at the
 waste-soil  interface.  For the  simulations presented in the figure, the
 soil  bulk density,  soil-water content by volume, average pore-water
                                                  3        33
 velocity, and dispersion  coefficient were 1.A g/cm  , 0.3 cm /cm ,
                      2
 3.0 cm/hr,  and 1.0 cm /hr, respectively.
     A pulse of  leachate with a constituent concentration of C  =10 and
5,000 /Lig/ml was  introduced at the soil surface for 22 hours and followed
by an input of water without the constituent for an additional *»8 hours
(total of 70 hours).  The curves in the figure were simulated assuming
adsorption was reversible and described by Equation (1).  The figure
illustrates that a hazardous waste constituent will be more mobile at
high concentrations than at low concentrations when N is less than 1.0.
Both curves are  asymmetrical in shape owing to the nonlinearity
(N = 0.7) of the adsorption isotherm.  Results similar to those shown
have been observed for 2,4-D amine.

     The cation-exchange capacity of a soil will  vary with the type of
clay mineral present, quantity of clay, amount of organic matter, and,
in some instances, soil pH.  Surface area of the solid phase has in
many cases been shown to be proportional  to the K in Equation (1).  In
general, increases in soil pH result in higher cation-exchange capacities.
However, over a pH range of 5 to 7, the increase in cation exchange
probably does not generally exceed 30 percent of the original value.

                                     62

-------
                   Relative Concentration, C/Co

                  0.2     0.4      0.6     0.8
                          I        I        T
                             Co = 10 Mg/ml
s
= 4
34
C°
7
1.0
                                    v = 3 cm/hr
                                    t = 70 hrs
                              Co = 5,000 /u.g/mg
        IDOL-
FIGURE 9  DISPERSION AS AFFECTED BY SOURCE
           CONCENTRATION
           Simulated relative 2^4-D concentration distributions in
           the soil solution phase; the soil solution is flowing
           through the pores at an average velocity, V, of 3 cm/hr.
                               63

-------
     A major problem in defining the mobility of a given  constituent  in
a soil is that it varies with the composition of the waste  and  species
of initial cations on the soil-exchange complex.  The exchange  of  metal
                 +2    +2    +2                                      +
cations (e.g., Cu  , Zu  , Cd  , etc.)  with common cations  such as Na
      +2                                                     +        +2
and Ca    is reduced in the presence of large quantities of  Na  and Ca
This competition of exchange sites varies with each waste and soil.
From a practical  standpoint, cation exchange does not effectively  lower
the total-salt concentration in the soil water, and toxic metal  cations
are not significantly retained by cation exchange under soil  conditions
where soluble salts are present in high concentrations.

          Prec ip itat ion.  Adsorption and precipitation reactions are
difficult to distinguish from one another in soils.  Both processes  involve
the removal of a constituent from the soil water.  Precipitation in  the
following discussion will be defined in its strictest chemical  sense,
i.e., formation of well-defined solid phases.  Precipitation  reactions
involving trace and heavy metals in soils are so closely  related to  pH
that it is nearly impossible to separate the two.

     Numerous references can be cited to the effect that  trace  and heavy
metals, in general, form insoluble or very slightly soluble precipitates
at neutral or greater than neutral  pH values.  This is an effective
attenuation reaction in that it reduces both the maximum  as well as  the
total amount of a constituent in the soil water.  Conversely, a decrease
in soil pH will result in an increase in the solubility of  many
precipitates.  The solubility of a group of common trace  and  heavy metal
compounds is given in Table 15.  When a saturated aqueous solution of a
sparingly soluble salt such as PbSO,  is prepared, the following equilibrium
exists:

                             Pb+2  +  SO'2                          (2)

-------
                     TABLE 15

SOLUBILITY PRODUCT CONSTANTS FOR VARIOUS COMPOUNDS*
                                 Solubi1i ty P roduct
       Substance                 Constant  (mo1en/1n)

Carbonates

     Cadmium carbonate               8.5 x 10~13
     Cobolt carbonate                1. *4 x 1 0" 1 3
     Cupric carbonate                2.3 x 10~10
     Lead carbonate                  7.3 x 10"1**
     Zinc carbonate                  1.6 x 10~^

Chlori des

     Lead chloride                   1.0 x TO"'4
     Mercurous chloride              2.1 x 10~1^

Hydroxi des

     Cadmium hydroxide               5.3 x 10~^5
     Chromic hydroxide               7.0 x 10~3^
     Cupric hydroxide                1.6 x 10~^9
     Lead hydroxide                  ^.0 x 10"^
     Mercuric hydroxide              3.0 x 10~2^
     Zinc hydroxide                  1.8 x 10"^

Sulfates
                                              Q
     Lead sulfate                   1.06 x 10

Sulfides

     Cadmium sulfide                 3.6 x 10~29
     Cobalt sulfide                  3.0 x 10~26
     Cupric sulfide                  8.5 x 10~4->
     Lead sulfide                    3>.k x 10"28
     Nickel  sulfide                  1.A x 10~2/*
     Zinc sulfide                    1.2 x 10~23
"These compounds could form from chemicals in wastewater
 at approximately room temperature.

-------
                                                            2        2
     The solubility product, K  , for the above case is (Pb)  X (SO.)
where  (Pb) and  (SO.) are expressed in moles of solute per liter of water.
Thus,  the smaller the solubility product, the more sparingly soluble the
salt.  The type of precipitate formed is dependent upon the composition of
the waste and the soil water and solid phases.  Also, microbial activity
can significantly alter the soil pH and C02 concentration, which in turn
would  change both the solubility of a precipitate and the forms In which
it could exist.

     Hydrous oxides of Mn and Fe furnish the principal  mechanisms for the
precipitation (attenuation) of Co, Ni, Cu, and Zn and other metals in
soils.  Very small amounts of hydrous oxides of Mn and/or Fe are sufficient
to control the heavy-metal concentration in soil water and, thus, attenuate
or reduce the concentration of the constituent in the soil water.  The
ultimate depth to which a constituent can move is significantly influenced
by the precipitation rate, constituent concentration in the soil water,
and velocity at which the soil water is flowing through the soil.
Precipitation results in a net decrease in the amount of a constituent
remaining in solution with time, whereas, for cation exchange, the amount
of an exchangeable constituent in the soil water does not change with time.
Since precipitation and adsorption occur simultaneously in the soil, it is
difficult to separate the two processes.

          OxI dat ion/Reduction.  Oxidation-reduction reactions influence
the mobility and attenuation of waste constituents (especially trace and
heavy metals).  Most such reactions in soils are initiated by biological
activity.  The inorganic ions released are free to take part in a
multitude of strictly chemical reactions.  Oxidation-reduction reactions
in soils are important in a waste management program since oxidation can
be initiated to produce complexes and compounds that are less mobile.
Reduced forms are generally more soluble than oxidized forms of heavy
metals.
                                      66

-------
     Biological  Processes
          Biodegradation.   Micro-organisms  are  an  integral  part of  the
soil.  The primary micro-organisms  are  bacteria, act inomycetes , fungi,
algae, and soil  animals.   These organisms transform waste  components by
such processes as oxidation,  reduction,  mineralization,  and immobilization.
The end products of these  transformations are generally  harmless, but some
toxic metabolites have been known to be produced.

     The bacteria are the  most  numerous  and biochemically  active group.
Bacteria are responsible for  such important processes  as nitrification,
deni tri f i cat ion , nitrogen  fixation,  and  sulfur  transformations.  The fungi
are involved in  humus formation and  certain mineral transformations.
The actinomycetes are very effective in  transforming  resistant organic
compounds.  The  nitrogen-fixing ability  of  algae in flooded soils is very
important  agriculturally and  ecologically.   Earthworms are  important in
maintaining the  soil  structure  and  aeration of  certain soils.

     The importance of soil micro-organisms to  attenuation  may not  be
readily apparent at first, but  they  are  quite important.   Generally,
pesticides are transformed and/or degraded  by micro-organisms to less
toxic compounds.  For example:
     2.A-D + 02      >       C02  +  H20  +  Cl"                      '     (3)
                                    or
     2, + 02°xi^tlon   2, 1,-D  Metabolite +  02 oxidation   CQ2 +
                                                     H20 +  Cl"
                                     67

-------
    A microbiological process common in municipal waste disposal  is
denitrification.  This reaction occurs under anaerobic conditions in the
presence of a carbon source.  For example:
    NO             N02             N2, N20 (gases)                  (5)

    These reactions represent attenuation processes that are irreversible;
thus, these reactions should be employed or encouraged were possible.
                                                    o
Sufficiency of Attenuation
    The degree of attenuation required for a waste constituent is
generally established based upon that necessary for the maintenance of
an acceptable groundwater quality.  Two factors impact on this goal:
identification of the amount of waste constituent that will be attenuated
for a given waste disposal site, and definition of acceptable groundwater
quality. ° Groundwater quality limits are established from limits  set for
safe drinking water (Table 16).  In a number of instances the natural
groundwater quality may be poor.  Under these conditions, background data
and the advice of State and Federal government agencies should be consulted
for groundwater quality constraints.  From these sources and guidelines,
the required groundwater quality can be established and the required
attenuation for a given site and waste constituent can be identified.

    In general, no single process or reaction (physical, chemical,  or
biological) is responsible for the total observed attenuation of  a  waste
constituent.  For example, the cadmium solution concentration is  reduced
as a result of chemical and biological  processes which produce
precipitation, with these latter reactions occurring near the waste
application site.  The equilibrium cadmium solution concentration depends
upon the chemical form of the precipitate and its solubility (Table 15).
Attenuation of the cadmium by precipitation may not be sufficient to meet
drinking water standards (Table 16); however, the dilution that occurs as
the cadmium enters the zone of saturation below the waste disposal  site
                                    68

-------
                                                TABLE  16

                                DRINKING WATER  QUALITY  CRITERIA
             Parameter
CHEMICAL •  INORGANIC. mg/L

Arsenic

Bar i um
Cadmium
Chloride
            if.
Chromium (Cr   )
Copper

Cyanide
Fluoride
Iron
Lead

Manganese
Mercury
Nitrate - Nitrogen

Selenium
SI Ivor
Sulfate

Total  Dissolved  Solids  (TDS)
Zinc

CHEMICAL - ORGANIC, mg/L

A Iky I  Benzene  Sulfonate (ABS)
  Used before  1965
Carbon Chloroform Extract (CCE)
Phenols

PHYSICAL

Turbidity. TU
Color, Units
                                                      EPA 1977
                                                  National  Interim
                                                  Primary Drinking
                                                  Water Standards
Odor, Number

PESTICIDES  -
                        mg/L
(a)  Chlorinated Hydrocarbons
       (Insecticides)
     Endrln
     Llndane
     Methoxychlor
     Toxaphona

(b)  Chlorphenoxys  (Herbicides)
     2.<»-0  (Dlchlorophenoxy
       acetic acid)
     2.^,5-TP Silvex  (Trichloro-
       phanoxyprop Ionic acid)
                                                 Maximum Contaminant
                                                    Levels (MCLS)
             0.05

             1 .0
             0.010
             0.05
             0.2
Limits set according  to
annual average of  Che
maximum dally air  temperatures
             0.05
             O.OOZ
            10

             0.01
             0.05
             0.7
          1  desirable
          5  max.
             0.0002
             0.004
             O.t
             0.005
             O.I

             0.01
                                     USPHS 1962 Drinking
                                       Uater Standards
                                         Recommended
                                     	Limi t	
  0.01



250


  1

  0.01



  '•3

  0.3


  0.05

 to



250

500
  5
  0.5
  0.2
  0.001
5 max.


 15

  3
                                                        69

-------
may provide the necessary attenuation  to meet  groundwater-quality standards.
The sufficiency of attenuation Is thus achieved  through a series of  reactions
and not one single reaction.

     Obviously the greater the amount  of waste applied at a given site,
the greater the amount of leachate that will be  produced with  time,  and
the greater the potential for adverse  environmental  impact.  The amount
of waste alone, however, is not generally as important as:  the type of
waste applied, the concentration of the potential  contaminants within
that waste, and the solubility of those potential  contaminants.  The
rate of hydrologic flux or flushing of the waste by  rain which infiltrates
and moves through the landfill to produce the  leachate is also of
significant importance.   Undiverted surface water runoff onto  the site
and groundwater flow within the base of the site can also contribute to
this hydrologic flux.

     A very important factor in the waste management aspect to minimize
the hydrologic flux is the type and permeability of  the cover  material
used at the disposal  site.   The permeability of  the  cover material will
control the rate of water movement through the waste, and, therefore,
the rate of leachate migration through the soil  to the underlying water
table.  A slow rate of leachate migration from a disposal site, in many
cases, can result in significant attenuation due to  hydrodynamic dispersion
and dilution of the leachate  constituents in both  the unsaturated and
saturated portions of the flow system  by soil  water  and grounflwater,
particularly the latter.  In  this way, the "attenuation capacity" of the
site is not exceeded.  Management of the waste disposal site resulting
in slow rates of leachate migration, however,  will prolong the active
life of the site undergoing biological  and chemical  degradation and
leachi ng.
                                     70

-------
     The sufficiency of attenuation for a given waste constituent  may
be acceptable at one site and inadequate at another location  owing to
differences in hydrology.  Arid regions in the United States  have  had
fewer groundwater contamination problems resulting from waste disposal
operations than the more humid regions for this reason.   This difference,
however, does not mean that greater attenuation exists under  arid
conditions.  In the arid regions, less water passes through the  unsaturated
zone per year; thus, it takes longer for a constituent to travel a given
distance in the soil.  Also, the arid-region soils frequently have a
higher soil pH, which is beneficial in reducing the toxic- and heavy-metals
concentration in the soil water by precipitation.

     Good management practices and economic considerations also  affect
the sufficiency of attenuation.  Many disposal  operations have developed
leachate problems with significant adverse environmental  impacts due to
poor management practices even though the engineering design  and site
characterization were sound.  Operational  functions,  such as  depth of
filling, proper placement and maintenance of cover material,  and
acceptance and concentration of liquid wastes,  are examples of poor
management practices.  In addition, the emphasis on disposal  operations
today is the large multi-lift landfill due to the  economy of  scale and
the great difficulty in acquiring disposal  sites.   Such  "mega-sites" in
many instances automatically preclude the reliance on attenuation  due to
the great potential  for exceeding the attenuation  capacity of the  given
si te.

     Because of the number of reactions that may occur within the
unsaturated and saturated zone of soil, it is difficult  to simulate the
behavior of a specific waste constituent.   Many of the conceptual  models
that have been developed are complex with  numerous coefficients and
parameters.  Calibration of these models has established  the  coefficients
and parameters for a given waste constituent and site, but these values
may or may not be applicable to another waste and/or  site.  Therefore,

                                     71

-------
procedures are needed to measure these coefficients independently.   With
reliable models, the sufficiency of attenuation could  be better
established prior to waste application for a given waste and  site as well
as the management procedures necessary to ensure such  sufficiency of
attenuation.
                                    72

-------
                                 SECTION V
                 SUMMARY OF POLLUTION PREDICTION TECHNIQUES

Introduction
     Numerous research activities are currently  underway  to  define and
to clarify the various attenuation mechanisms  and their  importance  in
the renovation of municipal and industrial solid, liquid,  and  sludge
wastes.  Much research is also being conducted for developing  additional
techniques that will provide an assessment of  the potential  for
pollution of surface and groundwaters in a given waste/soil  situation.

     Interviews were conducted therefore with  a  number of non-regulatory
experts engaged in work related to the attenuation of wastes and  the
development of pollution prediction techniques.   A list of those  experts
contacted and their affiliatfon can be found  in  Table 17.  A contact
form which summarizes the interviews and pertinent material  published
by each expert and their associates is found  in  Appendix  B (arranged
alphabetically).  Concise comments on the approach taken,  state of
development, and availability as a prediction  technique are  given.  A
more detailed presentation and assessment of those techniques  which
warrant consideration for further development  is given below and  in
Section VII, Recommended Development Plans.

     Interviews were also conducted with selected regulatory agencies,
both domestic and foreign, to identify and to  assess their waste  disposal
permitting procedures.  A listing of those regulatory agencies contacted,
the rationale for their selection, and an overall  assessment of their
permitting procedures is given in Section VI,  Regulatory  Agency
Practices.  The permit procedures identified that are presently being
used by these regulatory agencies are Criteria Listing and Classification
System.
                                     73

-------
                            TABLE  17

             NON-REGULATORY  EXPERTS  CONTACTED
Dr.L. Boersma
Or. Eugene Elzy
Or. Thomas Lindstrom
Oregon State University

Dr. Herman Bouwer
U.S. Water Conservation  Laboratory

Mr. John 0. Bredehoeft
U.S. Geological Survey

Or. J. Bromley
Dr. A. Parker
Dr. O.C. WiIson
Dr. I. Karri son
Harwell Laboratory
Institute of Geological  Sciences
Oxfordshire, United Kingdom

Mr. Nolan A.  Curry
Private Consultant

Or. El Iiot Epstein
U.S. Department of Agriculture
Agricultural  Research Service

Dr. Graham J. Farquhar
University of Waterloo
Dr. AlIan Freeze
Geologic Survey
British Co Iumb i a

Dr. Wallace H. Fuller
University of Arizona
Dr. James Glbb
Illinois State Water Survey
Dr. Eugene A.  Glysson
University of  Michigan

Dr. Robert A.  Griffin
Dr. Neil  F. Shimp
Dr. Keros Cartwright
Illinois  State Geologic Survey

Dr. D. Joseph  Hagerty
University of  Louisville
Dr. Robert K.  Ham
University of  Wisconsin

Mr. Martin J.  Houle
Ougway Proving Ground
Department of  Army
Or. Lenny Konikow
Mr. David Grova
U.S. Geological Survey
Dr. Donald Langmuir
Pennsylvania State University

Mr. Harry i. LeGrand
Private Consultant

Dr. Hans rtoolj
Environment Canada
Dr. Michael R. Overcash
North Carolina State University

Mr. John G. Pacey
Emcon, Inc.
Dr. Albert L. Page
University of Callfornia--
  at Riverside

Or. Col 1 in R. Phil Iips
Chemical  Engineering Research
Consultants, Ltd.

Dr. George Pinder
Dr. Robert deary
Dr. M. van Genuchten
Princeton University

Dr. Frederick G. Pohland
Dr. Wendel I  Cross
Mr. James Hudson
Georgia Institute  of Technology

Mr. Frank A. Rovers
Conestoga - Rovers and Associates

Dr. Dwight A. Sangrey
Cornel 1 Univers I ty
Mr. Michael  J. Stiff
Mr. P.J. Maris
Mr. Chris Young
Water Research Centre
  (Medmenham Lab)
Stevenage, United  Kingdom

Mr. William H. Walker
Geraghty & Miller

Or. Raul Zaltzman
West Virginia University

-------
     The interviews with these regulatory agencies and non-regulatory
experts have resulted in the identification of procedures which
warrant further consideration as "standard" waste disposal-siting
procedures.

   s The procedures identified to date can be categorized as follows:
   © Cri teria Li st ing.
   © Cri ter ia Ranking.
   © Matrix.
   ©Classification System (Decision Tree).
   e Models (Mathematical).
   9 Laboratory Simulation (e.g., soil columns).

     For each of these procedures, a description, its  state of  development
and application, an assessment of its advantages  and disadvantages,  and
its availability as a "standard" decision procedure are presented.  It  is
noteworthy that a number of  the techniques identified  are interrelated
(e.g., Criteria Listing  with each of the others)  or constitute  "sub-routines"
within a more comprehensive  decision procedure (e.g.,  column studies with
the classification system).

     While many promising procedures are under development  or have  in
fact been developed, only the Criteria Listing and Classification
System approaches have been  sufficiently tested to be  routinely used.
In addition, due to the complex nature and definition  of attenuation
mechanisms, and.the number of approaches that are available both to
define these interactions and to predict the resultant pollution
potential,  it must be emphasized that differences of opinion exist
among both the experts and the regulatory agencies.
                                     75

-------
 Criteria  Listing
      Descri ption.  The most basic and universally-applied decision
 procedure identified  is  that of Criteria Listing.  This approach is
 utilized  to a varying degree by each of the regulatory agencies
 contacted,  both domestic and foreign.

      The  Criteria Listing approach consists of listing factors for both
 waste and site characterization and of obtaining data to adequately
 define each factor listed.  An assessment of these data is then made
 on  the basis of the ability (or lack of it) for a given site to
 attenuate or renovate a given waste.  When a given waste/site situation
 does  not  lend itself to the prevention of adverse environmental  impacts
 (particularly groundwater pollution), the waste/site characteristics
 must  be evaluated from the standpoint of containment or "storage".  Such
 containment of wastes must be provided by virtue of the natural  site
 conditions, with reliance predominantly on the natural  low permeability
 of  the deposits or on the utilization of engineered modifications  such
 as  1iners.

      The  basic elements of the Criteria Listing approach are as follows:
    o  Waste  characterization - type,  amount, physical  characteristics,
      chemical characteristics, and biological  characteristics.
    o  Site characterization - location, topography, climatology,  land use,
      soils, geology, and hydrology.

      In the Criteria Listing approach, quantitative data are obtained,
 but there  is no attempt to rank or assign weighted values to the criteria,
with  the  result that each is assumed to have equal  importance in the
assessment of pollution potential.

     State of Development/Application.  A composite waste characterization
has been compiled  by the contractor  based on those regulatory agencies
contacted, as shown in Table 18.
                                     76

-------
Type:
Amount:
Physical
Chemical
                                  TABLE 18
                 WASTE CHARACTERIZATION — CRITERIA LISTING*
                  Industrial
                     SIC
                     Plant name/location
                     Waste stream
                  Municipal  - Specify waste/source
                  Other - Specify waste/source
                  Volume or weight
                  Rate of generation
                  Sol id
                  Liquid
                  Sludge
     	     PH
                  Toxici ty
                  Major constituents
                  Minor constituents
     B iological;   Degradabi1ity
                  Organic content
                           ^(compiled by Weston)

     A detailed  and generally complete Criteria  Listing  has  been compiled
for site characterization as  shown in Table  19.   The criteria are those
that would both  independently and dependently  affect site  suitability and
the prediction of pollution  potential.  The predominant  dependent
influence of these criteria  results  from complex  interrelationships
among the parameters.  For example,  the mere presence of limestone (as
an independent variable)  may  lead to the prediction of a high potential
for pollution of  groundwater.  Other pertinent parameters  which act  in
a dependent manner and require evaluation  for  an  adequate  assessment of
the pollution potential  in a  given waste disposal  situation  on limestone
                               77

-------
                                  TABLE 19

               SITE  CHARACTERIZATION — CRITERIA  LISTING*
                                                      c
                                                      O
                                    Q) It
                                    4-J 0
                                    to oc
0) 4-'
4-> c;
to o
i o
ro
— I/)
  a>
  o
o i-
>+- 3
— O
  ui
OJ (!)
                                    C
                                    U
PHYSIOGRAPHY

  Site Location
    Topographic  Map
    Site Boundaries
    Topographic  Setting
  Topography

LAND USE - Surrounding Site

  Water Wells
  Spri ngs
  Swamps
  Streams
  Reserve!rs
  Other Bodies of  Water
  Sinkholes
  Underground and/or Surface Mines
  Mine Pool Discharge Points
  Mining Spoil Piles or Mine Dumps
  Quarries
  Sand and Gravel  Pits
  Gas and Oil Wells
  Diversion Ditches
  Water Quality  Monitoring Points
  Occupied Dwellings
  Roads
  Power Lines
                                         0)
                                      -.  g >.
                                    0) O  CO
                                         O C
                                           0)
                                           01
                                         UJ C
                                         o o
                                         C 0)
                                              o
                                                o
                                              o c
                                                0)
                                                a>
                                   — ui  — o
                                   o oc  — a.
o_
i
03
O —
i/i O

c c
— o
z: o




4->
C.
I1
4J
U
03
ca-
ll)
O
1
4-1
OJ
>
l_
0)
I/)
o
(_>

03
4_l
i
4->
C
(U
E
4-1
1_
o>
QL
(U
Q
1
.—
c
0)
I/I
0)
u
i_
3
0
in
a)
a:

"TO
JJJ
c
i









-o
i- oj
01 O
4-1 CO
03




u-
O
,,,
i_
4->
.!2
c
z







4->
C
£
c
0
1_
                                                   O  O
                                                   (U
   c
>- o
UI !_
c —
c >
a) c
a. u)
oi —
X 03
d) 3
I- Cf
                                                                   o >
                                                                   — c
                                                                   ro
                                                                   c
                                                                   o
                                                                     0)
            *Black denotes information specifically requested,
                                       78

-------
                                  TABLE  19
                                  (CONTINUED)
                                  (TJ

                                  C
                                      o
                                      C.
O
tft
a)
c
                                              0)
in
C
c
0)
Q.
                                                      '.M
                                                      fO
                                                      X
                                                      a)
                                                          C
                                                          o
  Pipelines
  Public BuiIdings
  Abandoned Canal
  Public Park

CLIMATOLOGY

  Precipitation Data
    Maximum
    Average
    Maximum Monthly
    Station of Record
    Length of Historical Record
    Runoff
  Flooding Frequency
    Source of Information

SOILS

  Auger Holes (Borings)
  Backhoe Pits
  SCS Mapping
  Physical Properties
    Texture (USDA)
    Depth to Mott1 ing
    Depth to Fragipan
    % Coarse Fragments
    Permeability  (Percolation)
    Liquid Limit
    Plastic Limit
    Plasticity Index
    Sieve Analysis
  Chemical Properties
    Soil pH
    Cation Exchange Capacity
                                   79

-------
                               TABLE  19
                              (CONTINUED)
                                  (0
                                  c
                                  i_
                                  o
O
C
                                          (/)
                                          
u   —
o   >-

3   c
0)   0)
z   o.
                                                          0)
                    c
                    o
GEOLOGY

  Backhoe Pits
  Borings
  Description of Geologic
    Profile
  Consolidated Deposits
    Bedrock Type(s)
    Formation Name
    Outcrop
    Degree of Weathering
  Depth to Bedrock
    Unconsolidated Deposits
      Type(s)
      Formation Name
      Texture
  Structure
    Fold Axis
    Bedding Planes
    Joint Planes
    Fault Planes
  Fracture Traces

HYDROLOGY

  Surface Water
    Distance to Nearest Body
    Type
    Quality
  Ground Water
    Depth to Water Table
      Maximum
      Minimum
      Location and Date
        Measured
      Seasonal Fluctuations
                                    80

-------
                            TABLE 19
                           (CONTINUED)
                             -
        c
        (0
                                             in
                                             c
                                             c
                                             4)
                                             O-
                TO
                 C
                o
Depth to Perched Water
  Table
Direction(s) of Flow
Rate of Flow
Point(s) of Discharge
Aquifer Characteristics
Monitoring Points
Number
Locat ion
Type
Quality
Baseine
Frequency of Sampling
Specified Parameters
                                                      _J
                                  81

-------
bedrock are:  the thickness, texture, and drainage characteristics of
soils overlying this bedrock; the lithology, actual  degree of  fracturing,
and solution activity in the bedrock; and the depth to the water  table.

     The format for this site-characterization Criteria Listing  is
Module 5A- Supplementary Geology and Groundwater Information — which  is
used by the Division of Solid Waste Management and the Division of Water
Quality Management, Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Resources.
Table 15 presents those site factors considered in Criteria Listing  by
Pennsylvania and five other states as well  as the Province of  Ontario.

     The required criteria are those that are specifically listed in the
guidelines, rules and regulations, or permit applications  currently  in
effect for each agency.  In certain cases,  a "hydrogeologic report"  is
required which may not individually require the criteria shown in the
table, but would in fact require that those items be described.   This
table does give some indication of the variable degree of  detail  required
by those regulatory agencies contacted.

     It is noteworthy that the Criteria Listing approach is used  by  such
regulatory agencies as the New York State Department of Environmental
Conservation, the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental  Resources, the
Minnesota Pollution Control Agency, the Netherlands Institute  for Waste
Disposal, West Germany Bavarian Environmental  Protection Agency,  and the
Ontario Ministry of the Environment.  Personnel  in each of these  agencies
have stated that the decision for waste/site permitting is based  upon
objective description and quantification of both waste and site
characteristics, the combined expertise of the permit review personnel,
and by comparison with empirical data generated from existing  analogous
waste/site disposal  situations.  In the final  analysis, therefore, a
subjective decision is made based upon utilization of objective data and
analysis to the degree that the data will  permit.
                                     82

-------
     It is important to realize that  there is  near  unanimous  agreement
among the experts, both regulatory and  non-regulatory,  that the  final
decision for approval  or denial  of a  waste permit must  be made by  the
multidisciplinary review personnel, using  but  not relying totally  on
the pollution prediction techniques available  to  them.   This  fact  results
from the realization that there are complex interrelationships between
waste/site characteristics which are  variable  in  space  and time.
Furthermore,  these interrelationships are  not  sufficiently understood
at present, nor are expected to be sufficiently understood in the
foreseeable future to  place complete  reliance  on  the  prediction  techniques.
This is not to say that other procedures do not exist which will prove
invaluable aids in making the final decision,  but rather, each waste/site
situation can be taken to be somewhat unique and, therefore,  judgment
value and subjective decision making  will  always  be necessary.   It is
important to realize that economic, political  and legal  considerations
must also be given.

     Assessment.  There are both advantages and disadvantages to the
use of Criteria Listing as a pollution  prediction technique.  The
advantages of this approach by comparison  with the  other techniques
are described as follows:

     1.  Data Requirements - The data requirements  for  the Criteria
         Listing approach are comprehensive in that waste-specific data
         are  required  for waste characterization.   In addition,  site-
         specific data are required to  describe soils,  geology,
         groundwater,  and groundwater/surface  water interrelationships
         for site characterization.   Quantitative data  are also  required
         to adequately define the aerial distribution and variation
         with depth of the various deposits present at  a given site.
         This approach provides the application reviewer with a
         three-dimensional definition of the physical features present

                                     83

-------
         at the site in order to better assess  their  impact on
         attenuation of waste leachates for  prevention of groundwater
         pollution.  This approach also affords  an  assessment of the
         range in values or variations  of  the quantitative data defined.

     2.  Moderate Cost/Expertise Requirements -  This  approach is
         generally used at moderate cost and expertise requirements in
         comparison with the other techniques.   However, this approach
         requires the application of a  great deal of  judgment on the
         part of the reviewer.  Therefore, a high level of expertise of
         the various disciplines involved with waste  site assessment
         (e.g., soils, geology,  environmental and chemical engineering,
         and biology)  would be beneficial  to the permitting process.

     3.  Presently Being Used -  The Criteria Listing  approach is the
         most universal approach taken  by consultants for assessment and
         design of waste disposal facilities, and by  regulatory agencies
         which permit such facilities.

     There are potential disadvantages,  however, to the use of Criteria
Listing as a decision procedure.  The disadvantages of this approach are
as follows:

     1.  No Quantification of Pollution  Potential - Utilization of this
         approach does not result in a  direct quantification of the
         pollution potential.  Rather,  an assessment  is made based upon
         experience, data development for the site  in question, and by
         comparison with empirical  data  developed at other sites for the
         pollution potential at  the proposed site.  As such, the
         assessment of a candidate site  relies heavily on the level of
         expertise of the reviewing personnel.

-------
     2.  Potential  High Cost - Variation and  complexities  in  the  natural
         site conditions may result in a high cost  to  the  applicant  to
         obtain the quantitative data necessary  for site assessment.
         This potential cost can be avoided  by terminating further site
         investigations once this condition  is recognized. The actual
         cost can also be offset by the value associated with obtaining
         a site in a critical  location.

     A summary assessment of the pros and cons of Criteria Listing is
given  in Table 20.
                                  TABLE 20
                   SUMMARY ASSESSMENT OF CRITERIA LISTING
     Pros
       • Site-specific and quantitative data  identified.
       • Comprehensive site description.
       • Presently used by regulatory agencies.
       • Moderate cost/expertise requirements.
       • Applies to hazardous  and non-hazardous  wastes.
     Cons
       • No quantification of  pollution potential.
       • Potential  high costs.
       • Reliability largely dependent on the expertise of agency
         review personnel.

     Availabi1i ty.   The Criteria Listing represents  an on-line decision
procedure presently being used by research groups,  consultants, and
regulatory agencies in each of the states contacted  for the design and
permitting of land  disposal  facilities.   It must  be re-emphasized that
                                     85

-------
 the assessment of the pollution potential relies largely on the level  of
 expertise of the reviewing personnel.  Despite this limitation, the
 Criteria Listing approach is and will continue to be a major decision
 procedure due to the basic site and waste characterization data which  it
 defines.

 Criteria Ranking
     Descri ption.  Criteria Ranking approaches have been developed  by
 several investigators and were intended to enable decision-making personnel
 to determine whether or not the placement of a waste in a specific  land
 site would have a deleterious effect on the surrounding landfill  ecosystem.
 Approaches have been developed which rate or rank waste and landfill sites
 individually in order to allow a quantitative numerical comparison  of
 various wastes and sites to one another.  These Criteria Ranking  systems
 are based on measurements or estimates of waste and site parameters which
 are arbitrarily weighted based on their potential  impact on the environment.

     State of Development/Application.  Criteria Ranking approaches
 developed to date were intended to serve as a first step in waste and  site
 evaluation that was to be verified and upgraded by others.  Unfortunately,
 the Criteria Ranking systems developed to date have not been adequately
 ve r i f i ed.

     LeGrand-Brown Numerical  Rating System.  A Criteria Ranking approach
 has been developed by LeGrand and Brown (1977)  which is described as a
 Numerical  Rating System.  This system, entitled, "Evaluation of Ground
Water Contamination Potential from Waste Disposal  Sources" (see
 LeGrand-Brown Contact form, Appendix B), replaces  the earlier point
 count system developed by LeGrand in 196** entitled,  "System for Evaluation
of Contamination Potential from Some Waste Disposal  Sites".
                                      86

-------
     The Numerical Rating System is based upon the experience gained  by
many individuals to establish the more favorable and  least  favorable
conditions for prevention of ground water contamination.   Four key
hydrogeological factors or variables are used.  These four  factors which
are considered to represent the simplest and most easily  determined and
effective factors for a wide variety of applications  are  as follows:

     1.  Distance from a contamination source to the  nearest well  or
         point of water use;

     2.  Depth to the water table;

     3.  Gradient of the water table;

     A.  Permeability and sorption capacity  of the subsurface materials
         through which the contaminant is likely to pass.   (Permeability
         and sorption were separate factors  in the earlier  point count
         system).

     The Numerical Rating System has been developed by assigning a 0
rating for the least favorable setting for each factor and  a 9 rating
(5 in one case) for the most favorable setting for each factor as  shown
on Table 21.   Intermediate numerical  values  will  be defined  by
interpolating between the least favorable and the most favorable settings
on a scale or nomograph.  For each site,  the estimated numerical value
for each of the four factors is added, and the total  expressed is  the num-
ber between 0 and 32 that characterizes the  site.

     As shown on  Table 21  the rating  and  expression of identifying
characteristics are performed in steps.   The first  four steps  involve
the recording of  estimated values  for each of the  four hydrogeological
parameters indicated above.   The fifth step  is accomplished  by adding
                                    87

-------
                                                  TABLE 21
                                        COMPLETION OF NUMERICAL RATING










oo
oo













KEY HYDROLOGIC FACTORS
STEP 1
Point Value 0
Determine distance on Distance in feet 30
ground between contami-
nation source and water *Where
supply

Record Point Value
STEP 2
Estimate the depth
. to water table

Record Point Value
1 2* 3 4 5
50 75 100 150 200
water table lies in permeable
6 7
89
300 500 1000 2500 or more
consolidated
rocks (II in Step 4) ,
no more than 2 (followed by •) points ^should be allotted on distance
scale

Point Value
Depth in feet of water
table below base of con-
tamination source more
than 57, of the year
.

0 1 2* 3 4 5
0 2.4 7 15 25



6 7
50 75



8 9
100 200 or more

*Where wateV table lies in permeable or moderately permeable
consolidated rocks (II in Step
4) , no more
by •) points should be allotted, regardless

STEP 3
Estimate water-
table gradient
from contami-
nation site



Record Point Value



Point Value 0
Water-table gradient
gradient and greater
flow direction than 2
(related, in percent
part, to land toward
slope) water supply
and is the
anticipated
direction
of flow
to water table.
1 2
gradient gradient
greater less than
than 2 2 percent
percent toward water
toward supply and
water supply is the
but not the anticipated
anticipated direction of
direction flow
of flow

3
gradient
less than 2
percent
toward water
supply but
not the
anticipated
direction of
flow

than 2 (followed
of greater depth

4 5
gradient gradient
almost away from
flat all water
supplies
that are
closer
than
2500 feet


--'from LeGrand and Brown,  1977

-------
                                                                   TABLE 21
                                                                  (continued)
oo
STEP 4

Estimate
permeability-
sorption for the
site of the con-
tamination source.
(See Sect. 5.1)
      o
Record Point
Value

Point Value is
determined from
Matrix.
For single type
of unconsolldated
material over
bedrock, point value
is determined by its
thickness alone. For
combination of uncon-
solidated materials,
point value must be
interpolated.
Thin Even
Clean Clean Clean Sand with Layers of Mixture
Coarse Coarse Fine a Little Sand and Clayey of Sand Sandy
Gravel Sand Sand Clay Clay Sand and Clay Clay Clay
(1)
100+
100
«T> 90
S 2 80
** -S u 70
52 ?i 60
S 1 ° 50
«i o a .* 40
1 I S 2 30
•2 2 £ 20
S "S 3 S 10
(2) 0
I II
3A OA
OB OJ
OB OJ
OC OK
OC OL
OD OL
OD OM
OE OM
OF ON
OG OP
OH OQ
5Z OZ
I II
OA OA
OB OJ
OB OJ
OC OK
OC OL
OD OL
OE OM
OE OM
OF ON
OG OP
OH OQ
5Z OZ
I II
2A 2A
2B 2D
2B IE
2B IE
2B IF
2C IF
2C 1C
IB OS
1C OT
ID OU
OQ 0V
5Z OZ
I II
4A 4A
4B 3D
4B 3D
4B 3D
4C 3E
4C 2E
AC 2E
4D 2F
3B 2F
3C 1H
2D U
5Z OZ
I II
5A 5A
5B 4H
5B 4H
5B 4H
5C 4J
5C 3G
4D 3G
4E 3H
4F 3H
4G 2G
3F 1J
5Z OZ
I II
6A 6A
5D 4K
5D 4K
5D 4K
5E 4L
5E 3J
5F 3J
5F 3K
5G 2G
5H 2H
4G U
5Z OZ
I II
7 A 7A
7B 5K
6B 5K
6B AM
6C AM
6C AN
6D 3J
6E 3K
6F 2J
5H 2K
5J IK
5Z OZ
I II
8A 8A
8B 6K
7C 5L
7C 5L
7D AP
7D AP
7E AQ
6G AQ
6G 3L
6H 2L
6J 1L
5Z OZ
I II
9A 9A
9B 61-
8C 6h
8C 5h
8D 5^
8D 51*
8E AR
7F AS
7G 3h
7H 3N
6L 2f
5Z OZ

100+
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
                                     I  - over shale or other poorly permeable, consolidated rock
                                    II  - over permeable or moderately permeable, consolidated rocks (some bgsalts,  highly
                                        fractured Igneous and metamorphlc rocks, and cavernous carbonate rocks - also
                                        fault zones).
                                   (1)  - suffix A means because of depth, bedrock is not to be considered, for example,  a
                                        coastal plain situation (see sect. 5.1)
                                   (2)  - suffix Z means bedrock is at surface, I.e., there is no soil (see sect.  5.1)
STEP 5
Add all Point Values
determined in Steps
1 through 4 above.
Record Total
Point Value
Total Point Value
Description of Site
in Relative Hydro-
geologlc Terms only.
(without regard to
type of contaminant . )
0-5 6-7
VERY POOR to POOR
because one or
more key factors
must have values
of less than 2.
8-13
FAIR
if no
separate
value is
less
than 2
14 - 20
GOOD to
if all
separate
values
are 3 or
greater
21 - 25
VERY GOOD
If all
separate
values
are 3 or
greater
26 - 32
EXCELLENT
if all
separate
values are
3 or
greater

-------
                                                                      TABLE  21
                                                                     (continued)
                STEP 6

                Sensitivity of
                Aquifer  (choose
                appropriate category)
                                                           SPECIAL SITE IDENTIFIER SUFFIXES
                                            B
    A permeable, extensive
    aquifer capable of easy
    contamination.
Aquifer of moderate
permeability not likely
to be contaminated over
a large area from a single
contamination source.
Limited aquifer of low
permeability, or slight
contamination potential
from a source.
                STEP 7

                Degree of confidence
                in accuracy of rating
                values (choose
                appropriate category)
                                            B
    Confidence in estimates
    .of ratings for the para-
    meters is high, and
    estimated ratings are
    considered to be fairly
    accurate
Confidence in estimates
of ratings for the
parameters is fair
Confidence in estimates of
ratings for the parameters is
low, and estimated ratings are
not considered to be accurate
--D
O
                STEP 8

                Miscellaneous
                Identifiers
                (add if
                appropriate)
A.  Alluvial valley - a common hydrogeologic setting - especially Important because of the
    general high permeability and prevalence of down-gradient water supplies
B.  Designates property boundary when ground distance from a contamination site is to
    boundary rather than to a water supply
C.  Special conditions require that a comment or explanation be added to the evaluation
D.  Cone of pumping depression near a contamination source, which may cause contaminated
    ground water to be diverted toward the pumped well
E.  Distance recorded Is that from a water supply to the estimated closest edge of an
    existing plume rather than to the original source of contamination
F.  Indicates the contamination source is located on a ground water discharge area, such as
    a flood plain, and would likely cause minimal ground water contamination
M.  Mounding of the water table beneath a contamination site - common beneath waste sites
    where there is liquid input or reduced infiltration capacity
P.  Percolation may not be adequate - the permeabllity-sorption digit suggests the degree to
    which percolation may be a problem, a digit of 7 or more being a special warning of
    poor percolation
Q.  Designates a "recharge or transmission" part of an extensive aquifer that is sensitive to
    contamination - may be suggested by a low rating on the permeabillty-sorption scale and
    A or B rating for Step 6
S.  Indicates that the most likely water supply to be contaminated is a surface stream,
    rather than a well or spring

-------
                                                       TABLE  21
                                                      (continued)
STEP 9

Completion of
site numerical
rating
                      COMPLETION OF NUMERICAL RATING   '.

The total point value determined in Step 5 is recorded and then followed in  sequence  by  the
individual point values for the four key hydrogeologlc factors: distance,  depth  to water table,
water-table gradient, and permeability-sorption.This is  followed,  in turn,  by  the special  site
identifier suffixes: aquifer sensitivity, degree  of confidence, and miscellaneous  identifiers.
An example of a site rating with brief explanations and .interpretations  is shown below.
Full explanations of site ratings are in Sections 5.0 and 6.0.
                                    Step 3
                                    Gradient

                                Step 2
                                Water Table
                            Step 1
                            Distance

                        Step 5
                        Total Rating
                                              Step 4
                                              Perraeability-sorption

                                                   Step 6
                                                   Aquifer Sensitivity
                                                      Step 7
                                                      Degree of Confidence

                                                          Step 8
                                                          Miscellaneous  Identifier
                                           12-5025ABBM
                     Explanation of sequence of digits and letters

                     12 - Total point value as shown in Step 5
                      5 - The first digit is rating for ground distance - Step 1
                      0 - The second digit is rating for depth to water table - Step 2
                      2 - The third digit is rating for water-table gradient  - Step 3
                      5 - The fourth digit is rating for permeability-sorption -  Step 4
                      A - Represents a closely defined position (5A)  In pertneabllity-sorption scale  -  Step
                      B - Represents sensitivity of an aquifer to be  contaminated - Step 6
                      B - Represents degree of confidence or reliability of overall rating -  Step 7
                      M - Indicates special conditions (mounding of water table in this  case) -  Step'8

-------
the separate point values determined in the four steps  and  describing
the site  in relative terms on a scale from very poor to excellent.   It
should be emphasized that descriptive terms are only expressions of  the
site hydrogeologic conditions relative to those conditions  for  all
possible sites and do not relate to a site in terms  of  specific wastes
or contaminant characteristics.

     A useful feature of this updated Numerical  Rating  System  is that
a given site may rate high on several parameters and be unacceptable
because of the serious problem of one of the parameters.  For example,
the site may be ideal in all respects except for a  high water table.
The total point value from Step 5 is, therefore, not expected to stand
alone, but is followed in sequence with the values of the separate
parameters which allows both the weak and strong features of the site
to be graphically recorded.

     The Numerical  Rating System is designed to provide a quick assessment
on a first round or preliminary basis of the contamination  potential
from a given waste disposal site, but it is not intended to be  adequate
or substitute for a more detailed study that will  in most cases be
required.  The authors state that two apparent problems with the system
are the need for good data and the skill required to use the system.
They go on to state that, "the relation between certain factors is not
always distinctive and the determination of specific values for such
factors as permeability, sorption, and water table gradient woud be
almost impossible to obtain at early stages of a particular evaluation
of contamination potential".  They further state that,  "the proper weight
to be assigned to values of each factor and a good formulation  of these
values are difficult".   Rough approximate values of  the factors are
readily available at early stages for many waste disposal situations and
serves as a useful  qualitative evaluation on a preliminary  basis.
Examples of application of these systems to septic tank operations,
                                     92

-------
 sanitary landfills,  water  lagoons,  non-point contamination sources on
 land,  and burial  grounds for  radioactive and other toxic wastes are
 given.  In addition, a  series of questions and problems with discussion
 relating to the use  of  the Numerical  Rating System is also provided.

          Pavoni,  Hagerty,  and Lee Rating System.  Another Criteria
 Ranking  system was developed  by Pavoni, Hagerty, and Lee in 1971~1972
 and published  as  Environmental  Impact Evaluation of Hazardous Waste
 Disposal  in Land.  (See Hagerty contact form, Appendix B.)  This
 procedure was  intended  to  serve as  a decision-making tool to determine:
 (1)  the  hazardousness of various waste substances; (2) the suitability
•of various land sites to contain waste substances; and (3) the feasibility
 of disposing of a specific waste substance at a specific site.

     This procedure  basically encompasses two ranking formulae:  one for
 waste  products, and  one for landfill sites.  Each ranking formula is
 comprised of weighted parameters which characterize the waste or site.
 Waste  parameters which  were interpreted to result in direct impairment
 to living organisms  were weighted highest, followed in order by parameters
 which  indicated persistence in the  environment, and parameters which
 indicated mobility in landfill ecosystems.  Site parameters which would
 immediately affect waste transmission were weighted highest, followed in
 order  by parameters  which  would affect waste transmission once the waste
 was  in contact  with  water,  parameters which characterized the receiving
 groundwater, and  parameters which represented factors outside the
 immediate disposal site.
                                     93

-------
     The five waste ranking formulae developed by Pavoni, Hagerty, and

Lee are as follows:

   • Human Toxicity (HT) - Range of 0 to 39

     Ht = 13 Sr
     where Sr = Sax rating

   • Groundwater Toxicity  (Gt) - Range of 0 to A2

     Gt = 6  (1* - log Cc)
     where Cc = smallest critical concentration (mg/1) for humans,
                aquatic life, or plants.
     but if Cc > 1CT mg/1, Gt = 0
     and if Cc < 10"3 mg/1, Gt = ^2

   • Disease Transmission Potential (Dp) - Range of 0 to 105

     Dp based on mode of disease contraction, pathogen life state, and
        ability of pathogen to survive in various environments

   « Biological  Persistence (Bp) - Range of 0 to 16

     Bp = 16 [ 1  - BOD )
             \    TOD/
     where BOD = Biochemical  oxygen demand of waste
           TOD = Theoretical  oxygen demand of waste

   ® Waste Mobility (M)  - Range of 0 to 16

     M=7-c+logs
     where c = net valence of waste
           s = solubility of waste (mg/1) in water

     The total waste rank is  developed by totaling the results of the

five waste-ranking formulae as follows:

     Hazardous Waste Rank = Ht + Gt + Dp + Bp + M
                                    9**

-------
     The hazardousness of a waste is then correlated with its total
waste rank as follows:
                  Rank

                   0-30
                  31-60
                  61-80
                   > 80
   Hazardousness

Nonhazardous
SIightly hazardous
Moderately hazardous
Hazardous
     Examples of waste rankings were developed by Pavoni, Hagerty, and
Lee and are shown as follows:
             Waste Compound

          Waste Paper
          Inert Ash
          Sulfur
          Anthracene
          Steel Wool
          Benzole Acid
          Ferrous Sulfate
          2  Ethyl Hexanol -1
          Prop ionic Acid
          Monoethanolamine
          Furfural
          Aluminum Oxide
          Maiic Anhydride
          Napthlene
          Acetic Acid
          Acridine
          Methyl  Bromide
          DDT
          Aluminum Sulfate
          Ani1ine
          Copper Sulfate
          Phenol
          Acetone Cyanhydrin
          Cadmium Chloride
          Potassium Cyanide
          Dieldrin
          Primary Sludge
          Arsenic Diethyl
       Rank

        7
       18
       21
       27
       31
       38.6
       45
       51
       59
       62
       63.
       68
       68.
       68.
       72
       72
       74
       76
       78
       86
       88
       91
       99
      102
      103
      104
      107
                                    95

-------
     The ten site-ranking formulae developed by Pavonl,  Hagerty,  and Lee

are as follows:

   • Infiltration Potential  of Site (lp)  - Range of 0 to 20



     where  I = infiltration  (Inches)
          FC = field capacity of the  soil  expressed as  a decimal
           H - thickness of  cover soil  layer (inches)

   • Bottom Leakage Potential  of Site (Lp) - Range of 0  to 20

     	1000
     where K = bottom soil permeability (cm/sec)
           T = bottom soil thickness (ft)

   • Filtering Capacity of Soil  (Fc) -  Range of 0 to 16

           ,  ,    2.5 x IP"5
     Fc = -k log      ^	

     where 0 = average particle  diameter (Inches)

   e Adsorptive Capacity of Soil  (Ac)  - Range of 0 to 10

     Ac =    10 (Or)
          (log CEC)  + 1
     where Or = organic content  expressed  as a decimal
          CEC = cation exchange  capacity

   @ Organic Content of Groundwater (Oc) - Range of 0 to 10

     OC = 0.2 BOD
     where BOD = biochemical  oxygen demand of groundwater (mg/l)

   • Buffer Capacity of Groundwater (Be) - Range of 0 to 10

     Be = 10 -  Nme
     where Nme  = smallest number  of mi 11leguivalents of either  an  acid
                 or  base required to displace the groundwater pH below
                 ^.5 or above 8.5.

   • Potential  Travel  Distance (Td)  -  Range of 0 to 5

     Td based on distance groundwater must travel to nearest water supply.
                                    96

-------
   • Groundwater Velocity (Gv)  - Range of 0 to 20

     Gv = log  (1/K + 1)
     where S = gradient  (ft/mile)
           K = permeability (cm/sec)

   o Prevailing Wind Direction  (Wd) - Range of 0 to 5

     Wd based on relation of prevailing wind direction to population
         density surrounding site.

   • Population Factor (Pf) - Range of 0 to 7

     Pf - log p
     where p = population within a 25-mile radius of the site.

     The total site rank Is developed by totaling the results of the
ten site-rank ing formulae as follows:

     Landfill Site Rank = Ip + Lp + Fc + Ac + Oc + Be + Td + Gv +
                          Wd + Pf

     The lower the landfill site rank, the more suitable the site may
be considered for waste disposal.  Examples of site rankings were

developed by Pavoni, Hagerty,  and Lee for the two landfill sites described.
as follows:

             Parameter                Site No. 1       Site No. 2

     Yearly  rainfall                    ^3 In.           A3 in.
     Soil  type                        clean sand       heavy clay
     InfIItration rate                  75               10
       (% of rainfal1)
     Field capacity                      0.05             °'
     Permeability                       10~3             10
     Soil  cover (Inches)                 60               2k
     Bottom  thickness  (feet)            20               15
     Average particle  diameter (mm.)     0.25             0.002
     Organic content of soil             0.5              0
     Groundwater BOD                    10               10
     Cation  exchange capacity             0               80
     Buffering capacity (meg)             7                k
     Groundwater travel  distance       750              750
     Gradient (ft/mile)                   5,               56
     Population within  25 miles         10               10
     Prevailing wind direction          WNW              WNW

                                    97

-------
   • Site No.  1 ranking parameters are as follows:
          Ip =  10.8                    Be = 7.0
          Lp =  5.0                    Td = 5.0
          Fc =  10.4                    Gv = 1.66
          Ac =  5.0                    Wd = A.05
          Oc =  2.0                    Pf = 6.0
   • Site No.  2 ranking parameters are as follows:
          Ip =  0.45                    Be = 4.0
          Lp =  0.145                   Td = 5.0
          Fc =  2.0                     Gv = 0.625
          Ac =  0.0                     Wd = 2.9
          Oc =  2.0                     Pf = 6.0
     The  total landfill rank for Site No. 1 is 56.9.  The total landfill
ranking for Site No. 2 is 23.1.  Consequently, Site No. 2 which has a much
smaller ranking than Site No. 1 would be more conducive to land disposal.

     In summary, the numerical ranking system developed by Pavonl,
Hagerty,  and Lee was Intended to provide decision makers with a quantitative
assessment of  both the hazardousness of various wastes and the suitability
of various land sites for waste disposal.  The approach for both waste
ranking and site ranking appears to be arbitrary.   It should be noted here
that the waste ranking portion of the Pavonl, Hagerty, and Lee system was
incorporated with minor revisions Into the soil/waste interaction matrix
described later in this report.

     Assessment.  Generally, the Criteria Ranking approach is useful in
that it results in a quantifiable assessment of waste/site characteristics.
This quantifiable assessment affords an Identification of the more important
variables by assigned point counts, and a comparison of the total  waste/site
situation (bottom-line figures).  Its greatest use  lies In the comparison
between two or more sites under consideration for disposal of a given
waste.
                                     98

-------
     The following advantages are associated with the Criteria  Ranking
approach:

     1.  Data Requirements - As in the Criteria  Listing  approach,
         site-specific data are necessary to adequately  assess  the
         potential for pollution.  Quantitative  site-specific data,
         however, may not be developed as comprehensively  as  in the
         Criteria Listing, since the weighted values  assigned in the
         Criteria Ranking are generally assigned to what is assumed to
         be a representative value for a given parameter and may not
         accurately account for the variation in one  or  more site
         parameters.

     2.  Low to Moderate Cost/Expertise - The cost and level of expertise
         requirements utilizing this approach are generally in  the
         low-to-moderate range in comparison with the other procedures.

     3.  Quantitative Predicting Tool  - The  Criteria  Ranking approach is
         structured to be a predictive tool  based upon quantitative inputs
         and outputs.  Its predictive capacity results from the "bottom
         line" figure or output that affords a comparison  of the site in
         question with some "standard" or, as may commonly be the case,
         a comparison between two proposed sites.

     The major disadvantages of the Criteria Ranking  approach at present
are as follows:

     1.  Confidence of Assigned Values - Perhaps the  most  significant
         disadvantage of the Criteria  Ranking approach is  the confidence
         level of the arbitrarily-assigned values or  points of  a given
         parameter.  The representativeness  of the quantitative data
         obtained for a given parameter cannot be assumed.  More important,
                                     99

-------
         however, is the question of the weighted  value assigned  to a
         given parameter, both in the range  of  points associated  with
         that parameter and in the absolute  value  assigned.  As a result,
         the validity of the "bottom line" number  generated by a  series
         of arbitrarily-assigned values  can  be  questioned, particularly
         since verification of this approach has not been conducted.
                                                            i
     2.  Lack of Testing and Calibration - The  several Criteria Ranking
         systems identified have had insufficient  testing and calibration
         to be relied upon for use as a  predictive tool at this time.
         This would include assessment of the representativeness  and
         validity of the range and actual points assigned to a given
         parameter.  In addition, there  is a lack  of field verification
         of the approach.

     A summary assessment of the Criteria Ranking  approach is given in
Table 22.
                                  TABLE  22
                   SUMMARY ASSESSMENT OF CRITERIA  RANKING
             Pros
                © Site-specific data identified.
                © Quantitative data.
                • Low-to-moderate cost/expertise involved.
                e Quantitative predictive tool.
             Cons
                • Confidence of assigned values.
                e Lack of testing and calibration.
                « Not presently used by  regulatory  agencies.
                                     100

-------
     Avallabi1ity.  The Criteria Ranking approach could  be  available  as
a prediction tool within three years provided that it were  to  undergo
actual case-history testing, calibration,  and verification.

Matrix
     Descri ptJon*  The use of a Matrix as  a decision tool  in waste-disposal
siting is dependent upon the formulation of relationships  between  two major
sets of  interrelated variables, i.e., waste characteristics  and  soil
characteristics.  A Matrix approach of this type has been  identified  in
this study as given in the Development of  a Soil/Waste Interaction Matrix
by C.R. Phillips.  (See Phillips contact form in Appendix  B.)

     State of Development/Application.  It should be noted  that  the
soil-waste interaction Matrix presented by Phillips  does not entail the
development of a "new" procedure.  The approach basically  combines soil-
and waste-ranking systems that had previously been developed with  little,
if any, revision.  The site-ranking portion of the Phillips' system was
developed by LeGrand in "\S6kt whereas the  waste-ranking  portion  of Phillips'
system, with minor revision, was developed by Pavoni, Hagerty, and Lee  in
1972 (both of which were described previously).

     In this Matrix, wastes are described  by parameters  arranged into:
an effects group (human toxicity, groundwater toxicity,  and  disease
transmission potential); a behavioral performance subgroup  (chemical
persistence, biological persistence, and sorption);  a behavioral properties
subgroup (viscosity, solubility, and acidity/basicity);  and  a  capacity-rate
group (waste application rates).  Points are arbitrarily allocated to each
waste parameter  based on empirical  formulae (Table 23).

     Soil sites  are described in this Matrix by  parameters arranged into:
a soil group (permeability and sorption);  a hydrology group  (water table,
gradient, and infiltration); and a  site group (distance  to  point of use,
                                     101

-------
                                 TABLE  23


                    WASTE PARAMETER FOR INPUT TO MATRIX




Factor Summary


WASTE


(1)  Effects Group                                                Range


     1.  Human Toxtcity,  Ht                                       0-10



         Ht « —=• Sr, (Sr = Sax rating)


     2.  Groundwater Toxicity, Gt                                 0-10



         Gt " —j (*4 - Iog10 Cc)»  Cc = smallest critical
               '                     concentration)
                        L
         but for Cc  >10  mg/t, Gt «• 0


         and for Cc  
-------
                                 TABLE 23
                                (continued)
WASTE                                                            Range

     6.  Sorption, Sp                                            1-10

         Sp - 11 - CQ/C1

         but If CQ/C1  >10, Sp - 1

         where  CQ » Initial concentration
                C- » concentration  after 1 day contact

     (II)  Behavortal Properties Subgroup

     7.  Viscosity, VI                                             1-5

         VI - 5 - log1Q  „

         where M ™ cent I poises

         but If   M  >10\  VI  - 1

         and if   n  <1  ,  VI  - 5

     8.  Solubility,  Sy

         Sy - 3 + 0.5 log1Q S

         where S » mg/1 of  a constituent

         but if S <10~\ Sy = 1

         and If S >10** , Sy « 5

     9.  Acidity/Basicity,  Ab

         From table of  waste pH vs  Ab  factor.                      0-5

         pH - 7 or 8  gives  Ab  • 0;  acid pH gives

         higher Ab than alkaline pH
                                 103

-------
                                 TABLE  23
                                (continued)
WASTES                                                            Range

(3)  Capacity-Rate Group

    10.  Waste Application Rate, Ar                                1-10
Ar
                log       (Rf.Co)*.NS   +  1
         where NS <=• sorptlon parameter  for  site
               Rf o volumetric  rate  factor,

         defined from table of  Rf vs volumetric
                                  2
         application rate  (gall/ft , day)

         Co ra 5 + 1.25  logi  c wnere c ™ rog/l concentration
         but If C  <10~\ Co • 0

         and If C  >10   , Co « 10

-------
and thickness of the porous layer for two-media sites).   Points are
arbitrarily allocated to each soil-site parameter based  on empirical
formulae (Table
     A total waste score and a total  soil-site score is obtained  by
summing the individual point scores for the parameters.  A combined
waste-soil-site score is obtained as the product of the total  waste
and the total  soil-site point scores, and is scaled to one of  ten
possible classes of acceptability, with class 5 (barely acceptable)
dividing the acceptable classes (l to 5) from the unacceptable classes
(6 to 10).
                          Waste-Soil-Site Classes
                 _ Acceptable _    _ Unacceptable _
                  1234   5      67     8     9     10
Waste-Soil-Site  k$- 100- 200- 300- AOO-  500- 750- 1000- 1500- 2500-
Point Score      100 200  300  1*00  500   750  1000 1500  2500

     A Matrix approach is also used to combine waste-parameter point
scores, enabling the interactions between individual waste parameters
and individual  soil-site parameters to be entered as matrix elements.
These interactions are represented by the product of the waste parameter
and the soil-site parameter point scores.

     This Matrix Approach also defines a site-dependent Matrix (requiring
data pertaining to a specific site) versus a site-independent  submatrix
(requiring data for only a given  soil  without reference to a specific
site's topography, hydrology, depth,  etc.).   The site-dependent Matrix
is the complete Matrix as shown in Figure 10,  while the s ite- independent
submatrix is an abbreviated matrix as  shown in Figure  11.   Phillips
recommends the  following decision procedure using the  s ite- independent
and site-dependent approach:   (1)  define specific waste characteristics;
                                     105

-------
                                TABLE 2'i



                  SOIL PARAMETERS FOR INPUT TO MATRIX
     SOIL-SITE


(1)   Soil Group                                                   Range


     1.   Permeability, NP                                         2i-10





                 "*     <"    * '  - p>
              -    +      „,„
               max




         where P ™ permeability point score from LeGrand



            P     » maximum value of P from  LeGrand
            max


           (P     =3 for loose granular single media sites,
            rndx


            two media sites and radioactive disposal sites)



     2.   Sorption, NS                                              1-10
               max
                                  - s)
        where  S  a sorption point score from LeGrand



            S     ° maximum value of S from LeGrand
            max


           (S     « 6 for loose granular site or for two media site;
            max


            S     •> 7 for radioactive disposal  site.)
            max
                                 106

-------
                                TABLE 2k

                               (continued)





(2)   Hydrology Group                                              Range



     3.   Water Table, NWT                                           1-10





         NWT • i^ 10 ^ i  (WT    + i - WT)
               WT    + 1     max
                 max




         where WT ° water table point score from LeGrand



            WT    =• maximum value of WT from LeGrand
              max


           (WT    " 10 for loose granular and two media sites,
              ffldX



            and for radioactive waste disposal sites.)



     I*.   Gradient, NG                                               1-10





         NG » «	1C*  .  (G    + 1  - G)
              G    +l    max
               max




         where G •» gradient point score from LeGrand



            G    *> maximum value of G from LeGrand
             max


           (G    a 7 for loose granular and two media sites;
             max


            G    «° 3 for radioactive disposal  sites)
             max                        r


     5.   Infiltration, Nl                                            1-10



         Nl  Is defined from infiltration i



         into site by table of I  vs Nl



(3)   Site Group



     6.   Distance, ND                                               1-10






         ND - ND 10 .1   (Dmax + '  ' D)
                max
                                    107

-------
                           TABLE 24

                          (continued)
    where 0 » distance point score from LeGrand



       D    = maximum value of 0 from LeGrand
        max


      (D    » 11 for loose granular media sites and two-media
        max                y


       sites; 0    « 13 for radioactive disposal sites.)
               max


7.  Thickness of Porous Layer, NT                                 1-10



    (For two-media sites only; thickness of layer <100 ft.  If



    thickness >100 ft, omit factor and consider as single media



    site or granular material.





    NT + ¥  1°  .  (T    * 1 - T)
         T    + T  x max
          max




    where T = thickness of porous layer point score from LeGrand



       T    » maximum value of T from LeGrand
        max


       T    - 6.
        max
                                108

-------
                                                       HYDROLOGY CROUP
                                                              Infiltration
                                                                  Nl
Thickness of
Porous Liycr
   HT
  (1-10)
Human
Toil city
Nt
(0-10)
tiroundwater
ToJilclty
Gt
(0-10)
OlseaM
Transmission
Potential
Op
(0-10)
 Chemical
 Persistence
 CP
 (l-S)
 dlologlcal
 Persistence
 Bp
 (1-4)
 viscosity
 V1
 (1-5)
Solubility
 Sy
 (1-5)
Acidity/
   Basicity
I  pH
1  (O-b)
 waste
 Appl 1cat1on
 Rate
 Ar
 (1-10)
         FIGURE 10   FORMAT OF SOIL-WASTE INTERACTION  MATRIX
                       (C.R. PHILLIPS)
                                             109

-------
                --
               33
                       SOIL-
                         SITE
                   HASTE
                   Hunan
                   ToKiclty
                   Ht
                   (0-10)
                   Toaldty
                   Gt
                   (0-10)
                                      SOIL GHOt'?
Permgaol 11 ty
    NP

 (2S-10)
                   OlSOOM
                   TranimUslon
                   Potential
                   Op
                   (0-10)
                   Chemical
                   Perilitanco
                   CP
                   (l-S)
                    diologlcal
                    Persistonco
                    Bp
                    (1-4)
                   Solubility
                    Sy
                    (l-S)
                   Acidity/
                      Basicity
                     )H
                     U-b)
                    Watto
                    Appl I cation
                    Rate
                    Ar
                    (1-10)
Sorptlon
   NS

 (1-10)
FIGURE 11   SITE INDEPENDENT SUBMATRIX (C.R. PHILLIPS)
                                   110

-------
(2) define specific common soil  characteristics;  (3)  enter site-independent
submatrix; (A) if outcome favorable (point score  less than 225),  define
specific site characteristics; and (5)  compare site using complete  Matrix.

     A hypothetical example of how the Matrix can be util ized  as  a
decision tool for a single-media site has been developed by Phillips.
In this example, the specific-waste and common-soil  characteristics
are defined  in a site-independent Matrix.  (See Figure 12.)  The  total
waste-soil point score from the site-independent  Matrix is 297 which
is unacceptable, but reasonably close to the suggested acceptance
criterion of 225.  Entry into the complete site-dependent Matrix  is
desirable for the confirmation of the conclusion  with site-specific
information.  (See Figure 13.)  The total waste-soil  point score
from the site-dependent Matrix is 957,  which results in a waste-soil
site class of 7 and is unacceptable according to  Phillips' proposed
waste-soil site classes.

     A similar soil/waste interaction Matrix is being developed in
Canada for the evaluation of municipal  refuse disposal  siting.   (See
Rovers contact form in Appendix B.)   This matrix  was not available
at the time of preparation of this report, but is expected to  be
available by late 1977.

     Assessment.  Utilization of the Matrix approach as a decision
procedure offers several distinct advantages:

     1.  Quantitative Predictive Tool  - The Matrix approach is  structured
         to be a predictive tool based  upon quantitative data  inputs and
         outputs.  Its predictive capacity results from the "bottom line"
         figure or output that affords  a comparison  of the site in  question
         with some "standard" or, as may commonly be the case,  a  comparison
         between two proposed sites.
                                     111

-------
              *- a.
                     SOIL-
                        SITE
                  WASTE
                  Hueun
                  Toxicity
                  Ht
                  (0-10)
                  viroondwotar
                  To»1c1ty
                  Gt
                  (0-10)
                  01 setts
                  TransnUilon
                  Potential
                  Op
                  (0-tO)
                  Chcnlcal
                  Persistence
                  CP
                  (1-5)
   dtologlcal
   Persistenco
   Bp
   (1-4)
                  Acidity/
                  I   Basicity
                  I pH
                   (u-b)
   Waste
   Appt(cation
   Rate
   Ar
£  (i-io)
                                     SOIL GROUr
              Permejoll ity
                  NP

               (2S-10)
                                    "+0
                                    20
                                    20
Sorpdon
   US

 (1-10)
                                32
                                20
                                                12
      16
FIGURE 12   EXAMPLE OF SITE INDEPENDENT SUBMATRIX
              (C.R. PHILLIPS)

-------
        SOIL-
           SITE
    WASTE
    Human
    Tonicity
    HC
    (0-10)
    Groundwater
    To*Ui tjr
    Gt
    (0-10)
                         SOIL GROUP
            Pertnc Jot 1 tty
                NP

             (24-10)
Sorption
   NS

 (1-10)
                                 20
                                                        HYDROLOGY  GROUP
Hater Table
    HT

  (1-10)
                                                                        48
                     25
Gradient
   NG

 (1-10)
Infiltration
    Nl

  (1-10)
                                                                       30
                                                         SITE  GROUP
Distance
   NO

 (1-10)
Thickness of
Porous Layer
    HT
  (1-10)
     Disease
     Transmission
     Potential
     Op
     (0-10)
     Chemical
     Persistence
     Cp
     (1-5)
                                                                            ia
                                                                                          21
 9
 Sf
-5
Biological
Persistence
8p
(1-4)
                          20
                                                          28
    Sorption
     So
     (1-10)
                                      20
                                                   25
                                                        2 /
                                                           10
                                                                            30
                                                                                   35
     Viscosity
     VI
     (1-5)
8L  C
                                                   10
                                                                       12
IS
i*
     lOlubility
     Sy
     (1-5)
    Acidity/
      Pws
     10-5)
a. i—
S2
Waste
Appl 1 cation
Rate
Ar
(1-10)
                    20
        16
                     20
                                                                                         28
                  FIGURE 13   EXAMPLE OF SITE DEPENDENT  MATRIX
                                                    113

-------
2.   Identification of  Soil/Waste Parameters - Because the Matrix is
     structured  to generally result in a "bottom line" figure, this
     approach  does result  in the ability to predict pollution potential
     by comparison of that figure with a standard or with another site
     under consideration.

3.   Low to Moderate Cost - The Matrix approach would have the same
     general cost requirements as the Criteria Ranking approach,
     which is  low to moderate.
            o
The  Matrix system does have the following disadvantages:

1.   Confidence of Assigned Values - As in the Criteria Ranking
     approach, perhaps  the most significant disadvantage of the
     Matrix is the level of confidence of the generally
     arbitrarily-assigned values or points of a given parameter.
     The representativeness of the quantitative data obtained
     for a given parameter and the appropriations of the weighted
     value assigned to  that parameter, both in the range of points
     associated with that parameter and in the absolute value
    assigned, can be questioned.  As a result, there would be
     some question as to the validity of the "bottom line" number
    generated by a series of arbitrarily-assigned values until
     field verification can be conducted.

2.   Lack of Testing and Calibration - The single Matrix approach
    developed to date has not been tested or calibrated, and cannot
     be relied upon at this time for use as a predictive tool.  In
    addition,  the representativeness and  validity of the range  and
    points assigned to a given parameter  and points actually assigned
    for a given waste/soil interaction have not yet been assessed.
    There has  also been a lack of field verification of this approach.

-------
     3.  Difficulty of Data  Quantification - As  in the Models and
         Simulation techniques  described  in the  following pages, use of
         the Matrix approach factors  such as sorption, has  inherent
         limitations due  to  the difficulty in quantification by present
         laboratory and field methods.

     A.  Level  of Expertise  - Utilization of the Matrix approach may
         require a high level of expertise for proper assignment of
         values and assessment  of the interrelationship of the parameters
         as well as a proper assessment of the "bottom line" output
         values.

     A summary  assessment of the Matrix approach identified is given in
Table 25.
                                  TABLE 25
                   SUMMARY ASSESSMENT OF THE MATRIX SYSTEM
     PROS
       ©Quantitative predictive tool.
       o Identification of soil/waste parameters.
       ©Assessment of pollution potential.
       e Low-moderate operating cost.
     CONS
       e Confidence of assigned values.
       o Lack of testing, calibration and field verification.
       e Not  presently used  by  regulatory agencies.
       o Difficulty of laboratory and field quantification of parameters.
       a Specialized skills  usually required.
                                     115

-------
     Avai labi1? ty_.  The Phillips' Matrix has not been verified to date;
however, it will shortly be applied to a case study industrial waste
disposal site in Canada.   Information regarding the application of
Phillips' Matrix to this case site will not be available until late 1977.
If the system proves to be reliable, following verification in Canada,
it could be utilized as a  decision procedure within three years.
                                      116

-------
Classification System (Decision Tree)
     Descri pt ion.  The Decision Tree approach  is  a  logical  step-by-step
process which can be particularly useful  as  a  decision  tool  for
assessment of the pollution potential  in  the site-selection  process.
The Decision Tree approach begins with the most  important  question
followed by a hierarchy of questions of decreasing  criticality.   In
this manner, a "no" answer to an early important  question  can  eliminate
the site from further consideration and,  from  a practical  standpoint,
the expenditure of unnecessary money for  additional  site  investigation.
A "no" answer may also indicate that an alternative type of  waste
disposal site or disposal  method should be utilized.  An example of
the Decision Tree approach is given in Figure  Ik.   The  initial question
and subsequent question in this example relates  to  the  degree  of
hazardousness of a given waste.  This approach is,  in effect,  that
developed by the California State Water Resources Control  Board  in their
waste/site Classification  System.

     State of Development/Application. The  Classification System was
developed in California and was adopted in December 1972 by  enactment of
the Disposal Site Design and Operation Information,  as  published by  the
State Water Resources Control Board.  This system has been revised
somewhat, with the latest  revision made in December 1976.   (See
California,  Appendices C and D.)  It is noteworthy  that this approach
was also in use on an informal basis for  a period of approximately ten
years.

     The basic approach taken in this Classification System  is a
determination of the degree to which waste is  hazardous and  its
assignment to one of three main classes of disposal  sites.   For each
site class,  varying degrees of protection are  provided  for surface and
groundwater, with the system permeability being defined as  the single
most important and controlling site parameter.  The wastes are classified
                                     117

-------
            I
           Yes:
          Group 1
          Wastes
  Is Waste
Hazardous?
        Class I Site
     Total Containment
      K of 10 * cm/sec
                 Is Waste Inert
                and Insoluble?
        Class II Site
      11-1—Containment
      K of 106 cm/sec
   II-2—Hydraulic continuity
  permitted with attenuation
                No:
              Group 2
              Wastes
       Class III Site
    Protection provided by
    location, construction
       and operations
                         Yes:
                       Group 3
                       Wastes
Based on "Disposal Site Design and Operation Information."
California State Waste Resources Control Board
 FIGURE 14  CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM (DECISION TREE)
                              118

-------
as Group 1, 2 or 3, and the sites are classified as  Class  I,  11-1,  11-2,
and III.  A description of the characteristics  of each waste/site type
is given in Table 26.

     Similar Classification System approaches have been  developed by  the
Texas Department of Health Resources for municipal wastes  and  the Texas
Water Quality Board for industrial wastes.   These Classification Systems
are shown in Tables 27 and 28, respectively.  The Illinois Environmental
Protection Agency has new solid/industrial  waste management guidelines,
and a classification system approach, as shown  on Table  29, is  expected
to be enacted by late 1977.

     Interestingly, the Department of the Environment  in the United
Kingdom has stated that "At first sight it  might be  thought that the  way
to deal with the selection of landfill  sites  was to  categorize  wastes
on the basis of their pollution potential and sites  on the basis of their
ability to contain wastes.  Particular categories of waste could then be
linked with particular categories of sites  to produce a  series  of definitive
recommendations.  Unfortunately neither wastes  nor sites lend  themselves
to such categorization and it is necessary  to produce a  more generalized
scheme which can be modified and adapted for  local use."

     In the licensing of waste disposal sites,  as indicated in  Waste
Management Paper No. k (See United Kingdom, Appendix C and D),  three
classes of disposal sites are recognized:  (1)  those providing  a
significant element of containment for wastes and leachates;  (2) those
allowing slow leachate migration and significant attenuation; and (3)
those allowing rapid leachate migration and insignificant  attenuation.
They recognize that these classes will  not  be as well defined as this
and, for example, many sites which provide  an element of containment
will also permit the slow migration of leachates. However, they considered
that such a generalized classification is a useful guide and,  if
correctly used, is capable of practical application.
                                     119

-------
                                                                            TABLE  26
     Si te Type
                                                     CALIFORNIA STATE WATER RESOURCES  CONTROL BOARD
                                                             DISPOSAL  SITE DESIGN  REQUIREMENTS
Site Classification
                                                        Waste Class!f Icatlon
                                                              Permeabl I I ty
                                                                 cm/sec
  Soils
% Passing a
Ho. 200 Sieve
   Liquid
   Limit
Plastic!ty
  Index
to
O
     Class  I     Complete protection Is provided
                for all time for the quality  of
                around cind surface water.
                Geological conditions are  natur-
                ally capable of preventing
                vertical and lateral hydraulic
                continuity between liquids and
                gjses from the waste In the site
                and usahle surface and ground
                waters.  The disposal area can
                be modified to prevent lateral
                continuity.  Underlain by  usable
                ground water only under excep-
                tional circumstances.
     Class  II    Protection Is provided to  water
                quality from Group 2 and Group
                3 wastes.
       I 1-1      Overlying usable ground water
                and geologic conditions are
                either naturally capable of pre-
                venting  laterol and vertical
                hydraulic continuity or site has
                been modifleu to achieve such
                capablIi ty.
       11-2      Having vertical and lateral hy-
                draulic  continuity with usable
                ground water but geological
                and hydraulic features and
                other factors assure protection
                of water qua)Ity.

     Class  III   Piotectlon Is provided from Group
                3 wastes by  location, construc-
                tion and operation which prevent
                erosion  of deposited material.
                              Group I
                              Consisting of or containing
                              toxic substances and  substances
                              which could significantly  Im-
                              pair the quality of usable
                              waters.

                              Also accepts Group 2  and 3
                              wastes.
                                                                                    S I x  10
CL,  CH or
OH
Not
30
                                                                                                less than
Not
30
                               less than
Not less than
30
                              Group 2
                              Consisting of or containing
                              chemically or biologically
                              decomposable material  which
                              does not Include toxic sub-
                              stances or those capable  of
                              significantly Impairing the
                              quality of usable water.
                              Also accepts Group 3 Wastes.
                              Group 3
                              Consist entirely of non-water
                              soluble, non-deconiposable
                              Inert solids.
                                                                                      I  x  IO
                                                                                            -6
CL, CH or    Not  less  than  Not less than  Not less than
OH           30            30             30
                                                              Not specified   Not specified  Not  specified  Not specified  Not specified

-------
                                                                  TABLE 27
                                                    TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH  RESOURCES
                                            REQUIREMENTS FOR MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE  DISPOSAL'
Site
Type
Sanitary Landfl 1 Is
Si te Type I













Site
Classification
Considered to be tlie
standard sanitary land-
fill for disposal of
municipal solid waste
and 1$ encouraged In all
cases. Required In a
county with a population
> 100, 000 or sites serv-
ing >5, 000 persons, or
tie same population
equivalent.




Permea-
Sol I blllty Liquid Plasticity Drinking Water
Thickness cm/sec Limit Index Protection
•.v* <• .7**
3' - 1 x 10 Not less Not less Not within 500* of
(0.9' IT) tlian 30 than 15 drinking water supply
we 1 1 , Intake of a
water treatment plant.
or raw water Intake
which furnishes water
to a public water sy-
system for human con-
sumption. If closer
than 500', engineer-
Ing data shal 1 be pre-
sented to show that
adequate protection to
drinking water sources
Is provided.
Flood
Protection
Levees construct-
ed to provide
protection from a
50 yr. frequency
flood.










Frequency of
Compact Ion
and Cover
All solid waste
shall be compacted
and covered at
least dal ly except
for areas desig-
nated to receive
only brush and/or
construct lon-
demol 1 tlon wastes
which shall be
covered at least
monthly.



 Sanitary LandfI I Is
 Site Type II
 San Itary LandflI Is
 Si te Type 111
 San!lary Landfl I Is
 Type  IV
Hay be authorized by the       "
Department  for a site sur-
vey serving <5.000 or some
population  equivalent when
relevant  factors Indicate a
frequency of  less than dally
compact I on  and cover will not
result In any significant
health problems.

Hay be authorized by the       "
Department  for a site serv-
ing ••  Minor amounts (5% or less  by weight or volume) of Class  I  Industrial solid waste may be accepted under certain conditions,
   at Type  I sites which have a permit fran or have filed a permit application with the.Texas Department of Health Resources
   without  special Department approval.

•••••••••• or equivalent  (e.g.. liner equivalent degree of Impermeability).
Up to seven (7)
days.
Up to thirty  (30)
days.
As necessary.

-------
                                                          TABLE  28


                                                TEXAS WATER QUALITY  BOARD
                                           INDUSTRIAL  SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
                                                    (PENDING APPROVAL)
Waste
Class
 Wastes
Included
                                   Imp)ace
                                    Soil
                                  Thickness
Compacted
Soil  Liner
Thickness
Permea-
blllty
 cm/sec
% Passing
 No. 200
  Sieve
Liquid
 Umlt
Plasticity
  »"dex
                    Monitor
                     Wells
 Leachate
Collection
Depth to
  Water,.
  Table
                                                  Flood
                                                Protection
                                         - 1 x  I0~7
  I     Any  Industrial solid waste     V          3*
       or mixture of Industrial     (1.22 m)   (0.91 m)
       solid viastes, which, because
       of Its concentration, or phy-
       sical or chemical character-
       istics, Is toxic, corrosive,
       flammable, a strong sens I-
       tlzer or Irritant, generates
       sudden pressure by decompo-
       sition, heat or other means,
       and may pose substantial pre-
       sent or potential danger to
       human health or the environ-
       ment when Improperly treated,
       stored, transported, or dis-
       posed of or otherwise managed;
       Including hazardous wastes
       Identified or listed by the
       iiJmlnlbt rotor of the Environ-
       mental Protection Agency pur-
       suant to the Federal Solid
       Waste Disposal Act.

 II     Any  Industrial solid waste or  3'          2'      - I x 10
       combination of Industrial     (0.91 m)   (0.61 m)
       solid waste which cannot be
       described as Class I or
       Class  II I as defined In this
       reyulotion.

Ill     Essentially  Inert and essen-
       tially insoluble Industrial
       solid wastes, usually Includ-
       ing  bride, rock, glass, dirt,
       certain plastics, rubber,
       etc.  not  readily decomposable

- Depends on permeability and  thickness of material  at  site.
                                                       - 30
- JO
-IS
           Yes
                       Yes
                                                                                                                          50'
                                                -7
                                                                >30
                      Yes
                                                                                                           10'
                                                                                    Below SO yr. flood -  di-
                                                                                    version dikes 2*  above
                                                                                    SO yr. flood elevation
                                                                                    around perimeter  of site.
                                                                                    Above SO yr. flood -
                                                                                    structure for diverting
                                                                                    all surface water runoff
                                                                                    from 21* hr., 25 yr. storm.
                                                                                                                  Above  50  yr.  flood -
                                                                                                                  structure for diverting
                                                                                                                  all  surface water runoff
                                                                                                                  from 2*i hr.,  25 yr. storm.

-------
                                                            TABLE  29
                                         ILLINOIS  ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION AGENCY
                                         DIVISION  OF LAND/NOISE  POLLUTION CONTROL
                                                      (PENDING APPROVAL)
NJ
10
Site
Class 1



Class II




Class III



Class IV





Thickness
Maximum of Confining
Penneabl 1 1 ty Layer
IxlO"8 cm/sec 10'
natural (j-OS m)


5xlO~ 10'
natural (3.05 m)



IxlO"7 10'
natural or (3.05 m)
engineered

5xlo"7 5'
natural or (1 .52 m)
engineered



Theoretical
Depth to Flood Confinement
Aquifer Frequency Time Monitoring
10* 100 yr. line or 500 yrs Yes
(3.05 m) maximum known
elevation. No
marginal lands.
10' 100 yr. line or 250 yrs. Yes
(3.05 m) maximum known
elevation. No
marginal lands.


10' 100 yr. line or 150 yrs. Usually
(3.05 m) maximum known yes
elevation. No
marginal lands.
O1 No marginal lands - Hay





Site
Pol lutlon
Potential Waste
Very low All wastes ex-
cluding
radioactive

Low General put res -
clble, specla 1 ,
specif! e'l hazard-
ous wastes , all
Class III, IV
and V.
Low to General municipal
Moderate certain special,
al 1 Class IV and
V.
Moderate Demolition and
construction.
bulky, landscape
wastes and inert,
Insoluble mater-
ials. All Class
Module
E
A
F

E
A
F



,E
A
F

A
F



V.

.B.C



,B,C




,B.C


,8,C





       Class V    Little or no
                 confinement, or
                 sufficient si te
                 Information to
                 determine the pollution
                 potential of the site has
                 not been provided.
Inert,  noncombusl- G
ible material.

-------
     Assessment.   The following advantages are associated with the
Classification System approach:

     1.  Site/Waste Comprehensive  -  The  Classification Systems
         identified to date are comprehensive from a site/waste
         standpoint, in that all wastes, excluding radioactive wastes,
         will  be  assigned to a  specific  site type or class for either
         containment or attenuation  of pollutants.  It is noteworthy
         that  the majority of wastes following the on-line and
         impending guidelines of the Classification System wi11
         undergo  land disposal  for prevention of surface and
         groundwater pollution  by  containment rather than reliance
         upon  attenuation.  In  each  state contacted, hazardous waste
         will  be  contained by natural low-permeability deposits.

     2.  Addresses Hazardous Wastes  - Each of the Classification
         Systems  identified specifically addresses hazardous wastes or
         hazardous "substances".

     3.  Presently Being Used -  The  Classification System in California
         has been on-line and used for a period of nearly five years
         and has, in that time,  been tested and verified in a number of
         specific instances. The  Illinois and Texas Classification Systems
         are just coming on-line and, therefore, have yet to be  tested
         and verified.

     k.   Low Cost/Expertise Requirements - As a result of the rather
         simplified breakdown of wastes, primarily into two end-member
         categories (hazardous  and inert insoluble wastes), use of
         this  system can be expected to  result in lower cost and
         expertise requirements  in comparison with the other decision
         procedures.
                                     124

-------
     The following  disadvantages are associated with the Classification
System:

     1.   Insufficient  Data  Requirements - Although the Classification
         System is  relatively  simplistic  in  its format, an argument
         could be made that  there  is insufficient required input data in
         comparison to the other decision procedures.  Comparison of
         Table 20  (California  Classification System) with the Criteria
         Listing (Table ^k)  readily indicates the difference in the
         degree of  quantification  required.  Reliance is generally placed
         on a limited  amount of data necessary to define the containment
         capability of a  site  and  its proximity to surface and
         groundwater resources.  The key site parameters in the
         Classification System are the depth to water, thickness of the
         confining  layers and, most important, the permeability of the
         confining  layers.   This latter parameter is addressed in the
         fo11ow i ng  pa rag rap h.

     2.   Availability  of  Low Permeability Deposits - Each of the
         Classification Systems previously identified relies on the
         presence of a deposit with a natural low permeability.  Artificial
         liners or  synthetic permeability reduction materials are
         utilized only in certain  instances, and are generally held in
         questionable  (at best) or low esteem.  The presence of
         naturally-occurring deposits with a permeability of 1  x 10-7
         cm/sec or  less is not common in many areas.  In fact,  such a
         permeability  may be totally absent within large geographic areas.
         Disposal practices  with reliance on containment, therefore,
         would be required  to  utilize synthetic liners at certain sites
         to meet the low  permeability requirements, or waste would be
         transported to adjacent states (or areas) where the required
         permeability  conditions are present.
                                     125

-------
      3.  Little Quantification of Pollution Potential  - Utilization of
         the Classification System, in effect, results in a  relative
         quantification of pollution potential by definition of the
         waste/site characteristics.  This by itself is not  necessarily
         a disadvantage, but, coupled with the conservatism  of the
         approach  (described next), results in it being a potential
         limitation to the cost-effective utilization  of this approach.

      *4.  Possibly Too Conservative - Use of the Classification System
         for the placement of decombustible waste in sites where the mode
         of deposition is by containment as opposed to attenuation  of
         migrating pollutants can possibly lead to an  overly-conservative
         approach.  Given the unknowns of many soil/waste interactions,
         however, most regulatory agencies feel  that this approach,
         although admittedly conservative, must be taken in  light of
         the current state of the art for prediction of pollution
         potential.

      The major potential disadvantage of the approach  is that wastes
which would be amenable to disposal with reliance on attenuation would,
in fact, be relegated to a containment site where they would occupy
"valuable space".

     A summarization of the advantages and disadvantages of  the
Classification System is given in Table 30.

     Availabi1i ty.  The Classification System is  presently being utilized
as the basic decision procedure for waste disposal  siting for seven
individual  regulatory agencies contacted.  Its on-line utilization  and
comprehensive nature relative to a variety of waste types makes it
ideally suited as a "standard" decision procedure.   This approach,
however, is in need of continuing refinement, particularly in what may
                                     126

-------
                             TABLE 30

          SUMMARY ASSESSMENT OF CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM
                          (DECISION TREE)
Pros

  o Site/waste comprehensive.

  •Specifically addresses hazardous  wastes.

  e Presently used by regulatory  agencies.

  • Tested and verified.

 •9 Low cost/expertise requirements.

Cons

  •Possible insufficient data requirements.

  • Local  and regional  availability of low  permeability deposits.

  • Little quantification of pollution potential.

  o Possibly too conservative.
                                127

-------
be most often called "sub-routines" for waste characterization.   Such
refinements are discussed in Section VII,  Recommended Development Plan.

Simulation Models
     Descri ption.  Predicting the potential  magnitude  of groundwater
pollution associated with the land disposal  of wastes  (solid or  liquid)
is a complex technological undertaking.  The simultaneous presence  of
numerous interactive mechanisms (physical,  chemical, and biological)
makes  it difficult to obtain a description  in advance  of a potential
pollution by a given waste for a specific hydrogeologic  setting.
Consequently, many investigators have resorted to the  construction  of
"models" for evaluating the performance of  a certain waste disposal site.
Several definitions pertinent to this discussion are given below.

     A waste disposal system (e.g., landfill  or lagoon)  is defined  as  a
set of physical, chemical, and biological processes which act upon  specific
input variables  (precipitation, amount and  type of waste, etc.),  and
convert these into output variables (amount  and concentration of  leachate
leaving the landfill, pollutant concentration in groundwater, etc.).   From
a management viewpoint, the waste disposal  system should, in addition  to
the disposal site itself, include the groundwater aquifer under or
immediately downgradient to the site.

     In the above definition, a variable is  understood to be a
characteristic of the system that can be measured, and may take on
different values at different times (amount  and type of  waste,
precipitation/evaporation, etc.).   A parameter, on the other hand,
is a characteristic of the system which remains essentially constant
with time (permeability of the underlying aquifer, geometry of a  landfill,
soil/waste adsorption constants, etc.).
                                      128

-------
     A waste disposal  (landfill)  model  may be considered to be  a  simplified
representation of a real  system.   As  a  result of simplifications,  different
types of models exist; for example,  a scaled-down replica of the  system
is as much a model  of the system  as  is  a  highly sophisticated mathematical
model using partial differential  equations.  Even when  an experienced
engineer evaluates  a proposed waste  disposal  site and uses his  experience
to make a decision  regarding the  suitability  of the site for waste disposal,
he uses a certain "model", since  subjective judgment is a decision tool.

     Models can be classified in  several  ways.   A possible classification
is given below.  (For a more extensive  discussion of models and simulation
procedures, see Fishman,  1973f or Maisel  and  Gnugnoli,  1972; note  all
references cited in this  section  are  given in Appendix A, Part  VI.)

          Descriptive Models.  These  models are expressed in one's "native"
language (Emshoff and Sisson, 1970).  An  expert may not rely upon  well-defined
procedures, but may use their general qualitative judgment to evaluate  a
proposed waste disposal site (descriptive model).  An important advantage
of this type of model  is  its low  cost.  The greatest limitation of this
modeling technique, however, is that  its  predictions are subjective.
Different experts may reach different conclusions based upon this  modeling
approach.

          physical  Mode1s_.  Physical  models are those which represent
scaled-down versions of the true  situation (i.e., a globe is a  physical
model of the earth).  Unfortunately,  only a few physical  models of waste
disposal sites exist today, for example,  the  laboratory and scaled-down
field landfills built by  Drexel University in cooperation with  the
Pennsylvania Department of Health (Fungaroli  and Steiner, 1973).   This
laboratory facility was operated  under  controlled environmental conditions,
and the field site  was maintained under natural (no control) conditions.
                                       129

-------
     Although these scaled-down facilities were constructed primarily to
study the behavior of a sanitary landfill, the field site should be viewed
as a physical model of the landfill later constructed in the immediate
vicinity of  the experimental landfill.  In fact, the field facility may
still be regarded as a physical model  for other sites in Pennsylvania or
elsewhere, provided the hydrogeological  environment remains essentially
the same, and similar wastes and management procedures for the landfill
are used.  Generally, extrapolation outside the region of study is
difficult due to the occurrence of unique local conditions such as waste,
soils, hydrology, and management.  Additional  examples of scaled-down
simulated laboratory landfills are given by Quasim (1965) and Pohland (1975).

     Although physical (scaled-down) models of waste disposal sites are
generally lacking, experiments can be conducted to aid field personnel in
making accurate predictions.  Data may be generated, either through
field or laboratory experimentation which can  be used to assess the
behavior of specific waste constituents  associated with a given disposal
site.  Experimentation may include column leachate studies to determine
the rate at which certain constituents move through a soil, thin-layer
chromatography leading to estimates of constituent migration rate, or
batch equilibration studies (all described below)  to characterize constituent
adsorption to soils.  Unfortunately, this information does not define a
waste disposal "model", and as such cannot be  used as a prediction tool.
On the other hand, it may provide necessary information (i.e., dispersion
coefficient, adsorption constants, etc.) for use in mathematical  models.

     While it is obvious that scaled-down physical models can provide useful
information about the type and concentrations  of chemicals expected from a
certain waste/soil combination, their practicability as a decision tool
appears doubtful.  They are not only costly to build, but time-consuming
to use, expecially when one considers  the number of chemical  and  biological
processes that may occur over a period of several  years or decades.
                                      130

-------
          Analog Models.   These models employ the convenient transformation
of a given property into another which behaves in a similar manner.   The
problem in question is then solved in the substitute state, and the  answer
is translated back into the original  properties.   Examples of analog
models are block diagrams, slide rules, or plant  layouts.   Electronic
analog models have found widespread application in groundwater flow
modeling.   Electronic devices and properties (currents,  voltages,  diodes,
and resistors) are used to simulate the components of the  groundwater
system.  Because of the cost of building large-scale geometric problems,
it appears doubtful that many analog models will  be used in the near
future to simulate large water-quality problems.   An application of  an
analog model for chemical transport through soils is given by Bennet
et al.  (1968).

          Mathematical Models.   These models are  concise mathematical
expressions of the waste disposal system.  Generally, mathematical equations
can be used to express relationships that exist between  various system
parameters and the input and output variables.  Depending  upon the
method of analysis, this type of model may range  from a  few simple
equations  (criteria ranking) to hundreds of complex mathematical  expressions
which can  be solved only through the use of digital computers.  In the
latter case, a set of partial differential  equations is  derived,  based
on physical principles (such as the equations of  continuity and mass
transport), which is subsequently solved using either analytical  or  numerical
techniques.  These models have been viewed by several  researchers  as a
potentially-useful approach for describing contaminant migration  from a
waste disposal site into an underlying groundwater system.  This  modeling
approach will be described in greater detail below.

     In addition to the above classification of models,  several  distinctions
between models can be made, depending upon the method of analysis  defined
by the model and the approach used to solve a particular problem.  These
classification schemes, among others, include the following.
                                      131

-------
           Empirical  versus  Conceptual Models.  Models can be classified as
 empirical  or  conceptual  depending upon whether or not the assumed physical
 processes  use input  variables  to produce output variables.  Empirical
 models  are based  completely on observation and/or experimentation.  However,
 the  distinction between  empirical and conceptual models is not always clear.
 Several  models describing adsorption of a particular chemical onto soil are
 empirical  in  nature  (e.g.,  linear adsorption, Freundlich isotherm), while
 others  are based  upon  physio-chemical theory  (e.g., cation exchange
 equations).   The  use of  column-leach ing studies to measure the migration
 of contaminants through  soil  is an empirical approach, although it may
 yield certain parameters  (dispersion coefficients and adsorption constants)
 required  in conceptual models.

     Differential equations used to describe mass transport of a constituent
 through a  porous  media constitute a conceptual model.  These equations are
 generally  based upon conservation of mass, energy, and momentum.  However,
 empirical  relations  are  frequently used in their derivation (adsorption,
 zero- or first-order degradation effects, and Darcy's law for fluid flow).
 Certain writers have used the term "black box" to indicate the empirical
 nature of  certain models, while the term "white box" or synthetic model
 has been used to  describe conceptual models.

           Stochastic versus Deterministic Models.   In a deterministic model,
 all input  variables and  system parameters are assumed to have fixed
 mathematical  or logical  relationships.  As a consequence,  these relationships
 completely define the system, and a single solution is obtained.  Stochastic
or probabilistic models, on the other hand, take into account the randomness
or uncertainties  that are associated with system parameters or input
 variables.  Several  stochastic models exist, depending upon the basic
 assumptions made about the  physical  processes and the type of mathematics
 used in the model.  Two groups of stochastic models of interest in simulating
water-quality problems are:
                                      132

-------
     1.  Stochastic models where the system parameters  and  input  variables
         are characterized by assumed probability distributions  (normal,
         log-normal,  etc.).  Using the Monte-Carlo simulation  technique,
         output variables are generated which are characterized by  certain
         probability  distributions.   In this approach,  the  basic  model
         is thought to be exact, but the complexity of  the  system under
         consideration is such that  its parameters are  more properly  defined
         by probability (or frequency)  distributions.   The  one-dimensional
         stochastic groundwater flow model  discussed by Freeze (1975)  is
         an example of such a model.

     2.  Another type of stochastic  model  results when  the  system parameters
         or input variables are uncertain,  either because of a lack of
         reliable input data or due  to measurement errors.   Uncertainty
         may also result from the use of an over-simplified model where
         different mechanisms are sometimes lumped together, thus leading
         to less well-defined parameters.   The appropriate  parameters are
         then characterized by a mean and variance,  but no  probability
         distributions are assumed.   The model  then generates  a mean  and
         variance for each output variable  which  can be used to construct
         a confidence interval, but  no frequency  distribution.  An  example
         of this type of approach is given  by Tang and  Finder  (1977) who
         describe a model  for flow and mass transport based on uncertainties.

          Static versus Dynamic Models.  This distinction depends upon how
the time dimension is viewed in the  model.   Static models are  those which
evaluate steady-state conditions, i.e., where the input variables do  not
change with time.  When the input variables change with time,  dynamic models
result.  Although static models, which are  much simpler and require less
computational  effort  than  dynamic models, could be used to  describe certain
subsystems of the waste disposal/groundwater system (for example, description
of fluid flow in the  unsaturated zone under the disposal site), it  appears
that the whole system is dynamic and should be modeled  accordingly.
                                     133

-------
          Spatial Dimensionality of the  Model.   Although a waste disposal
site and the underlying groundwater system constitute  a three-dimensional
model, useful and accurate results  can often  be  obtained with models which
consider only one or two spatial dimensions.   For  example, a one-dimensional
model can be used successfully to describe the rate of contaminant migration
through and below a landfill  to the groundwater  table.  While considerable
insight can be obtained with  such a model,  it stops short of providing
accurate information regarding groundwater pollution under and  immediately
downgradient to the landfill  because of  the dilution of the landfill
leachate by the flowing groundwater. This process cannot be evaluated
with a one-dimensional  model.  An exception to this obviously occurs when
the water table lies far below the  soil  surface  and evaporation greatly
exceeds the average yearly precipitation.   In general, however, it seems
that, at a minimum, a two-dimensional cross-sectional  model must be formulated.
Two-dimensional models  can also be  applied on an areal basis.   Here the
system parameters and the input and output variables represent  averaged
quantities along the vertical dimension.

     Table 31 lists a few example models and  their classification into
different groupings. When these models  are used to evaluate the
physical/chemical behavior of constituents present in  proposed waste
disposal sites, including an  evaluation  of the pollution potential of
the underlying groundwater aquifer, the  model  is said  to "simulate" the
system.  The following  definition for simulation is used here (adapted
from Shannon, 1975):

     "Simulation is the process of  designing  a model of a real
     system and conducting experiments with this model for the
     purpose of either  understanding the behavior of the system,
     or of evaluating various strategies,  within the limits imposed
     by a criterion or  set of criteria,  for operation  of the system."
                                     134

-------
                                                           TABLE  31
                               EXAMPLE  MODELS  AND  THEIR  CLASSIFICATION  INTO  DIFFERENT  GROUPINGS
                  Model
               Defi ni tion

   On-site  inspection  and  decision
   using  engineering  judgment.
   The  Drexel  University experimental
   landfill  (field site only)
   Batch  equilibrium  study to  determine
   adsorption;  shaker  test;  solid waste
   evaluation  leachate test  (subsystem
   models)

_  Column study to determine adsorption
   and/or migration of certain  chemicals
   in given  soil;  thin-layer chromatog-
   raphy  (subsystem models)

   Criteria  listing;  classification  system
   of the California  State Water Control
   Board; matrix method.

   One-dimensional  unsaturated  transport
   model  of  Bresler (1973) (subsystem
   model)
10
vn
                                           Descriptive (D)
                                           Physical  (P)
                                           Mathematical  (M)
                                                                     TYPE  OF  MODEL
Conceptual (C)
Empirical (E)
Stochastic (S)
Determi ni stic (De)
   Two-dimens ional
   transport  model
   (1976)
                   saturated-unsaturated
                   of Duguid and Reeves
   Model  for  groundwater flow and mass
   transport  under  uncertainty of Tang
   and  Pinder (1977).
                                                 D

                                                 P
                                                 M
                     De

                     De




                     De




                     De



                     De



                     De



                     De
Static (St)
Dynamic (Dy)
                       Dy


                       Dy




                       St




                       Dy



                       St



                       Dy



                       Dy



                       Dy
Spatial
Dimension
(1, 2, 3)
                   3


                   3

-------
     The process of simulation hence includes  both  construction of a
model and its actual use for studying the system,  i.e.,  for  evaluating
groundwater pollution potential due to the construction  of a proposed
waste disposal site.

     State of Development/Application.  Of the different models discussed
above, conceptual-mathematical models appear to be  the most  promising,
but also the most complex for evaluating potential  groundwater
contamination problems for given waste-disposal sites.   Conceptual-mathematical
models are generally based upon a set of equations  which describe
relationships between different input and output variables and system
parameters.  These equations are derived using the  principles of conservation
of mass, energy, and momentum, and constitutive relationships which define
certain systems.  After suitable simplifications,  the governing equations
generally reduce to a set of coupled non-linear partial  differential
equations.  One of these equations will  describe fluid flow,  and the
others pertain to the transport and behavior of different chemical
constituents associated with the waste leachate.

     Several models of this type are currently available, the differences
between them stemming mostly as a result of the number of simplifications
made during derivation of the basic equations, the  method of solving
the equations, or the type of boundary conditions  used.

     The following partial differential  equations  for the mass transport
of soluble waste constituents (density independent)  and  water in a
saturated-unsaturated three-dimensional  medium can  be used to simulate
a land disposal site and the underlying groundwater system.
                                      136

-------
   « Constituent Transportation Equation   (See also  Duguid  and  Reeves,

     1976; van Genuchten, et al., 1977)
P3Sk
at
(a)
''/
Z o
m=l \
30Ck
at
(h)
\

-------
                                 TABLE 32



                    EXPLANATION  OF SYMBOLS  USED  IN  THE

                    MASS  TRANSPORT AND FLOW EQUATIONS




Symbol                                Explanation



  C.          Solution concentration  of  chemical species k  (ML   )
    K


  C*          Constituent  concentration  of the  source or sink term  (ML   )



  C           Specific soil-water capacity,         (L   )

                                                   o — 1

  D..         Dispersion coefficients (tensor)   (L T  )



  h           Soil-water pressure head  (L)



  K..         Soil  hydraulic conductivity  (tensor)   (LT~1)



  n           Porosity  (L°)



  q.          Volumetric water  velocity  (LT )



  Q           Soil-water source or sink  term, 0_ =  0  (x. -  x .)   (T   )



  Q           Strength of  source  or sink term  (L T )



  Rk          Rate  term expressing soil/chemical or  chemical/chemical



              interactions  (ML'V*1)



  S.          Adsorbed constituent concentration of chemical
   k


              species k  (M )



  S           Specific storage  coefficient (L   )



  S           Degree of water saturation (L )
   w


  t           Time  (T)



  x.          Distance in  i-th  coordinate  direction  (L)



  x .         i-th  coordinate of  source  or sink
   wi


  m           m-th  order rate constant for production or decay  (M    L    T   )



  <*          Dirac delta  function



  p           Soil  (dry) bulk density (ML*3)



  0          Volumetric water content (L°)



                                   138

-------
     Equation 6 reveals that the volumetric water velocity, qj, is
necessary to obtain a solution to the equation.  For this it is
necessary to solve Equation 7.   This may be done once, leading to a
steady-state flow field ( !:  = 0), or may be done continuously during
                          ot
the solution process, i.e., in a transient manner.  Whatever solution
procedure is used, the volumetric flux, q., is obtained from Darcy's
                                         I
law:
      q. = - K. .   3 h  + K. .                                           ,0.
               • J  —     U                                           (8)

     The constituent transport equation is also coupled to the water
flow equation through the dispersion coefficient, DJJ.  The magnitude
of D.. depends upon the volumetric flow velocity, q., and the soil-water
content (determined from the pressure head).

     When k = 1 in Equation 6, transport of only a single chemical
constituent is considered  (e.g., chloride,  pesticide, or trace metal).
Adsorption, if present, can then be modeled by employing an equation
describing the dependency of the sorbed constituent concentration,
s, on the solution concentration, c, through the use of an appropriate
adsorption isotherm.  Several  models for describing adsorption and/or
ion exchange are  available.  These equations may be classified into
two broad categories:  equilibrium models which assume instantaneous
adsorption of the chemical, and kinetic models which consider the
rate of approach  towards equilibrium.  Table 33 presents some of the
most frequently-used adsorption models.  Not included in the table are
those models which describe competition between two ionic species,
such as the commonly-used cation exchange equations.  Except for a few
cases (e.g., Lai  and Jurinak,  1971), generally two or more transport
equations must be solved for such multi-ion problems (k = 2,3,...).
                                      139

-------
                                              TABLE  33

                  PARTIAL  LIST OF  EQUATIONS USED TO DESCRIBE  ADSORPTION  REACTIONS
        MODEL

1.  Equilibrium

    1.1   (linear)



    1.2   (Langmulr)
                                    EQUATION
                      s - k. c +
                            k, c
                               1 +
                                                                             REFERENCE
                                                                   Lapldus  and Amundson  (1952)
                                                                   Llndstrom  et  al  (1967)
                                                               TanJI  (1970)
                                                               Ballaux and Peas lee (1975)
1.3  (Freundllch)     s - ^  c
                                    -2 k, s
                      s » k. c e
                                                                    Llndstrom  and  Boersma  (1970)
                                                                    Swanson  and  Dutt  (1973)
                                                                    Llndstrom et  al  (1971)
                                                                    van  Genuchten et  al  (197^)
    1.5   (Modified
           Kjel land)
                          c + k, (1-cJ  exp [k2 (cm - 2c)]
                                                               Lai and Jurinak  (1971)
2.  Non-equl1Ibrlum

    2.1  (linear)


    2.2  (Langmuir)


    2.3  (Freundllch)



    2.It


    2.5



    2.6
                                    (k, c + k2 - s)
                            .
                           at
                                    k2c
                                               s)
                                               s'
                                    (k, c  2 - s)
                                    k s         -2k s
                              - kr e     (k, c e    2  - s)


                              - kr (sm - s) s.nh L  (Jill.)
                                                 L     n     I
                           ds    ,    ki  k?
                          —  - k  c  ' s z
_3s
at
                                                               Lapldus and Amundson (1952)
                                                               Oddson et al (1970)
                                                               Horns by and Davidson (1973)
                                                               van Genuchten et al (197't)
                                                               Llndstrom et al (197D
                                                               Fava and Eyring (1956)
                                                               Leenheer and Ahlrichs (1971)
                                                               (Enfield et al , 1976)
k.and k? are constants, k   represents a rate constant (T  ), and s. and s   represent  Initial and
final (or maximum) adsorbed concentrations, respectively  (after vcn GenucRten  and  deary,  1977).
                                             I'tO

-------
Most of the equilibrium models  in the table are special cases of
non-equilibrium models and follow directly from them by setting the time
             -\c
derivative, 4jp equal to zero.  All adsorption models  in the table, except
model 2.6, represent reversible adsorption reactions.  Model 2.6 was used
by Enfield and Bledsoe (1975) to describe orthophosphate adsorption.  This
model represents an  irreversible reaction which does not allow for
desorption of the chemical  (adsorption remains positive at all times).

     To complete the mathematical description of the system considered,
one needs additional relations describing the geometry of the system and
the initial and boundary conditions imposed on the partial differential
equations.  These auxiliary conditions may, or may not, include such
information as:  (1) initial  constituent concentration distributions;
(2) type and concentration of potential contaminants;  (3)  geometry of
the waste disposal  site;  (A)  aquifer configurations (two- or
three-dimensional);  (5)  precipitation/evaporation data; and (6) location
(and concentration) of rivers, open surface water bodies,  or wells.

     Once the governing equations and the initial  and boundary conditions
are defined, solutions for the concentration of the constituent can be
generated by straight-forward, albeit very sophisticated,  mathematical
manipulations.  The solution  procedure is generally such that the flow
equation is solved  first  to develop values of the soil-water pressure
head distribution and estimates of the volumetric flow velocity,  q,
dispersion coefficient,  D»;,  and soil-water content, 6.  In order to do
this,  and provided  an unsaturated zone is considered in the model, one
needs  additional  information  on the relationships  between  the soil-water
pressure head, hydraulic  conductivity, and soil-water content.   Extensive
and time-consuming  experimentation  is required to obtain these functional
relationships.  This places  a significant burden on the reliability of
the description of  water  transport  processes in the unsaturated zone.

-------
     Mathematical solutions of Equations (6)  and (7),  or simplified
versions of them, may be generated in several  ways.   Basically  two
approaches are currently used for this purpose:   analytical  and numerical
methods.  These two approaches are discussed  briefly.

         Analytical Methods.  In order to obtain an  analytical  solution
of the transport equation (Equation 5), one generally  must  assume a
constant fluid velocity, dispersion coefficient, physical parameters,  and
input variables.  Exact, explicit expressions  for the  constituent
concentration can then be generated through the  use  of integral  and
differential calculus.  Although the advantages  of having analytical
solutions are numerous (ease of use, and low  cost of operation  once
derived), the necessity of having to make various simplifying assumptions
in order to solve Equation 6 severely restricts  the  applicability of
analytical solutions to waste disposal/groundwater contamination problems.
In spite of these restrictions, it appears that  some of the available
two- and three-dimensional analytic solutions  (Kuo,  1976; Want  et al,
1977; Yeh and Tsai, 1976) may be applied to well-defined hydrogeologic
systems and should not be excluded from consideration.   Another example
is the analytical study by Larson and Reeves  (1976)  who describe a
transport model  which predicts the flow of water and trace  contaminants
through a layered unsaturated soil medium.

         Numerical Methods.   While some situations may lend themselves
to analytical methods, most field problems of  interest have such complex
physical  and chemical characteristics that the flexibility  of a numerical
approach is required.  When numerical techniques are used,  the  partial
differential equations are generally reduced  to  a set  of approximating
algebraic equations, which subsequently are solved using methods of
linear algebra.   The most common numerical  methods used are finite
differences, finite element, or the method of  characteristics.

-------
     When finite difference techniques are  used,  the  derivatives .in  the
governing partial differential  equations  are approximated with  appropriate
difference equations.  This method has been used  successfully  in groundwater
flow problems, but its application to groundwater,qua!ity studies  is  ,
limited.  This is partly a result  of the  procedure's  inability  to  reproduce
accurately the irregular boundaries of the  system.  Also, the.possible
introduction of numerical dispers.ion (the artificial  smearing of a
concentration front)  or of the  occurrence of undesirable oscillations  in
calculated concentration distributions has  limited its  use  when dispersive
transport was small compared to convective  transport.

     In general, finite difference techniques are numerically the  simplest
to use and the easiest to program.  The method can yield accurate  results
when the area of interest is subdivided into a sufficiently fine grid of
square or rectangular elements.  The finite difference  procedure has
found frequent application in the  simulation of one-dimensional unsaturated
transport problems (Bresler, 1973; Wood and Davidson,  1975, among  others).
Two-dimensional applications are limited  (Bresler,  1975; Fried  and
Ungemach, 1971).

     The dependent variables in the finite  element  method,  pressure  head
and concentration, are generally approximated by  a series of basic trial
or shape functions and associated  coefficients.  The  approximating series
is then substituted into the governing equations, and  the resulting
errors or "residuals" are minimized through the use of weighted-residual
theorems.  In the Galerkin method, the locally-based  shape  functions a.re
the same as the weighting functions.  The approximate  integral  equations
derived in this way are evaluated  using the finite-element  method  of
discretion to minimize computational effort.  Generally, a  set  of
linear equations is obtained which can be solved  by using appropriate
matrix inversion subroutines or other methods. The domain  of interest
is again subdivided into elements  which,  unlike finite  differences,  can

-------
attain nearly any particular shape desired (triangular,  rectangular,
including elements having curved sides).   A more-detailed  discussion of
the finite element method can be found in several  recent studies  (Mutton
and Anderson, 1971; Finder, 1973; Pinder and Gray,  1977).

     The finite element method has been successfully applied  to  field
problems involving mass transport.  In some cases,  numerical  dispersion
remained a problem, but it is less than that observed using  the  finite
difference method.  While the finite element method requires  a somewhat
more complex manipulation in generating solutions  than the finite difference
method, its solutions are generally more accurate,  assuming  the  same net.
Important advantages of the finite element method  are its  flexibility  in
describing irregular geometrical boundaries, its ease of introducing
nonhomogeneous properties and anisotropy, and the  possibility of using
small elements in areas of relatively rapid change.

     The method of characteristics, as generally used in groundwater
quality simulation studies, employs a finite difference  approach  for the
flow equation, while the constituent transport equation  is solved with a
set of characteristic equations.  These characteristic equations  are
obtained from the main equations by deleting the convective  transport
terms and including them in separate equations. One must  design  for this
purpose a standard finite difference network and  insert  "marker  particles"
or moving points into each finite difference cell.   The  marker particles
are moved through the network as prescribed by local fluid velocities,
thereby describing exactly the effects of the convective transport terms.
The effects of the remaining terms in the transport equation  are
superimposed on the updated positions of the marker particles using the
concentrations at these moving points and an appropriate finite  difference
scheme.  The method is fairly simple in concept and has  been  shown to

-------
produce acceptable results for a wide variety of field problems (Bredehoeft
and Finder, 1973; Robertson, 197*4; Konikow and Bredehoeft,  197'*).   An
important drawback of this particular method is that it is  not easy to
program in two or three dimensions.

     There exists a variety of other numerical  models  which can be applied
to groundwater contamination problems.  Most of these  methods  are  not
based upon direct solution of the governing partial  differential equations.
The most primitive are those using a lumped parameter  approach, i.e.,
models which do not take into account the spatial  variability  of the
system parameters or input and output variables (Hornsby,  1973; Gelhar
and Wilson, 197*»; Donigian and Crawford, 1976;  Mercado, 1976).  The mass
balance equations are generally formulated, and the  different  input and
output variables are a function of time.  For the distributive approach,
the mass balance equations are applied directly to a number of well-defined
cells, layers, or elements.  The elements assume instantaneous mixing,
and the values of the independent variables are represented by the node
located in the center of each element.

     A rigorous analysis of this approach shows that,  for  an explicit  time,
a finite difference approximation of the governing equations is obtained.
This approach assumes that all  significant physical  and chemical mechanisms
are taken into account when formulating the mass balance equation.  Examples
of this type of approach are given by Tanji et al. (1967)  and  Orlob and
Woods (1967).

     A very similar approach was followed by Elzy  et al. (197*0, who
applied a vertical-horizontal routing model to the transport of hazardous
wastes from a landfill site.  A more elaborate, but  still  somewhat similar
model, is the "polygonal finite difference model"  of Hassan (197**). The
two-dimensional elements take the form of a polygonal  network.  Hassan used
his model to estimate concentrations of total dissolved solids in  a

-------
multi- layered groundwater basin in the Santa-Calleguas  area of  California.
Additional refinement of this method will  eventually  lead  to an "integrated
finite difference" approximation of the governing  partial  differential
equations.

     Each of the numerical  schemes discussed  above appear  to have specific
advantages and disadvantages for application  to  field problems.  These
may be separated into factors affecting the accuracy, efficiency, and
assessibi1ity of the particular method. While  important differences  in
accuracy and efficiency between the finite element and  finite difference
methods  are known to exist (Gray and Finder,  1976; van  Genuchten, 1977),
it is  not clear to what extent these differences become important when
simulating large-scale field problems.  The accuracy  and efficiency  in
programming, as well as the general setup  of  the model  and its  assessibi1ity,
are also important factors which determine the  usefulness  of a  particular
solution scheme.

-------
     Existing Mathematical Models.  A compilation is  given  in this
section of the different types of models currently available for  possible
use in groundwater quality evaluation studies.   The list  of models  in
Table 3*» is not intended to be complete; other  models exist as either
published, unpublished, or under development by various organizations.
The purpose of Table 3*» is to demonstrate the existence of  a wide variety
of models, to characterize their most important capabilities and
limitations, to identify the method of solution,  and  to show their
application.  The models are differentiated into  four distinct groups:
1) both saturated and unsaturated transport models; 2) saturated-only
model; or 3) unsaturated-only transport models; and k) analytical
transport models.  Each group will be discussed briefly.

     Unfortunately, no one model  exists as yet  which  simulates all  of  the
physical, chemical, and biological processes associated with a waste
disposal site, i.e., a model  which solves Equations 6 and 7 when  k  is
large.  The complexity of the processes which operates simultaneously
and in an interactive manner are such that the  resulting  program  would
be impractical to use,  Assuming for the moment that  the  knowledge  for
construction of such a general  model  was available and that the vast
amount of input data needed was available, the  resulting  program  would
be so large and bulky that the cost of operating  it would be too  high.

     Partially-Saturated Transport Models.  The models in this group
are based upon Equations 6 and 7 (see page 135),  or upon  appropriate
simplifications of these equations.  The different models simulate
either a three-dimensional system (model  A2), or  a two-dimensional
cross section.  No cation-exchange reactions are  considered in any  of
the models in this group,  although at least three take into account
adsorption (single-ion)  and/or decay (models A1,  A3,  and  A5).

-See Appendix A,  Part VI:   (6)  Dungund and Reeves, 1976 and Van Genuchten
 et. al., 1977; (7) Reeves and Dungund, 1975 and  Newman,  1973.

-------
                                                         TABLE
                                  PARTIAL LIST OF AVAILABLE TRANSPORT MODELS FOR APPLICATION

                                              TO GROUND WATER QUALITY PROBLEMS
Model
No
Model
References
A. SATURATED-UNSATURATED TRANSPORT MODELS
Al
A2
A3
A*»
A5
A6
Duguid and Reeves (1976, 1977)
Segol (1976, 1977)
van Genuchten et al (1977)
Sykes (1975)
Elzy et al. (197M
Perez et al. (197M
B. SATURATED-ONLY TRANSPORT
Bl
Gupta et al (1975)
Geometry
°f 1)
model1'
2D.C
2D.3D
2D.C
2D.C
2D.C
2D.C
3D
Method
of 2)
solut ion.
LFE
HFE
HFE
HFE
0
FD
HFE
Type
of 3)
f1owJ'
Tr
Tr
Tr
St
Tr
Tr
Tr
Type
"fl")
soil '
L.An
L,An
L.An
L.An
-
L
L, An
Type of
chemical c
interactions
Ad, De
-
Ad, De
-
Ad, De

-






) appl Icat Ion/
comments
transport of radionuclldes
from a waste-disposal site
-
leachate movement from a
hypothetical landfill
contaminant movement from
a landf i 1 1
contaminant movement from
a landfill
groundwater pollution from
agricultural sources
r
Simulates rising connate water
through a vertical fault in
multi-aquifer system (s*teady
state flow application only)
-t-
co

-------
 TABLE 3k
(continued)
Model
No
B2

B3

B/4


B5


B6


B7



B8



B9


BIO

Bll
Model
references
Gureghian and Cleary
(1977)
Pickens and Lennox
(1976)
Schwartz (1975, 1977)


Bredehoeft and Plnder
(1973)

Konlkow and Bredehoe
(1974a b)

Robertson (197M,
Robertson and Barraclou;
(1973)
\ ' tf 1 J f
Robson (197M



Robertson (1975)


Konlkow (1976)

Helweg and Labadle
(1976)
Geometr
of ,v
model
3D

20, C

20, C


20, A


t 20, A


20, A
h


20, A



2/3D


20, A

20, A
Method
of 2)
solution'
LFE

TFE

MOC


MOC


MOC


MOC



MOC



A/MOC


MOC

MOC
Type
of ,
flow3'
St

St

St


Tr


Tr


Tr







Tr


St

Tr
Type
of M
sol 1
An

L.An

An


An


An


An







An. L




An
Type of I
chemical • r\
Interactions appl Icat lons/com-nents
AT), De

Ad

Ad.Ce.De


—


Ad, De


Ad, De







Ad, De




-
applied to an existing landfill on
long Island
contaminant transport from a hypothetical
landfill
hypothetical study of subsurface pollution
by radioactive wastes (1975); model analysis
of a proposed waste-management site (1977)
movement of salt water In confined limestone
aquifer; predicted future concentrations and
tested effects of protective pumping.
used calibrated model to evaluate effects of
different irrigation practices on salinity
changes In an alluvial stream-aquifer system.
Transport of industrial and low-level radio-
active wastes into the Snake River Plain
aquifer, Idaho. Simulated 20 year history of
pol lution.
Pollution of shallow aquifer by seepage from
sewage treatment ponds; predicted future con-
centrations and tested alternative watermana-
gement pi ans .
Three-segment model for flow, Including ablllt1
to simulate perched water In the unsaturated
zone (see also B7)
Simulated 30 year history of groundwater pol-
lution by chloride from an unllned disposal
pond into the underlying alluvial aquifer.
Adapted version of B6 ; used as a cost-
effective salinity management technique for
stream-aquifer systems.

-------
 TABLE 31*
(continued)
Model
No
B12


813

Bl1*

BI5



B16

B17


818


B19

Model
references
Grove (1976)


Reddell and Sunada
(1970)
Ahl strom and Baca
(197M
Pinder (1973)



Thorns et al. (1977);
Martinez et al. (1975)
Besbes et al (1976)


Fried (1971,1975)
Fried and Ungemach
(1971)

Lessl (1976)

Geometr
of ,)
model
20,


2D, A,C

20, A

20, A



20, A

2/30, A


20, A


20, C

Method
°f 2)
solut ion
FE


HOC

MOC

HFE



HFE

FD


FD


HFE

Type
of ,\
flow3'



Tr

St/Tr

St



St

Tr


Tr


Tr

Type
of.,M
SOI 1



An

An

An



_

L


«.


L

Type of |
chemical * r\
interactions applications/comments
Ad, De


_

Ad, Ce

-



Ad, De

— . *


_


-

Transport of Industrial and low-level radio-
active wastes into Interbedded basalt flows
and unconsol idated sediments.
Three-dimensional formulation, two-d Imens lona
appl i cat ion only.
Considers adsorption and exchange of several
macro- and micro-ions.
described and predicted future concentrations
of hexavalent chromium seeping from a waste
disposal pit into underlying glacial outwash
aqui fer
describes groundwater pollution from salt
dome leachates.
Areel model for multllayered aqui fersystem;
predicted concentration changes after dam
construction in the Kalrouan Plain, Tunesla.
flow part based on Boussinesq equation;
describes pollution by NaCl from large salt
dumps Into alluvial aquifer in Northeastern
France.
applied to solute transport In a heteroge-
neous aquifer.

-------
 TABLE 3k
(continued)
Model
No
SALTV
B25

B26


827

B28

B29

Model
references
ATER INTRUSION MODELS
Pinder and Page
C977)
Segol, Pinder and Gra
(1975)

Lee and Cheng (197**)

Green and Cox (1966)

Pinder and Cooper
(1970)
Geometr
of })
model

20, A

2D.C


20,

2D,

20, C

Method
of 2)
solution

TFE

HFE


MOC

MOC

MOC

Type
of ..
flow3'

Tr

St


Tr



St

Type
of M
soil ;



An


An



-

Type of
chemical
Jnteractlo



—


-

-

_

ns applications/comments

vertically integrated sharp- i nterf ace salt
water intrusion model. No transport equation
is solved.
calculating the position of the saltwater
front .

seawater encroachment in coastal aquifers.

storage of fresh water in underground
reservoirs containing saline water.
calculating the transient position of
a saltwater front.


-------
 TABLE 31*
(continued)
Model
No
c w
Cl
C2
C3
Ck
C5
C6
C7
C8
C9
CIO
Cll
Model
references
SATURATED-ONLY TRANSPOR
Brosler (1975)
HI 1 deb rand and
H!mmelbau(1977),
Hlldebrand(1975)
Bresler (1973)
Wood and Davidson( 1975
Davidson et al.(1975a,
1975b)
Ungs et al. (1976)
Sellm et al. (!97&a)
Shah et al. (1975)
Kirda et al, (1973)
Tanjl et al. (1967a,b)
Tanjl et at- (1972)
Dutt et al. (197^.)
Rubin and James(1973)
Geomet r
Of ,j
model
T MODELS
20, C
ID
ID
1 ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
Method
of 2)
solution'
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FD
FB
FD
FD
LFE
Type
of ,v
flow"
Tr
Tr
Tr
Tr
Tr
Tr
St
Tr
St
Tr
St
Type
of M
soil ;
-
-
-
~
-
-
L
-
L
L
-
Type of I
chemical D r\
Interact Ions appl 1 cat Ions/comments
-
-
-
Ad
Ad, De
Ad
Ad

Ad, Ce,
Ad, Ce
Ad, Ce
describes two-dimensional transport of solutes
under a trickle source
transport of nitrate In a sand column
compared results with field data on chloride
transport during Infiltration
applied to pesticide transport
compared results with observed field data
on chloride transport during infiltration
applied to transport of 2,^-D in soils
applied to phosphorus transport Is soils;
assumes constant dispersion coef f 1 cientand
kinetic model for phorphorus adsorption
applied to an ion movement In soil columns
approximate solutions for cation exchange
In field sol Is



-------
                                                       TABLE  3*»

                                                      (continued)
Model
No
02

C13

CH»
CIS

C16

CI7

CIS

Model
references
van Genuchten and
Pinder (1977)
Gureghian et al. (1977

King and Hanks(1973,
1975)
Gaudet et al. (1977)

Sellm et al. (1977)

Warrlck et al. (1971)

Smajstrala et al.
(1975)
Geometr
Of ,j
model
ID

iO

ID
ID

ID

ID

ID

Method
of .
solution'
HFE/FD

FD

FD
FD

FD

FD/A

MOC

Type
of -
flow5'
Tr

Tr

Tr
St

St

Tr

Tr

Type
of M
soil '
L

L

-
-

L

-

.

Type of B
chemical * r\
interact Ions appl 'cat Ions/comments
Ad.De.Ce

Ad.De.Ce

Ad,De,Ce
-

Ad

-

-

modeling of leachate and soil
interactions in an aquifer.
simulation of pollutant
transport in Long Island, N.Y.
applied to irrigation return flow quality
studies. Includes plant root uptake of water.
applied to soil with mobile and Immobile
water
applied to Cl and 2,^-D movement in two-layere
soil column.
approximate analytical solution of transport
equation; applied to field Irrigation study
with chloride.
miscible Displacement in soils

un
V-O

-------
                                                             TABLE 3*»
                                                            (continued)
          Model
           No
   Model
references
Geometr
  of
model
     1)
Method
of      }
solution'
Type
of
flow
3)
Type
of
soil
Type of   I
chemical  '   r\
Interactions     applIcatlons/comment3
          D  ANALYTICAL TRANSPORT MODELS
           Dl
           D2
ui
-C-
 Kuo(1976), Shen(1976)
 deary et al. (1973),
 Wang et al. (1977),
 Yeh and Tsal(197&),
 deary (1976),
 others
                                           2,3D
                      St
                             (Ad.De)
                                  among
 Lapidus and Amundson
(1952), Brenner  (19&2)
Lindstrom et al  (19&7)
Lindstrom and Boersma
(1971, 1973), Lindstroi
and Stone (1971+a,b) ,
deary and Adrian(1973
Marino(l97/+) . Ogata
(1961), «j»an  Genuchten
and W.lenenga (1976) ,
Selim  and Hansel 1
(1976), among others
  ID
                      St
                            (Ad, De)
                                                      various applications and assumptions
                                various  applIcatlonsf  Including
                                   -  zero and first order decay
                                   -  linear equilibrium adsorption,
                                   -  first order kinetic adsorption
                                   -  solute transfer between mobile
                                         Immoblie water
                                   -  decaying boundary conditions
                                                                                          and
                              1)
                  ID = one-dimensional
                  2D = two-dimensional
                  3D = three-dimensional
                   A = Area! (20 only)
                   C = Crossectional  (20 only)
                                            2)
                                   A = Analyt ical
                                  FD = finite differences
                                 LFE = linear finite elements
                                 TFE = triangular finite elements
                                 HFE = mixed/higher order
                                       finite elements
                                 HOC = method of characteristics
                                   0 = other
                                               "   3)
                                            Tr  = Transient
                                            St  = Steady-state
                                             L =  layered
                                            An =  anisotropic
                                                               5)
                                                       Ad = adsorpt ion
                                                       Ce = cation exchange
                                                            (multi-ion  transport)
                                                       De = decay

-------
     The models in this group are probably the most  appropriate  because
they consider the unsaturated-flow conditions  in  a  landfill  or  under  the
waste-disposal site.  For example, aerobic decomposition  of  hazardous
organic wastes (including pesticides)  and certain oxidation-reduction
reactions could be taken into account  in such  models.   Also, one of the
more important attenuation mechanisms, dilution of  leachate  by  flowing
groundwater, can be much more clearly  defined  with  saturated-unsaturated
transport models.  Unfortunately, inclusion of the  unsaturated  zone also
places a considerable burden on the effective  and economical  use of the
model.  The highly non-linear character of the governing  equations during
saturated-unsaturated flow makes its solution  more  difficult, and,
generally, small  time steps in the numerical algorithm are necessary  to
ensure a correct solution.  This can lead to high computer costs when
simulations are to be made for a period of several  years  (Segol, 197^;
Duguid and Reeves, 1976).

     Several simplifications can be made to circumvent some  of  these
problems.  For example, the use of monthly average  rain/evaporation data
(van Genuchten et al, 1977; Duguid and Reeves,  1977)  rather  than hourly
or daily data or assume steady-state flow conditions altogether  (Skyes,
1975).   While steady-state flow conditions may  be justified  in some cases,
it appears that predictions of the amount and  quality  of  leachate reaching
the groundwater may be inaccurate when evaporation on  a yearly basis  is
of equal magnitude or high than precipitation.  Also,  seasonal water
changes cannot be described with the steady-state model.

     Another problem associated with the unsaturated zone is the need for
additional input data.  For example, the nonlinear  relationships between
moisture content, pressure head, and hydraulic  conductivity  have to be
determined for each soil  type present  in the system.   In  addition, and of
equal importance, the different soi1-chemical  interactions occurring  in
the unsaturated zone have to be quantified.  Thus,  it  appears that the
                                     155

-------
technology for modeling contaminant transport  is  far less  advanced  than
that for modeling fluid flow, especially with  respect to adsorption  and
exchange reactions in the unsaturated zone.

     Notwithstanding these problems, the partially-saturated  transport
models appear to be the most promising tools for  evaluating potential
groundwater contamination from waste disposal  sites.  Much research  is
still needed before the models in this group can  be applied in  a
practical, accurate, and economical way.  Problems  related to contaminant
transport and the need for quantification of the  many adsorption/exchange
reactions in the unsaturated zone will require more study.

         Saturated-Only Transport Models.  In  these models, the dynamics
of the unsaturated zone between the waste disposal  site and the
groundwater table are ignored.  Hence, important  mechanisms associated
with unsaturated flow and contaminant transport are not taken into
account, unless they are represented in an approximate way through  data
adjustments.  To use these models it is necessary to have  a method  of
quantifying the amount and quality of leachate reaching  the groundwater
table.  Given that this can be done beforehand, i.e., in a predictive
way, the models listed in this group appear to be useful tools  for
groundwater contamination simulations.  The need  for describing the
unsaturated zone becomes much less when the waste disposal  site is  in
direct contact with the saturated zone.

     Many of the models listed in this category use the method  of
characteristics (HOC) for solution of the transport equation, and are
either extensions, simplications, or otherwise adaptations of the areal
models for fluid flow and mass transport (Pinder  and Bredehoeft,  1968;
Bredehoeft and Pinder, 1973).
                                     156

-------
     Models of this type have found application  in  a  wide  variety of
practical field problems, mostly in cases  where  groundwater  pollution was
observed and wehre calibration of the model  to  field  data  was  possible.
Some additional work seems necessary to determine  the accuracy of these
models for use in a purely-predictive context,  i.e.,  where calibration
of the model is not possible, or purposely sidestepped.  Also, for  the
models in this group, it seems again that  the  technology for describing
fluid flow is well ahead of that for describing  mass  transport of
adsorbing chemicals (generally for non-conservative species).  Provided
the necessary data can be obtained, models in  this  group are probably
sufficiently tested, and, hence, could be  used within a  few  years for
prediction of IDS (total dissolved solids) concentrations.

     A special class of saturated-only transport models  is provided by
the salt water intrusion models (models B25-B29).   These models  differ
from the other (cross sectional) models in this  group in that  they
consider density-dependent flow, and, as such, are  applicable  to
contaminant transport from water disposal  sites.  Table  35 gives a
summary assessment of the models in this group.

     Unsaturated-Only Transport Models. Because these models  consider
only the unsaturated zone, they cannot be  used  to describe contaminant
migration in groundwater systems.  The models  (one-dimensional)  in  this
category are useful  when studying the mechanisms of pollutant  transport
in the unsaturated zone, especially the transient waste/soil interactions
associated with column-leaching studies.  Another and important
application of these models results when they are used simultaneously
with saturated-only transport models.  These models can be used  to
predict the amount and type of leachate reaching the  groundwater table,
information which is used as input for the saturated-only  transport model
(see, for example, model A6).
                                     157

-------
                                    TABLE 35

                      SUMMARY OF  MODEL DEVELOPMENT  BY TYPE
STATE OF DEVELOPMENT

ACTIVITY


1. Mathematical formulation
of any model
2. Numerical solution
of any model
3. Field calibration and testing:
saturated/unsaturated transport
saturated-only transport
unsaturated-onl y transport
b. Field verification:
saturated/unsaturated transport
saturated-only transport
unsaturated-only transport
5. Methodology for laboratory and
field quantification of major
parameters ' (any model)
6. Methodology for quantification
of leachate qual i ty
7. Standard procedures for field
testing, calibration and
verification (any model)
8. Ready for use as a decision proce
saturated/unsaturated transport
saturated-only transport '
unsaturated-only transport '

FLUID
FLOW

0

0


0
0
0

D3
0
0
0


NA

D3


dure
NA
NA
NA
MASS TRANSPORT
SINGLE- ION TRANSPORT

NO ADSORPTION
NO DECAY
0

0


03
0
0

03
D3
0
D3


NA

03



D3
D3
03
WITH ADSORPTI
WITH DECAY
03

03


06
D3
D3

06
D3
03
D3


0

06



06
06
D3
MULT 1- ION
ON TRANSPORT
(+EXCHANGE)
03 - ?

03 - ?


06 - ?
06 - ?
D6 - ?

010 -?
06 - ?
06 - ?
06 - ?


0

010 -?



D10-?
D10-?
06 -?
0 = operat ional ;
03 = under development, likely to be operational within three years;
D6 = under development, likely to be operational within six years;
010= under development, likely to be operational within ten years;
? = under development, not likely to be operational within ten years;
NA •= not appl i cable
1) adsorption/exchange constants, dispersion coefficients, soil  hydraulic properties, etc
2) If the indicated transport model  is  suitable for application  at  given site.
                                        158

-------
         Analytical  Models.   Analytical  transport  models,  especially  the
two- and three-dimensional  models,  appear to have  limited  application to
actual (field)  groundwater  contamination problems.   Their  application is
restricted to those cases wherein the geohydrology of  the  area  is  very
simple (flow in one direction,  constant  porosity,  dispersivity,  and
conductivity).   The different one-dimensional  analytical models  (Models
Ds) are again potentially fuseful  as  tools for identification and
quantification  of waste/soil  interactions when used in conjunction with
column-leaching experiments  for quantification of  adsorption constants,
dispersion coefficients,  etc.
                                     159

-------
      Existing  Non-Mathematical  Simulation Models.  Numerous
 non-mathematical  simulation models currently exist which may be
 generally  categorized  into:   (1)  soi1-leachate column studies;
 (2)  batch  or shaker  tests;  (3)  thin  layer chromatography; and  (A) a
 dilution model.   Considerable  research has been conducted to date in
 utilizing  soi1-leachate  column  studies.   (See Appendix B.)  Significant
 column  studies  have  been conducted by:   Fuller and Korte, at the
 University of  Arizona; Griffin, et al.,  at the Illinois State Geological
 Survey  (IGS);  Farquhar and Rovers at the University of Waterloo, Canada;
 and  Bromley, et al., at  Harwell Laboratory, the United Kingdom.

      Batch or  shaker test research has also been conducted by Griffin,
 et al.  (IGS) and  is  currently being  utilized or proposed for use as a
 waste characterization procedure  by  most of the regulatory agencies
 contacted.  Thin  layer chromatography research is also being conducted
 by Griffin et  al.  (IGS).  A dilution model has been described by
 D.B. Oakes of  the Water  Research  Centre, the United Kingdom.

     Each  of these basic procedures  is described in the following text.

           So?1-Leachate  Column Studies.  Because of the complex nature
 of most waste  leachates  and the number of processes that may occur within
 the  saturated or  unsaturated soil to influence the behavior of a waste
 constituent, soil-column studies  have been used to simulate natural  field
 conditions.  These experiments have been used to quantify the potential
 for a given soil  to  attenuate specific constituents commonly present in
 municipal  and  industrial waste.  These experiments have used soils which
 represent  the major  soil orders throughout the United States and clays
 commonly used for liners in landfills.   Regression equations using this
 data base  have been  developed to estimate the mobility or attenuation
of various constituents  using fundamental chemical and physical
 properties of the soil.
                                     160

-------
     The soils or clays used in laboratory column studies are initially
air-dried and passed through a 2-mm screen.  The size (radius and length)
of the columns (glass or plastic) used to confine the soil or clay varies,
but  it generally exceeds 2.5 cm in radius and 15 cm in length.  The
air-dried materials are uniformly packed into columns using various
techniques.  A procedure frequently used to pack the columns consists
of adding increments of soil and tamping the soil with a rod approximately
1 cm in diameter.  Uniformity of packing is determined based upon the
amount of soil packed into equal-column increments.  The average bulk
density for the packed materials is approximately 1.5 g/cm3 for silt and
clay materials, and greater than 1.6 g/cm^ for sands.

     Most laboratory experiments are conducted using water-saturated soil
or clay systems.   Unsaturated soil-water conditions are difficult to
control, and the soil-water flow rates are extremely low for these cases.
In order to water saturate these materials it is necessary to evacuate
the soil columns or purge the air from the porous materials with C02.
The soils or clay should be initially wet with a dilute calcium salt
solution (for example, 0.01 N CaCl2 or CaSO^).  The calcium prevents
dispersion and maintains constant pore geometry.

     The columns should be constructed in such a manner that the inflow
solution can be changed without seriously interrupting the experiment.
The outflow end of the column should be designed to facilitate effluent
solution collection for analysis.   Measurements  of the input solution
volume with time should be possible for monitoring the solution or
leachate flow rate through the soil  column.  The physical  position
(vertical  or horizontal) of the column is not important except in
regulating solution flow rates for some experimental  cases.   The
solution flow rate through the saturated porous  material  may be
controlled:   with a peristaltic pump, with constant solution head on
the top of the soil  or clay material, or by gas  pressures.  The
                                 161

-------
procedure used generally depends upon funds available and necessity of
maintaining a constant flow rate.  Flow rate is an important variable  for
many soil or clay materials and specific adsorbed constituents.   Inadequate
equilibrium conditions or resident times in the column can influence a
waste constituent's mobility.  Insofar as possible,  constant solution
flow rates should be maintained.

     The solution used to initially wet the soil  or clay column  is
generally applied until three to five pore volumes (amount of water
contained in the saturated or unsaturated soil  column) have been eluted.
This procedure aids in establishing equilibrium conditions prior to the
application of a waste leachate.  Anaerobic conditions similar to those
existing for natural conditions under landfills are also established
during this period.

     After preconditioning the soil or clay column,  the waste leachate is
applied.  If anaerobic conditions are to be maintained, the waste
leachate must also be kept anaerobic.  Following the application of the
leachate, effluent sample collection is initiated-  The effluent sample
size depends upon the number of analyses to be performed and the volume
required for each analysis.  Maintaining the effluent solution anaerobicly
may be necessary if the chemical form (oxidized or reduced) of a given
constituent is one of the experimental variables to be measured.
Constituents that do not interact with the solid matrix (for example,
chloride) should reach approximately one-half their inflow concentration
in the effluent following the application of one leachate pore volume.
Constituents which interact with the soil matrix (ion exchange)  will
be retarded in their movement through the column.  The extent of the
retardation depends upon the ease with which a constituent exchanges
with the other materials existing on the exchange complex.  This is
illustrated in Figure 15.
                                162

-------
                    Input
  1.0
 03


01
 c
 o
 03

 1 0.5
 o
 o
O

 0
o
O
Non-Adsorbed Constituent
    (e.g., Chloride)
                                                 Adsorbed Constituent
                                                   (e.g., Cadmium)
                 1.0
     2.0          3.0

     Pore Volumes, V/Vo
4.0
5.0
     FIGURE 15  SOIL-LEACHATE COLUMN ANALYSIS
                 Simulation of constituent concentration  in the effluent
                 leaving a soil column versus the number of pore volumes
                 of water that have passed through the column. Pore
                 volume is total volume of effluent passed through the
                 column (V) divided by volume of water held by the soil
                 column (Vo). Input concentration of each constituent is 1.0
                                   163

-------
     The number of pore volumes required for a specific constituent to
 reach a given concentration  in the effluent has been used to develop
 "attenuation numbers".  These attenuation numbers generally are more
 directly related to constituent mobility (ion exchange) than attenuation
 as defined  in this report.  The number of pore volumes required for a
 constituent to appear  in the effluent may be used to define ion exchange
 or adsorption-desorption parameters for a constituent and soil or clay
 system.

     The distribution  of specific constituents within a column of soil
 or clay at  the end of  an experiment can be measured by sectioning the
 column and analyzing each increment for the constituent(s) in question.
 This procedure provides insight into the presence of chemical  and
 physical processes other than ion exchange.  For example, if the
 concentration of a given constituent in a soil increment near the input
 is higher than the constituent concentration in the leachate (following
 correction for adsorbed fraction), the constituent may have precipitated.
 Concentration distributions are useful in identifying chemical and
 physical processes occurring within the saturated or unsaturated soil  or
 clay system.

     Modifications of  the previously-described column studies have been
 used to simulate various natural  field conditions.  For example, the
 leachate is frequently applied directly to the dry soil or clay system
without the pretreatment.  Also,  a series of columns have been used with
 the effluent from one column being the input to the next column.  These
modifications and others are used in order to more closely simulate
natural field conditions.  However, the results are interpreted in a
 similar manner.

     Soil-column experiments are useful, but are frequently improperly
 interpreted.  If a leachate constituent appears in the effluent,

-------
attenuation as described in this report may or may not have occurred to
a significant degree.  Also, if after a predesignated number of pore
volumes have passed through the column and the constituent is not in the
effluent, this does not mean that the constituent was attenuated.  For
example, if the constituent's mobility is reduced to a very low value,
it will require a long time for it to reach the effluent end of the
column, but it will appear eventually in the effluent.  These and other
misinterpretations are commonly made using column studies.

     Column studies are also useful in determining hydraulic properties
and dispersion coefficients of specific soil or clay materials.  Because
the dispersion coefficient is a function of fluid flow rate and degree
of water saturation, several displacements of a constituent through the
porous material may be necessary.

          Batch or Shaker Tests.  Interest In the adsorption-desorption
characteristics of specific constituents in various waste leachates and
soils and soil combinations has increased significantly in the past
decade.  This interest is a result of the fact that adsorption-desorption
parameters can be used to predict the mobility of waste constituents in
field soils and the efficiency and/or environmental safety of given wastes
applied to or buried in the soil.

     Several types of experiments can be used for measuring adsorption
characteristics, but the most widely used is the "batch" or "shaker"
method.  This procedure consists of combining a known volume of waste
leachate of a predetermined composition with a given mass of air dry
soil.  The mixture is shaken until  equilibrium is attained.  If the
constituents of interest are adsorbed, their concentration in the
solution phase of the mixture will  decrease.  The equilibrated solution
is generally separated from the solid phase by centrifugation or filtering.
The resulting relative distribution of the constituents between the adsorbed
                                 165

-------
and soil-water phases depends on factors  such as:   soil  properties,
temperature, and salt concentration of the original  leachate  and soil.
The batch method has been specified in the Protocol  for  Adsorption Tests,
recently published by the United States Environmental  Protection Agency
in its guidelines for registering pesticides  in  the United  States
Federal Register, 1975, ^Q (123):  26881-26895.

     Adsorption equilibria data are generally described  by  the  empirical
Freundlich equation:
     S = KCN
     log x/m = log K + N log C
where S is the amount (x) of adsorbed constituent  per  unit  amount of soil
(m); C is the equilibrium solution concentration of the  constituent; and
K and N are empirical constants.  The adsorption coefficient, K, can be
obtained by plotting log x/m ( C - Co /m)  where  Co is  the original
concentration of the constituent in the leachate)  versus log  C, yielding
a linear curve of slope N.  The units of  x/m  and C are often  in Mg/g
and^g/ml, respectively.  When C is 1.0 pig/ml, the corresponding value of
log x/m is equal  to log K.  Deviations of the value of N from unity, a
common observation, reflects the nonlinearity of the adsorption process.
If N were unity,  the K would be identical  with the partition  coefficient.

     Adsorption isotherms which follow the Freundlich  relationship given
by Equation 8 may be obtained using the above procedure  and various
original solution concentrations, Co.  The adsorbed constituent
concentration S,  is plotted versus the equilibrium solution
concentration of the constituent, C, for  each Co.   The results  of such
an experiment are illustrated in Figure 16 for two constituents.  The
absorption isotherm described by S = 10 C represents a constituent which
is less mobile in the soil than that described by  S =  1.0 C.  Both
constituents are adsorbed and would be retarded  in their movement through
a column of the type used in the adsorption experiments.
                                166

-------
if)


.2
to
-*— '


§
w

o
O

T3
03
.Q

O
(/)
•o
    100
     10
3    1.0
     0.1
             S = 10C
                                                 S = 1.0C
                     I
                                  I
 J_
       0.1          1.0           10



       Solution Concentration of Constituent, C
                                             100
1,000
   FIGURE 16  SIMULATED ADSORPTION ISOTHERMS

               Described by the Freundllch Relationship

               In Equation 8; Isotherms are Linear (N = 1.0).
                               167

-------
     The batch adsorption experiments  are  useful  in evaluating
constituent mobility, but may be misleading  if appreciable  complexing
of the constituents occurs during the  contact  period over which the
batch experiment is conducted.  The complexing of the constituent
would result in a reduction in the equilibrium solution concentration
over and above that associated with adsorption.   These  results would
suggest that the constituent was adsorbed  to the  soil in larger amounts
than was actually the case.  Using this  type of information, one would
conclude that the constituent was less mobile  than the  data obtained
from a column experiment.  The complexing  of the  constituent would
represent attenuation as described and used  in that  report.

     The batch adsorption experiments, if  properly conducted, can be
    \
used to provide necessary parameters for mathematical models.  This is
a procedure that has found wide acceptance as  a good indication of
constituent mobility.  However, the procedure  has not been  adequately
tested with complex leachate wastes where  various processes may occur
si multaneously.

     Batch or shaker test procedures have  been developed by many of
the regulatory agencies contacted.  Where  utilized,  they are described
in Appendix C.

          Thin Layer Chroma^tography -  Until  recently, methods for
investigating the mobility of various  waste  constituents in soils were
based upon field- or soil-column studies.  These  studies were time
consuming and costly to conduct.  The  soil thin-layer chromatography
procedure (soil TLC) is an alternate technique.   The method is
analogous to the conventional TLC, with  soil substituted for the paper
or solid adsorbent phase.  The procedure appears  to  correlate well with
mobility "trends" observed in 1aboratory-column studies and batch
adsorption experiments.
                                   168

-------
     The procedure consists of dry-sieving coarse-textured soils  to  less
than 500/i, and medium- or fine-textured soils  to  less  than 250/i.   Frequently
it is necessary to put the soil  through a crusher-siever to obtain this
size range.  Clean glass plates  20 by 20, 10 by 20,  or 5 by 20  cm are
used to hold the soil  layer.  The soil  is slurried with water until
moderately fluid, then promptly  applied to the glass plate using  a
variable-thickness TLC spreader.  Thicknesses  of  SOOju  for medium- and
fine-textured soils, and 750/j for coarser soils are  generally used.
Plates may be stored air-dry indefinitely.

     A horizontal line is scribed across the soil  11.5 cm above the  base
to stop water movement during chromatography development.  A radioactive
isotope of the constituent of interest  is added to the leachate from
the disposal site for use as a tracer.   The leachate is then spotted
at 1.5 cm from the base; thus, the constituent can potentially  move  10
cm.  After spotting, the plate is immersed in  0.5 cm of water and removed
when the water front reaches the scribed line  made on  the plate.   The
plates"during development are kept in a closed chamber to prevent
evaporation during the vertical  upward  movement of water.

     After the soil has wet to 10 cm, the plate  is air dried and  an
X-ray film is placed in direct contact  with the soil plate.  The
resultant autograph indicates the distance a constituent has moved which
is measured as the frontal or retardation factor, Rf.   The Rf value  is
the distance the center of the constituent spot moved  up the plate
divided by the distance the water front moved  (10 cm).   This is
illustrated in Figure 17.

     The Illinois Geological Survey Laboratory is currently using the
soil thin layer chromatography procedure to identify the extent of
adsorption and its impact upon a given  constituent's mobility in  the
soil.  This research group is also using multiple-regression equations
                                 169

-------
  = 1.0
(Chloride)
                                            •Water Front
                                       R. = 0.5
                              Initial Location of Spot
                                   R. = 0.2
FIGURE 17  THIN-LAYER CHROMATOGRAPHY
            The shaded areas represent three different constituent
            locations after the water front has migrated to the 10-cm
            height above the Initial location of each spot. The shaded
            area with an Ri equal to one represents a non-adsorbed
            constituent such as chloride with the least mobile
            constituent In the illustration having a Rt of 0.2.
                                    170

-------
to determine the relative importance of various  soil  parameters  to  the
Rf values obtained from a number of-soils and given waste  constituents.
These equations would then allow mobility predictions to be  made for  a
given waste constituent (assuming similar leachate  composition)  using a
few basic soil  (physical  and chemical)  parameters.

     The soil  TLC procedure does not measure attenuation or  the
potential for a given constituent to attenuate after  being placed in  a
soil.  This procedure measures only the mobility of a constituent in
comparison to water which does not interact with the  solid matrix.  The
retardation factor, Rf, measured by TLC is inversely  ( /Rf)  proportional
to the adsorption coefficient, K, measured in the batch or slurry tests
for adsorption.

          Pilution Model.  D.B. Oaks, of the Water  Research  Center,
Medmenham Laboratory, published a paper in January  1976 entitled
Dilution of Tip Percolates in Groundwater.  This paper describes a
mathematical "model" approach to define and evaluate  the effects of
leachate attenuation strictly by:  dilution in groundwater,  dilution
in down-gradient well discharge, and travel times for leachate
migration both to down-gradient wells and streams.

     Consider a tip of dimension L meters in the direction of groundwater
flow, and W meters transverse to this direction.  If  the infiltration
rate from the tip to the water table is I  m/a (meters/annum) and the
concentration of some pollutant in the  tip leachate  is C mg/1, then the
volume of leachate reaching the water table each year is IWL m-$, and  the
mass of pollutant carried with the leachate is IWLC gm/a (gram-meter/annum).
If the groundwater flow rate is U m/a and the depth of mixing of percolate
and groundwater is B m.,  then the effective volume  of groundwater with
which the leachate mixes is UWB mVa and the concentration of pollutant
in the groundwater is given by:
              IWC          1C
            IWL + UWB   I  + UB/L

                                  171

-------
     Hence the dilution factor, defined here as the ratio of concentration
in groundwater beneath the tip to concentration in the leachate,  is  given
by
     d =
            I
         I  + UB/L
     Typical values of UB are given in Table 36 for chalk,  sandstone,  and
gravel aquifers.
                                  TABLE 36
                             AQUIFER PROPERTIES
                         Aquifer      UB (m2/d)
                        Chalk
                        Sandstone
                        Gravel
 3   to 10
 0.5 to  2
10   to 20
     Two sizes of tip were considered,  with lengths of 50 m and  300 m,
respectively.  A recharge rate, I,  equal  to 0.3 m/a (meter/year),  was
used in all calculations.  The calculated dilution factors are given in
Table 37.
                                  TABLE 37
                              DILUTION  FACTORS
                                  Tip length L (m)
Aq u i f e r
Chalk
Sandstone
Gravel

0
0
0

.k
.2
.2

10-2
10-1
10-2
5£
- 0.
- 0.
- 0.

1
7
k

10-1
10-1
10-2

0
0
0

.2
.1
.1

10-1

10-1
300
- 0.7
- 0.3
- 0.2

ID'1

10-1
                                 172

-------
     Of practical  interest is  the concentration of  pollutant  in water
discharged from a  pumping well  in the  vicinity of a landfill  site.   If
a well  is located  directly down gradient  from a tip,  it  is  likely  that
all of the percolate will be induced to  flow to the well.   The dilution
factor, defined now as the ratio of concentration of  pollutant in  the
well discharge to  concentration in the tip percolate,  has been estimated
for each size of tip and is shown in Table 38.  The dilution  factors  in
this case are independent of the aquifer  type, but  are dependent on  the
abstraction rate.
                                  TABLE  38
                         DILUTIONS IN WELL DISCHARGE
                                     Tip  Dimensions (m)
                Well  Discharge
                  Rate (mgd)        50 x 50      300  x 300
                     0.5           0.9 10~3     0.3  10"1
                     1             0.5 10"3     0.2  10"1
                     2             0.2 10-3     0.8  10~2
                     5             0.9 10"A     0.3  ID"2
                                    173

-------
     On-Going Research.  Several  researchers,  research institutions,
federal agencies, and universities have developed,  and are  currently  in
the process of developing, mathematical models for  the prediction  of
contaminant migration in subsurface environments.   The following modeling
activities are the most pertinent to this study:

         USGS Modeling Activities.  The U.S.  Geological  Survey  is  probably
the single-most active agency modeling quantitative and  qualitative
aspects of groundwater.  Their degree of sophistication,  level  of  effort,
and expertise in modeling parallels or exceeds the  capabilities of most
agencies and research institutes  working in this  field.   From  its
multimillion dollar modeling program, the U.S.G.S.  has developed,  or  is
developing, the following:  (1)  two-dimensional models for  coupled flow
of water and transport of conservative and non-conservative trace
constituents in saturated media.   (2) two-dimensional  models for transport
of conservative and non-conservative constituents  in unsaturated media.

     Table 39 gives a listing of  the status of groundwater  quality and
quantity modeling within the U.S.G.S.  Currently  several  of the two-  and
three-dimensional models for describing the transport  of  conservative
species in saturated media have  been field tested and  verified.  U.S.G.S.
personnel  recognize that the mathematical  development  and numerical
solution procedures far exceed their ability  to quantify  the major
leachate and hydrogeologic parameters required for  conducting simulations.
The effective use of simulation models is  apparently greatly impaired by
a lack of data and procedures to  quantify  the  various  system parameters
and input data,  and future research should address  itself to these
shortcomi ngs.

-------
                                                       TABLE   39
                                   STATUS  OF  GROUNDWATER  MODELING,
                                            U.S.   GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY
                                                                      Con-
                                                                Op-   linoed  pnMJpj us  GeoIoeSeal
FLOW
  Saturated
    Two-dj manaJcaaj
     JUaljtioal
                                                                       X  S. B. Panadapulos, B. L.
                • Finite different*

                Finite ilmiinl  C
X   B. M

X   P. O. Traaeott

X   G. F.
                                                                                Pindar-. R. L. Cooler ....
                FLoiw
    Tkna-dbncraunal
      •-C Anatoff Nctvorka
                                                                          B. T. Bon
         xrloJ (Finite diUrr.no.)
        (or entirely) unaaturaud
    Ooa-dimfluiona)
      Analytical*  ......... -
                                                                          S. U. Lon»wflJ	

                                                                          P. C Traacoa	
      Numerical—Finite difference	
                Finite element—Caierku
      NttmrricaJ — Finite  difference
                                                                           C D. BippU. 1. Rubin.'T. E .A.
                                                                             Van Hykaama.
                                                                          J. Rubin and C. D. Ripple	
                                                                          __..do ....	._._.._.._._..
      Sumeriril—Finite .foment—Galerkin  		
LAND SUBSIDENCE—Induced or around water enrarxun
      R-C
            __  and  Analytical 	_
COUPLEU GROUND WATEH—elrran ey«
      Numerical—Finite diffei
      Non-ricaJ  and
                                                                          F. S. Riley  	
                                                                          D. G. Jonrenam	
                                                                          D. C B.lm	
                                                                      ..  G. F. Finder • and S. P. Saner .
                                                                      ..  A. F. Moench. V. B. Saoer.
                                                                            M. E. J.omno-
COUPLED GROUND WATEH—RAINFALL-RUNOFF
  MODELS—Numerical  	
COUPLED GROUND WATER—ECONOMIC SYSTEMS—
  Nnmerieal	
                                                                           1. E. R~<) and M.
                                                                             and John Tcrrr.
                                                                           T. Haddock. Ill and J. D.
 COUPLED PLOW AND TKANSPORT OF CHEMICAL
  CONST mjEvra
  Sunnted tfftfm
    Gonkcrvativ* (or noneonaemtiv* tnw« c
      Uniforn dmaltr. ioorniiie
        T-0-dunnuiooal
                              ~
                                       	  _    	    X
                                                                       X  U F. Kcmiko. and J. D.
                                                                            Bivbboaft.
                    Finite di>«rciu»	
                    MniU al«>cB>--Cal. Cooper u>d other*
                                                                                                          (1968).
                                                                                                        Bklbnake  (19CO). Patten
                                                                                                          (19461. Slallmar. <19Ub).
                                                                                                        TmroU (1973). Finder
                                                                                                          (19691. Uaddaek 11970).
                                                                                                        Pindwd Fnnd (1972y.-
                                                                                                          Fruvd «nd Pimtar (1>73).
                                                                                                        Bgrr (1BT7).

                                                                                                        Skibkrk.  (lHO).SuIlm»o
                                                                                                          a«i (1866).
                                                                                                        Traeon (197SI. Bmkholfl
                                                                                                          •n4 Pinter (1970).
                                                                                                        Ripple. Rubin, and Van
                                                                                                          Hylrkama (1971). Sta
                                                                                                          man and Reed 119661.
                                                                                                        Rubin (1967. 196&al.
                                  Robin (19«8b)

                                  Dnbertr (1971).

                                  Riley (19C9).
                                  Jonrenaen 11976).
                                  Helm (1974. 1976).

                                  Pinder and Saner (1971).
                                  Uoencb. Sauer. and Jenoin
                                    (1974); Lockey and Lie
                                    mt-aton  (1975).
                                                                                                         BradcKoeft and T«onK
                                                                                                           (1970). Younr and
                                                                                                           B~d.bo
-------
         Pacific Northwest Laboratories.  Pacific Northwest Laboratories
 (Richland, Washington), operated by Batelle for the U.S. Energy Research
 and Development Administration, has been involved for several  years with
 modeling both water quality and water quantity.  This work is  needed
 for nuclea.r waste management at the Hanford Atomic Energy complex at
 Hanford, Washington.  This complex has served as a depository  for wastes
 from spent fuel in nuclear reactors.  The major emphasis of this
 modeling effort is related to the movement of radio-nuclides in
 partially-saturated soils.  Their work has resulted in many research
 publications on partially-saturated flow, radionuclide transport, and
 characterization of the hydraulic properties of the unsaturated zone
 (Reisenauer, 1973; Reisenauer, et al, 1975; Ahlstrom and Baca, 197^;
 among others).

         Oak Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL).   The ORNL has been
 extensively involved in modeling transport processes in saturated- and
 partly-saturated zones.  Part of their research effort is concerned with
 the behavior of intermediate-level  radioactive liquid wastes.   This
waste was deposited at the ORNL between 1951 and 1965 and contains a
 variety of fission products.  The major radioactivity is associated with
 137cs and 1^°Ru, although  lesser amounts of 90$r ancj other waste products
 are present in the waste.  Because of the long half-life of "  Sr (28
years), the transport of this constituent through the soil  should be
 followed (simulated)  for a period of at least  100 years.  Current
 research at this laboratory is concerned with  the use of average
steady-state rainfall  data instead of transient values in the  models:
 this speeds up the calculations for the unsaturated zone, making
 partially-saturated transport models more practical  and economical  to use.
Modeling efforts have resulted in many research reports (Reeves and
 Duguid, 1975; Duguid and Reeves, 1976; Larson  and Reeves, 1976; Endelman,
et al, 197M.
                                     176

-------
          University Modeling Activities.  Several universities are
currently actively involved with the modeling of groundwater contamination
or closely-related problems.  A list of some of the most active groups
is given below (see also Appendix B).

     The Department of Civil Engineering at Colorado State University has
long been actively involved with the modeling of water quality and quantity
problems.  Much of this research is published in the series Hydrology Papers,
issued by this university.  Recent work includes research by Helweg and
Labadie (1976) and and Kraeger and Rovey (1975).  Drs. D. Me Whorter and
O.K. Sunada have recently developed a  saturated-only model for application
to land areas distrubed by mining activities.  This model, based on
Boussinesq's equation, is applicable to both confined and unconfined aquifers,
No dispersion is considered in the model.

     Dr. A. Klute and co-workers at the same university have been involved
with the formulation of transport processes in the unsaturated zone.  Recent
work is published by Cameron and Klute (1977) and by Gilham, et al., (1976).

     Dr. D.A. Sangry and others (K. Wheeler) of Cornell University are
presently developing a two-dimensional finite element model for simulation
of contaminant migration in soils.  The model, however, is not expected to
be ready for another three years.

     Dr. A.A. Metry and co-workers at  Drexel University have developed and
applied several  two-dimensional transport models to contaminant migration
from an experimental  landfill  in Kennett Square, Pennsylvania.  Results of
this work is documented in several publications by Metry (1972, 1976).
                                  177

-------
     J. Jessi and P. Goble at Ecole des Mines, Fontainebleu, France have
developed a  finite element transport model for application to radionuclide
transport in a single-layered confined aquifer.  A. Dreyfus and co-workers
(M. Besbes,  P. Armisen, J.P. Delhomme) at the same school have developed an
integrated finite difference model for the simulation of solute transport
in a multi-layered aquifer.  The model has been applied to several field
problems (P. Goblet, E. Ledoux, Centre d1informatique Geologique, Ecole
des Mines, 35 Rue Saint-Honore, 77305—Fontainebleau, France).

     Dr. J.J. Fried and co-workers (M.A. Combarnous, P.O. Ungemach) at
Institut de Mecanique des Fluides de Strasbourg, France are actively
involved with the modeling of salt transport in single- and multi-layered
aquifer systems.  J. Lessi at this Institute recently completed a thesis
on the numerical simulation of pollutant transport in a saturated porous
medium.  Other research work has been reported in many publications,
references of which can be found in a recently published book by Fried
(1975).  (Institut de Mecanique des Fluides de Strasbourg, Universite
Louis Pasteur, Strasbourg, France).

     G. Vachuad and co-workers (M. Vauclin, J.L. Thony, J.P. Gaudet, R.
Haverkamp, and D. Khanji) at Institut de Mecanique, Grenoble, France are
actively involved with the description of fluid flow and mass transport
in saturated-unsaturated soils.  Recent work concerns the existence of
mobile/immobile water fractions in unsaturated soils, and attempts are
being made to include this concept in existing one- and two-dimensional
flow models  (Vachuad, et al, 1976; Gaudet, et al., 1977; Khanji, et al.,
197**;  Haverkamp, et al., 1977).  (Institute de Mecanique, Universite
Scientiflque et Medicale de Grenoble, B.P. 53, 380^0—Grenoble-Cedex,
France).
                                     178

-------
     Dr.'P.J. Wierenga and co-workers  (F.  De  Smedt,  M.Th.  van  Genuchten,
J.H. Dane and B.  Sisson)  at New Mexico State  University  have  developed
several models for describing transport processes  in the unsaturated  zone.
These models have been applied for heat transfer (Westcot  and  Wierenga,
197*0, fluid flow (Dane and Wierenga,  1975);  and the movement  of  adsorbing
chemicals (Wierenga et al., 1975;  O'Connor et al,  1976;  van Genuchten and
Wierenga, 1976, 1977).  A one-dimensional, transient, finite  difference
model was recently developed for the  simulation  of pesticide movement in
layered soiIs.

     Dr. G.F. Pinder and co-workers (M.Th. van Genuchten,  A.M. Shapiro) at
Princeton University have developed several one- and two-dimensional  finite
element models for contaminant transport in unsaturated  and saturated/
unsaturated soils.  A two-dimensional  cross-sectional model  (van  Genuchten
et al., 1977) is  currently being tested using an existing  landfill  site in
Pennsylvania.  A  similar model  is  under development  for  multi-ion transport
from land disposal sites.

     Dr. R.W. Cleary and co-workers (A.B.  Gureghian  and  S. Ward), also at
Princeton University have developed a  one-dimensional multi-ion finite
difference transport model for application to a  wastewater recharge area
on Long Island (Gureghian et al.,  1977), and  a three-dimensional  finite
element saturated-only transport model for application to  an existing
landfill, also on Long Island (Gureghian,  1977).   Application  of  these
models is currently being tested in the field.

     Dr. S.K. Gupta and others at the  University of  California, Davis have
recently developed a three-dimensional finite element, saturated-only
transport model (Gupta, et al., 1975).  Its application  to actual field
problems is currently being tested.  Drs.  D.R. Nielsen and J.W. Biggar and
co-workers at the same university are  actively involved  with  field testing
                                   179

-------
several one-dimensional transport models.  Major emphasis of current research
is directed to the spatial variability of field soils, including proper
formulation of the soil-hydraulic parameters in the unsaturated zone.
Recent research is documented in several publications (Warrick, et al.,
1977; Biggar and Nielsen, 1976; Van de Pol, 1977; Nielsen, et al., 1973).

     Dr. J.M. Davidson and Co-workers (H.M. Selim, R.S.  Mansel1, P.S.C.
Rao) at the University of Florida have developed and applied several
one-dimensional transport models to the movement of adsorbed chemicals
in soils.  These models include a one-dimensional, transient, unsaturated
finite-difference model for 2,A-D movement in soils (Selim', et  al., 1976),
and several steady-state models for study of the adsorption mechanisms
of pesticides and phosphorus into soil (Davidson, et al., 1972; Davidson
and McDougal, 1973; Rao, et al., 1976; Selim, et al., 1976).

     Drs. R.R. van der Ploeg and W. Ehlers at the University of Gottingen,
Germany have developed several  one- and two-dimensional  soil-water flow
models for application to field infiltration and redistribution.  Current
research is concerned with the transport of solutes in the unsaturated
zone in combination with the unsaturated flow programs (van der Ploeg  and
Bennecke, 197^; van der Ploeg,  197*»; Ehlers and van der  Ploeg,  1976).
(Institut fur Bodenkunde und Waldernahrung, Georg-August  Universitat,
Gottingen, Germany).

     Dr.  Logan and co-workers at the University of New Mexico have developed
several transport models for simulating the behavior of  radionuclides  in
soil.  Their work includes a fault-free model  for determination of the
release of radionclides and their impact on the environment.  Part of  this
investigation is a groundwater multi-ion transport model  for radionuclides
in soiIs.
                                    180

-------
     Dr. E. Elzy and others at the University of Oregon have developed a
simple, vertical-horizontal routing model for simulation of hazardous
contaminants from landfills (Elzy, et al., 197*0.  This model is currently
being updated (October, 1976).  The model was used by the Oregon Department
of Environmental Quality to evaluate the impact of pesticides on groundwater
quality.  Another model has recently been developed (Ungs, et al., 1976)
for the simulation of one-dimensional transport of adsorbing chemical in
unsaturated soils.  Research at this university has been directed towards
the formulation and analytical solution of one-dimensional, saturated-only
transport models for the movement of adsorbing chemicals in soils (Lindstorm
and Boersma, 1971, 1973; Lindstorm and Stone, 197*0.

     Dr. G.J. Farquhar and co-workers at the University of Waterloo are
presently constructing a three-dimensional finite-element model  for
predicting leachate concentrations at given points downgradient from a
landfill.  Several other researchers at this university have developed or
are presently developing and testing two- and three-dimensional  transport
models.  They include:  a three-dimensional saturated/unsaturated transport
model (Segol, 1975); a two-dimensional  cross-sectional, saturated/unsaturated
model (Sykes, 1975); and a two-dimensional saturated-only model  (Pickens
and Lennox, 1976).

     Dr. R.J. Hanks and co-workers (L.G. King, S.W. Chi Ids, D.  Melamed)  at
Utah State University have developed several one-dimensional transport
models for application to irrigation return flow studies (King and Hanks,
1973, 1975; Chi Ids and Hanks,  1975).  Recent work is concerned with the
presence of sources and sinks  in the root zone due to solute precipitation
and dissolution processes (Melamed, et al., 1977).
                                     181

-------
     Drs. J.  Bear, D.  Zoslovasky,  S.  Irmoy,  and  co-workers at Technion -
 Israel Institute of Technology have  developed  and  solved various water- and
solute-transport models for evaluating problems  associated with  irrigation
and groundwater quality.  Many of  these models were  developed to study
processes and, thus, were not applied to large 1'and  areas or aquifer systems.
Considerable expertise exists in this laboratory,  and many of the projects
currently underway should be of value to other scientists working in this
area.

     Several  other organizations,  notably consulting firms, have developed
or are presently developing groundwater transport  models.  A three-dimensional
FD/MOC model  has been developed by INTERA/INTERCOMP  Resource Development
and Engineering, Inc.  for simulation  of contaminant  transport in heterogeneous
aquifers.  The model considers adsorption processes  and has been applied to
groundwater contamination from surface mining, and to tritium transport
at the Hanford Reservation, Washington (INTERA Environmental Engineers, Inc.,
INTERCOM? Resource Development and Engineering,  Inc., 1201 Dairy Ashford,
Suite 200, Houston, Texas 77079).
                                 182

-------
Assessment
     While present assessments  of  the  state of the art  in groundwater
contamination modeling demonstrate that  mathematical models can be used
successfully for evaluating potential  pollution problems from waste
disposal  sites, it is not clear whether  or not they possess the inherent
capability to serve as tools for site  selection or approval procedures.
If a mathematical  model  were to be used  as a  decision procedure,  it
should have at least the following characteristics:

     1.  The model should be rational, mathematically sound, and
         accurately represent the  complete system.

     2.  The model should include  all  significant physical, chemical,
         and biological  mechanisms that  would influence the migration
         of contaminants from the  waste  disposal site through the
         unsaturated zone into the groundwater system.

     3.  The model should be sufficiently simple so that it would be
         accessible to individuals other than the modeler himself
         (i.e., to engineers and other experts).

     J*.  The model should also be  economic.   Costs associated with
         execution of the model and for  maintaining a technical staff
         for quantification of the model parameters should be kept to
         a "reasonable" minimum.

     Assuming for the moment that  a model, either currently available
or under development, can be found which satisfies all of the above
requirements, its use as a decision procedure has numerous advantages.
The following discussion gives  a brief description of the advantages
and benefits associated with the use of  simulation models as a
                                    183

-------
decision procedure.   (See also Grimsrud et al., 1976 for an excellent
discussion of the main advantages and limitations of the use of
mathematical models for water-quality simulations.)

     Advantages.  The following advantages can be stated for the use of
development and simulation models.

          Quantitative Predictions.  The simulation  of a proposed waste
disposal system in a given hydrogeologic setting can result in the
quantitative prediction of the contamination potential to a receiving
groundwater system.  This feature alone gives a computer simulation
model a unique advantage over other procedures.  Types and levels of
contaminants at various points and at different time Intervals can
easily be quantified.  In addition, the shape of a contamination plume,
if present, can be described by such a model.

          Predictions Before the Fact.  Simulation of possible leachate
migration from a proposed waste disposal site Into the groundwater
system would give decision makers an advance picture as to the potential
for groundwater pollution before a sIte Is formally  accepted for waste
disposal.  Such Information can be used to modify the design,  to alter
management procedures, or to reject the site as an acceptable site
for waste disposal.

          Identification of Soil/Waste Parameters.  If a computer
simulation model is used to simulate the behavior of a proposed site,
it may be possible to determine the key parameters that control the
pollution potential of that site, and hence lead to suggestions for
proper modification of these key parameters.  For Instance, If the lack
of reactive earth materials (e.g., clays)  is the key factor for migration
of certain toxic elements, another sfte could be selected or clays
could be imported to the original site.

-------
     Multiple Site/Waste Analysis.   Simulations  can  be  a  useful
tool in matching different types of wastes and disposal  sites.   Models
could optimize the waste/site interactions in a  manner  that  would
minimize the pollution potential from each site.

          Versat i1e Tool.  A simulation model  is  a versatile tool;
useful applications include:  (1)  ranking of several  candidate  sites
with respect to their pollution potential; (2) optimization  of  monitoring
locations for early detection of contaminants; (3) design and location  of
contaminant retrieval  systems (e.g., wells)  for  optimum recovery of
contaminants from current sites when it is clear that unacceptable
pollution is present;  and (A) potential use as a tool to  determine
effective management practices of waste disposal  sites  (e.g., waste
segregation, lining, impervious covers, etc.).

          Research Tool.  An advantage of simulation  models, not directly
associated with its use as a decision procedure,  but  of equal importance,
results when the model is used to study the performance of established
waste disposal  sites.   Because many of the interactive  soil-physical  and
chemical processes operating on the waste are not sufficiently  understood,
simulation of existing disposal  sites with given  waste/soil  combinations
may lead to a greater understanding of how these  complex  interactive
processes behave.   This  in turn may lead to the  formulation  of  new theories,
for example, regarding the existence of certain  adsorption mechansims,  or
certain chemical chain or precipitation reactions. Thus, the models  are
a valuable research tool for studying certain components  in  the system.

     Pi sadvantages.  The following  is a brief discussion  of  the main
disadvantages and limitations associated with simulation  models  as a
decision procedure.
                                  105

-------
          Lack of Testing and Verification.  Probably the most serious
limitation for the Immediate application of simulation models to site
selection and approval procedures Is the general  lack of testing,
calibration, and field verification of available  models.  This
shortcoming Is significant In that It can be expected that decisions
based on predictions by untested, uncallbrated and/or unverified
models will be challenged In the courts and, hence, may create an
unnecessary burden on regulatory agencies.

          Input Parameters.   A successful simulation Is dependent upon
the availability and accuracy of the different system parameters and
input variables.  This is another significant limitation for direct
application of models as a decision procedure.  Some of the difficulties
in quantifying such parameters are:

     1.  Lack of understanding of certain soil/waste Interactions.
         Although much has been learned In recent years about the
         physical and chemical Interactions between soils and certain
         chemicals, much remains to.be done to quantify these relations
         into formulas for use In simulation models.  This is especially
         true for those systems containing adsorption and/or exchange
         reactions, chemical  chain reactions, and decay.

     2.  Lack of standard procedures for quantifying major input
         variables (for example, adsorption and/or exchange constants,
         decay constants, and dispersion coefficients).

     3.  General  lack of field data on hydrogeologIc parameters  and
         behavior of contaminants (especially non-conservative ones)  In
         subsurface environments.  There is uncertainty about precision
         and accuracy of major hydrologlc and geochemical  parameters.
                                    186

-------
     *4.  Difficulty and cost of conducting laboratory and field experiments
         for quantification of Input data.

          Complexity of Models.  Computer simulation models are generally
not easily understood by the "average" technical staff that would be
associated with site selection or approval.  The use of simulation models
requires a degree of expertise for analyzing the system, quantifying the
model  Input parameters, executing the model, and interpreting Its results.
While simplification of such models would overcome some of these limitations,
it would also Impair the accuracy of the model  and Its capability to
describe the true processes In the system.  Furthermore, using models
without an understanding of their logic, capabilities, and limitations
may result In misrepresentations of the physical system and lead to
unrealistic results.  Some of the required expertise Includes:  (1)
mathematics (computer science, programming, and systems analysis);
(2) engineering; (3) earth sciences (soil physics, soil chemistry, and
hydrogeology); and  (A)  laboratory and field experimentation.

          Equipment and Facilities.  The use of simulation models
requires that sophisticated equipment and certain facilities  be available.
These include:  (1) a computer, and possibly plotters and other data-processing
facilities for execution of the model; and (2)  laboratory and field
equipment for quantification of waste/soil characteristics and major
input parameters (adsorption and cation exchange properties,  dispersion
coefficients, soil  hydraulic properties, etc.).

          Accuracy and  Precision.  The accuracy and precision of most
existing models are still uncertain.   Many factors contribute to this:
                                  187

-------
      1.  Unknown accuracy of the main parameters entering the  model
         (as discussed above).

      2.  Many of the transport phenomena simulated in currently-available
         models are limited to those which can be expressed in an
         explicit manner.  The successful  use of a simulation  model
         requires that the different mechanisms present in the system  can
         be quantified.  Because many of the complex soi1-physical,
         chemical, and biological processes are still under discussion,
         their quantification into reliable mathematical  expressions
         remains doubtful (if not impossible).  For example,  it is known
         that extreme variations in quantity and quality  of leachate
         occur in time, probably as an interplay between  such  variables
         as rainfall/evaporation, temperature, pH, and age of  the waste.
         Reliable predictions of leachate  generation cannot be obtained
         before these interrelationships have been studied in  detail
         and certain quantitative relationships have been established.

      3.  Oversimplification of the actual  physical processes occurring
         at the site and/or the receiving  aquifer in order to  complete
         the simulation.  For example, heterogeneity of the site and the
         receiving aquifer are generally only included in a very
         approximate manner (e.g., channeling processes in a sanitary
         landfill, fractured flow in an aquifer, etc.).

          Costs.   The above limitations of using simulation models
generally result  in higher costs.  These costs are associated  with
modeling expertise, sophisticated computers, laboratory and field
experimentation,  calibration and field verification of the model, and
defending the model results.  A summary assessment of models  is given
on Table 40.

-------
                             TABLE  ^40




                   SUMMARY ASSESSMENT OF MODELS






PROS




  • Quantitative -  predictive tool.




  • Identification  of soil/waste  parameters.




  • Assessment of pollution potential.




  • Versati1ity.




  • Research  tool.






CONS




  • Insufficient understanding of some processes.




  • Insufficient testing and calibration.




  • Lack of field verification.




  • Difficulty of laboratory and  field quantification of parameters.




  « Requires  specialized skills and equipment.




  • High operating  cost.
                           189

-------
Avallabili ty
     In spite of the many limitations described above,  the  use of
computer-simulation models as a decision procedure  for  landfill  siting
has an excellent potential because of its predictive  approach.   The
usefulness of a simulation model is a direct  consequence  of the  type
of questions being asked since the model should be  commensurate  with
these questions.  For example, many currently-available models possess
the capability of describing the migration of a contaminant plume or
of IDS, chloride, BOD, etc.  Provided some additional field verifications
are carried out, these models could be available as a decision procedure
within approximately three years.  (See Table 29.)  For the more complex
cases, such as the migration of certain toxic trace elements or  organic
chemicals, additional study appears necessary, but  it is  estimated that
appropriate models for these constituents will be available within a
period of approximately 6 to 10 years.

     While it is obvious that no clear picture exists as  to whether a
model  will  ever simultaneously simulate all physical  and  chemical
processes present in the system, it is also doubtful  that such a model
should be used.  Many situations lend themselves to analysis without
needing a complete model.  When certain waste/soil  combinations  can be
identified, models can lead to relatively-accurate  predictions,  even  if
more than one ion has to be considered in the simulations.

     Considerable expertise is available, but it must be  integrated into
a few relatively accurate, simple conceptual  mathematical models.  This
will require the cooperation of experts in widely different fields, such
as soil-physicists, soil-chemists, civil engineers, hydrogeolegists,
mathematicians, and computer modelers.  Considerable  progress in simulation
technology has been obtained in the last ten  years; however, much research
is obviously still needed.  This research will likely result in  new and/or
improved models, thereby continuously updating existing capabilities  for
simulating the behavior of proposed and operative waste disposal systems.
                                   190

-------
     "Model" Decision Procedure.   A "Model" Decision Procedure has  been
prepared by Weston as shown in Table It1!.   The intent of this "Model"
Decision Procedure is to show the basic steps involved, which are:
(1) input - specify and aqulre the basic  data base for waste and  site
characterization; (2) analysis -  compile, assimilate,  and evaluate  these
data to determine probable waste/site interactions and potential  impacts;
and (3) output - the decision to  issue (or reject) a permit  and the type
of disposal operation that will be required.

     This "Model" Decision Procedure is not meant to be adopted as  the
"standard" decision procedure, but is presented here to indicate  the steps
in the overall decision making process.  It is also intended to show how
and where the various identified  decision procedures and "subroutines" fit
into this overall procedure.
                                 191

-------
                                  TABLE  in

                         "MODEL" DECISION PROCEDURE
INPUT - AQUIRE BASIC DATA
                                                  Procedure
                                       Criteria Listing
                                       Criteria Ranking
                                       Matrix
Waste Characterization

Type:  Industrial

          SIC
          Plant name/location
          Waste stream

       Municipal

          Speci fy waste/
          source

      Other

          Speci fy waste/
          source

Amount:   Volume or weight
         Rate of generation

Physical:  Solid
           Liquid
           Sludge

Chemica1:  pH
           Toxicity
           Major constituents (by  volume, weight or  concentration)
           Minor constituents (by  volume, weight or  concentration)
      Biological:   Degradabi1ity
                   Organic content

I I.    Site Characterization

      Location
      Topography
      Climatology
      Land use
      Soils
      Geology
      Hydrology
                                 Criteria  Listing
                                 Criteria  Ranking
                                 Matrix
                                 192

-------
                                  TABLE J»1
                                 (continued)
ANALYSIS - ASSIMILATE AND EVALUATE DATA
                                                    Procedure
II
Waste

Solubil ity
   waste/water

Leachability
   waste/leachate

Toxicity index



Site

Water budget
      Water flux
         infi1tration
         underflow

      Permeability (cm/sec)

      Depth to  water  table
      and/or bedrock

III.   Interaction/Attenuat ion

      Soi1/waste/leachate,
      ground water/leachate,
      ground water/ surface water
 IV.   Impacts

      Ground water,
      surface water
                                       Shaker test
                                       Standard leachate test
                                       Texas Water Quality Board
                                       Illinois State Geological Survey
                                       Other agencies
Standard:  P = R + ET + GWR +_ GWS
(Precipitation = Runoff +
Evapotranspiration + ground water
runoff (baseflow) +_ ground water
storage.
(Baseflow) +^ Ground Water Storage)

Moisture routing models
                                 Field/lab procedures


                                 Backhoe pits, borings
                                 Shaker test
                                 column test
                                 Oakes dilution model
                                 Mathematical  computer models
                                 Soil/waste interaction matrix
                                 Criteria Ranking
                                 Background  water quality,
                                 drinking  water standards,
                                 stream standards
                                 Mathematical/computer models
                                 Criteria  Ranking
                                193

-------
                                  TABLE 1*1
                                 (continued)

OUTPUT - DECISION TO PERMIT AND TYPE OF OPERATION

                                                   Procedure

I.  Permit Disposal  (Methodology)       Classification System (C.S.)
                                          (California, Texas,  Illinois)
    Direct land disposal

       Containment                     (note:   Criteria Listing inherent
       Attenuation                        in  C.S.;  matrix and  models
          Controlled discharge            used as "subroutines" in
          Uncontrolled discharge          analysis  steps above)

    P re treatment - then above

II. Reject permit application

-------
                                 SECTION VI
                         REGULATORY AGENCY PRACTICES

     In order to assess actual waste disposal permit procedures being
utilized, selected domestic and foreign regulatory agencies were visited
and Interviewed.  Those agencies contacted were chosen on the basis of
their being considered most progressive with respect to the type and
comprehensiveness of their waste regulatory programs and extent of
application.  Emphasis was placed on selecting those regulatory agencies
that have specifically addressed the problem of hazardous waste disposal.

Regulatory Agencies Contacted
     The following regulatory agencies were contacted during the course
of this Investigation:

   • Domestic;
         1.  California State Water Resource Control Board (WRCB),
             California State Solid Waste Management Board (SWMB), and
             California Department of Health.

         2.  Illinois Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

         3.  Minnesota Pollution Control  Agency (PCA).

         ^.  New York State Department of Environmental  Conservation (DEC)

         5.  Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Resources (DER).

         6.  Texas Department of Health Resources  (DHR),  and Texas Water
             QualIty Board (WQB).
                                      195

-------
   © Fore I gn;
         7.  Canada - Ontario Ministry of the Environment (OME).

         8.  Netherlands - The Institute for Waste Disposal  (SVA).

         9.  United Kingdom - Department of the Environment  (DOE),  and
             The Greater London Council (GLC).

        10.  West Germany - Office of the State of Bavaria for
             Environmental Protection, and Institute for Wasser and
             AbfalIwlrtschaft.

     A contact form for each of these agencies Is provided In Appendix C,
Regulatory Agency Contacts.  Information provided In these forms  and
attachments to them describe the type of permit procedure utilized  and
the permit application review and processing procedure.  A discussion Is
also provided covering salient points of that particular procedure, with
emphasis placed on the manner In which hazardous wastes are  regulated.

     Copies of supporting documents for each regulatory agency contacted
are provided In Appendix D, Supporting Documents for Permit  Application
and Processing.  These documents Include the following categorical  Items:
(1) permit application forms and modules; (2) guidelines for
specifications and criteria for waste disposal facility construction;
and (3) other pertinent diagrams on a select basis,  such as  organizational
flow charts for the permit review process.
                                      196

-------
Assessment of Regulatory Practices
     A detailed assessment of the waste-permitting procedures  for each
of the regulatory agencies contacted on an individual  basis  is  extremely
difficult.  This difficulty results from the fact that the existing
procedures for waste disposal siting and, In particular,  those  for
hazardous waste disposal, are either generally being developed  or are
undergoing further development and modification.   For most of  the agencies
contacted, these changes are considered by them to be significant, both
in content and Impact, on their waste management  program.

     A more beneficial assessment of the regulatory procedures  is
considered to be provided by a discussion and comparative assessment of
the various approaches taken, with emphasis on an overview perspective.
Such an approach can better Identify and assess areas  of  common approach
and areas where different approaches are taken.  Some  salient points for
each of the regulatory programs identified have been summarized,  as
shown In Table k2, to facilitate this overview assessment.   Those points
considered that could be most easily identified and specified  include
the following:  the decision procedure utilized;  the status  of
regulations for hazardous waste disposal; whether hazardous  wastes are
regulated separately, or jointly with municipal wastes; the  mode  of
waste disposal (containment versus attenuation);  the permeability
required for containment; cost to acquire permits,  where estimates are
available; time requirements for permit review and processing;  and
regulatory manpower requirements to process the permits.

     The mode of disposal for hazardous wastes  for each of the  agencies
contacted Is by containment, with few exceptions;   Those  few exceptions
include the co-disposal  of limited amounts  of hazardous wastes  with
municipal refuse on a waste- and site-specific basis.  This  practice Is
permitted in Pennsylvania, New York, Canada,  and  the United  Kingdom.
Municipal wastes, on the other hand, are permitted  for disposal primarily
                                    197

-------
CO
                                                                           TABLE  k2

                               SELECTED  FACTORS  IN THE  ASSESSMENT  OF  REGULATORY AGENCY  PERMIT  PRACTICES
Regulatory Agency
Perml t
Procedure ,
Status of
Regulations
Regulatory Authority
Model of 4
Disposal
Containment
Permeabi 1 Ity
(cm/ sec)
Domestic
California Regional Water
Quality Control Board
Cal ifornia State Sol id
Waste Management Board
.California Department of
Health
Illinois Environmental
Protection Agency

Minnesota Pollution
Control Agency

New York Department of
Environmental Conservation
Pennsylvania Department of
Environmental Resources

Texas Department of
Health Resources
Texas Water Quality
Board

Foreign
Canada - Ontario Ministry
of the Environment

Netherlands - SVA

United Kingdom - Greater
London Counci 1
West Germany - Office of
State of Bavaria for
Environmental Protection

Indicates agency responsible
^Includes both municipal (MW)

Class i f i cat ion
System
C I ass if i cat ion
System
C lass i f icat ion
System
Classification
System

Cr i ter ia
Listing

C r i te r i a
Listing
Criteria
Li st i ng

C lass! f icat ion
System
C lass! f icat ion
System


C r i te r,; a
Li st ing

Criteria
Li st ing
C lass if icat ion
System
C r i te r i a
Li st ing


for hazardous
and hazardous

Revised
December 1976
Revised 1976

Feb. 1975
Being Revised
Rev i sed-Pending
Approval mid-
1978
Being Provided
(Draft Reg.
June 1977)
Rev i sed
August 1977
Revi sed
June 1977

Rev i sed
Apri 1 1977
Rev i sed-Pend ing
Approval Late
1977

SW-Rev i sed
Feb. 1976
HW-Being Drafted
Being Revised

Revised 1976

SW-Rev i sed
Sept. 1976
HW-Being
Drafted
waste regulation.
wastes (HW) unless

Hazardous Wastes

Municipal Wastes

Hazardous Wastes

Both


Both


Both
separate sect ions
Both


Municipal Wastes

Hazardous Wastes



Both
separate sections

Both

Both

Both




specified.

Containment

Containment

Conta inment

Conta i nment


Conta i nment


Both as
spec if ied
Both as
speci f ied

Conta inment

Conta inment



Attenuat ion


Attenuat ion

Attenuat ion

Conta inment






m-<*\ x
MW:^£I x
HW'-^l x
MW:^1 x
HW:^1 x
MW ^1 x
HW: !--=
1 l-£
MW: £
HW:iSl x


HW:^1 x

HW-^1 x
MW: ^1 x
if spec
HW:*^1 x

HU:^1 x
MW:==1 x


not speci


not speci

not speci

HW: ' not
MW:^I x





'°1
10'6
101
to"6
'°1
10 6
1 x lO-8^
5 x 10
1 x 10 '
lO'7


lO'7

10-;
10'7,
if ied
lO'7
10'7
10'7
io"7


f ied


f ied

f ied

spec i f ied
io-°




Time Process
Applicant Costs for Permits -
Permit Aqulsition^ Range end Average
Technical Hearing (months)

$250,000 $100,000 8-18; 12
to
800,000
8-18; 12
8-18; 12

25,000 1-3; 1i
to
50,000
25,000 up 6-12; 8
to to
200,000 50,000

3-6; 3
15.000* up to 6-18; 12
60,000

2i-l6- 7

50,000 5,000 6-12; 8
to to
200,000 10,000

50,000 20,000 8-36; 2U


NA

up to $2.63 mi 1 1 ion 2-9; 3
total
20,000 6-2l»; 12
to
90,000



Regulatory Staff
Processing Time
(hours)
Technical Admltt.

80 12


NA6 NA
NA NA

80 16


320 80



35 5
280 20


83 17

2<*0 112



NA NA




NA NA

NA NA





        ^Municipal and/or hazardous wastes.
        -Municipal wastes only, all hazardous wastes require containment unless otherwise specified.
        jjcosts given are gross estimates general Jy for off-site facilities.
        "Information not available.

-------
by containment In California, Illinois, Texas, and West Germany.
Municipal waste disposal  with reliance on attenuation of waste leachates
Is permitted by the remaining agencies contacted, unless specified
differently on an Individual  case basis.

     Decision Procedures  Utilized.  The decision procedures utilized
for waste disposal  siting and permitting for each of those regulatory
agencies contacted  are the Criteria Listing or Classification System.
As shown in Table ^2, the Classification System is used by California,
Illinois, Texas,  and the  United Kingdom.  The Criteria Listing approach
is utilized by the  other  agencies contacted.

     A basic approach to  the  land disposal  of wastes In the United
Kingdom Is outlined in Circular 39/76, published by the Department of
the Environment entitled, "A  Balancing of Interests between Water
Protection and Waste Disposal" (see Appendix D).  This circular presents
the dilute and disperse approach  as the most reasonable for most  wastes.
Factors that are to be considered in assessing the environmental  risks
associated with dilute and disperse are:

   e The volume of  the aquifer considered to be at risk, present  and
     future uses  of the water.  If the usefulness of a aquifer is not
     great, then  an alternate water supply  should be made.

   « Hydrogeologic  characteristics of the site, Including the ability
     to attenuate leachate.

   e Volume and rate of waste to  be deposited, Including the possible
     interaction  of wastes and the ability  of leachate to be attenuated.
                                    199

-------
     This dilute and disperse philosophy entails not only the dispersion
of hazardous wastes throughout non-hazardous wastes (municipal) at a
given site, but the disposal of a given hazardous waste at several
different disposal sites such that the concentration of that waste Is
within the  limits of acceptability.  Attitudes of other regulatory
agencies, particularly the water resource oriented agencies, and public
pressure, however, are such that an Increasing amount of wastes are
being deposited utilizing the method of containment.

     Each agency has stated that the waste/site permitting procedure Is
based upon:  (1) an objective description and quantification of both waste
and site characteristics; (2) the combined expertise of the permit review
personnel; and (3) by comparison with empirical data generated from
existing analagous waste/site disposal situations.  In the final analysis
therefore, a subjective decision Is made based upon utilization of
objective data and analysis to the degree that the data will permit.  It
Is universally agreed by both regulatory and non-regulatory experts that
this final decision must of necessity be subjective since no alternative
procedure presently exists or Is anticipated to exist within the near
future which could be relied upon for a final objective decision.

         This fact results from the realization that there are complex
Interrelationships between waste and site characteristics which are
variable In space and time.  Futhermore, these Interrelationships are
not presently sufficiently understood or expected to be sufficiently
understood  In the foreseeable future for such an objective decision-making
procedure.  This Is not to say that other procedures do not exist which
will prove  Invaluable In aiding to make the final subjective decision,
                                     200

-------
but rather each waste/site situation can  be taken  to  be  somewhate  unique
and, therefore, judgement value and subjected decision making will  always
be necessary.

     The following additional  categories  are addressed  In  the overview
assessment of the permit procedures.

     Relevancy and Completeness of Data Requirements.  Each  of  the
regulatory agencies contacted  consider that the  data  requirements
requested In their respective  permit application forms and supplemental
reports are both relevant and  complete for the purposes  of making  a
decision for the permitting of a specific waste  disposal site or a
specific waste being assigned  to an existing site.  The  detailed Criteria
Listing chart shown In Appendix D Indicates those  site characterization
criteria required by some of the regulatory agencies  contacted  and,
further, Indicates an apparent wide range In the degree  of specific
detailed information requested.  It should be noted,  however, that  each
regulatory agency contacted does require  a hydrogeologic report for
adequate site characterization which would Include most, if  not all, of
those Individual parameters shown on the  Criteria  Listing.

     An area of potential weakness, however, is  that  of  "adequate or
sufficient" site characterization.   Some  of the  regulatory agencies
contacted Indicate that borings may be required, but  In  fact are not
routinely required.  For wastes other than truly inert,  insoluble,
demolition type waste, It Is considered that borings  are necessary  to
ver'lfy, at a minimum, the texture and type of soils and  geologic deposits
present at a given site and to quantitatively and qualitatively determine
and assess the underlying groundwater conditions.
                                   201

-------
     Waste characterization  is required by each agency contacted.  Those
waste characteristics requiring definition are type, volume or amount,
source, concentration of certain parameters (i.e., anions, cations heavy
metals, pH), and the nature of the waste (liquid, solid, sludge).  Many
agencies now require a Teachability test for hazardous materials to
determine the degree of solubility of critical constituents.  Some
agencies will permit the direct disposal of liquid acid waste directly
into a landfill, while others will require that waste be in a sludge
form, with a minimum percentage solids specified, and that pH
neutralization be provided.

     Public hearings are required by most of the agencies contacted and,
where not required, are becoming more commonplace due to increased public
pressure.  These hearings do result in additional costs which are often
significant to both parties due to the general public attitude that
insufficient data have been acquired to properly assess or ensure that
adverse environmental impacts will not occur.   Such public attitudes
exist even when lined disposal sites are proposed with the provision for
leachate collection and treatment.

     Ease of Data Acquisition and Analysis.  The ease of data gathering
on the part of the permit applicant is highly  variable.  Generally, the
more uniform the soils and geology of the proposed waste disposal site,
the greater the ease in acquisition of the required data for site
characterization.  Obviously, larger sites with a greater natural
variation of physical parameters will  require  more time and, accordingly,
greater cost for data acquisition.  Waste characterization is also
variable and is dependent upon the type and complexity of the waste
itself and whether it is largely a single component or mixed-waste
stream.  Ease of data acquisition, therefore,  is largely a function of
variability,  i.e., the greater the waste and site variability, the
greater the cost.
                                      202

-------
     A side  issue, which can become a major issue,  is the need for mutual
understanding by both the permit applicant and grantor as to what is
required to  adequately characterize both the waste and the disposal  site
and the method of disposal to be utilized.  Not infrequently, there may
be a lack of understanding of the adequacy of characterization on the
part of the  permit applicant.  In addition, there may also be a "changing
on the ground rules" by the  regulatory agencies to require additional
data or a more-sophisticated characterization of the initial data.
Meetings between parties at  the outset of a proposed waste disposal
operation and at critical stages throughout the permit review process
will minimize such difficulties..  Most if not all  agencies encourage
this approach, but applicants may be reluctant to pursue this course of
action for various reasons.

     The aspect of ease of data analysis is also directly associated
with the variability of both the waste and the site.  More effort is
required for analysis for more complex and variable waste/site
s i tuations.

     The type of personnel and their level  of experience and competency
in  the field of waste management has a significant direct bearing on the
ease of data analysis on the part of both parties.  A balanced team  of
sanitary and chemical engineers,  hydrogeologists,  and soil  scientists at
a minimum will  greatly enhance the ease of data analysis.  Inexperience
or  lack of personnel  in the key disciplines mentioned above can and  often
does lead to extended difficulties in data analysis and timely permit
process ing.
                                     203

-------
     Consistency of Permit Procedure.  Those regulatory agencies contacted
have stated that the interpretation and enactment of the permit
application procedure is consistent at different sites within their area
of jurisdiction.  Realistically, however, there is a varying degree of
stringency of application among at least some of the agencies contacted.
This flexibility relates to such variables as:  the need for a disposal
site in that particular area; the occasional emergency situation for
waste disposal due to such acts as flooding or major accidents or spills;
the proximity to urban areas or, conversely, the location in an extremely
remote rural area; the proximity to significant aquifers; and the degree
of involvement and activity of public and environmental groups.

     One specific area of variable application of the permit procedure
has been identified with the New York State DEC.  Landfill  sites are
permitted for the disposal of municipal refuse in the majority of the
state except Long Island proper with reliance upon natural  attenuation
of waste leachates.  Those sites permitted on Long Island,  however, do
require liners which preferably are natural clay materials  for the
containment of waste leachates to facilitate their collection and
subsequent treatment.  This more stringent control  of land  disposal sites
on Long Island is directly related to the need to protect the underlying
groundwater resources which are the sole source of water supply for that
area.

     The permeability required for containment of hazardous  wastes ranges
             -7                    -8
from ^1 x 10 '  cm/sec to  < 1 x 10   cm/sec.  The permeability requirement
for containment of municipal wastes ranges from < 1  x 10   cm/sec to
      -8
5 x 10   cm/sec.  There is a need to standardize the permeability
requirement for both hazardous waste and municipal  waste containment,
particularly the former.  There is also a need to standardize the minimum
requirement for the depth to water below a disposal site and the thickness
of the confining layer for the standardization of the specified
permeability control.  These needs will be addressed in the  Section VII,
Recommended Development Plan.

                                     20 A

-------
      Comprehensiveness of Procedure.  Each agency contacted considers
 that  the  permit procedure utilized  is sufficiently comprehensive to
 account for variation of both waste and site characteristics.  As
 previously stated, each waste/site disposal operation is evaluated on an
 individual case-by-case basis.   It  is felt that these procedures do
 provide the best assurance that waste and site variables are sufficiently
 identified and assessed prior to permit approval.

      The  Classification System,  in  itself, is a comprehensive procedure
 in that all waste types, exclusive of radioactive waste, are identified
 if only in a general sense.  These waste types are then assigned to
 disposal  site types with specified natural or manmade waste leachate
 control criteria.  The Criteria Listing approach in actual operation
 leads to  a Classification System analysis and assignment of waste or
 site  construction criteria, although it is not inherently so structured.

      Level of Confidence.  Those regulatory agencies contacted also
 expressed a high level  of confidence in the decision procedures utilized
 for the permitting of waste disposal operations.   Since each waste/site
 disposal operation is handled on a case-by-case basis, decisions can be
 made with confidence that minimum or no adverse impacts will  occur.  This
 degree of confidence is reinforced by the increasingly stringent disposal
 standards which are placing greater reliance on a mode of deposition by
waste containment.   With this form of deposition,  most of the "guess
work" with respect to the adequacy of attenuation of leachates  produced
 is removed from the decision  making process,  since attenuation  will not
 be utilized except as a back-up mechanism should  the containment
mechanisms fai1.
                                     205

-------
     While certain landfills designed for leachate containment have in
fact caused leachate breakouts, it is extremely difficult at best to
ascribe a "failure rate" to the decision-making process.  One and
possibly two of the eleven permitted Class I  disposal sites in California
have resulted in limited leachate discharges.  However, these breakouts
cannot be considered a failure or shortcoming of the decision procedure.
Rather, the presence of leachate breakouts is thought to be the result
of a localized permeability that was higher than the specified criteria
in the site design.  Actual numbers were rarely available on court
hearings related proposed site denials, but it was repeatedly stated by
the agencies contacted that both "very few" and "no" site denials had
been issued following the technical regulatory permit review and approval.

     In the great majority of cases where site problems have developed,
these problems can be shown to be primarily related to actual  .site
operation and not site design or a shortcoming of the decision procedure
to permit the site.  Poor site management, imporper daily practices, and
practices that do not conform to site design criteria are the major
contributory reasons resulting in subsequent problems arising.

Permit Costs
     Costs incurred by the regulation agencies in the permit review
process were not available.  Those costs incurred by the applicant are
given in Table 38, but it must be emphasized that these are gross
estimates.  Cost estimates do range from a low of several thousand dollars
for a demolition disposal site or a small landfill to over $1  million
for a large municipal landfill or "secured landfill" for hazardous waste
di sposal.
                                        206

-------
Process Time
     The time required for the review of the permit application and the
issurance of that permit varies substantially between regulatory agencies,
As shown in Table 38, the processing time required ranges from a low of
1 month (Illinois) to up to three years (Canada).  The overall average
processing time is approximately 9 months.

     The internal time requirements for processing range from a low
estimate of 40 hours (New York) to more than 330 (Texas Water Quality
Board).  The time required for some of the agencies contacted is given
in Table 38 where it can be seen that it is a highly variable factor, if
in fact it can be estimated.

Self Assessment
     A detailed "self assessment" has been prepared by the staff of the
Texas Department of Health Resources of their permit procedures program.
This assessment relates to the municipal  solid waste facilities permit
program.  The following self assessment has been made:

     1.  Assess the relevancy and completeness of information requested
         of permit applicants for making permit decisions:

              The "Design Criteria" section of the January 1976
              "Municipal  Solid Waste Management Regulations" stated that
              design factors to be considered should provide for
              safeguarding the health, welfare, and physical property of
              the people through consideration of geology, soil
              conditions, drainage, land use, zoning, adequacy of
              access, economic haul distances, and other conditions as
              the specific site indicates.   Information obtained from the
              applicant generally addressed all design factors in
              sufficient detail on which to base a sound decision.
                                      207

-------
         However, less than half of the applicants initially submit
         relevant and complete data with the application.  Therefore,
         in more than half of the cases, additional  data must be
         requested before the application can be processed.  This
         problem is more prevalent with small cities, counties, and
         operators which are applying for permits for facilities
         serving less than 5,000 persons.  More difficulty is
         experienced  in obtaining data for existing sites than for
         proposed sites.

2.  Evaluate the ease of data gathering and analysis on the part of
    the permit applicant and the permit grantor:

         The majority of the applicants for permits  for large
         facilities apparently have very little trouble in
         obtaining the required data for a permit application.   The
         applicants for small facility permits (less than 5fOOO
         population served)  have relatively more difficulty in
         obtaining data due to more limited staff and budget.

         The ease of analysis on the part of the permit grantor is
         directly related to the amount and quality  of data submitted
         by the applicant.  Considerable effort is frequently
         required to obtain necessary data from small operators.

3.  Assess the consistency in interpretation and application of the
    permit application process at different sites within the
    jurisdi ction:
                                208

-------
         The Department is aware that consistency is of great
         importance and has designed its internal procedures with
         that goal in mind.  Because Texas contains extreme
         variations in population densities, rainfall, hydrogeology,
         and other principal design factors, a policy of consistency
         is sometimes difficult to follow but is generally achieved.

b.  Evaluate how well the procedure accounts for both site and
    waste parameters, and determine the applicability of the
    procedure to a range of sites and waste characteristics:

         The procedure followed by this Department has worked quite
         well.   The range of site and waste characteristics varies
         from small rural  communities to large metropolitan areas.
         The Department has been able to adapt the permit procedures
         to both extremes and those occurring in between.

5.  Identify the level of confidence in decisions made, both as to
    site rejection and site approval:

         There  is little doubt that the proper decisions have been
         made.   This  is backed up by the fact that out of **36
         permits which have been issued and 18 permits which have
         been denied  during the past 2 1/2 years only four decisions
         (2 approvals and 2 denials) have been taken to court.  The
         court  upheld the decision in three cases and voided one
         approval on  the basis of procedural  error (a complete list
         of adjacent  property owners had not been submitted by the
         applicant and consequently all affected persons had not
         been advised of the opportunity to attend the public
         hearing). As a result, a rehearing was held which resulted
         in the denial of the permit.  Also, as a result of the
                                 209

-------
         court's ruling, the procedure of individually notifying
         adjacent property owners of public hearings was deleted
         from the regulations.

         One recent approval and one denial  are expected to be
         appea1ed.

6.  Determine costs of obtaining the permit  decision:

         See case history for City of Carrol 1 ton, Permit No. 750 and
         City of Mesquite, Permit No. 556.

         In addition to the Department's costs, other Federal, State,
         or local agencies incur costs as a  result of reviews which
         those agencies must make due to jurisdictional
         responsibilities they may have.  In  some cases, up to 10
         other agencies may evaluate a specific application.  Their
         costs are probably low, but in the case of the  City of
         Carroll ton's permit application, the Texas Water Development
         Board estimated its costs as $1,800  inasmuch as it had to
         issue a formal approval, after a hearing, for construction
         of required levees in a floodplain.

7.  Determine the time (maximum, minimum, average) required to obtain
    a permit.

         Since the start of the program in October 197^, the
         Department received approximately 625 permit applications
         within  a three (3) month period and  has received
         approximately 500 additional permit  applications since that
         time.  Considerable difficulty has  been experienced in
         obtaining information on existing sites.  During the past
                                210

-------
2 1/2 years, *»36 permits  have been  issued,  18  denied,  and
69 permit applications  have been withdrawn  during  processing,
mainly either because of  public opposition  to  the  site
operation or the applicant found  it too  expensive  to proceed.

     (a)   The maximum time to issue a  permit for a proposed
          site has been 16 months.   This was for the City
          of Victoria (Permit No.  120) which was opposed
          and involved  the reopening of  the hearing.

     (b)   Minimum programmed time to issue  a permit after
          permit application is complete when  processed on
          a normal basis  is A months and 3  weeks:

               2 weeks  to review application        15 days
               *» weeks  for review agency comments   30 days
               2 weeks  to schedule  public hearing   15 days
               3 weeks  for public hearing notice    20 days
              60 days for final decision            60 days
                                                   1*<0 days

          The actual  minimum time to issue  a permit for a
          proposed site has been 2  1/2 months.  This was
          for a transfer  station for Travis County  (Permit
          No. 119).

     (c)   Average time  to obtain a  permit under this program,
          since its start in 197** is 7 months  (for proposed
          sites, which  are given priority and  processing of
          applications  starts as soon as received).
                         211

-------
     8.  Determine staff requirements to process  permit  applications
         (man hours by labor class per permit application)  by  the
         regulatory agency.
              Engineering Supervisory Review
              Project Engineer
              Secretarial
              Legal Staff
              Legal Secretarial
              Regional Engineer-Inspection & Review
              Regional Secretarial
              Staff Geologist
              Supervisory Review
              Court Reporter
 8 man
36 man
12 man
15 man
 k man
15 man
 2 man
 3 man
 3 man
 2 man
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
                                                       100  man  hours
         This is an average figure over a 2  1/2-year period  although
         several highly-contested cases have required over 200  man hours.

Current/Future Trends
     Based upon the foregoing discussion, It has  become  clear that three
major modes of land disposal of wastes exist.  The  first mode of  disposal
places reliance on the containment of wastes and  waste leachates  produced
to avoid adverse impacts on surface and groundwater quality.  The second
mode of deposition places reliance on the assimilation of waste leachates
into the environment to an acceptable degree by the various  mechanisms of
attenuation.  The third mode of deposition does not rely on  containment
of waste or attenuation of leachate because  of the  inert nature of waste.
                                     212

-------
     Accordingly, three major classes of waste disposal  sites  have been
defined with three corresponding major groupings of wastes.  This
Classification System is best exemplified in the California waste
regulatory program.  It does apply generally, however,  to those
Classification Systems developed elsewhere, such as Texas, Illinois,  and
the United Kingdom.

     These Classification Systems may be most aptly summarized as
fo11ows :

          S i te Type    Mode of Disposal           Waste  Type
          Class I     Containment           Group 1  - Hazardous
          Class II   Limited containment,  Group 2  - Decomposable,
                     with attenuation                non-hazardous
          Class III  Few controls, no      Group 3  - Inert, i n-
                     containment or                  soluble
                     attenuation

     It is nearly universally agreed that hazardous wastes should  be
deposited in  a Class I  type sites.  Co-disposal  of  certain "hazardous"
wastes with municipal  wastes, however, is permitted on  a case-by-case
basis in a non-contained (Class II) site by some regulatory agencies.
In addition,  it is recognized that certain hazardous wastes must undergo
some  form of  pretreatment (such as neutralization,  fixation,  or
complexing)  prior to land disposal or some other form of disposal  such as
incineration.
                                     213

-------
     Although municipal wastes have been considered by many to represent
Group 2 wastes, the current trend by an increasing number of regulatory
agencies is for municipal wastes as well to be disposed of In a
containment site.  The third type of waste (Group 3)  by virtue of these
wastes being Inert and insoluble require little control other than
obvious site construction operation and aesthetic considerations.

     The overriding element of consideration becomes  one of the degree  of
risk associated with adverse environmental  impact.  The greater the
unknowns for a given waste/site situation, the greater the risk factor.
It Is clear from the assessment of those Identified pollution prediction
procedures that their applicability to "real  world" disposal  situations
is inversely proportional to the generally-accepted risk or hazard
involved for a given waste/site situation.   It has become equally clear
that with few exceptions, pollution-prediction procedures have no
application to the safe disposal of hazardous wastes  given the current
state of the art of prediction capabilities and economics of land
disposal.  The element of risk  is simply too high for them to be
considered, particularly in light of the "maximum site utilization"
philosophy mandated by current economics.  The Group  3 wastes on the
other hand do not require the use of pollution-prediction procedures,
since no polluting wastes or leachates are involved.

     The Group 2 wastes, those that are decomposable  but nonhazardous,
become therefore, the prime area for concentrated application of
pollution-prediction procedures.  Techniques to more  specifically define
those wastes that can be reliable and permanently assigned to Group 1
and Group 3 wastes are needed.  Concurrently, pollution prediction
techniques are needed which will permit the assignment of wastes to a
Group 2, Class II classification to maximize the beneficial  attenuation
capabilities of the environment while minimizing waste disposal costs.
                                    2 Hi

-------
     The decision procedures and pollution-prediction procedures
described in the next section have been recommended for further
development with these objectives in mind.
                                      215

-------
                                SECTION  VI I
                        RECOMMENDED  DEVELOPMENT  PLANS

     It is worth restating at  this point that several  types of decision
procedures have been identified  in the course of this  state-of-the-art
assessment.  These procedures  are as follows:
   « Cr i ter ia Li st ing.
   • Cri teria Ranking.
   « Matrix.
   •Classification System.
   • Models.
     The Criteria Listing procedure  provides a basis for objective site
characterization data which the  review personnel  can use to predict the
potential  for pollution and upon which to formulate a  decision for
issuing or rejecting a  site operation permit.  The Criteria Listing is
not structured to inherently be  a predictive or  decision tool, but does
provide the basic data  on which  experienced  review personnel can
formulate such action.   It is  the most basic of  the decision procedures
identified and is presently utilized by  over half of the regulatory
agencies contacted.  For this  reason, it is  recommended as a decision
procedure for further refinement and improvement within a three-year
development period.  This development plan is described below.

     The Criteria Ranking and  the Matrix approaches are both very similar
decision procedures in  that both assign  weighted values to various waste
and site criteria within an established  range.   While  these approaches
are predictive in nature by virtue of their  format, they do possess
major weaknesses.  The  most significant  weakness results from the fact
that the assigned weighted values for both the range of values and the
actual  value  assigned to a specific  parameter is somewhat arbitrary.   In
addition,  the "bottom line" number developed by  the ranking or matrix
                                    217

-------
analysis is then compared against some "standard" which  is  itself arbitrary.
The lack of testing, calibration, and verification  associated with these
approaches is another area of significant  weakness.   Due  to  these major
weaknesses and the fact that these procedures  have  had only  extremely-
limited applications, they are not being recommended  for  further development
at this time.  They are, however, useful  techniques for a preliminary
assessment of site suitability and particularly  for comparative assessment
of several candidate sites.

     The Classification System approach has  been identified  to have undergone
rather extensive on-line use (California)  and  to be comprehensive in the
assignment of all wastes (excluding radioactive  wastes) to specific types
of disposal sites.  Because of this comprehensive treatment  of wastes,
with emphasis on hazardous waste disposal, and the  indication that additional
regulatory agencies are utilizing this approach  (i.e., Texas, Illinois),
the Classification System has also been selected for  further development.

     The rapidly changing waste disposal  technology and legislative controls
for waste disposal, together with the "subroutines" such  as  leaching tests,
shaker tests, and mathematical modeling for  waste/site characterization
and interaction, indicate a need for a program of continual  updating and
refinement.  The Classification System Development  Plan described below
will encompass, therefore, both a short-term time frame  (3 years) and
a long-term time frame  (ten years).

     Various forms of simulation models,  such  as soil-leaching column
studies, shaker tests, and thin layer chromatography, are useful tools
for the evaluation of the pollution potential  for a waste/site situation.
These tools are in effect "subroutines" with respect  to the  larger
framework necessary for a usable decision  procedure for waste disposal
siting.  In addition, serious questions can  and  have  been raised as to
                                   218

-------
the reproducibi1ity,  representativness,  and  reliability  of  their  results.
For these reasons,  no further concentrated effort  is  recommended  for  these
approaches at this  time.

     Numerous mathematical  models  have  been  developed which also  attempt
to simulate an actual or  proposed  waste/site situation.   Serious  questions
have also arisen as to the reproducibi1ity,  representativeness, and
reliability of the  mathematical  modeling approach.   However,  some of
these models have undergone on-line testing, calibration, and verification.
The major advantages  of such models is  that  they can  be  a strong  predictive
tool for use in the permit decision-making process.   Mathematical  models
are recommended,  therefore, for  further development  as described  below.
This development plan can be expected to encompass a  long-term time
frame (up to and probably exceeding 10  years).

Criteria Listing Development Plan  (Short Term)
     Background.   Two basic modes  of land deposition/treatment of waste
have been identified  in this state-of-the-art assessment of Pol 1ution
Prediction Techniques for Waste  Disposal  Siting.   These  approaches are
as follows:  (1)  attenuation of  waste leachates, and  (2) containment  of
waste with collection and treatment of  leachates.

     The basic philosophy for the former is  that leachates  produced from
certain wastes (generally non-hazardous)  will be afforded renovation  by
the various mechanisms of attenuation to an  acceptable degree to  avoid
adverse environmental impacts.  Such an approach Is  dependent upon a
proper "match up" of  waste/site  characterization,  proper design and
operation, and,  perhaps most Important,  proper  management and maintenance.

     The basic philosophy for the latter approach  is  that leachates
produced by certain wastes (generally hazardous),  by  virtue of their
                                   219

-------
concentration,  physical  and  chemical  properties, and  solubility, would
result in significant adverse human or  environmental  impacts without
containment of the waste.   Such containment  does entail  for most regions
of the country the collection and treatment  of  leachate  to avoid the
"bathtub" effect.

     It has been determined  that the  Classification System and  the
Criteria Listing approaches  for waste/site characterization are currently
the most widely-accepted and utilized by  regulatory agencies  in their
decision procedures for waste disposal  siting.

     Analysis of Development Needs.   A  need  has  been  recognized to develop
a comprehensive Criteria Listing for  waste/site  characterization in a
format that will be suitable for utilization by  regulatory agencies in
a uniform manner for the land disposal/treatment of waste.  The specific
objectives of this development plan will  be  to:

     1.  Develop a Criteria  Listing for use  in waste/site characterization
         for both wastes that are:   (1)  amenable to attenuation of leachates
         produced from them; and (2)  wastes  that will  require containment
         and the collection  and treatment of leachates produced to avoid
         adverse environmental impacts.   In  addition,  develop a matrix
         which wi11 i ndicate which of the cri teria  1 isted wi11  be requi red
         for every disposal/treatment site and which  will be  required for
         certain waste/site disposal  situations.

     2.  Describe the best state-of-the-art  methodology  to quantify
         each of the criteria listed, and describe  the proper utilization
         of such data.  Finally, prepare a manual for use by  regulatory
         agencies which presents in a uniform fashion the criteria
         necessary, the quantification  methodology, and  the use of
         information gathered for assessment of  proper waste-disposal
         siting.
                                      220

-------
     In  order to meet  the objectives of this development plan, the
following tasks  are  to be conducted:

   e Task 1  - Develop  a comprehensive Criteria Listing for waste/site
     characterization  where  reliance will be placed upon the attenuation
     of  leachates produced.
         a.   Identify  and list those waste/site characterization criteria
             required  by regulatory agencies.
         b.   Assimilate those criteria currently being utilized by
             regulatory agencies.  These criteria will be obtained from
             the most  "progressive" regulatory agencies.
         c.   Assess  the comprehensiveness of those criteria listed and
             the need  for additional criteria.
         d.   Develop the comprehensive list of criteria.

     The comprehensive list of criteria should include the following:
         1.   Waste characterization criteria:  type, amount and physical,
             chemical  and biological properties
         2.   Site characterization criteria:  location, topography,
             climatology, land use, soils, geology and hydrology
         3.   Waste behavior criteria:  solubility, 1eachabi1ity, toxicity
             and hazardous properties
         A.   Site suitability criteria:  water flux patterns,  permeability
             and attenuation
         5.   Environmental quality criteria:  ground and surface water
             quality standards, land use and air quality objectives
         6.   Site management criteria:  means of disposal, erosion and
             runoff  control, leachate management, and site reuse.

   e Task 2  - Develop  a  similar list for waste/site situations where
     containment of  leachates produced from the waste would be required.
         a.   See steps a through d above.

                                   221

-------
   • Task 3 ~ Develop a matrix for Task  1  and  2 above which will specify
     those criteria necessary for waste/site characterization with respect
     to each of the following land disposal practices.
         a.  Landfilling of municipal  refuse.
         b.  Land farming/spreading of oily wastes and municipal and
             industrial sludges.
         c.  Spray irrigation of  treated sewage effluent.
         d.  Other identified land disposal/treatment practices, such as
             deep wel1  di sposal.

   o Task *4 - Present the best state-of-the-art methodology to obtain
     both field and laboratory data relative to each of the criteria
     listed for their quantitative and qualitative assessment.  For
     example, definition of the groundwater flow  system will  require depth
     to water measurements which  can be  obtained  in backhoe pits, boring
     wells or piezometers.  The need for each  type should be  addressed.

   o Task 5 ~ Describe in a "how  to use" fashion, data required for an
     assessment of site suitability, for example, utilization of a mixing
     zone for waste assimilation, waste  application rates, or containment
     of waste by the use of natural site factors  and/or engineered controls
     (1 i ners).

   o Task 6 - Prepare a manual  on Utilization  of  the Criteria Listing
     Approach for Waste Disposal  Siting  for use by regulatory agencies.
     This manual will describe in a step-wise  fashion the Criteria
     Listing necessary for waste/site  characterization, the methodology
     to obtain quantitative and qualitative data  relative to  those criteria,
     and the assessment procedure to evaluate  those criteria.

     Timing, Staffing,  and Funding Estimates.  The development of a
comprehensive Criteria  Listing and a matrix for selected types of waste
                                   222

-------
disposal  will  require the input from an interdisciplinary  team.  This
team should be comprised of technical  personnel  in  the  following areas:
environmental, civil  and chemical  engineering, soils  science,  and
hydrogeology.   Balanced input from these team members will  be  required
for an estimated total  four-manyear effort  as shown on  Table A3-  These
tasks should be conducted In a sequential manner as shown  on Table  44
with some concurrent  effort to result in an estimated total project
period of 15 months.

     Project funding  is estimated  at $200,000 based on  this level of
anticipated work effort.

Classification System Development  Plan (Short and Long  Term)
     Background.  Several state regulatory  agencies have been  identified
which presently utilize a Classification System  approach for waste  disposal
siting.  California has utilized this approach for  some five years, while
Texas and Illinois have recently initiated  a similar  approach.  The
Classification System approach fs  comprehensive  in  that all wastes,
including hazardous wastes but excluding radioactive  wastes, are assigned
to specific site types.  These site types are defined on the basis  of
certain characteristics, primarily permeability  requirements,  for waste
leachate control to avoid or minimize the risk of surface  and  groundwater
contami nation.

     Analysis  of Development Needs.   An assessment  of the  identified
Classification Systems  has led to  the recognition that: (1) certain key
parameters such as the  maximum permeability allowed for waste  containment
in a "secured  landfill" vary by a  least one order of  magnitude; and
(2) waste types are often characterized in  only  general and not specific
terms.
                                     223

-------
                       TABLE 43

   LEVEL OF EFFORT FOR CRITERIA LISTING DEVELOPMENT
Development Task

1.  Develop a comprehensive
    cri teria 1i sting for
    reliance on attenuation

2.  Develop a comprehensive
    cri teria 1i sting for
    reliance on containment

3.  Develop a matrix
    designating different
    criteria and disposal
    methods

k.  Develop procedures for
    field and laboratory
    evaluation of parameters

5.  Develop methodology for
    utilization of attenuation
    and containment practices

6.  Prepare user manual and
    report

       TOTAL
Total Funding, assuming
$50,000 per man year
Level  of Effort
 (Man  Months)
      12
    man years)


   $200,000
                        22*4

-------
                                 TABLE M

                  CRITERIA LISTING DEVELOPMENT SEQUENCE
Development
    Task
123^5 _ 6  7  8  9  10  11   12  13
                                            Time - Months
                                                                         15
Develop a comprehensive
cri teria 1i sting for
reliance on attenuation
Develop a comprehensive
criteria listing for
reliance on containment
Develop a matrix
designating different
criteria and disposal
methods
Develop procedures for
field and laboratory
evaluation of parameters
Develop methodology for
utilization of attenuation
and containment practices
Prepare user manual  and
report
                                  225

-------
     It has become apparent, therefore,  that a more detailed and  uniform
approach to both waste and site characterization is necessary for waste
management to minimize or avoid adverse environmental  impacts while  at
the same time maintaining associated costs at an affordable level.   To
meet these needs, the following overall  objectives can be stated:  (1)
more definitive waste characterization,  by uniform methods and descriptions;
(2) more uniform site characterization;  and (3)  more specific and
uniform waste management techniques, such as waste segregation,  pretreatment,
lift thickness and cover requirements.

     The following tasks will be conducted to fulfill  these stated
object i ves:

   * Task 1 - Waste Characterization;  Techn iques will be i dent i fied and
     assessed as to their capability for more definitive and uniform waste
     characterization.  Such techniques  will include,  but not be  limited
     to:
         a.  A standard leaching test.
         b.  A shaker test.
         c.  Thin film chromatography.

     Specific wastes will be identified which will require disposal  in
     a Class I  Type site as well as those specific waste types which are
     suitable for Class II and  III site disposal.  In  addition,  specific
     wastes will be identified which will require pretreatment prior
     to disposal in a Class  I site or some other form  of disposal such  as
     incineration.  (See task on Waste Management below.)

   e Task 2 - Site Characterization:  Criteria for site definition are
     presently designated in both the Criteria Listing and Classification
     System approaches to waste disposal siting.  These criteria  will be
     assessed and a uniform set of limits will be placed on such  key
                                   226

-------
  parameters  as:   (1)  maximum permeability  required for containment
  (2)  minimum depth to the highest  measured water  level  and (3)
  minimum thickness of the low permeability confining  unit.

  Uniform site characterization criteria  applicable to all  waste
  classes, equivalent  to Class I,  II,  and III  of the California
  System,  will  be specified.

« Task 3 " Waste  Management Requirements;  A set of requirements for
  matching types  of waste with types of sites  should be developed and
  would cover;  1) criteria for reliance on  attenuation,  2)  criteria
  for  reliance on containment, and  3)  criteria for site design,
  operation and management.

e Task ^ - Waste  Management Task Force;   A  Waste Management Task
  Force should be established to keep  abreast  of the rapidly-changing
  waste disposal  program.  This Task Force  will  be comprised of
  approximately 10 members with a balanced  representation of
  governmental, Industrial, consulting, and academic personnel.   This
  Task Force  will meet no less than annually to review the current
  waste disposal  technology and current waste  disposal  regulations.
  A primary function of this  Task Force will  be to continually update
  and  specify those waste management techniques most environmentally
  sound for specific waste types.

  Specific wastes are  to be identified that:   will  require disposal
  in a Class  I  type site; are permissible for  disposal  in Class  II
  and  III  type sites;  will require  pretreatment and the method of
  pretreatment prior to land  disposals; and that will  require a
  specified form  of disposal  other  than to  the land (i.e.,
  incineration).
                                   227

-------
   Q Task 5 ~ Methodology of Using Classification  System:   Different
     methodologies for using the classification  system must be developed.
     These will include:   1) data requirements,  2)  data  qualification
     and quantification and 3)  analysis  and  interpretation.

   ® Task 6 - Prepare Manuals and Reports;   A  series of  users manuals
     and reports should be prepared and  updated.   The task of review,
     modification and updating of these  manuals  is  part  of  the function
     of the Waste Management Task Force.

     Timing, Staffing, and Funding Estimates.  While the Classification
System approach to waste disposal siting is  presently being utilized,
the above described tasks readily attest to  the  need for refinement and
continued updating with changing technology  and  legislation.  This
development plan encompasses, therefore,  both  a  short-term and long-term
timeframe.  As the "subroutines" for waste characterization (i.e.,
leaching tests) and waste/site interactions  (i.e.,  modeling) become more
reliable, the utilization of the Classification  System for waste disposal
siting will likewise become more reliable and  cost  effective.

     Due to the comprehensive nature of  this development plan and the
rapidly-changing waste technology and legislative  controls, timing
estimates for the conduct of this plan are difficult to  formulate.  It
can be anticipated however, that short-term  development  (within three
years) will require an estimated 5-manyear effort  over the three-year
period as shown on Table 45.  Once a uniform Classification System is
being used and the Task Force is operative,  it is  estimated that approxi-
mately one man-year of effort will be required for the duration of the
long-term period (to 10 years).  The concurrent  tasks and sequence for
further development of the Classification System is shown on Table 46.
                                     228

-------
                                    TABLE  A5

             LEVEL  OF  EFFORT  FOR  CLASSIFICATION  SYSTEM  DEVELOPMENT
    Development Task
      Level  of Effort
short term  |   long term
1 .  Develop waste
    character? zation
    techn iques

2.  Develop site
    character!zation
    techniques

3.  Develop waste
    management re-
    qui rements for
    different waste
    and site classes

k.  Create and support
    a waste management
    task force

5.  Develop methodology
    for using classifi-
    cation system

6.  Prepare user manual
    and update reports

    TOTAL MAN YEARS

    TOTAL Funding,  assuming
    $50,000/ man year
     1/2



     1/2



     1


     5


 $250,000
$350,000
  included in long term estimated for supporting task force (Task
                                      229

-------
                                    TABLE 1»6

                    CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT SEQUENCE
    Development
       Task
1
3
Time in Years
    5    6	7
10
1 .   Develop waste
    character!zation
    techniques

2.   Develop site
    characterization
    techn iques

3.   Develop waste
    management
    requirements for
    different waste
    and s i te classes

k.   Create and support
    a waste management
    task force

5.   Develop methodology
    for using classifi-
    cation system

6.   Prepare user manual
    and update reports
                  Short Term Development

                  Long Term Development

-------
     An EPA selected contractor would conduct  the  tasks  indicated  for
the short term (3 year)  effort and would  work  with EPA  to  create the
Waste Management Task Force.   Thereafter, the  Waste Management Task Force
would meet annually to review, modify and update  the users manual,
including the associated tasks that are  inherent  to that manual, under
direct contract to the EPA.

     Staffing for the contractor selected to perform the short-term work
will require the input from a multi-disciplinary  team as  indicated in the
Criteria Listing Development  Plan.  Staffing requirements  for the  Task
Force should include:  technical representation  in environmental,  civil
and chemical engineering, soils science,  hydrogeology, and applied
computer science; industrial  representation from  several of the key
industrial sectors; academic  representation in applied waste management
research; regulatory representation from  a minimum of one  state regulatory
agency, and EPA;  and legal representation at the  federal level.  Input
from these varied personnel  should be on  a "balanced" basis.

     Funding estimates for this development program are also extremely
difficult to determine.   Assuming $50,000 per  manyear effort, and  the
assessment timing requirements stated above, a minimum cost of $250,000
will be required for the short-term period (3  year)  and an additional
$350,000 for the long-term period (up to  10 years).

Mathematical Model  Development Plan (Long Term)
     Background.   The very nature of waste disposal  into a physically,
chemically, and biologically  active environment  results  in such a
complex of interrelated  processes that a  comprehensive description of
the system becomes extremely  difficult.   Frequently,  the system is too
complicated for any reasonable model  to  include all  the factors that
might be considered important, thus leading to criticism,  particularly
                                231

-------
from non-modeling personnel, of the model  being non-representative and
incomplete.  On the other hand, a  model which  includes  the major processes
may be too complex to be used by average  technical personnel.

     It must also be realized and  emphasized that detailed models do not
provide absolute "yes" or "no" answers  to questions of  disposal-site
suitability.  The user of any mathematical  model must make site suitability
recommendations on the basis of model outputs  which describe  the presence
of various waste constituents in the soil/water system  below  and down
gradient from a disposal site.  Perhaps  the most effective application of
models is that they can be used to evaluate various management schemes
that will make a given waste disposal site more acceptable in terms of
minimizing its impact on the environment.

     During the past decade, the level  of activity  in modeling water and
waste leachate transport through different types of porous media has increased
significantly.  Thus, effort has occurred in various government, educational
and private sectors and has been undertaken by personnel  in various technical
disciplines.  Many models, however, are similar  in  their  conception of the
processes which exist in a waste disposal system and how  they may be described,

     Analysis of Development Needs.  The specific objectives  of this
development plan will be:
   o Task 1 - Simulation Library;   Develop a central  library  which contains
     existing models and their numerical  solution and appropriate
     documentation.  The concern that some individuals  may misuse a model
     developed by another group Is not  sufficient justification for the
     general reluctance to establish a  central library  of available models.
     An  interdisciplinary team of individuals  capable of  understanding
     model development and computer programming would establish guidelines
                                 232

-------
  for model  presentation,  documentation, and  limitations.  The material
  in the library should  be available  to anyone  upon  request.  There will
  be an annual  need to update the entries  in  the  library.

e Task 2 - Test Model  Sensitivity:  Develop procedures  to evaluate
  model output  sensitivity to input parameters, initial and boundary
  conditions,  and the  assumptions made.  Most of  the available numerical
  models are too complex for previously-developed sensitivity analysis
  techniques.   Th i s capabi1i ty wJ11 i denti fy  the  p rec is ion with wh ich
  each model parameter and variable will have to  be measured in the
  laboratory and/or field  to give  reliable output from  the model.
  Some of the available  statistical procedures  for conducting sensitivity
  tests are too costly and time consuming  for general use in complex
  waste-leachate and soi1-interactlon models.

e Task 3 " Formulation and Validation of Models:  Develop mathematical
  models (one and two  dimensional) for describing water and waste
  constituent transport  through water saturated/unsaturated porous media.
  The numerical treatment  of complex  partial  differential equations for
  an empirical  model using high-speed digital computers is very advanced
  and sophisticated.  The  major problem to date appears to center
  around the use of valid  relationships for describing  the processes
  occurring in  the soil-waste leachate system.  Therefore, it is
  recommended that interdisciplinary  programs be  used to bring
  experimentalists and modelers together to work on the problem of
  modeling waste disposal.  A closer  working  relationship between
  these two groups will  enhance our progress  in describing the behavior
  and performance of given waste  leachates in a specific soil environment.

• Task k - Model Parameters  and Variables:  Develop standard procedures
  for measuring the major  parameters  and variables used in models for
  describing the transport and interaction of single and/or multiple
                                233

-------
  constituents in saturated/unsaturated  porous media.  This task is
  related to the need for better sensitivity  analysis techniques for
  identifying the major input parameter  which significantly influences
  the output from a model.

  Processes with specific parameters  that appear to be of primary
  importance are adsorption-desorption,  ion exchange, constituent
  precipitation, biological  decay or  transformation of constituent,
  water transport (saturated/unsaturated), and waste leachate
  composition.  Parameters  required to describe water transport in
  one and two dimensions are sufficiently understood and documented
  at the present time.   The  processes which describe the chemical
  and biological (equilibrium and transient)  behavior of waste
  constituents will  require  the greatest effort.

  The product from this task should be presented in a manner similar
  to the "Protocol  for Adsorption Tests" Federal Register (1975),
  ItO (123)  26881-26895, in  the EPA guidelines for registering
  pesticides in the United  States.

o Task 5 ~  Waste and Waste  Leachate Characterization;  Develop standard
  procedures for describing  leaching  characteristics of wastes under
  simulated environmental conditions  (leaching tests and data).  Without
  this information,  it will  be impossible to  use the models to
  describe  the fate of given waste constituents in a disposal  site.

© Task 6 -  Field Testing, Calibration, and Verification:  Develop a
  sufficient data base from  a given waste and disposal site to
  provide an opportunity for model comparison and verification.  These
  data would not be used for calibration purposes, but rather for
  evaluating the conceptual  validity of  the model.  The output
                                  23k

-------
     from the model  would be compared with  data  from  the site which
     describes the movement and distribution of  various waste constituents
     leaving the waste disposal area.   Model verification  requires
     that the data base be independent  of that used for calibration or
     test ing.

   a Task 7 ~ Management Models:   Develop models designated  as  "management
     models".  These should be synthesized  from  the detailed simulation
     models developed by Interdisciplinary  research groups.  These models
     should be simplified versions suitable for  use in smaller  computers.
     The models are not Intended  to provide the  detail or  level of
     sophistication associated with research or  technical  models, but
     they should help provide initial evaluations of  many  waste disposal
     sites.  The management models, if  process oriented, would  b§ useful
     in familiarizing non-technical regulatory personnel with the use
     and benefits of the more detailed  models.

     Such models would include calculating  maximum spatial concentration
     maximum travel  distance,  and required  degree of  contaminant removal.

   ® Task 8 - Implementation Assistance:  Develop a procedure for training
     non-technical personnel in the use of  models.  Write  manuals which
     describe the major processes responsible for the mobility  and
     attenuation of waste constituents  associated with water disposal.
     The manuals should be written in such  a manner that non-technical
     personnel could use and benefit from the material presented.

     Time,  Staffing, and Funding  Estimates.  The above-described tasks for
model  development needs Indicate  an obvious  long-term and  costly development
program.  This program can be broken down into certain tasks, however, which
can be completed in  the short term (within  three years) as well as a
number of tasks that can be conducted concurrently.
                                    235

-------
     Due to the extremely complex nature  of  both  the subject matter
(the waste/soil interaction system)  and the  method  to  analyze  that
system (mathematical models and estimates of the  time), staffing and
funding necessary to fully develop reliable  and  representative models
are, at best, reasonable estimates.   Such reasonable estimates have been
made as indicated in Tables 47, 48,  and 49.

     The staffing requirements reflect  the interdisciplinary approach
that is vital to the model development  program if these models are to
be representative of the complex waste/sol 1  interactions.  The staffing
needs, as shown, indicate a high level  of activity  of  an estimated 150
manyears.  Using the generally acceptable rate of $50,000/manyear, the
model development program is estimated  to cost approximately $6 million.
                                   236

-------
                                                             TABLE  l»7

                                         LEVEL OF EFFORT FOR MODELS DEVELOPMENT (MAN YEARS)


               Development Activity                    1978   1979    1980   1981    1982    1983    I98A    1985    1986    1987    1968   Total  (Man  Year:,)

1.  Simulation Library.

      • Start Compilation of Material                     2                                                                               2

      cMaintain Current Information                            0.5     0.5    0.5     0.5    0.5     0.5     0.5     0.5     0.5     0.5         5

2.  Develop a Standardized Test Procedure for
    Numerical Models.'                                    Ill                                                                  3

3.  Mathematical Formulation and Numerical Solution.

    a.  One-Dimensional Saturated/Unsaturated Model
        with No Adsorption or Decay of Single
        Constituent                                      2                                                                               2

    b.  One-Dimensional Saturated/Unsaturated Model
        for Adsorption and Decay of Single
        Const i tuent                                      12]                                                                  14

    c.  One-Dimensional Saturated/Unsaturated Model
        for Adsorption and Decay of Several
        Constituents                                     1221                                                          6

    d.  Two-Dimensional Saturated/Unsaturated Model
        with No Adsorption or Decay of Single
        Cc-nsti tuent                                      2                                                                               2

    e.  Two-Dimensipnal Saturated/Unsaturated Mode I
        for Adsorption and Decay of Single
        Constituent                                      1111                                                          It

    f.  Two-Dimensional Saturated/Unsaturated Model
        for Adsorption and Decay ofeSeveral              111111                                             6
        Constituents

    g.  Three-Dimensional Saturated/Unsaturated Model
        for Adsorption and Decay of Several
        Constituents                                           0.5     0.5    0.5     0.5     0.5     0.5     0.5     0.5     0.5     0.5         5

-------
                                                                 TABLE It?
                                                                 (continued)
UJ
OO
               Developnent Activity

4.  Develop Methodology for Laboratory and Field
    Quantification of Major Model Parameters.

    a.  Saturated/Unsaturated Models with No
        Adsorption or Decay of Single Constituent

    b.  Saturated/Unsaturated Models for
        Adsorption and Decay of Single
        Const i tuent

    c.  Saturated/Unsaturated Models for Adsorption
        and Decay of Several Constituents

5.  Develop Methodology for Quantification of
    Waste Leachate for Specific Soils and
    Environmental Conditions.

    a.  Leaching characteristics

    b.  Soil/Constituent Interaction

6.  Field Testing, Calibration, and Verification.

    a.  Saturated/Unsaturated Models with No
        Adsorption or Decay of Single Constituent

    b.  Saturated/Unsaturated Models for
        Adsorption and Decay of Single
        Const!tuent

    c.  Saturated/Unsaturated Models for
        Adsorption No Decay of Several
        Consti tuents
                                                               1978    1979   '980   1981   1932   1983   1981*   1985   1986   1987   1988   Total  (Man Years)
                                                                 1      2      1
                                                                 111111
                                                                        1111111111
                                                                 1       1

                                                                 1       2      2
                                                                                     1      1
                                                                 2332
                                                                 2       3
10





 2

 7




10



20
                                                                                     33333333

-------
                                                            TABLE  <(7
                                                           (cont inued)
               Development Activity

7.  Develop Management Models from Detailed Models.

    a.  Saturated/Unsaturated Models with No
        Adsorption of Decay of Single Constituent

    b.  Saturated/Unsaturated Models for
        Adsorption and Decay of Single
        Const!tuent

    c.  Saturated/Unsaturated Models for
        Adsorption No Decay of Several
        Consti tuents

8.  Implementation Assistance.

    a.  Saturated/Unsaturated Models with No
        Adsorption or Decay of Single
        Const!tuent

    b.  Saturated/Unsaturated Models for
        Adsorption and Decay of Single
        Const!tuent

    c.  Saturated/Unsaturated Models for
        Adsorption No Decay of Several
        Const!tuents
1978   1979   i960   1981    1982    1983    1984    1985    1986    1987   1988   Total  (Man Years)
  11111
                       11111111
                                     111111
                      0.5     0.5     0.5     0.5     0.5    0.5    0.5    0.5
                                    0.5     0.5     0.5    0.5    0.5    0.5
                                                                                                                          1      1
                     TOTAL
                                                                                                                                        150

-------
                                                                                  TABLE 1»8

                                                                     MODEL  DEVELOPMENT SEQUENCE
                        Development Activity
O
          1.   Simulation Library.

                 Start Compilation of Material-

                 Maintain Current  Information—
          2.   Develop a  Standardized Test Procedure for Numerical
              Models.__	___^	

          3.   Mathematical  Formulation and Numerical Solution.

              a.   One-Dimensional Saturated/Unsaturated Model with
                  No Adsorption or Decay of Single Constituent
              b.   One-Dimensional Saturated/Unsaturated Model  for
                  Adsorption and Decay of Single Constituent
              c.   One-Dimensional Saturated/Unsaturated Model for
                  Adsorption and Decay of Several Constituents
              d.   Two-Dimensiona) Saturated/Unsaturated Model  with
                  No Adsorption or Decay of Single Constituent
                  One-Dimensional Saturated/Unsaturated Model for
                  Adsorption and Decay of Single Constituent
                  Two-dimensional Saturated/Unsaturated Model for
                  Adsorption and Decay of Several Constituents
              g.   Three-Dimensional Saturated/Unsaturated Models for
                  Adsorption and Decay of Several Constituents
          <«.   Develop Methodology for Laboratory and Field Quantification
              of  Major Model Parameters.

              a.   Saturated/Unsaturated Models with No Adsorption or
                  Decay-of  Single rnn»t-jfn»m-
              b.   Saturated/Unsaturated Models for Adsorption and Decay
                  of  Single Constituent	
              c.   Saturated/Unsaturated Models for Adsorption and
                  Decay  of  Several r.nn*r j tiu>n<-»

-------
 TABLE A8
(continued)
Development Activity
5. Develop Methodology for Quantification of Waste Leachate
for Specific Soils and Environmental Conditions.
b. So i 1 /Const i fiiflnt Interaction ....
6. Field Testing, Calibration, and Verification.
a. Saturated/Unsaturated Models with No Adsorption or
b. Saturated/Unsaturated Models for Adsorption and
c. Saturated/Unsaturated Models for Adsorption No
7. Develop Management Models from Detailed Models.
a. Saturated/Unsaturated Models with No Adsorption or
Ppray of Sing'" fO"<;ri tupnr
b. Saturated/Unsaturated Models for Adsorption and
c. Saturated/Unsaturated Models for Adsorption No
8. Implementation Assistance
a. Saturated/Unsaturated Models with No Adsorption or
b. Saturated/Unsaturated Models for Adsorption and
c. Saturated/Unsaturated Models for Adsorption No

1978
mwugMBj
iSSBSSJ


SSSffimH





1979
88888888
W&SBSSSK








1980
gjSSgggSS








1981
aaBHaaScB


8S88SS8&5





1982
MMMOWHffll
*asassass&

I888S888S388!





1983








1984







1985







1986







1987




feSSSSSffig
jjggggffijjjSjj
1988




8888888888
BflflaaoSsSS




-^
-Tfc-

-------
                                  TABLE k9

                     STAFFING AND MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS
                            FOR MODEL DEVELOPMENT
                                               Breakdown of Staffing,  %
       Development Activity       Manyears   TD    U5    TTJ    W    (5)

1.  Simulation Library                7       30     20           20     20

2.  Standardized Test Pro-
    cedure for Numerical Models       3       70     10      5     10     5

3.  Mathematical Formulation
    and Numerical Solutions          29       45     20     10     20     5

4.  Methodology for Laboratory
    and Field Quantification
    of Major Model Parameters        20       10     20     30     35     5

5.  Methodology for Quantifi-
    cation of Waste Leachate,
    Specific Soi1, and
    Environmental Conditions          9       10     15     40     30     5

6.  Field Testing, Calibration,
    and Verification                 5*»        5     20     20     50     5

7.  Management Models from
    Detailed Models                  19       60     10      5     20     5

8.  Implementation Assistance       	9_      20     20     15     20     5

            TOTAL                   150
Type of Staff:  (1)  Applied mathematician,  computer scientists,
                     programmer, etc.
                (2)  Environmental, chemical,  civil  engineer,  etc.
                (3)  Chemist, lab technician,  etc.
                (k)  Soil scientist, hydrogeologist, field  technician, etc.
                (5)  Secretary/clerical,  administrative,  etc.
                                    242

-------
                                 APPENDIX A

                                 REFERENCES

                            PART 1 - TOXIC METALS
 1.  Alloway, B.S. and B.E. Davis.  Heavy metal  content of plants
         growing on soils contaminated by lead mining.   Journal  of
         Agricultural  Science, 76:321, 1971.
    o
 2.  Andersson, A.  Mercury in Soils.  Grundforbathing, 20:95,  1967.

 3.  Andersson, A. and K.O. Nilsson.   Enrichment of trace elements from
         sewage sludge fertilizer in  soils and plants.   Ambio,  1:176,
         1972.

 4.  Andren, A.W. and R.C. Harriss.   Observations on the association
         between mercury and organic matter dissolved in natural waters.
         Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta. 39:1253, 1975.

 5.  Angino, E.E., L.M.  Magnuson, and T.C. Waugh.  Mineralogy of
         suspended sediment and concentration of Fe, Mn, Ni,  Zn, Cu, and
         Pb in water,  and Fe,  Mn, and Pb  in suspended load of selected
         Kansas streams.  Water Resources Res.,  10:1187, 197**.

 6.  Aomine, S. and K. Inoue.   Retention  of mercury by  soils.  II.
         Adsorption of phenyImercuric acetate by soil colloids.  Soi1
         Sci.  & Plant  Nutr.. 13:195,  1967.

 7.  Argo,  D.G. and G.L. Gulp.  Heavy metals  removal in wastewater
         treatment processes:   Part  1. Water and Sewage Works,  119:62,
         1972.

 8.  Baes,  C.F., Jr. and R.E.  Mesmer.   Hydrolytic behavior of toxic
         metals.  J_n_ Ecology and Analysis of  Trace Contaminants, Progr.
         Rept. June 1972-January 1973. ORNL-NSF-EATC-1.  Oak Ridge
         Natl. Lab., Oak Ridge, Tennessee, 1973.   p. 227-2^5.

 9.  Banat, K. , et^ jj_.  Experimental  mobilization of metals  from Aquatic
         sediments by  nitrilotriacatic acid.   Chem.  Geol.,  1^:199,  197^.

10.  Benes, P. and E.  Steinnes.  Migration forms  of trace elements  in
         natural and fresh waters and the effect  of water storage.
         Water Res., 9:7^1, 1975.
                                                   «
11.  Bingham,  F.T.,  T.J. Ganje, R.J.  Mahler,  and  A.L. Page.   Growth and
         cadmium accumulation  of plants grown on  a soil  treated with a
         cadmium-enriched sewage sludge.   Journal  of Environmental
         Quality. ^4:207, 1975.
                                     A-1

-------
12.  Bisogni, J.J., Jr. and A.W. Lawrence.  Kinetics of mercury
         methylatlon  in aerobic and anaerobic aquatic environments.
         Jour. Water  Poll. Control Fed.. 1*7:135, 1975.

13-  Bittell, J.E. and R.J. Miller.  Lead, cadmium and calcium selectivity
         coefficients on a montmori1lonite, illite, and kaolinite.
         Journal of Environ. Quality, 3:250, 1971*.

11*.  Blanton, C.J.,\et_aj_.  A survey of mercury distribution in the
         Terlingua Area of Texas.  9th Conference Trace Substances in
         Environ. Health, Univ. of Missouri, Columbia, 1975.

15-  Bloomfield, C. and G. Pruden.  The effects of aerobic and anaerobic
         incubation on the extractabi1ities of heavy metals in digested
         sewage sludge.  Environ. Poll., 8:217, 1975.

16.  Buel1 , G.  Some  biochemical aspects of cadmium toxicology.  Jour.
         Occupational Medicine, 17:189, 1975.

17.  Buffle, J. Ph. and J. Mallevialle.   Humic matter as accumulating
         agent and carrier of toxic substances in water.  Techniques
         et Sciences  Municipales 1'Eau., 69:331, 197**.

18.  Carter, D.L., M.J. Brown, and C.W.  Robbins.  Selenium concentrations
         in alfalfa from several sources applied to a low selenium
         alkaline soil.  Soil Sci. Soc.  Amer.  Proc.. 33:715, 1969.

19.  Chaney, R.L.  Metals in plants - adsorption mechanisms, accumulation
         and tolerance.  In Proc. Symp.  Metals in the Biosphere, Dept.
         Land Resource Science., Univ. Guelph, Ontario, Canada., 1975.
         21 p.

20.  Chen, K.Y., C.S. Young, T.K. Jan, and N.  Rohatgi.  Trace metals in
         wastewater effluents.  Journal  Water Poll. Control Fed..
         ii6:2663, 197**.

21.  Chester, R. and J.H. Stoner.  Trace elements in sediments from the
         Lower Severn Estuary and Bristol  Channel.  Marine Pol 1ut. Bui 1. .
         6, 1975.

22.  Chromium - Report Committee Biologic Effects of Atmospheric Pollutants,
         Natl. Academy of Sciences, Natl.  Research Council, Washington,
         D.C. 197*1.

23.  Clifton, A.P. and C.M.G. Vivan.   Retention of mercury from an in-
         dustrial source in Swansea Bay sediments.  Nature, 253:621,
         1975.
                                     A-2

-------
2A.  Collins, J.F. and S.W. Buol.  Effect of fluctuations, in Eh-pH
         environment on iron and/or manganese equilibria.  Soil  Sci . ,
         110:111, 1970.

25.  Cox, D.B.  Cadmium - a trace element of concern in mining and
         manufacturing.  Jour. Environ. Health, 36:361, 197**.

26.  Cross, C.H., M.K. John, and C.J. Vanl aekhoven .  Cadmium, lead and
         zinc accumulation in soils near a smelter complex.   Envi ronmental
         Letters. 10:25, 1975.

27.  Cross, R.J. and C.M. Jenkins.  Chemical studies relating to
         environmental organomercur ials .  Envi ron. Pol 1 . , 8:179, 1975.

28.  Cunningham, R.S., et_ a]_.  Water quality implications of strip-mine
         reclamation by wastewater sludge.  2nd Natl. Conf.  Complete
         WateReuse, Amer. Inst. Chem. Engr. , Chicago, Illinois,  1975.
         20 p.

29.  Davids, H.W. and M. Lleber.  Underground water contamination  by
         chromi urn wastes.  Water and Sewage  Works. 98:528, 1951.

30.  Davis, J.A., III and J.  Jacknow.  Heavy metals in  wastewater  in
         three urban areas.  Jour. Water Poll.  Control  Fed.,  ^7:2292,
         1975.

31.  de Groot, A.J.   Occurrence and behavior of heavy metals  in  river
         deltas, with special reference to the Rhine and  Ems  rivers.
         Proc. NATO North Sea Science Conf., Avedmore,  Scotland,
         308, 1971.

32.  Elder, J.F.  Complexation side reactions involving trace metals
         in natural  water systems.  Llmnol.  & Oceanog.. 20:96,  1975.

33.  Engler, R.M. and W.J.  Patrick, Jr.  Stability of sulfides of
         manganese,  iron, zinc, copper and mercury in flooded and
         nonflooded soil.   Soil Sci.. 119:217,  1975.

3*».  Estes, G.O., W.E. Knoop, and F.D.  Houghton.   Soil-plant  response
         to surface-applied mercury.   Journal of  Environmental Quality.
                1973.
35.  Faveretto,  L.  and L.F.  Gabrielli.   Lead  mobilization  by  detergent
         sequestering agents.   Rev.  Intern. Oceanogr.  Med. ,  33:61,
36.   Feick,  G. ,  et_ £J_.   Control  of  mercury  contamination  in  freshwater
         sediments.  Environ.  &  Ecological  Effects  of  Dredging  (A
         Bibliography w/abstr.)  - NTIS/PS- 75/050,  1975.   160 p.
                                     A- 3

-------
 37.   Fleischer,  M.,  et  al.   Environmental  impact of cadmium:  A  review
          by  the  paneTbnThazardous  trace  substances.   Environ. Health
          Perspectives,  253,  1974.

 38.   Frissel,  M.J.,  N.  Van der  Klugt,  P.  Poelstra, and W. Tap.
          Behavior of mercury compounds in  soils:  accumulation and
          evaporation.   Comparative  Studies of  Food and Environmental
          Contamination.   Proceeding Series.  Vienna:   International
          Atomic  Energy  Agency,  1974.   p.  281-292.

 39.   Fulkerson,  W.,  et_  aj_.   (Editors).  Cadmium - the dissipated element,
          Oak Ridge,  Oak Ridge National  Laboratory.  Report No. ORNL
          NSF-EP-21,  1973.  473  p.

 40.   Fulkerson,  W.   Cadmium  - the dissipated element - revisited.  Proc.
          2nd Conf. Complete  WateReuse,  Amer. Inst. Chem. Engr.,
          Chicago,  Illinois,  1975.

 41.   Fuller, W.H.  Movement  of  selected metals, asbestos and cyanide in
          soils:  Applications to Waste  Disposal Problems, EPA 60012-77-
          020,  April,  1977.   Solid and  Hazardous Waste Research Div.
          Rept. EPA.   MERL.   Cincinnati, Ohio,  45268.  257p.

 42.   Gadde,  R.R. and  H.A. Laitinen.  Study of  the sorption of lead by
          hydrous ferric  oxide.  Environmental  Letters, 5:223, 1973.

 43.   Gardiner, J. and M.J. Stiff.   The determination of cadmium, lead,
          copper  and  zinc in  ground  water, estuarine water, sewage and
          sewage  effluent by  anodic  stripping voltammetry.  Water Res.,
          9:517,  1975.

 44.   Gross,  M.G.  Analyses of dredged waters,  fly ash, and waste
          chemicals -  New York metropolitan region.  Environ. £
          Ecological  Effects  of  Dredging (A Bibliography s/abstr.).
          NTIS/PS-75/050,  1975.

45.  Hahne,  H.C.H. and W. Kroontje.  The simultaneous effect of pH and
          chloride concentration upon mercury (ll)  as a pollutant.
          Soil Sci. Soc.  Amer. Proc., 37:838, 1973.

46.  Harrison, R.M.,  R.  Perry, and  R.A. Wei lings.   Lead and cadmium in
          precipitation:  Their contribution to pollution.  Air Pollution
          Control  Association  Journal, 25:627,  1975.

47.  Helz, G.R.,  et al.  Behavior of Mn, Fe, Cu, Zn, Cd,  and Pb
         discharged" TFom a wastewater treatment plant into an estuarine
         environment.  Water  Res., 9:631,  1975.
                                    A-4

-------
48.  Hem, J.D.  Chemistry and occurrence of cadmium and zinc in water
         and groundwater.  Water Resources Research, 8:661, 1972.

49-  Holm, H.Wi and M.F. Cox.  Mercury in aquatic systems:  methylation,
         oxidation-reduction, and bioaccumulation.  U.S.  EPA Report
         660/3-74-021,  1974.  38 p.

50.  Holt, R.F., D.R. Timmons, and J.J. Latterell.  Accumulation of
         phosphates in water.  Journal of Agricultural  and Food
         Chemistry, 18:781, 1970.

51.  Huckabee, J.W. and B.C. Blaylock.  Transfer of mercury and cadmium
         from terrestrial to aquatic ecosystems.  J_n_ Metal Ions in
         Biological Systems, Dhar, S.K. (Ed.), Plenum Publishing Corp.,
         New York, 1975.  125 p.

52.  Jacobs, L.  Methylation of mercury in lake and river sediments
         during field and laboratory investigations.  Ph.D. Dissertation,
         Dept. of Soil Science, Univ. Wisconsin, Madison,  1973.  98 p.

53.  Jenkins, S.H., D.G. Keight, and A. Ewins.  The solubility  of  heavy
         metal hydroxides in water, sewage, and sewage  sludge - II.
         The precipitation of metals by sewage.   Int.  J. Ai r Water Pol 1.,
         8:679-693, 1964.

5^.  Jenne, E.A.  Controls on Mn, Fe, Co,  Ni,  Cu, and Zn concentrations
         in soils and water:  The significant  role of hydrous Mn and Fe
         oxides.  Adv. in Chem. Ser., 73:337,  1968.

55.  John, M.K., H.H.  Chuah, and C.J. Von  Laerhoven.  Cadmium
         contamination of soil  and its uptake  by oats.   Environ. Sci.
         and Technol.. 6:555,  1972.

56.  John, M.K.  Cadmium uptake by eight food  crops  as  influenced  by
         various soil  levels of cadmium.   Envi ron.  Pol 1.,  4:7,  1973.

57.  Jones, R.L.,  T.D. Hinesly, and E.L.  Ziegler.  Cadmium content of
         soybeans  grown on sewage-sludge amended soil.   J.  Environ.
         Quality,  2:351, 1973.

58.  Jurinak, J.J.  and J.  Santi1lan-Medrano.   The chemistry and
         transport  of lead and cadmium in  soils.  Government  Reports
         Announcements. 75=117,  1975.

59.  Klein, L.A.,  et  al.  Sources of metals in New York  City  wastewater.
         Jour.  Water FcTl 1.  Control  Fed.. 46:2653, 1974.
                                     A-5

-------
60.  Konrad, J.G. and S. Kleinert.  Removal  of metals from wastewaters
         by municipal sewage treatment plants.  In Surveys of Toxic
         Metals in Wisconsin.  Tech. Bull. No. T^T Dept.  of Natural
         Resources, Madison, Wisconsin, 197^.   P-  2-7.

6l.  Kopp, J.F. and R.C. Kroner.  Trace metals in  water of the United
         States.  Water Pollution Control  Administration, Cincinnati,
         Ohio, 1970.

62.  Korte, N.E., J. Skopp, E.E. Niebla, and W.H.  Fuller.  A baseline
         study on trace metal elution from diverse soil types.
         Water. Air and Soil Poll.. 5:1^9, 1975.

63.  Krusen, G.C., et al .  Removal and recovery of vanadium from power
         plant effluent.  2nd Natl. Conf.  Complete WateRuse, Amer.
         Inst. Chem. Engr. , Chicago, Illinois, 1975.

6k.  Kudo, A., et_ a\_.  Factors influencing desorption of mercury from
         bed sediments.  Can. Jour. Earth Sci., 12:1036,  1975.

65.  Lahann, R.W.  Molybdenum hazard in land disposal of sewage sludge.
         Water. Air and Soil Poll., 6:3, 1976.

66.  Land, J.E., ejj^ a\_.  Nature and stability of complex mercury
         compounds in surface and ground waters.   Water Resources Res.
         Inst. Bull. 17, Auburn Univ., Alabama (NTIS  PB-226-226) ,
         1973.  A6 p.

67.  Leddy, D.G.  Factors controlling copper (II)  concentrations in
         the Keweenaw Waterway.  Office of Water Resources Research
         Rept., A-065-MICH, NTIS PB-222-463, 1973-  105 p.

68.  Leeper, G.W.  Reactions of heavy metals with  soils with special
         regard to their application in sewage wastes.   DDept. of the
         Army, Corps of Engineers, Contract  No. DAEW  73~73-C-0026,
         1972.  70 p.

69.  Levi-Minzi, R. and R. Riffaldi.  Adsorption  and  desorption of  Cd
         on humic acid fraction of soils.   Water,  Air and Soil Poll.,
         5:179, 1975.

70.  Lieber, M. and F.W. Welsch.  Contamination of groundwater by
         cadmium.  J. Am. Water Works Assoc. ,  A6:A51,
71.   Lindberg, S.E., et_ a\_.  Geochemistry of mercury in the estuarine
         environment.  Estuarine Res. ,  1:6^, 1975.
                                     A-6

-------
 72.   Lund, L.J., A.L. Page, and C.O. Nelson.  Movement of heavy metals
         below sewage disposal ponds.  J. Envi ron. Q.ual i ty, 5:330, 1976.

 73.   Martin, J.M., e_t_ jal_.  The physico-chemical  aspects of trace element
         behavior  in estuarine environments.  Thalassia Jugoslavica,
         7:619,  1971.

 Ik.   Morel, P.M., et^al.  Fate of trace metals in Los Angeles county
         wastewater dTTcharge.  Environ. Sci. £ Technol., 9:756, 1975.

 75.   Murray, C.N. and S. Meinke.  Influence of soluble sewage material
         on adsorption and desorption behavior of cadmium, cobalt,
         silver  and zinc in sediment-freshwater, sediment-seawater
         systems.  Jour. Oceanogr. Soc. Japan, 30:216, 197**.

 76.   Nickel-Report Committee Medical and Biologic Effects of
         Environmental  Pollutants, Natl. Academy of Sciences, Natl.
         Research Council, Washington,  D.C., 1975.

 77.   Olson, B.H., and R.C. Cooper.  In  situ methylation of mercury in
         estuarine sediment.  Nature, 252:682, ^^7^.

 78.   Papakostidis, G.,  et_ al.   Heavy metals in sediments  from the
         Athens sewage  out?a"l 1 area.  Marine Pol 1. Bull.. 6:136, 1975.

 79.   Pasternak, K.  The spreading of heavy metals  in  flowing waters  in
         the region of occurrence of natural deposits and of the zinc
         and lead industry.  Acta Hydrobiol. , 15:1*»5, 1973.

 80.   Perhac,  R.M.  Water transport of heavy metals in solution and by
         different sizes of particulate solids.  Water Resources Center
         Rept.  A-023-TENN(3),  Univ.  Tennessee, Knoxville, 197^.   Al p.

 81.   Peterson,  P.J. and E.K. Porter.  Arsenic accumulation by plants  on
         mine waste.   Science  of the Total  Environment. 4:365, 1975.

 82.   Ratsch,  H.C.  Heavy metal  accumulation in soil and vegetation from
         smelter emissions.  Government Reports  Announcements, 75:118,
         1975.

83.   Rohatgi,  N.  and  K.Y.  Chen.   Transport  of trace metals by suspended
         particulates on mixing  with seawater.   Jour.  Water  Pol 1.
         Control  Fed..  ^7:2298,  1975.

8k.  Skidaway  Institute  of Oceanography.  Transport,  fate and
         geochemical  interactions  of mercury,  cadmium and other  inorganic
         pollutants in  the coastal  littoral-salt marsh environment of
         the  Southeastern  United States.  Progress Report, U.S.  EPA
         Project  R-800372  (NTIS  PB 227  035).   130  p.


                                     A-7

-------
85-  Sommers, L.E. and M. Floyd.  Microbial transformation of mercury
          in aquatic environments.  Water Resources Research Report 5^,
          Purdue Univ., 197*».  80 p.

86.  Standiford, D.R., et_ £J_.  Mercury in the Lake Powell  ecosystem.
          Lake Powell Research Project Bull. 1, Univ.  New Mexico,
          Albuquerque, 1973-  21 p.

87-  Theis, T.L.  The potential trace metal contamination  of water
          resources through the disposal of fly ash.  2nd Natl. Conf.

88.  Thomas, G.W.  The relation between soil characteristics, water
          movement, and nitrate contamination of ground water.  Kentucky
          University, Water Resources Institute, Lexington.  Research
          Report No. 52,  1972.  38 p.

89.  Thornton,  I. and J.S. Webb.  Trace elements in soils  and surface
         waters contaminated by past metalliferous mining  in parts of
          England, 1975.  9th Conf. Trace Substances in Environ.  Health,
          Univ. of Missouri, Columbia.

90.  Valentine, J.  Distribution of trace elements in water in the
          Houston environment:  Relationship to mortality from
          arteriosclerotic heart disease.  Ph.D. Dissertation, School  of
          Public Health,  University of Texas, Houston, 1973.  158  p.

91.  Van  der Walt, S.R.,  et_ ^J_.  The recovery of Fe,  Mn, and Al  from
         a mine water effluent.  Water Res. . 9:865, 1975.

92.  Villa, 0., Jr., e_t_  a\_.  Distribution of metals in Baltimore
         Harbor sediments.  Tech. Rept. 59, U.S. EPA, Annapolis  Field
         Office-Region III (NTIS PB 229 258), 197^.

93.  Warren, H.V., R.E.  Delavault, and K.V. Fletcher.  Metal  pollution -
         a growing problem in industrial and urban areas.   Can.  Min.
         Metal 1. Bull.,  1971.  p. 3^-45.

9A.  Weber, J.H.  Metal  complexes of components of yellow  organic acids
          in water.  Rept. Project A-022-NH, Water Resources Research
         Center, New Hampshire Univ., Durham, 1973.  20 p.

95.  Wood, O.K. and G. Tchobanoglous.  Trace elements in biological
         waste treatment.  Jour. Water Poll. Control  Fed.. ^7:1933,
          1975.

96.  Woolson, E.A., J.H.  Axley, and P.C. Kearney.  The chemistry  and
         phytotoxicity of arsenic in soils:1.  contaminated field
         soils.  Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. Proc., 35:938,  1971.
                                    A-8

-------
97.  Yasso, W.E.   Trace metals  in sediments  of  the  New  York  bight.
         Marine Poll.  Bull..  A:132,  1973.

98.  Zimdahl, R.L.  Entry and movement  in  vegetation of lead derived
         from air and  soil  sources.   Air Pollution  Control Association:
         68th Annual Meeting  and Exhibition  Abstracts,  1975.   89 p.
                                    A-9

-------
                         PART  II - TOXIC ORGAN ICS
 1.  Acharl , R.G., et al.  Chlorinated hydrocarbon residues in
          groundwater.  Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol., 13:9^, 1975.

 2.  Adams, V.D., et al .  Organic residue in a recycled effluent,
          part  I ar7cT II.  Water and Sew. Works, 122:82, 1975.

 3.  Aharonson, N. and  U. Kafkafi.  Adsorption of benzimi dazole
          fungicides on montmori 1 loni te and kaolinte clay.  Jour. Agr.
          Food Chem., 23:^, 1975.

 k.  Alford, A.L.  Environmental application of advanced instrumental
          analyses:  Assistance projects F^-7^.  Report 660A-75-OOA,
          Office of Research and Development, 1975.

 5.  Andrade, P., et al .  Identification of a mirex metabolite.
          Bull. En"vTron. Contam. Toxicol., 1A:A73, 1975.
 6.  Anhoff, M. and B. Josefsson.  Clean up procedures for PCB analysis
          on river water extracts.  Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol.,
          13:159, 1975.

 7.  Atchison, G.J. and H.E. Johnson.  The degradation of DDT in brook
          trout eggs and fry.  Trans. Amer. Fish Soc., 10^:782, 1975.

 8.  Austern, B.M., et_al.  Gas chromatographic determination of
          selected organTc compounds added to wastewater.  Environ. Set.
          and Technol., 9:588, 1975.

 9.  Babiker, A.G.T. and H.J. Duncan.  Mobility and breakdown of asulam
          in the soil  and the possible impact on the environment.
          Biol. Conserv. , 8:97, 1975.

10.  Bender, D.F., W.J. Kroth, G. Meyer, M.L.  Wilson, and R.O. Carter.
          Constituents of incinerated and pyrolyzed solid wastes:
          polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons in fly ash and residue
          from municipal incinerators.  Presented at 158th National
          Meeting, American Chemical Society,  New York, September  7-12,
          1969.

11.  Bloom,  S.C. and S.E. Degler.  Pesticides  and pollution.
          Washington,  Bureau of National Affairs (BNA's Environmental
          Management Series.), 1969.  99 p.
                                    A-10

-------
 12.  Blumer, M. and W.W. Youngblood.  Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
           In soils and recent sediments.  Science, 188:53, 1975.

 13.  Bourquin, A.W.  Microbial-malathion interaction in artificial salt
          marsh ecosystem:  effects and degradation.  Report
          660/3-75-035, Office of Research and Development, U.S.
          Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., 1975.

 14.  Bovey, R.W. , E. Burnett, C.W. Richardson, M.G. Merkle, J.R. Baur,
          and W.G. Knisel.  Occurrence of 2,4,5-T and picloram  in
          surface runoff water in the Blacklands of Texas.  J.  Envi ron.
          Qual.. 3:61,
15.  Breidenbach, A.W.  Application of solid waste research to pesticide
          disposal.  _[JT_ Proceedings, National Working Conference on
          Pesticide Disposal, Beltsville, Md., June 30-July 1, 1970.
          (Washington), U.S. Department of Agriculture and President's
          Cabinet Committee on the Environment, Subcommittee on Pesti-
          cides  (Research Panel), p. 120-123.

16.  Breidenbach, A.W. , J.J. Lichtenberg, C.F. Henke, and D.J. Smith.
          Identification and measurement of chlorinated hydrocarbon
          pesticides in surface waters.  Washington, U.S. Department
          of the Interior, 1966.  70 p.

17.  Brodtmann, N.V., Jr.  Quanti tation of chlorinated pesticides - a
          comparison of methods.  Jour. Amer. Water Works Assn.,
          67:558, 1975.

18.  Burrows, W.D.  and R.S. Rowe.  Ether soluble constituents of landfill
          leachate.  Jour. Water Poll.  Control Fed., ^7:921, 1975.

19.  Canonne, P. and G. Mamarbachi.   Organochlorine insecticide
          residues  in the sediments  of the upper estuary of the
          St. Laurent River.  Bull.  Environ.  Contam. Toxicol., 1^:83,
          1975.
                                                     o
20.  Carlson, D.A.   Mi rex in the environment; its degradation to kepone
          and related compounds.  Science, 19^:939, 1976.

21.  Caro, J.H., H.P.  Freeman,  and B.C. Turner.  Persistence in soil
          and losses in runoff  of soil  incorporated carbaryl  in a small
          watershed.  J.  Agr.  Food Chem. ,  22:860, 1975.

22.  Caro, J.H., A.W.  Taylor, and H.P.  Freeman.  Comparative behavior
          of dieldrin  and carbofuran in the field Archives.   Envi ron.
          Contam. and  Toxicology, 1975.

                                    A- 11

-------
23.  Catalog of  federal pesticide monitoring activities in effect
          July 1967.  Washington, Federal Committee on Pest Control,
          December  1968.   131 p.

2k.  Chang, S.K. and G.W.  Harrington.  Determination of
          dimethyln itrosamine and ni trosoprol ine by different pulse
          polarography.  Anal. Chem. , ^7:1857, 1975.

25.  Claeys, R.R.   Chlorinated pesticides and polychlorinated biphenyls
          in marine species, Oregon/Washington Coast, 1972.  Pesticides
          Monitoring Jour., 9:2, 1975.

26.  Conte, F.S. and J.C.  Parker.  Effects of aerially applied malathion
          on juvenile brown and white shrimp Penaeus aztecus and P.
          setiferus.  Trans. Amer. Fish Soc. , 10^:793, 1975.

27.  Degens, E.T. and K. Mopper.  Early diagenasis of organic matter in
          marine soils.  Soil Sci., 119:65, 1975.

28.  deGroot, G., ^ a_K   A microcoulometric method for the
          determination of nanogram amounts of sulfur organic compounds.
          Anal. Chim. Acta. 79:279, 1975.

29.  Deinzer, M. , ejt_ aj_.   Trace organic contaminants in drinking water;
          their concentration by reverse osmosis.  Water Res., 9:799,
          1975.

30.  Dennis, W.H. and W.J. Cooper.  Catalytic dechlorination of
          organochlorine compounds DDT.  Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol.,
                 , 1975.
31.  Dimond, J.B., et al .  DDT residues in forest biota; further data.
          Bull. EnvTrbn. Contam. Toxicol., 13:117, 1975.

32.  Dill Ing, W.L., et_ a_l_.  Evaporation rate and reactivities of
          methylene chloride, chloroform, 1,1,1 trichloroethane,
          trlchloroethylene, tetrachloroethylene, and other chlorinated
          compounds in dilute aqueous solutions.  Environ.  Sci. and
          Technbl., 9:833, 1975.

33.  Dobson, A.L.  Microbial decomposition investigations in sanitary
          landfills.  Ph.D. Thesis, University of West Virginia,
          Morgantown, 196A.  71 p.

3^.  Elchelberger, J.W., ejt_ aj_.  Analytical  quality assurance for trace
          organic analyses by gas chromatography/mass spectrometry.
          Report 600/^-75-007, Office of Research and Development, U.S.
          Environmental  Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., 1975.
                                    A-12

-------
 35.   Eichers, T.,  P. Andrilenas,  R. Jenkins, and A.  Fox.  Quantities
          of pesticides  used by  farmers  in  1964.  Agricultural  Economic
          Report No. 131.  Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office,
          1968.  37  P.

 36.   El-Dib, M.A., et_ aJL  4-Aminoantipyrine as a chromogenic agent for
          aromatic amine determination in natural water.  Water Res.,
          9:513, 1975.

 37.   El-Dib, Mohamed A. and Osama A. Aly.   Persistence of some
          phenylamide pesticides  in the  aquatic environment - III.
          Biological degradation.  Water Res., 10:1055,  1976.

 38.   El-Dib, Mohamed A. and Osama A. Aly.   Persistence of some
          phenylamide pesticides  in the  aquatic environment - II.
          Adsorption on clay minerals.   Water Research,  10:1051,  1976.

 39.   Farmer, W.J., W.J. Spencer,  R.A. Shepherd, and M.M. Cliath.
          Effect of flooding and organic matter applications on DDT
          residues in soil.  J. Environ.  Qual., 3:343, 1974.

 40.   Fine, D.H., e_t_ aj_.  Analysis of volatile N-nitroso compounds In
          drinking water at the part per trillion level.  Bull.  Environ.
          Contarn. Toxicol., 14:404, 1975.

 41.   Flashinskl, S.J. and E.P.  Lichtensteih.  Environmental  factors
          affecting the degradation of dyfonate by soil fungi.
          Can.  Jour.  Mlcrobiol.. 21:17,  1975.

 42.   Floyd,  E.P.  Occurrence and significance of pesticides  In solid
          wastes; a Division of Research  and Development open-file
          report (RS-02-68-15).   (Cincinnati),  U.S.  Department of
          Health, Education,  and Welfare  (Restricted Distribution),
          1970.   34 p.

43.   Floyd,  E.P. and  A.W. Breidenbach.   Preliminary  estimate of  the
          significance of pesticide residues in solid wastes and
          problems  of reduction or elimination  of these residues.
          (Cincinnati),  U.S.  Department of Health,  Education and
          Welfare,  1968.   6 p.

44.  Forbes,  M.A.,  et al.  Confirmation of organophosphorus
          insecticicles  by chemical reduction.   Bull.  Environ.  Contam.
          Toxicol.. 13:141, 1975.

45.  Fredeen, J.J., et  al.   Residue of  methoxychlor  and other
          chlorinated"hydrocarbons in water, sand  and selected fauna
                                   A-13

-------
           following  injections of methosychlor,  black  fly  larvicide
           into  the Saskatchewan  River,  1972.   Pesticides Monitoring
           Jour.,  8:241,  1975.

46.   Freeman, H.P.,  A.W.  Taylor, and W.M.  Edwards.   Heptachlor  and
           dieldrin disappearance from a  field  soil.  J. Ag.  Food  Chem.,
           1975.

47.   Freidman,  D. and  P.  Lombardo.  Photochemical  technique  for the
           elimination  of  chlorinated aromatic  interferences  in  the gas
           liquid  chromatographic analysis  for  chlorinated  paraffins.
           Jour. Assn.  Offie. Anal. Chem..  58:703,  1975.

48.   Glaze, W.H.  and J.E. Henderson, IV.   Formation  of organochlorine
           compounds  from  the chlorination  of a municipal secondary
           effluent.  Jour. Water Poll. Control Fed., 47:2511, 1975.

49.   Gledhill,  W.E.  Biodegradation of 3,3,4'-Trichlorpcarbani1ide,
           TCC,  in sewage  and activated sludge.   Water  Res.,  9:649, 1975.

50.   Grimes, D.J. and  S.M. Morrison.  Bacteriol  bioconcentration  of
           chlorinated  hydrocarbon insecticides from  aquous systems.
           Microbial  Ecol.. 2:43, 1975.

51.   Gruger, e_t_al.  Accumulation of 3,4,3', 4'-Tetrachlorobiphenyl
           and 2,^75,2',4',5'-and 2,4,6,2',4',6'-Hexachlorobiphenyl in
           juvenile coho salmon.  Environ.  Sci. and Technol., 9:121,
           1975.

52.   Haile, C.L., e_t_ a_l_.  Chlorinated hydrocarbons in  the  Lake  Ontario
           ecosystem.   Report 660/3-75-022, Office of Research and
           Development, U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency, Washington,
           D.C., 1975.

53.   Harrison,  e_t_ a_l_.  Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons in  raw,
           potable and waste waters.   Water Res., 9:331, 1975.

54.   Hasebe, K. and  J. Osteryoung.  Differential pulse polarographic
           determination of some carcinogenic nitrosoramines.  Anal.
           Chem., 47:2442, 1975.

55.  Heller, S.R., e_t^ aJL  Trace organics  by GC/MS.  Environ. Sci. and
          Technol.,  9:210, 1975.

56.  Helling, C.S.,  D.G.  Dennison, and D.D. Kaufman.   Fungicide
          movement in soils.  Phytopathology^, 65:1091, 1974.
                                    A-14

-------
57.  Horvath, R.S., et_al.  Co-metabolism of M-chlorobenzoate by
          natural microFTal populations grown under cosubstrate
          enrichment conditions.  Bull. Environ^ Contam. Toxicol.,
          13:357, 1975.

58.  Hrutfiord, B.F., e_t_ aj_.  Organic compounds in pulpmill  lagoon
          discharge.  Report 660/2-75-028, Office of Research and
          Development, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
          Washington, D.C., 1975.

59.  Hurlbert, S.D.  Secondary effects of pesticides on aquatic
          ecosystems.  Residue Review, 57:81, 1975.

60.  lammartino.  Wastewater cleaning processes tackle inorganic
          pollutants.  Chem. Eng., 83:118, 1976.

61.  Isensee, A.R. and G.E. Jones.  Distribution of 2,3,7,8-
          tetrachlorodlbenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD) in an aquatic model
          ecosystem.  Environ. Sci.  Tech., 9:668,  1975.

62.  Jackson, T.A.  Humic matter in  natural  waters and sediments.
          Soil Sci.. 119:56, 1975.

63.  Jenkins, R.I. and R.B. Baird.  The determination of benzidine in
          wastewaters.  Bull.  Environ. Contam.  Toxicol., 13:436, 1975.

64.  Jensen, S.  and R. Rosenberg.  Degradabi1ity of some chlorinated
          aliphatic hydrocarbons in  sea water and  sterilized water.
          Water Res., 9:659, 1975.

65.  Juengst, F.W. and M.  Alexander.   Effect of environmental
          conditions on the degradation of DDT in  model marine
          ecosystems.  Marine  Biol.,  33:1, 1975.

66.  Katan,  J.  Binding of (I^C)parathion in soil:   a reaccessment of
          pesticide persistence.   Science, 193:891,  1976.

67.  Kaufman, D.D.  Degradation  of pesticides by soil  microorganisms.
          J_n_ Pesticides in Soil  and Water.  Chapter 8.   Amer. Soc.
          Agron.  Special  Publ.,  1974.   p.  133-202.

68.  Kawahara, F.K.  and A.W.  Breidenbach.   Pesticides and  water
          quality—potentials  for their removal.  Presented at the
          Symposium on Pesticides and  Soil and  Water Quality, Soil
          Society of America,  Columbus,  November 3,  1965.   Cincinnati,
          U.S. Department  of Health,  Education  and  Welfare, 1965.   10 p.


                                   A-15

-------
69.  Kearney, P.C., J.R. Plimmer, V.P. Williams, U.I. Klingebiel,
          A.R.  Isensee, T.L. Laanio, G.E. Stolzenberg, and R.G. Zaylskie.
          Soil  persistence and metabolism of N-sec-butyl-^-tert-butyl-
          2,6-dinitroaniline.  J. Agr. Food Chem., 22:856, 1975.

70.  Keith, L.W.  Analysis of organic compounds  in two kraftmi11
          wastewaters.  Report 660/A-75-005, Office of Research and
          Development, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
          Washington, D.C., 1975.

71.  Kpekata, A.E.  Polychlorinated biphenyls  (PCB's) in the  rivers
          Avon  and Frome.  Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol., 1^:587,
          1975.

72.  Krutz, M.   Investigations on analysis for amino-acid in  surface
          water.  Zeits. Anal. Chem., 273:123, 1975.

73.  Krzeminski, S.F., e^ aj_.  Fate of microbicidal 3-isothiazolone
          compounds in the environment, modes and rates of dissipation.
          J. Agr. Food Chem.. 23:1060, 1975.

Ik.  Leistra, M. and W.A. Dekkers.  Computed leaching of pesticides
          from  soil under field conditions.  Water^ Ai r, and  Soi1
          Pollution. 5:^*91, 1975.

75.  Li 1 lard, D.A. and J.J. Powers.  Aqueous odor thresholds of organic
          pollutants in industrial effluents.  Report 660/^-75-002,
          Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
          Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., 1975.

76.  Lu, P.Y., et al.  Evaluation of environmental distribution and
          fate oT liexachlorochcylpentadiene, chordene, heptachlor and
          heptachlor epoxide in a laboratory model ecosystem.  Jour.
          Agr.  Food Chem..  23:967, 1975.

77.  Lunde,  G. and E. Steinnes.  Presence of 1ipid-soluble chlorinated
          hydrocarbons in marine oils.  Environ.  Sci. and Technol.,
          9:155, 1975.

78.  Lunde,  G., et^ aj_  The sum of chlorinated and of brominated nonpolar
          hydrocarbons in water.  Bull. Environ.  Contam. Toxicol.,
          13:656, 1975.

79.  Mangravite, F.J., Jr., e_t_al.  Removal of humic acid by
          coagulation and microTTotation.  Jour.  Amer. Water Works Assn..
          67:88, 1975.
                                   A-16

-------
80.  Mantoura, R.F.C. and J.P. Riley.  Analytical concentration of
          humic substances from natural waters.  Anal- Chim. Acta.,
          76:97, 1975.

81.  Manual for decontamination and disposal of empty pesticide
          containers.  Washington, National Agricultural Chemicals
          Association, June 1965.  22 p.

82.  Manual on waste disposal.  Washington, National Agricultural
          Chemicals Association, 1965.  44 p.

83.  Martel, J.M., et_ aj_.  PCB's in suburban watershed,  Reston, Va.
          Environ. Sci. and Techno 1., 9:872, 1975.

84.  McKenzie, L.R. and P.N.W. Young.  Determination of  ammonia-,
          nitrate- and organic nitrogen in water and wastewater with
          an ammonia gas-sensing electrode.  Analyst, 100:620, 1975.

85.  Mead, B.E. and W.G. Wilkie.  Leachate prevention and control from
          sanitary landfills.  Albany, New York State Department of
          Environmental Conservation.  42 p.

86.  Merz, R.C. and R. Stone.  Special studies of a sanitary landfill.
          Los Angeles, University of Southern California.   (Distributed
          by National Technical Information Service, Springfield, Va.,
          Publication PB 196 148),  1968.

87.  Metcalf, R.L., at_al.  Degradation and environmental fate of 1-
          (2,6-difluoroEenzoyl)-3~(4-chlorophenyl) area.  Jour. Agr.
          Food Chem.. 23:359, 1975.

88.  Miyazaki, S.,  e_t_ aj_.  Metabolism of dichlobenil by microorganisms
          in the aquatic environment.  Jour. Agr. Food Chem., 23:365,
          1975.

89.  Mrkva,  M.  Automatic UV-control  system for relative evaluation of
          organic water pollution.   Water Res., 9:587, 1975.

90.  Murphy, K.L.,  et_ a_l_.  Effect of chlorination practice on soluble
          organics.  Water Res., 9:389, 1975.

91.  Murray, D.S.,  e_t_ aj_.  Comparative adsorption, desorption and
          mobility  of dipropetryn and prometryn in soil.   Jour. Agr.
          Food Chem., 23:578,  1975.

92.  Musselwhite,  C.C.   Automated method for determination of residual
          methanol  in (sewage)  effluents.   Water Poll. Control, 74:110,
          1975^.
                                   A-17

-------
 93.  Newbold, C.  Herbicides  in aquatic systems.  Biol. Conserv., 7:97,
           1975.

 94.  Nicholson, A.A. and 0. Meresz.  Analysis of volatile, halogenated
           organics  in water by direct aqueous injection-gas
           chromatography.  Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol.,  14:453,  1975.

 95.  Nilles, G.P. and M.J. Zabik.  Photochemistry of bioactive compounds:
           multiphase degradation and mass spectral analysis  of basagran.
           Jour. Agr. Food Chem., 23:410, 1975.

 96.  Oettinger, P.E., ej^al.  Liquid chromatograph detector  for trace
           analysis non-voTa~ti le N-nitroso compounds.  Anal .^  Letters,
           8:411, 1975.

 97.  Paris, D.F., e_t_ al.  Microbial degradation and accumulation of
           pesticides Tn" aquatic systems.  Report 660/3-75-007, Office
           of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental Protection
           Agency, Washington, D.C., 1975.

 98.  Parr, J.F.  Organic matter decomposition and oxygen  relationships.
           J_n_ Factors Involved in Land Application of Agricultural and
           Municipal Wastes, USDA-ARS Special Publication, 1974.
           p. 121-139.

 99.  Phillips, J.H., e_t_ aj_.  Analysis of the dynamics of  DDT in marine
           sediments.  Report 660/3-75-013, Office of Research and
           Development, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
           Washington, D.C., 1975.

100.  Picer, N., et_ a_l_.  Determination of I^C-DDT radioactivity in
           seawater and marine suspended matter by liquid  scintillation.
           Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol., 14:565, 1975.

101.  Ping, C.L.  Variation in plcloram leaching pattern for  several
           soils.  Soil  Sci. Soc. Amer. Proc., 39:470, 1975.

102.  Plimmer, J.R.  and U.I. Klingeblel.  Photochemistry of N-sec-butyl-
           4-tert-butyl-2, 6-dinitroani1ine.  J.  Agr. Food Chem.,
           22:689-693, 1974.

103.  Price, P., et_ a_K   Chemical ionization mass spectrometric
           determination of organic compounds in  solution at  the part
           per million level.  Anal. Chem., 47:190, 1975.

104.  Rawls, R.L.  Nitrosamines found in commercial pesticides.  Water
           and Wastes Eng., 13:18, 1976.
                                     A-18

-------
105.  Rogers, C.J. and T.C. Purcell.  Production of organic compounds
           from waste cellulose by biosynthesis.  Presented at American
           Chemical Society, 15oth National Meeting, Division of Water,
           Air and Waste Chemistry, New York, Sept. 7-12, 1969.

106.  Roserberg, R., e_t_ aj_.  Toxic effects of aliphatic chlorinated by-
           products from vinyl chloride production on marine animals.
           Water Res., 9:607, 1975.

107.  Sachdev, Dev R., JJ. Ferris, and N.L. Clesceri.  Apparent
           molecular weights or organics in secondary effluents.
           Journal WPCF, 48:570-579, 1976.

108.  Safe disposal of empty pesticide containers and surplus pesticides.
           (Washington), U.S. Department of Agriculture, August, 1964.
           6 p.

109.  Sanborn, Y.R., et_ a]_.  Uptake of three polychlorinated biphenyls,
           DDT, and DDE by the green sunfish, Lepomis cyanel1 us raf.
           Bull. Environ.  Contam.  Toxicol., 13:209, 1975.~

110.  Saunders, R.A., et_ aj_.  Identification of volatile organic
           contaminants in Washington, D.C. municipal  water.  Water Res.,
           9:1143, 1975.

111.  Schofield, F.W. and  P.A. Gorton.  Instrumental methods of
           monitoring organic pollution.  Water Pollut.  Control, 75:47,
           1976.

112.  Schmitz, W.  and W. Kolle.   Biogenic and non-biogenic organic
           pollutants.   Swiss Jour. Hydro!., 37:85, 1975.

113.  Schuth, C.K., A.R. Insensee, E.A.  Woolson, and P.C. Kearney.
           Distribution of 1^C and arsenic derived from  cacodylic acid
           in an aquatic microecosystem.  J. Agric. Food Chem.,  22:999,
           1974.

114.  Scoggins,  M.W.  and J.W.  Miller.   Spectrophotometric determination
           of water soluble organic amides.  Anal. Chem., 47:152,  1975.

115.  Sethuraman,  V.V.  and B.C.  Rayniahashay.   Color removal  by  clays;
           kinetic study of adsorption of cationic and anionic  dyes.
           Environ. Sci. and Technol.,  9:1139,  1975.

116.  Shuster, W.W.  Partial  oxidation of solid organic  wastes.   Report
           SW-7rg,  Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, U.S.  Department of
           Health,  Education and Welfare,  Public Health  Service,
           Environmental Health  Service, 1970.


                                    A-19

-------
117.  Sikka, H.C., et al.  Uptake, distribution and metabolism of
           endothalTin fish.  Jour. Agr. Food Chem., 23:8^9, 1975.

118.  Siniegoski, P.J.  An examination of the concentration of organic
           components water-extracted from petroleum products.  Water
           Res., 9:^21, 1975.

119.  Skinner, S.I.M. and M. Schnitzer.  Rapid identification by gas-
           chromatography-mass spectrometry-computer of organic compounds
           resulting from degradation of humic substances.  Anal. Chim.
           Acta., 75:207, 1975.

120.  Smith, J.H.  Decomposition in soil of waste cooking oils used in
           potato processing.  J. Environ. Qual., 3:279, 197^.

121.  Smith, V.K.  Long-term movement of DDT applied to soil for termite
           control.  Gulfport, Southern Forest Experiment Station, 1967.

122.  Smyth, W.F., e_t_ aj_.  A polarographic and spectral study of some
           C- and N-nitroso compounds.  Anal. Chim. Acta., 78:81, 1975.

123.  Sontheimer, H.  The impact of chemical pollution on water
           utilization.  Swiss Jour. Hydrol.. 37:118, 1975.

124.  Spencer, W.F. and M.M. Cliath.  Factors affecting vapor loss of
           trifluralin from soil.  J. Agr. Food Chem., 22:987, 197**.

125.  Spencer, W.F. and M.M. Cliath.  Vaporization of chemicals.   J_n_
           Environ. Dynamics of Pesticides (Haque and Freed, Ed.),
           Plenum, New York, 1975.  p. 61-78.

126.  Spencer, W.F., M.M. Cliath, W.J. Farmer, and R.A. Shepherd.
           Volatility of DDT residues in soil as affected by flooding
           and organic matter applications.   J. Environ. Qual.,  3:126,
           1974.

127.  Symons, J.M., e^ aj_.  National organics reconnaissance survey for
           halogenated organics.   Jour. Amer. Water Works Assn.,  67:634,
           1975.

128.  Terriere, L.C. and R.J. Burnard.  Uptake, tissue distribution and
           clearance of the selective pesticide 1,1' methylene di-2-
           naphtol (squoxin) by the rainbow trout and squawfish.
           Jour. Agr. Food Chem., 23:714, 1975.

129.  Trotter, W.J.  Removing the interference of DDT and its analogs
           in the analysis for the residues  of polychlorinated biphenyls.
           Jour. Assn.  Offic. Anal. Chem.. 58:461, 1975.
                                     A-20

-------
130.  Tucker, E.S., et al.  Activated sludge primary biodegradation of
           polychlorTnated biphenyls.  Bull. Environ. Contain. Toxicol.,
           14:705, 1375.

131.  Van Dyk, L.P., et_ a_l_.  Total population density of Crustacea and
           aquatic insects as an  indicator of fenthion pollution of river
           water.  Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol., 14:^26,  1975.

132.  Walker, E.A., et_ a_l_.  Use of a clean-up method to improve
           specificity in the analysis of foodstuff for volatile
           nitrosoamines.  Analyst, 100:817, 1975.

133.  Webb, R.G.   Isolating organic water pollutants:  XAD resins,
           urethane foams, solvent extraction.  Report 660/4-75-003,
           Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
           Protection Agency, Washington, D.C., 1975.

134.  Weber,  J.H. and S.A. Wilson.  The isolation and characterization
           of fulvic acid and humic acid from river water.  Water Res.,
           9:1079, 1975.

135.  Westmacott, D.  and S.J.L.  Wright.  Studies on the breakdown of
           p-chlorophenyl methylcarbamate II in cultures of a soil
           arthrobacter Sp.   Pesticide Sci., 6:61, 1975«

136.  Willis, G.H., R.L.  Rogers  and L.M.  Southwick.  Losses of diuron,
           linuron, fenac and trifluralin in surface drainage water.
           J. Environ.  Qua!., 4:399,  1975.
                                                              o
137.  Wolf,  D.C.  and  J.P. Martin.  Microbial decomposition of ring ^c
           atrazin, cyanic acid  and 2-chloro-4,  6-diamino-5-trazine.
           Jour.  Environ. Qual., 4:134, 1975.

138.  Wolfe,  N.L., £t_ aj_.  Kinetic investigation of malathion degradation
           in water.   Bull.  Environ.  Contam. Toxicol.,  13:707, 1975.

139.  Wong, P.T.S. and  K.L.E.  Kaiser.   Bacterial  degradation  of
           polychlorinated biphenyls,  II.   Rate studies.   Bull.  Environ.
           Contam. Toxicol.,  13:249,  1975.

140.  Woolson,  E.A.  Chlorinated hydrocarbon insecticide extraction
           from soil:   A  collaborative study,  1973.  J.A.O.A.C.,
           57:3:60^-609,  1974.

141.  Yu,  C.C.  and J.R.  Sanborn.  The  fate of  parathion  in  a  model
           ecosystem.   Bull.  Environ.  Contam.  Toxicol.,  13:543,  1975.
                                    A-21

-------
Yu, C.C., e_t_ a]_.  Fate of dicamba  in  a model  ecosystem.   Bui 1 .
     Environ. Con tarn. Toxicol.,  13:280,  1975.

Yu, C.C., e_t_ a]_.  Fate of alachlor and propachlor in a model
     ecosystem.  Jour. Agr.  Food Chem.,  23:877,  1975.

Zepp, e_t_ aj_.  Dynamics of 2,^-D  esters in  surface waters,  hydrolysis,
     photolysis and vaporization.  Environ.  Sci.  and Technol.,
             1975.
                               A-22

-------
              PART III - CRITICAL PARAMETERS  FOR WASTE  DISPOSAL
 1.  Anon.  Evaluation of land application system.   U.S.  Environmental
          Protection Agency Report No.  EPA-^30/9-75-001 ,  1975.

 2.  Ayers, R.S.  Water quality criteria for agriculture.   UC  Committee
          of Consultants, SWRCB, 1973.

 3.  Baker, D.E. and L. Chesnin.  Chemical monitoring  of  soils  for
          environmental quality and animal and human health.   Adv. Agron.,
          27:305, 1975.

 k.  Bell, J.W.   Spray irrigation for poultry and canning waste.
          Publ ic Works. 9:111, 1955.

 5.  Bolton, P.   Cannery waste disposal  by field  irrigation.   Food
          Packer, 38:1*2, 19*»7.

 6.  Bouwer, H.  and R.L. Chaney.  Land  treatment of  wastewater.  Adv. Agron.,
          26:133,
 7.  Braids, O.C.,  M.  Sochan-Ardakani ,  T.D.  Hinesl,  and J.A.E. Molina.
          Disposal  of  digested  sewage sludge on  farm land as evaluated by
          a lysimeter  study.  Agronomy  Abstracts,  1968.  p.  132.

 8.  Burge, W.D.  Health  aspects  of  applying sewage  wastes to  land.
          Proceedings  of  the  North Central Regional  Conference Workshop,
          Educational  Needs Associated  with  Utilization of Wastewater
          Treatment Products  on Land.   Kellogg Center, Michigan State
          University,  East Lansing,  Michigan,  197**.

 9.  Burge, W.D.  Pathogen considerations.   J_n_ Factors Involved in Land
          Application  of  Agricultural and Municipal  Wastes.  USDA
          National  Program Staff; Soil, Water  and  Air Sciences, Beltsville,
          Md.,  \31k.   p.  37-^9.

10.  Gas  and leachate  from landfills:   Formation,  collection and treatment.
          Proceedings  of  a research  symposium  at Rutgers University, New
          Brunswick, New  Jersey.  March 25-26, 1975.  E.J. Genetelli and
          John  Cirello, Eds.  EPA-600/9-76-OOA.   Environ. Protection Agency,
          Cincinnati,  Ohio, 1976.

11.  Gilbert, R.G.,  C.P.  Gerbo, R.C. Rice, H.  Bouwer, C. Wallis, and
          J.L.  Milnick.   Virus  and bacteria  removal  from wastewater by
          land  treatment.  Applied and  Environmental Microbiology,
          32:33,  1976.
                                     A-23

-------
12.  Gray, H. and C.A. Moore.  Control  of gas flow from sanitary landfills.
          Am. Soc. C.E. Proc., 101 (EE4 no.  11525) :555, 1975.

13.  Gray, R. Toxic waste disposal.  Water Pol 1 .  Control ,  76:30, 1977.

Ik.  Hershaft, A.  Sol id waste treatment and technology.   Envi ron.  Sci .
          and Technol., 6:412, 1972.

15-  lammartino.  Wastewater cleanup  processes  tackle inorganic pollutant.
          Chem. Eng..,  83:118, 1976.

16.  Johansen, O.J. and D.A. Carlson.  Characterization of sanitary
          landfill leachates.  Water  Research,  10:1129, 1976.

17.  Katzenelson, E.    Risks of communicable  disease infection  associated
          with wastewater irrigation  in agriculture settlements. Science,
                  , 1976.
18.  Larson, W.E., J.R. Gil ley, and D.R.  Linden.   Consequences  of waste
          disposal on land.  Proc. 29th Annual  Meeting,  Soil  Conservation
          Society of America, 1974. p. 127-132.

19.  Lin, Y.H.  Acid and gas production from sanitary landfills.  Ph.D.
          Thesis, University of West Virginia,  Morgantown,  1966.  97  p.

20.  Merz, R.C. and R. Stone.  Landfill settlement rates.   Publ ic Works,
          93:103, 1962.

21.  Morris, C.E. and W.J. Jewell.  Land  application  of  wastes;  a 50
          state overview.  Publ ic Works,  107:89,  1976.

22.  Perpich, W.M.  Considerations for land disposal  of  paper and pulp
          mill sludge.  Tappi ,  59:56, 1976.

23.  Sexsmith, P.O., M.A. Wilson, and R.G.  Graham. Selection criteria,
          methods and scoring system for  sanitary landfill  site  selection.
          Proc. of the Intl. Conf. on Land  for  Waste  Management,  Ottawa,
          Canada - Oct. 1973, published by  Department of Environment  and
          Nat. Research Council  of Canada,  1973.   p.  300-306.

24.  Steiner, R.L. and A. A. Fungaroli. Analytical procedures for chemical
          pollutants research project on  pollution of subsurface  water by
          sanitary landfill.  Philadelphia, Drexel Institute  of  Technology,
          June 1968.  27 p.

25-  Stone, R. , S.M. Cristofano, and E.T.  Conrad.  Mechanical aeration
          of a landfill.  ASME  Paper 69-WA/P I D-20. New  York, American
          Society of Mechanical  Engineers,  1969.   12  p.


                                     A-24

-------
26.  Vaughan, R.D.   Land disposal  for solid wastes:   the  present  state
          and concepts for the future.   Rockville,  U.S. Environmental
          Protection Agency,  1971.   7 p.

27.  Vydra, 0. and  A.  Grumin.   County treats shredfill  leachate.   Civil
          Eng., A6:55, 1976.

28.  Walker, J.M.   Sewage sludges  -  management  aspects  for  land
          application.  Compost Science,  16:12,  1975.

29.  Wigh, R.J.  Evaluation of the MC-300A  soil  moisture  meter to
          determine in-place moisture content of refuse at  land disposal
          sites;  progress report;  a  Division of Research  and  Development
          open-file report.  (Cincinnati),  U.S.  Environmental Protection
          Agency,  1971.   19 p.

30.  WMcomb, M.J.  and H.L. Hickman.   Sanitary  landfill design,
          construction and evaluation.  Washington,  U.S.  Government
          Printing  Office, 1971.   11  p.

31.  Young, C.E.  The  cost of  land application  of wastewater:  A
          simulation analysis.  U.S.  Department  of Agriculture,
          Technical  Bulletin No. 1555,  1976.  59 p.

32.  Zen,  D.R.   Environmental  impacts  of  land application of  sludge.
          WPCFJ,  i*8:2332, 1976.
                                    A-25

-------
            PART IV - DISPOSAL PROCEDURES, MODELS, AND GUIDELINES


 1.  Alexander, T.   Where will we put all that garbage?  Fortune, 76:149,
          189, 192, 194.  October, 196?.

 2.  Allen, G.O.  Pulverization—the bulk reduction of refuse for land
          reclamation.  Presented at Institute of Public Cleansing 72nd
          Annual Conference, Torbay, England, June 2-5, 1970.  22 p.

 3.  Allen, W.  Regional solid waste management policy.  Water, Air and
          Soil Poll.. 4:237, 1975.

 4.  Andersland, O.B., e_t_ a_l_.  An experimental high ash papermtll sludge
          landfill.  First Annual Report, Natl. Tech.  Info. Service,
          Springfield, Va., PB 239 869, 1974.

 5.  Andersland, O.B., £t_al.  An experimental high ash papermtll sludge
          landfill.  SeconcTAnnual Report, Natl. Tech. Info. Service,
          Springfield, Va.  PB 239 618, 1974.

 6.  Beluche, R.A. , e_t_ aj_.  Effective use of high water table areas for
          sanitary landfill.  Volume I.  Natl. Tech. Info. Service,
          Springfield, Va., PB 236 462, 1973.

 7.  Beluche, R.A., e_t_a1.  Effective use of high water table areas for
          sanitary landTTll.  Volume II.  Natl. Tech.  Info. Service,
          Springfield, Va., PB 236 463, 1973.

 8.  Bendixen, T.W., R.D. Hill, W.A. Schwartz, and G.G. Robeck.  Ridge
          and furrow liquid waste disposal In a northern latitude.
          Cincinnati, U.S. Department of the Interior, Federal Water
          Pollution Control Administration, Jan. 1967.  24 p.

 9.  Bjornson, B.F. and M.D. Bogue.   Keeping a sanitary landfill sanitary.
          Public Works. 92(9):112, 1961.

10.  Black, R.  Recommended standards for sanitary landfill operations.
          Washington, U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare,
          Sept. 1961.  45 p.

11.  Black, R.J.  A review of sanitary landfill Ing practices in the
          United States.  Presented  at International Research Group on
          Refuse Disposal, 3rd International  Congress, Trento,  Italy,
          May 24-29, 1965.  11 p.
                                     A-26

-------
 12.  Bodner, R.M. and W.T. Hemsley.  Evaluation of abandoned strip mines
          as sanitary landfills.  Proc. 3rd Mineral  Waste Utilization
          Symposium, U.S. Bureau of Mines and NT Research Inst.,
          Chicago, 111., 1972.  129 p.

 13.  Bouwer, H.  Ground water recharge design for renovating waste water.
          J. Sanitary Eng. Div.  Proc. ASCE., 96:59,  1970.

 14.  Bouwer, H.  Design and operation of land treatment systems  for
          minimum contamination  of groundwater.  Groundwater, 12:140,
          197*.

 15.  Bouwer, H., J.C. Lance, and M.S. Riggs.  High-rate land treatment
          II:  Water quality and economic aspects of the Flushing  Meadows
          Project.  J. Water Poll. Control, 46:845,  1974.

 16.  Bouwer, H., R.C. Rice, and  E.D. Escarcega.  High-rate land  treatment
          I:  Infiltration and hydraulic aspects of  the Flushing Meadows
          Project.  J. Water Pol 1. Control, 46:834,  1974.

 17.  Brunner, D.R. and J. Keller,  1972.  Sanitary landfill  design  and
          operation.  U.S.E.P.A. 72.  Ss-65ts, 1972.

 18.  Burchinal, J.C.  Microbiology and acid production  in sanitary
          landfi.lls; an interim  report.  Morgantown, West Virginia
          Universi ty, 1967.  23  p.

 19.  Burnett, N.C.  A biological evaluation of the effect of flood plain
          sanitary landfill site on groundwater quality.   Water, 1974.
          II.  municipal wastewater treatment, AlChE Symposium Series,
          71, 145, 295,  1975.

20.  Caffrey, P., e_t^ aj_.  Evaluation of environmental  impact of
          landfills.   Jour. Environ. Eng.  Div.,  Proc. Amer.  Soc. Civil
          Eng., 101:55,  1975.

21.  Cherry, J.A., G.E.  Grisak,  and R.E.  Jackson.  Hydrogeological
          factors in shallow subsurface waste management  in  Canada.
          Proc.  of the Intl.  Conf. on Land  for Waste Management, Ottawa,
          Canada - Oct.  1973, published by  the Dept. of Environment and
          Nat.  Research  Council  of Canada,  1973.   p. 131-146.

22.  Chian,  E.S.K. and F.B. DeWalle.  Characterization  and treatment of
          leachates  generated from landfills.   Water,  1974.   II.   municipal
          wastewater treatment,  AlChE Symposium Series,  71,  145, 319,
          1975.
                                    A-27

-------
23.  Chian, E.S.K. and F.B. DeWalle.  Compilation of methodology  for
          measuring pollution parameters of sanitary landfill  leachate.
          Ecological Research Ser., EPA-600/3-75-011, Cincinnati,  Ohio,
          1975.

2k.  Clark, T.P.  Survey of groundwater protection methods  for Illinois
          landfills.  Groundwater, 13:321,  1975.

25.  Cooper, R.C., e_t^ £]_•  Virus survival  in solid waste leachates.
          Water Res., 9:733, 1975.

26.  Cummins, R.L.  Effects of land disposal of solid wastes  on water
          quality.  Cincinnati, U.S. Department of Health,  Education
          and Welfare, 1968.  29 p.

27.  Davidson, J.M., et_ a\_.  Use of soil parameters for describing
          pesticide movement through soils.  Report 660/2-75-009,  Office
          of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental  Protection
          Agency, Washington, D.C., 1975.

28.  Emcon Associates.  Sonoma County solid waste stabilization study.
          Natl. Tech. Info.  Service, Springfield, Va., PB  236 778,  1975.

29.  England, C.B.  Relative leaching potentials  estimated  from hydrologic
          soil groups.  Water Res. Bui 1.,  9, No.  3,  1973.   590 p.

30.  Farquhar, G.J. and F.A. Rovers.  Leachate attenuation  in undisturbed
          and remoulded soils.  j_n_ Gas and  Leachate From Landfills:
          Formation, Collection and Treatment.  EPA-600/9-76-004:5^-70,
          1976.

31.  Favroden, R., H.M. Hill, G.J. Farquhar, and D.  Weatherbe. Sanitary
          landfill study; phase 1  report.   Waterloo, Ontario,  University
          of Waterloo, Industrial  Research  Institute, 1970. 68 p.

32.  Fenn, D.G., et_ a_j_.  Use of the water balance method for  predicting
          leachate generation from solid waste disposal sites.
          EPA/530/SW-168, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
          Cincinnati, Ohio, 1975.

33.  Fleming, R.R.  Sol id waste disposal.   American City,  81:101;  81:9^.
          Jan. 1966.

34.  Frere,  M.H., C.A. Onstad, and H.N.  Holtan.  Modeling  the movement of
          agricultural chemicals.   Proc. 197^ Summer Computer Simulation
          Conf., Houston, Texas, 1974 p. 271-274.
                                     A-28

-------
 35.  Frere, M.H.  Integrating chemical factors with water and sediment
          transport from a watershed.  J.Envi ron. Quali ty. A:12.

 36.  Fuller, W.H.  The "state of the art" of migration and attenuation
          of some potentially hazardous polluting trace and heavy metals,
          asbestos and cyanide in soil.  U.S. E.P.A. Contract No.
          (68-03-0208), Solid Waste Research Laboratory, 197**.

 37.  Fungaroli, A.A., R.L. Steiner, G.H. Emrich, and I.  Remson.  Design
          of a sanitary landfill  field experiment installation.  Drexel
          Institute of Technology, Department of Civil Engineering
          Mechanics, Series 1, No. 10, Philadelphia, 1968.  27 p.

 38.  Fungaroli, A.A., R.L. Steiner, and I. Remson.  Design of a sanitary
          landfill lysimeter.  Drexel Institute of Technology, Department
          of Civil Engineering Mechanics, Series I,  No.  9, Philadelphia,
          1968.  27 p.

 39.  Fungaroli, A.A.  Pollution of subsurface water by sanitary landfills.
          Drexel Institute of Technology, Philadelphia,  3 v., 1970.

 AO.  Fungaroli, A.A.  Pollution of subsurface water by sanitary landfills;
          annual report—year 1.   Drexel Institute of Technology,
          Philadelphia, 1970.  66 p.

 J»1.  Garland, G.A. and D.C. Mosher.  Leachate effects of improper land
          disposal.   Waste Age.,  6:3, 1975.

 k2.  Gazda,  L.P. and J.F.  Malina, Jr.  Land  disposal of  municipal solid
          wastes in selected standard metropolitan statistical areas  in
          Texas.  Austin,  Univeristy  of Texas, Civil Engineering
          Department, 1969.  113  p.

 *»3«  Geswein, A.J.  Liners for land disposal  sites:   An  assessment.
          EPA/530/SW-137., U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
          Cincinnati, Ohio, 1975.

 kk.  Geyer,  J.A. and R.J.  Wigh.  Landfill  temperature sampling interval
          analysis;  solid  waste management open-file report (.118).  U.S.
          Environmental  Protection Agency, 1971.   20 p.

 A5.  Goeppner,  J.   Sanitary landfills:   No place for leaching.  Water  &
          Wastes Eng., 12:9,  1975.

**6.  Gray, D.A., e_t_ a\_.   Review of groundwater pollution from waste
          disposal  sites  in England and  Wales,  with  provisional
          guidelines for  future site  selection.   Jour. Engng.  Geol.,
          7:181, 197^.
                                     A-29

-------
kl .  Gray, H. and C.A. Moore.  Control of gas flow from sanitary
           landfills.  Am. Soc. C.E. Proc.  01 (EE *t no. 11525):  555,
           1975.

**8.  Ham,  R.K.  The generation, movement and attenuation of leachates
           from solid waste land disposal sites.   Waste Age, 6:6, 1975.

1*9.  Ham,  R.K. and C.R. Anderson.  Pollutant production by refuse
           degradation in test lysimeters.  Waste Age, 5:9, 197**-

50.  Ham,  R.K. and C.R. Anderson.  Pollutant production by refuse
           degradation in test lysimeters.  Waste Age, 6:1  and 2:38,  1975.

51.  Ham,  R.K. and R. Karnauskas.  Leachate production from milled and
           unprocessed refuse.  ISWA Inform. Bull., lA/15,  3, Dec. 197^.

52.  Hart, S.A.  Agricultures contribution to the solid waste problem.
          Water, Air and Soil Poll., A:l89, 1975.

53.  Hart, S.A. , W.J. Flocker, and G.K. York.  Refuse stabilization  in
           the land.  ASME Paper 69-WA/PID-5.  New York, American Society
          of Mechanical Engineers, 1969.  9 p.

5**.  Harvey, W.B.  Spray irrigation solves disposal problem.  Water  and
          Wastes Eng., 13:31, 1976.

55.  Havlichek, J.  Solid wastes--a resource?  American Journal of
          Agricultural Economics. 51:1, 598-1, 602, 1969.

56.  Hrudey, S.E., et_ a]_.  The composition of residues from municipal
           refuse incinerators.  Environ. Research, 7:29^,
57.  Hughes, G.M., R.A. Landon, and R.N.  Farvolden.   Hydrogeology of
          solid waste disposal sites in northeastern Illinois;  an
          interim report on a solid waste demonstration grant project.
          Cincinnati, U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare,
          1969.  137 p.

58.  Johnson, H.  A study of hazardous waste materials, hazardous effects
          and disposal methods.  Vol. I  by Booz-Al len Applied Research,
          Inc., for U.S.E.P.A. PB-221 *»56, 1973.  p. 133-157.

59.  Johnson, Victor R. , Jr.  Managing industrial  wastes excluded from
          the sewer.  Water, Air and Soil Pollution, ^:201,  1975.

60.  Katzenelson, E. and others.  Risk of communicable disease infection
          associated with wastewater irrigation in agriculture
          settlements.  Science, ^^^:^^l^, 1976.
                                      A-30

-------
61.  Kimmel, G.E. and O.C. Braids.  Preliminary findings  of a  leachate
          study of two landfills in Suffolk County, New York.   Jour.
          Research U.S. Geol .  Survey, 3:273, 1975.

62.  Kinderman, E.M.  Economics of solid waste recovery.   Water,  A? r  and
          Soil Pollution, ^:2**5, 1975.

63.  Klefstad, G. , et_ a_J_.  Limitations  of the electrical  resistivity
          method in landfill  investigations.  Groundwater,  13:418,  1975.

6^.  Koenig, A. and D.P.  Loucks.  Management of model  for wastewater
          disposal on land.   Journal  of the Environmental  Engineering
          Division.  Proceedings of the ASCE, 103:181,  1977-

65.  Koshal , Rajindar K.   Water pollution and human health.  Water, Air
          and Soil Pollution,  5:289,  1976.

66.  Legrand, H.E.  System for evaluation of contamination potential  of
          some waste disposal  sites.   J.A.W.W.A. ,  56:959,  1964.

67.  Morekas, S.  Criteria for the selection of sites  for treatment and
          disposal of hazardous wastes.  Proc.  of  the  Intl.  Conf. on
          Land for Waste  Management,  Ottawa, Canada-Oct.  1973.
          Published by the Dept. of Environmental  and  Nat.  Research
          Council of Canada,  1973.   p 308-316.

68.  National Solid Wastes Management Association,  and  Bureau of  Solid
          Wastes Management.   Sanitary  landfill  operation  agreement and
          recommended standards for sanitary landfill  design and
          construction.  Cincinnati,  U.S.  Department of Health,
          Education and Welfare, 1969.  44 p.

69.  Nordstedt, R.A.   Analysis of animal  waste  storage  and  land disposal
          systems.  Ph.D. Thesis, Ohio  State University Research
          Foundation, Columbus, 1969.  101  p.

70.  Nordstedt, R.A. , L.B. Baldwin,  and L.M.  Rhodes.   Land  disposal of
          effluent from sanitary landfill.   J.  Water Poll.  Control,
          47:1961, 1975.

71.  Palmquist, R.C.  and  L.V.A. Sendlein.   The  configuration of
          contamination enclaves from refuse disposal  sites on  floodplains.
          Groundwater,  13:167,  1975.

72.  Partridge, J.W.   Disposal  of solid waste in rural  areas.
          International Research Group  on  Refuse Disposal,  2nd
          International Congress, Essen,  Germany, May  22-23, 1962.
                                     A-31

-------
73.  Pavoni, J.L., D.J. Hagerty, and R.E.  Lee.   Environmental  impact
          evaluation of hazardous waste disposal  in land.   Water  Res.
          Bull. 8. No. 6, 1972.  p. 1091.

74.  Perpich, W.M.  Consideration for land disposal  of paper  and  pulp
          mill sludge.  Tappi, 59:56, 1976.

75.  Phillips, C.R.  Development of a soil-waste  interaction  matrix.
          Solid Waste Management Report EPS 4-EC-76-10.  Environment
          Canada, 1976.  89 p.

76.  Phillips, K.J. and J.A. DeFilippi.  A matrix approach  for
          determining wastewater management impacts.  Water Pol 1.  Con.
          Fed. J.. 7:1759, 1976.

77.  Pohland, F.G.  Sanitary landfill stabilization with  leachate recycle
          and residual treatment.  Environ.  Protection Technol.  Ser.,
          EPA-600/2-75-043, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1975.

78.  Pohland, F.G. and S.J. Kang.  Sanitary landfill  stabilization with
          leachate recycle and residual treatment.   Water,  1974.   II.
          municipal wastewater treatment,  AlChE Symposium Series,  71,  145,
          308, 1975.

79.  Pol it, Tarapoda and Syed R. Qasim.  Biological  treatment kinetics
          of landfill leachate.  ASCE, 103:353,  1977.

80.  Pppkin, R.A. and T.W. Bendixen.  Improved subsurface disposal.
          Cincinnati ,-,.UvS. Department of the Interior, Federal Water
          Pollution Control Administration, Aug.  1967. 33  p.

81.  Reinhardt, J.J. and R.K. Ham.  Solid  waste milling and disposal on
          land without cover.  Volume II.   Natl.  Tech. Info.  Service,
          Springfield, Va. , PB 234 931, 1973.

82.  Rouse, J.V.  Hydrologic relationship  of Jefferson County,  landfill
          leachate and Meramec Heights Area Springs, Jefferson County,
          Missouri.  Natl. Tech. Info. Service, Springfield,  Va.,  PB 227
          040, 1973.

83.  Sax,  N.I.  Dangerous properties of industrial  materials.  Van
          Nostrand Reinhqld Co. 3rd Edition, 1969.   p. 1-2.

84.  Saxtpn, J.C. and M. Kramer.  Industrial chemicals solid  waste
          generation:  The significance of process  change,  resource,
          recovery and improved disposal.   Natl.  Tech. Info.  Service,
          Springfield, Va., PB 233 464, 1974.
                                     A-32

-------
85.  Sendlein, L.V.A. and R.C. Palmquist.  A topographic hydrogeologi c
          model for solid waste landfill  siting.  Groundwater,  13:260,
          1975.

86.  Shaver, R.G., et_ a\_.  Assessment of industrial  hazardous waste
          practices inorganic chemicals industry.  Natl. Tech.  Info.
          Service, Springfield, Va. , PB 2kk 832, 1975.

87.  Steiner, R.L. and A. A. Fungaroli.  A computer program for  moisture
          routing through an unsaturated sanitary landfill.   Publication
          No. SWUE-13.  Philadelphia, Drexel University, Feb.  1970.
          15 P.

88.  Stollar, R.L. and P. Roux.  Earth resistivity surveys -  a  method
          for defining groundwater contamination.  Groundwater, 13:1^5,
          1975.

89.  Waldrip, D.B. and R.V. Rube.   Solid  waste disposal  by land burial
          in Southern Indiana.  Natl. Tech. Info. Service, Springfield,
          Va., PB 239 225,
90.  Walker, J.M.  Sewage sludges — management aspects  for land
          application.  Proceedings of the North  Central  Regional
          Conference Workshop,  Educational Needs  Associated  with
          Utilization of Wastewater Treatment Products  on Land.   Kellogg
          Center, Michigan State University,  East Lansing, Michigan,  and
          also i n Compos t Sc i ence 16:12,  1975.

91.  Walker, J.M.  Trench incorporation of sewage sludge. Proc.  of  the
          National Conference on Municipal Sludge Management.
          Pittsburgh, Pa.  Information Transfer,  Inc.,  Washington, D.C.,
          197A.  p. 139-1^9.

92.  Weist, W.G., Jr., and R.A.  Pettijohn.  Investigating ground  water
          pollution from Indianapolis  landfills - the  lessons  learned.
          Groundwater, 13:191,  1975.

93.  Williams, R.E.  Field report:   Landfills*,  the 1977 fate of air and
          waterborne wastes. Groundwater, 13:367, 1975.

3k.  Zen,  D.R. and others.  Environmental  impacts of  land application
          of sludge.  WPCFJ. 48:2332,  1976.

95.  Zenone, C. ,  et_ a]_.   Groundwater quality  beneath solid waste
          disposal  sites at  Anchorage,  Alaska.  Groundwater, 13:182,
          1975.
                                     A-33

-------
                  PART V - REVIEWS, SYMPOSIA PROCEEDINGS,
                       AND STATE-OF-ART PUBLICATIONS
 1.  Applications of sewage sludge to cropland:  Appraisal of potential
         hazards of the heavy metals to plants and animals.  CAST
         Report No. 6k, EPA-^30/9-76-013, November 15, 1976.

 2.  Battelle Memorial Institute.  A state-of-the-art review of metal
         finishing waste.  Washington, U.S. Government Printing Office,
         1968.  81 p.

 3.  Biological Implications of metals In the environment.  15th Hanford
         Life Sciences Symp., Rlchland, Wash., Sept. 29-Oct.  1, 1975.

 4.  Bouwer, H. and R.L.  Chaney.  Land treatment of wastewater.  Advances
         In Agronomy. Vol. 26, 197**.  p. 133-176.

 5.  Carlile, B.L. and J.A. Phillips.  Evaluation of soil  systems for
         land disposal of Industrial and municipal effluents.
         UNC-WRRI-76-118.  Water Resources Research Institute of the
         University of North Carolina, 1976.   63 p.

 6.  Copenhaver, E.D. and B.K. Wilkinson.  Transport of hazardous
         substances through processes.  Vol.  1.  Arsenic,  beryllium,
         cadmium, chromium, copper, cyanide,  lead, mercury, selenium,
         zinc and others.  ORNL-EIS-7^-70, 197**.  p. H»8.

 7.  Disposal of environmentally hazardous wastes.  Task Force Report
         for EH SC, Oregon State University,  197*».  210 p.

 8.  Epstein, E. and R.L. Chaney.  Land disposal of industrial  wastes.
         Proc. Nat. Conf. on Management and Disposal of Industrial
         Wastewater Treatment Residues, 1975.

 9.  Ewing, B.B. and R.I. Dick.  Disposal of  sludge on land.   In Water
         Quality Improvement by Physical and  Chemical  Processes, edited
         by E.F. Goloyna  and W.W. Eckenfelder, Jr., Univ.  of Texas
         Press, Austin, Texas, 1970.

10.  Factors involved In  land application of  agricultural  and municipal
         wastes.  USDA National Program Staff; Soil, Water and Air
         Sciences, Beltsvllle, Md., 197^.

11.  Gar and leachate from landfills - formation, collection and
         treatment.  Genetelll and Clrello (Ed.) Dept. of  Environ.  Sci.,
         Rutgers Univ., EPA-600/9-76-OOA.  March 25-26, 1976.  190  p.

-------
12.  Gilde, L.C.  Food processing waste treatment  by  surface  filtration.
          1st National Symposium on Food Processing Waste  Proceedings,
          Portland, Oregon, 1970.  311  p.

13.  Glotfelty, D.E. and J.H.  Caro.  Introduction, transport  and  fate
          of persistent pesticides in the atmosphere.   Advances  in
          Chemistry, American  Chemical  Society,  1975.
                                                  o

14.  Gray, J.F.  Practical  irrigation with sewage  effluent.   Proceedings
          of the Symposium on  the Use of Municipal Sewage  Effluents  for
          Irrigation, Louisiana Polytechnic Institute,  July 30,  1968.

15.  Hall, K.J. and K. Fletcher.  Trace metal  pollution from  a
          metropolitan area:   Sources and accumulation  in  the Lower
          Fraser River and estuary.  Proc. Internatl. Conf. Transport
          Persistent Chemicals Aquatic Ecosystems, Ottawa, Canada,
          1-83, 1974.

16.  Hanks, T.G.  Solid waste/disease relationships - a literature
          survey.   Report SW-1C.  U.S.  Dept. of  Health, Education and
          Welfare.  Public Health Service.  Solid  Waste Program,
          Cincinnati, 1967.

17.  Internatl. Conf. Heavy Metals in the Environment,  Inst.
          Environmental  Studies, University of Toronto-Abstr.
          Program, Toronto, Ontario,  Oct. 27-311  1975.

18.  Land application of wastewater.   Proceedings  of  a  Research Symposium
          sponsored by EPA (EPA 903-9-25-017).   University of Delaware,
          Newark,  Delaware. Nov. 20-21,  1974.

19.  Morris, C.E.  and W.J.  Jewell.  Land application  of wastes; a
          50-state overview.   Pub. Works, 107:89-92,  1976.

20.  Natl. Research Council Canada, Proc. Internatl.  Conf. Transport
          Persistent Chemicals in Aquatic Ecosystems, Ottawa, Ontario,
          1974.

21.  Page, A.L.  Fate and effects of  trace elements in  sewage sludge
          when applied to agricultural  lands.  Environ.  Protection Tech.
          Series,  EPA-670/2-74-005.  U.S. Environ. Protection Agency,
          Cincinnati, Ohio, 1974.

22.  Pesticides in soil  and water.  Ed.-W.D. Guenzi ;  published by the
          Soil  Science Society of America, Madison, Wisconsin, 1974.

23.  Phillips,  C.R.  and  J.  Nathwani.   Soi1-waste interactions:  A
          state-of-the-art  review. Solid Waste Management Report
          EPS-3-EC-76-14, Environment Canada,  1976.   214 p.
                                    A-35

-------
24.  Proceedings of the Hazardous Waste Research Symposium, Tucson,
         Arizona.  W.H. Fuller, Ed. EPA-600/9-76-015, U.S.
         Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio,
         Feb. 2-4, 1976.  280 p.

25.  Proceedings of National Conference on Solid Waste Disposal  Sites,
         Washington.  Chicago, American Public Works Association,
         March 1-2, 1971.  105 p.

26.  Proceedings of National Working Conference on Pesticide Disposal,
         Beltsvllle, Md.  (Washington), U.S. Dept. of Agriculture and
         President's Cabinet Committee on the Environment, Subcommittee
         on Pesticides, June 30-July 1, 1970.

27.  Proceedings of Symposium on Metals in the Biosphere, Dept.  Land
         Resource Science, University of Guelph, Ontario, Canada, 1975.

28.  Recycling municipal sludges and effluents on land.  U.S.
         Environmental Protection Agency, U.S. Dept. of Agriculture,
         National Association of State Universities and Land-Grant
         Colleges, Champaign, Illinois, July 9-13, 1973.  244 p.

29.  Sabadell, J.E. (Ed.)  Proc. symp. traces of heavy metals In water
         removal processes and monitoring.  Center for Environmental
         Studies, Princeton University, 1973.  342 p.

30.  Sopper, W.E. and L.T. Kardos.  Recycling treated municipal
         wastewater and sludge through forest and cropland.  The
         Pennsylvania State University Press, 1973.

31.  Stone, Ralph and Company, Inc., Engineers.  Solid wastes landfill
         stabilization:  an Interim report.   Cincinnati, U.S.
         Department of Health, Education and Welfare, 1968.  145 p.

32.  Sullivan, R.H., M.M. Cohn, and S.S. Baxter.  Survey of facilities
         using land application of wastewater.  Report of the American
         Public Works Association to U.S.E.P.A. EPA-430/9-73-006, 1973.

33.  Thomas, R.E. and J.P. Law, Jr.  Soil response to sewage effluent
         irrigation.  Proceedings of the Symposium on the Use of
         Sewage Effluents for Irrigation.  Louisiana Polytechnic
         Institute, July 30, 1968.

34.  Todd, O.K. and D.E. McNulty.  Polluted  ground water:  a review of
         the significant literature.  Environmental Monitoring Series
         Rept. PB-2355 56, Gen. Elec. Co., Santa Barbara, California,
         1975.
                                    A-36

-------
35.  Trace metals In water supplies:   Occurrence,  significance,  and
         control.  Proc.  16th Water Quality Conf., University of
         Illinois,  Urbana-Champalgn,  ^^7l^•   139 p.
                                     A-37

-------
                       PART VI - MATHEMATICAL MODELS
 1.  Ahlstrom, S.W. and R.G. Baca.  Transport model user's manual.
          Batelle Pacific Northwest Laboratories, Report BNWL-1716,
          UC-70, 197*.  25 p.

 2.  Ballaux, J.C. and D.E. Peaslee.  Relationship between sorption
          and desorption of phorphorus by soils.  Soil  Sci. Soc.  Amer.
          Proc., 39:275-278, 1975.

 3.  Bennett, G.D. and E.P. Patten, Jr.  Constanthead pumping test of
          a multiaquifer well to determine characteristics of individual
          aquifers.  U.S. Geol. Survey Water-Supply Paper 1536-G, 1962.
          p. 181-203.

 k.  Besbes, M., E. Ledoux, and G. de Marsily.  Modeling of the salt
          transport in multilayered aquifers.  \j\_ System simulation  in
          Water Resources.  vanSteenkiste, G.C., ed.  North-Holland
          Publishing Co., Amsterdam, 1976.  p. 229-2*45.

 5.  Biggar, J.W. and D.R. Nielsen.  Spatial  variability of the leaching
          characteristics of a field soil.  Water Resources Research,
          12(0:78-81*, 1976.

 6.  Bredehoeft, J.D. and G.F. Pinder.  Mass  transport  in flowing
          groundwater, Water Resources Research, 9(1):194-210,  1973.

 7.  Bredehoeft, J.D. and R.A. Young.  The temporal allocation  of
          groundwater - a simulation approach.  Water Resources Research,
          6(0:3-21, 1970.                         '.

 8.  Bredehoeft, J.D. and G.F. Pinder.  Digital  analysis of areal flow
          in multiaquifer groundwater systems; a quasi  three-dimensional
          model.  Water Resources Research.  6(3):883-888, 1970.

 9.  Brenner, H.  The diffusion model of longitudinal mixing in beds of
          finite length;  numerical values.  Chem. Eng.  Sci., 17:229-243,
          1962.

10.  Bresler, E.   Simultaneous transport of  solutes and water under
          transient unsaturated flow conditions.   Water Resources
          Research. 9 (V :975-986, 1973.

11.  Bresler, E.   Two-dimensional transport of solutes  during nonsteady
          infiltration from a trickle source.  Soil Sci. Soc. Amer.
          Proc.,  39(M:604-613, 1975.
                                    A-38

-------
 12.  Cameron, D.R. and A. Klute.  Convective-dispersive solute transport
          with a combined equilibrium and kinetic adsorption model.
          Water Resources Research, 13(1):183-188, 1977.

 13.  Chi Ids, S.W. and R.J. Hanks.  Model of soil salinity effects on
          crop growth.  Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. Proc., 39CO:6l7-622,
          1975.

 14.  Cleary, R.W.  Unsteady-state, multi-dimensional analytical
          modeling of water quality.  Proceedings of the Conference on
          Environmental Modeling and Simulation, Wayne Ott (ed.), EPA
          600/9-76-016, 1976.  p. 434-438.

 15.  Cleary, R.W. and D.D. Adrian.  Analytical solution of the convective-
          dispersive equation for cation adsorption in soils.  Soil Sci.
          Soc. Amer. Proc., 37(2):197-199, 1973.

 16.  Cleary, R.W., J.J. McAvoy, and W.L. Short.  Unsteady-state three-
          dimensional model of thermal diffusion in rivers.  Water,
          1972, American Institute of Chemical Engineers Sympos i urn
          Series 129, vol. 69, 1973.  p. 422-431.

 17.  Cooper, H.H., Jr.  The equation of groundwater flow in fixed and
          deforming coordinates.  J. Geophysical Research,  71 (20):4785-
          4790, 1966.

 18.  Cooper, H.H., Jr., J.D. Bredehoeft, I.S.  Papadolulos,  and R.R. Bennet.
          The response of well-aquifer systems to seismic waves.   J.
          Geophysical Research. 70:3915-3936,  1965.

 19.  Dane, J.H. and P. Wierenga.  Effect of hysteresis on the prediction
          of infiltration, redistribution and  drainage of water in a
          layered soil.  J.  Hydrology. 25:229-242,  1975.

20.  Davidson, J.M. and J.R. McDougal.  Experimental  and predicted
          movement of three herbicides in a water-saturated soil.
          J. Environmental  Quality.  2:428-433, 1973.

21.  Davidson, J.M.,  R.S.  Hansel 1,  and D.R.  Baker.   Herbicide distributions
          within  a soil  profile and  their dependence  upon adsorption-
          desorption.  Soil  and Crop Sci.  Soc. Florida  Proc., 32:36-41,
          1972.

22.  Davidson, J.M.,  G.H.  Brusewitz,  D.R.  Baker,  and  A.L.  Wood.   Use of
          soil  parameters  for describing pesticide  movement through
          soils.   Office of Research and Development,  U.S.  Environmental
          Protection  Agency,  Corvallis,  Oregon,  EPA-660/2-75-009, 1975.
                                    A-39

-------
23.  Davidson, J.M.,  D.R. Baker, and G.H. Brusewitz.  Simultaneous
          transport of water and adsorbed solutes through soil under
          transient flow conditions.  Tran. Amer. Soc. Agr. Eng.,
          18:535-539.

2k.  Doherty, P.C.  Unsaturated Darcian flow by  the Galerkin method.
          U.S. Geological Survey Comput. Contribution, Program,  C938,
          1972.

25.  Donigian, A.S.,  Jr. and N.H. Crawford.  Modeling pesticides and
          nutrients on agricultural lands.  Office of Research and
          Development, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Athens,
          Georgia, EPA-600/2-76-0*»3, Feb. 1976.  318 p.

26.  Duguid, J.O. and M. Reeves.  Material transport through porous
          media:  a finite-element Galerkin model.  Oak Ridge National
          Laboratory, ORNL-^928, 1976.  198 p.

27.  Duguid, J.O. and M. Reeves.  A comparison of mass transport using
          average and transient rainfall boundary conditions.  In
          Finite Elements in Water Resources, W.G. Gray, G.F. PInder
          and C.A. Brebbia  (eds.), Pentech Press, London, 1977.  p. 2.25-
          2.35.

28.  Dutt, G.R., M.J. Shaffer, and W.J. Moore.  Computer model of dynamic
          blophysio-chemical processes in soils.  University of Arizona
          Technical Bulletin 196, 1972.  101  p.

29.  Ehlers, W. and R.R. van der Ploeg.  Simulation of infiltration into
          tilled and  until led field soils derived from loess.  _hj_
          System Simulation in Water Resources. G.C. vanSteenkiste  (ed.).
          North-Holland Publ. Co., 1976.  p.  157-167.

30.  Elzy, E., T. Lindstrom, L. Boersma, R. Sweet, and P. Wicks.  Analysis
          of the movement of hazardous waste chemicals in and from a
          landfill site via a simple vertical-horizontal routing model.
          Agricultural Experiment Station Special Report .*»1A, Oregon
          State University, Corvallis, Oregon, 197^.  109 p.

31.  Emshoff, J.R. and R.L. Sisson.  Design and use of computer simulation
          models.  The Macmillan Company, New York,  1970.  302 p.

32.  Endelman, F.J., et_ a_K  The mathematical  modeling of soil-water-
          nitrogen phenomena.  Oak Ridge National Laboratory, EDFB-IBP-
          7*»-8, 197*».  66 p.

-------
 33.   Enfield, C.G. and B.E. Bledsoe.  Kinetic model for orthophosphate
           reactions  in mineral soils.  Office of Research and Development,
           U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Corvallis, Oregon,
           EPA-660/2-75-022, 1975.  133 P.

 3*K   Enfield, C.G.,  C.C. Harlin, Jr., and B.E. Bledsoe.  Comparison of
           five kinetic models for orthophosphate reactions in mineral
           soils.  Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. J., 40:2^3-249, 1976.

 35.   Faust, C.R. and J.W. Mercer.  Mathematical modeling of geothermal
           systems.   Second United Nations Symposium on the Development
           and Use of Geothermal Resources, San Fransisco, California.
           May 20-29, 1975.

 36.   Faust, C.R. and J.W. Mercer.  An analysis of finite-element and
           finite-difference techniques for geothermal  applications.
           Paper presented at Fourth LPE Symp. on Numerical Simulation
           and Reservoir Performance, Los Angeles, Calif., Feb. 19"20,
           1976.

 37.   Fava, A. and H. Eyring.  Equilibrium and kinetics of detergent
           adsorption; A generalized equilibration theory.  J. Phys. Chem.,
           65:890-898, 1956.

 38.   Fishman, G.S.  Concepts and methods in discrete event digital
           simulation.  John Wiley 6 Sons, New York, 1973.  385 p.

 39.   Freeze, R.A.  A stochastic-conceptual analysis of one-dimensional
           groundwater flow in nonunlform homogeneous media.   Water
           Resources Research. 11 (5) :725-741, 1975.

 40.   Fried, J.J., J.L. Gamier,  and P.O. Ungemach.   Etude quantitative
          d'une pollution de nappe d'eau souterraine:   la salure de la
          nappe phreatique dans  le department du Haut-Rhin.  Bull. Bur.
          Rech.  Geol. Min., Sect III, 1:105-115, 1971.

41.   Fried, J.J.   Groundwater pollution:  theory,  methodology, modelling
          and practical  rules.   Developments in Water Science 4,  Elsevier,
           1975,  330 p.

42.  Fried, J.J.  and P.O. Ungemach.  A dispersion  model  for  a quantitative
          study of a groundwater pollution by salt.  Water Research,
          5:491-495, 1971.

43.  Frind, E.O.  and G.F. Pinder.   Galerkin solution of  the  inverse
          problem for aquifer transmissivlty.   Water Resources Research,
          9(5):1397-1410, 1973.
                                   A-41

-------
^A.  Fungaroli, A.A. and R.L. Steiner.  Investigation of sanitary landfill
          behavior.  Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
          Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, EPA-R2/2-7, 1973.  310 p.

J»5.  Gaudet, J.P., H. Jegat, G. Vachaud, and P. Wierenga.  Solute transfer
          with exchange between mobile and stagnant water, through
          unsaturated sand.  Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. J., 1*1:000-000, 1977.

^6.  Gelhar, L.W. and J.L. Wilson.  Ground-water quality modeling.
          Groundwater, 12 (6) :399-**08, 1971*.

*»7.  Gilham, R.W., A. Klute, and D.F. Heerman.  Hydraulic properties of
          a porous medium:  measurement and empirical representation.
          Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. J.t 1+0(2) :203-207, 1976.

A8.  Gray, W.G. and G.F. Pinder.  An analysis of the numerical solution
          of the transport equation.  Water Resources Research, 12(3):
          5^7-555, 1976.

^9.  Green, D.W. and R.L. Cox.  Storage of fresh water in underground
          reservoirs containing saline water, Phase I, Completion Report
          3.  Kansas Water Resources Research Institute., Manhattan,
          Kansas, 1966.  2k p.

50.  Grimsrud, G.P., E.J. Finnemore, and H.J. Owen.  Evaluation of water
          quality models:  A management guide for planners.   Office of
          Research and Development, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
          Washington, D.C. EPA-600/5-76-OOA, 1976.  176 p.

51.  Grove, D.B.  A method to describe the flow of radioactive ions in
          ground water—final  report, December 1, 1966 through June 30,
          1968.  Springfield,  Va., Nat'l.  Tech. Inf. Ser., 1970.  k\ p.

52.  Gupta, S.K., K.K.  Tanji,  and J.L. Luthin.  A three-dimensional  finite
          element groundwater model.  University of California, Water
          Resources Center, Contribution Series No. 152, 1975.  119 p.

53.  Gureghian, A.B. and R.W.  Cleary.  Three-dimensional modeling of
          pollutant transport.  208 Project, final report.  Nassau
          Suffolk-County Regional Planning Board, Hauppauge,  New York,
          1977.

5*».  Gureghian, A.B., R.W. Cleary, and S.  Ward.  One-dimensional  modeling
          of unsaturated pollutant transport.   208 Project,  final  report.
          Nassau-Suffolk County Regional Planning Board, Hauppauge,  New
          York, 1977.

-------
55.  Hassan, A. A.  Mathematical modeling of water quality for water
          resources management.  Volume 1.  Development of the groundwater
          quality model.  District Report, Department of Water Resources,
          Southern District, The Resources Agency, State of California,
          1974.  190 p.

56.  Haverkamp, R. , M. Vauclin, J. Touma, P.J. Wierenga, and G. Vachaud.
          A comparison of numerical simulation models for one-dimensional
          infiltration.  Soil Sci. Soc. Amer.  J., Al (2) :285-29A, 1977;

57.  Helm, D.C.  Evaluation of stress-dependent aquitard parameters by
          simulating observed compaction from known stress history.
          Ph.D. Thesis, University of California, Berkeley, 197*».   175 p.

58.  Helm, D.C.  One-dimensional simulation of aquifer system compaction
          near Pixley, California, 1.  Constant parameters.  Water
          Resources Research, 11:A65~/»78, 1975.

59.  Helweg, O.J. and J.W. Labadie.  A salinity management strategy for
          stream-aquifer systems.  Hydrology Paper No. 8*», Colorado
          State University, 1976.

60.  Henry,  H.R.  Effects of dispersion on salt encroachment in coastal
          aquifers.   j_n_ Sea water in coastal  aquifers.  H.H. Cooper,  Jr.,
          F;A. Kohout, H.R. Henry and R.E. Glover (eds.).  U.S. Geological
          Survey, Water-Supply Paper 1613-C,C70-C8^,
61.  Henry, H.R. and J.B.  Hilleke.   Exploration of multiphase fluid flow
          in a saline aquifer affected by geothermal  heating.  Final
          report to the U.S. Geological  Survey by the Bureau of Engineering
          Research, University of Alabama, 1972.   105 p.

62. '  Hildebrand, M.A.  The transport of nitrate during unsteady water flow
          through unsaturated sand media.  Ph.D.  Dissertation,  University
          of Texas, Austin,  Texas,  1975.

63.  Hildebrand, M.A. and  D.M. Himmelbau.  Transport  of nitrate ion in
          unsteady unsaturated flow in porous media.   A I ChE Journal ,
          23(3):326-335,  1977.

6k.  Hornsby, A..G.  Prediction modeling for salinity  control  in irrigation
          return flows.  U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency Report
          EPA-R2-73-168,  1973.

65.  Hornsby, A.G. and J.M.  Davidson.   Solution and adsorbed fluometuron
          concentration distribution in a water-saturated soil.  Soil  Sci.
          Soc. Amer. Proc. ,  37:823-828,  1973.

-------
66.  Hurr, R.T.  Modeling groundwater flow by the finite-element method.
          J_n_ Proceedings of an  International Conference on Variational
          Methods, held at University of Southampton, Sept. 25, 1972,
          v. 1, p. 5/39-5/49.

67.  Mutton, S. and D. Anderson.  Finite element method:  a Galerkin
          approach J. Eng. Mech. Div., ASCE. 96:1503-1519, 1971.

68.  Intercomp Resource Development and Engineering Inc.  A model  for
          calculating effects of liquid waste disposal in deep saline
          aquifers.  U.S. Geol. Survey Water-Resources Inv. 76-61, U.S.
          Geol. Survey contract No. 14-08-0001-14703, 1976.

69.  Jorgenson, D.G.  Analog-model  studies of groundwater hydrology
          in the Houston District,  Texas.  Water Development Board
          Report 190, 1975.  84 p.

70.  Khanji, D., M. Vauclin, and G. Vachaud.  Infiltration non permanente
          et bidimensionelle dans une tranche de sol non saturee.   Analyse
          numerique et resultats experimentaux.   C.R. Acad. Sci.,  Paris
          278:381-384.

71.  King, L.G. and R.J. Hanks.  Irrigation management for the control
          of quality of irrigation  return flow.   Office of Research and
          Monitoring, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Washington,
          D.C.  EPA-R2-73-265, 1973.  307 p.

72.  King, L.G. and R.J. Hanks.  Management practices affecting quality
          and quantity of irrigation return flow.  Office of Research
          and Development, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA-
          660/2-75-005.  Corvallis, Oregon, 1975.

73.  Kirda,  C., D.R. Nielsen, and J.W. Biggar.   Simultaneous transport
          of chloride and water during infiltration.  Soil Sci. Soc.
          Amer. Proc., 37(3):339-345,  1973.

74.  Konlkow,  L.F. and J.D. Bredehoeft.   Simulation of hydrologic  and
          chemical-quality variations  in an irrigated stream aquifer
          system—a preliminary report.   Colorado Water Resources
          Circular 17, Colorado Water Conservation Board, Denver,
          Colorado, 1973.

75.  Konikow,  L.F. and J.D. Bredehoeft.   Modeling flow and chemical
          quality changes  in an irrigated stream-aquifer system.  Water
          Resources Research, 10(3) :5/»6-562, 1974.

76.  Kraeger Rovey, C.E.  Numerical model of flow in a stream-aquifer
          system.   Hydrology Paper  No. 74,  Colorado State University,
          Fort  Collins, Colorado, 1975.

                                    A-44

-------
77.  Kuo, E.Y.T.  Analytical solution for 3-D diffusion model.
          J. Environmental Eng. Div.. ASCE 102:805-820, 1976.

78.  Lai, Sung-Ho and J.J.  Jurinak.  Numerical approximation of cation
          exchange  in mtscible displacement through soil columns.  Soil
          Sci. Soc. Amer. Proc., 35:89^-899, 1971.

79.  Lapidus, L. and N.R. Amundson.  Mathematics of adsorption in beds,
          VI.  The effect of longitudinal diffusion in  ion exchange and
          chromatographic columns.  J. Phys. Chem., 56:98^-988, 1952.

80.  Larson, N.M. and M. Reeves.  Analytical analysis of soil-moisture
          and trace-contaminant transport.  Oak Ridge National Laboratory,
          ORNL/NSF/EATC-12, 1976.  180 p.

81.  Lee, C.H. and R.T. Cheng.  On seawater encroachment in coastal
          aquifers.  Water Resources Research,  10(5):1039-10^3, 1974.

82.  Leenheer, J.A. and J.L. Ahlrichs.  A kinetic and equilibrium study
          of the adsorption of carbaryl  and parathion upon soil organic
          matter surfaces.  Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. Proc. 35:700-70^, 1971.

83.  Lessi, L.  Simulation numerique de la propagation d'une pollutant
          dans un milieu poreux sature.   These  de Docteur-Ingenieur,
          Universite de Mecanique des fluides de Strasbourg, Universite
          Louis Pasteur, Strasbourg, France, 1976.  157 p.

8*».  Lindstrom, F.T.,  R. Haque, V.H. Freed,  and L. Boersma.   Theory on
          the movement of some herbicides in soils.   Env.  Sci. & Techn.,
          1:561-565, 1967.

85.  Lindstrom, F.T. and L. Boersma.  Theory of chemical transport with
          simultaneous sorption in a water-saturated porous  medium.
          Soil  Science. 110:1-9, 1970.

86.  Lindstrom, F.T. and L. Boersma.  A  theory  on the mass transport  of
          previously distributed chemicals in a water saturated sorbing
          porous medium.  Soil  Science,  111(3):192-199, 1971.

87.  Lindstrom, F.T.,  L. Boersma,  and D.  Stockard.  A theory on the mass
          transport of previously distributed chemicals in a water-
          saturated sorbing porous medium:  isothermal  cases.  Soi1
          Science.  112:291-300, 1971.

88.  Lindstrom, F.T. and L. Boersma.  A  theory  on the mass transport  of
          previously distributed chemicals in a  water-saturated sorbing
          porous medium III.   Exact solution for first-order kinetic
          sorbtion.   Soil  Science,  115(1):5-10,  1973.

-------
 89.  Lindstrom, F.T. and W.M. Stone.  On the start up or initial phase of
           linear mass transport of chemicals in a water saturated sorbing
           porous medium. I.  SIAM J. Applied Math., 26(3):578-591,  1974.

 90.  Lindstrom, F.T. and W.M. Stone.  On the start up or initial phase of
           linear mass transport of chemicals in a water saturated sorbing
           porous medium.   II.  Integral equation approach.   S1AM J. Appl.
           Math.. 26(3):592-606, 1974.

 91.  Luckey, R.R. and R.K. Livingston.  Reservoir release routing model
           for the Upper Arkansas River Basin of Colorado.  Colarado Water
           Conserv. Board, Water Resources Ser.  Circ.  27, 1975.   44  p.

 92.  Maddock, T., III.  A program to simulate an aquifer using  alternating
           direction implicit-iterative procedure.  U.S. Geol. Survey open-
           file report, 1970.  73 p.

 93.  Maddock, T., III.  Algebraic technological function from a simulation
           model:  Water Resources Research, 8:129-134, 1972.

 94.  Maddock, T., III.  Management model as a tool for studying the worth
           of data:  Water Resources Research, 9:270-282, 1973.

 95.  Maddock, T., III.  A tax system for ground water management:  Water
           Resources Research, 11:7-1 A, 1975.

 96.  Maisel, H.  and G. Gnugnoli.   Simulation of discrete stochastic
           systems.  Science Research Associates, Inc., Chicago, 1972.
           465 p.

 97.  Marino, M.A.  Distribution of contaminants in porous media flow.
           Water Resources Research, 10(5):1013-1018,  1974.

 98.  Martinez, J.D., D.H. Kupfer, R.L. Thorns, C.G. Smith, and R.C.  Kolb.
           An investigation of the utility of Gulf Coast salt  domes  for
           the storage or disposal of radioactive wastes.  Institute for
           Environmental  Studies,  LSU, Baton Rouge, Louisiana, 1975.

 99.  Melamed, D., R.J. Hanks, and L.S. Willardson.  Model of  salt flow
           with a source-sink term.  Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. J.,  4l(l):29-33,
           1977.

100.  Mercado, A.  Nitrate and chloride pollution of aquifers:  a regional
           study  with the aid of a single-cell model.   Water Resources
           Research,  12(4) :731-747, 1976.

101.  Mercer, J.W. and C.R.  Faust.  Simulation of water- and vapor-dominated
           hydrothermal reservoirs:  Paper presented at 50th Annual  Fall
           Meeting of Society of Petroleum Engineers of AIME,  Dallas,  Texas,
           Sept.  28- Oct.  1, 1975.


                                     A-46

-------
102.  Mercer, J.W., G.F. Pinder, and I.G. Donaldson.  A Galerkin-Finite
           element analysis of the hydrothermal system at Wairakei, New
           Zealand.  Water Resources Research, 80(17):2608-2621, 1975.

103,  Mercer, J.W. and G.F. Pinder.  A finite-element model of two-
           dimensional single-phase heat transport in a porous medium.
           U.S. Geol. Survey Open-File Report 75-571*, 1975.  115 p.

10*f.  Metry, A.A.  Mathematical modeling of pollutant migration in an
           unconfined aquifer.  Ph.D. Thesis, Drexel University, 1972.

105.  Metry, A.A.  Modeling of pollutant migration in subsurface
           environments.  Proceedings of the Conference on Environmental
           Modeling and Simulation, Wayne Ott (ed.), EPA 600/9-76-016,
           1976.

106.  Metry, A.A.  Fate of pollutants in a subsurface environment.
           Proceedings of the 22nd Annual Technical  Meeting, Inst.  of
           Environmental Sciences, 1976.

107.  Moench, A.F., V.B. Sauer, and M.E. Jennings.  Modification of
           routed streamflow by channel  loss and base flow.  Water Re-
           sources Research. 10(5):963-968,  197**.

108.  Neuman, S.P.  Saturated-unsaturated seepage  by finite elements.
           J. Hydraulics Division. ASCE. 99(HY12):2233-2250, 1973.

109.  Nielsen, D.R.,  J.W.  Biggar,  and K.T. Erh.   Spatial  variability of
           field-measured  soil-water properties.  HiIgardia, A2(7):215~
           259, 1973.

110.  O'Connor, G.A., M.Th. van Genuchten, and P.J.  Wierenga.   Predicting
           2,A,5-T movement in soil columns.  J. Environmental  Quality,
           5(A):375-378, 1976.

111.  Oddson, J.K., J. Letey,  and  L.V.  Weeks.   Predicted  distribution  of
           organic chemicals in solution and adsorbed as  a function of
           position and time for various chemical  and soil properties.
           Soil  Sci.  Soc.  Amer. Proc.,  31»:l*12-Al7, 1970.

112.  Ogata,  A.   Transverse diffusion in saturated isotropic granular
           media.   U.S.  Geological  Survey Professional  Paper *t11-B, U.S.
           Government Printing Office,  Washington, 1961.   8 p.

113.  Ogata,  A.   Mathematics of dispersion with  linear adsorption.   U.S.
           Geological  Survey Professional  Paper  *t11-H,  U.S. Government
           Printing Office, Washington,  1969.   9 p.

-------
11^.  Ogata, A.  Theory of dispersion in a granular medium.   U.S.
           Geological Survey Professional Paper ^11-1,  U.S.  Government
           Printing Office, Washington, 1970.

115.  Orlob, G.T. and P.C. Woods.  Water-quality management  in irrigation
           systems.  J. Irrigation and Drainage Division,  ASCE,  93(lR2):
           A9-66, 1967.

116.  Papadopulos, I.S.  Nonsteady flow to multiaquifer wells.
           J. Geophysical  Research, 7.1 (20) :**791-A797, 1966.

117.  Papadopulos, I.S.  Drawdown distribution aroung a large-diameter
           well.  Proc. Natl. Symposium on Ground Water Hydrology,  San
           Francisco, Calif., Nov. 6-8, 1967.  p. 156-168.

118.  Patten, E.P., Jr.  Design, construction and use of electric analog
           models.  Bulletin 6508, U.S. Geological  Survey  and Texas Water
           Commission, 1965.

119.  Perez, A.I., W.C. Huber, J.P. Heaney,  and E.E. Pyatt.   A water
           quality model  for a conjunctive surface-groundwater system.
           Office of Research and Development, U.S.  Environmental
           Protection Agency, EPA-600/5-7/t-013, Washington,  D.C., "\31k.
           323 p.

120.  Pickens, J.F. and W.C. Lennox.   Numerical simulation of waste
           movement in steady groundwater flow systems. Water Resources
           Research,  12 (2):171-180, 1976.

121.  Pinder, G.F. and J.D. Bredehoeft.   Application of a  digital computer
           for aquifer evaluation.  Water Resources  Research,  A(5):1069-1093,
           1968.

122.  Pinder, G.F.  An iterative digital  model for aquifer evaluation.
           U.S. Geological Survey, Open-file report, 1969.   *»3 p.

123.  Pinder, G.F.  A Galerkin-finite element simulation of  groundwater
           contamination  of Long Island,  New York.   Water  Resources
           Research,  9(6):1657-1669,  1973.

12^.  Pinder, G.F. and H.H. Cooper, Jr.   A numerical technique for
           calculating the transient  position of the saltwater front.
           Water Resources Research.  6(3):875-882,  1970.

125.  Pinder, G.F. and V.B. Sauer.  Numerical  simulation of  flood wave
           modification due to bank storage  effects.  Water  Resources
           Research,  7:63-70, 1971.

-------
126.  Pinder, G.F. and E.O.  Frind.   Application of Galerkin Procedure to
           aquifer analysis.   Water Resources Research, 8(1):108-120, 1972.

127.  Pinder, G.F. and R.H.  Page.   Finite element simulation of salt water
           intrusion on the  South  Fork of Long Island.   In Finite Elements
           in Water Resources, W.G. Gray, G.F. Pinder an
-------
137.  Rlley, F.S.  Analysis of borehole extensometer data from Central
           California.  Association Internationale d'Hydrologie
           Sclent i fique.  Acte du Colloque de Tokyo, Affaissement du
           sol., 1969.  P
138.  Ripple, C.D., J. Rubin, and I.E.  van Hylckama.   Estimating  steady
           state evaporation rates from bare soils under conditions  of
           high water table.  U.S. Geol.  Survey Water-Supply Paper
           2019-A, 1972.  39 P.

139.  Robertson, J.B.  Digital  modeling of radioactive and  chemical  waste
           transport in the Snake River plain aquifer at the National
           Reactor Testing Station,  Idaho.  U.S.  Geological  Survey,  Open-
           file report IDO-2205^, 197^.  Al  p.

1^0.  Robertson, J.B. and J.T.  Barraclough.   Radioactive and chemical-
           waste transport in groundwater at National  Reactor Testing
           Station, Idaho:  20-year  case history,  and digital  model.
           In Underground waste management and  artificial  recharge,  vol.
           TT291-322, American  Association of Petroleum Geologists,  1973.

1*»1.  Robson, S.G.  Feasibility of water-quality  modeling illustrated  by
           application at Barstow, California.  Water Resources  Invest.
           Report ^6-73, U.S. Geological  Survey,  Menlo Park, California,
                  66 p.
      Rubin, J.   Numerical  method for analyzing  hysteresis-affected  post-
           irrigation redistribution of soil  moisture.   Soil  Sci.  Soc.
           Amer.  Proc.,  31:13-20, 1967.

      Rubin, J.   Theoretical  analysis of two-dimensional,  transient  flow
           of water in unsaturated and partly saturated  soils.   Soil  Sci.
           Soc.  Amer. Proc.,  32 (5) :607-615,  1968.

      Rubin, J.   Numerical  analysis of ponded rainfall  infiltration,
           Symposium on  Water in  the Unsaturated Zone.   Proceedings
           Vol.  1:MO-451.  Wageningen,  The  Netherlands,  1968.
      Rubin,  J.  and R.V.  James.   Dispersion-affected  transport of  reacting
           solutes  in  saturated  porous  media:   Galerkin  method applied  to
           equilibrium-controlled exchange  in  unidirectional  steady water
           flow.  Water Resources Research,  9(5) : 1332-1356.

      Schwartz,  F.W.   On  radioactive waste management:   an analysis of
           the parameters controlling subsurface  contaminant  transfer.
           Journal  of  Hydrology.  27:51-71,  1975.
                                     A-50

-------
147.  Schwartz, F.W.  On radioactive waste management:   model  analysis of
           a proposed site.  Journal of Hydrology,  32:257-277, 1977.

148.  Segol, G.  A three-dimensional Galerkin finite element model  for
           the analysis of contaminant transport in variably saturated
           porous media.  User's Guide.  Department of  Earth Sciences,
           University of Waterloo, 1976.   171 p.

149.  Segol, G.  A three-dimensional Galerkin-finite element model  for
           the analysis of contaminant transport in saturated-unsaturated
           porous media.  _!JT_ Finite Elements in Water Resources,  W.G.
           Gray, G.F. Finder and C.A. Brebbia (eds.), 1977.   p.  2.123-2.144.

150.  Segol, G., G.F. Pinder, and W.G. Gray.  A Galerkin-finite  element
           technique for calculating the  transient  position  of the
  ,  .       salt-water front.  Water Resources Research,  11(2):343~347, 1975.

151.  Selim, H.M., R.S. Mansell, and A. Elzeftawy.   Distributions of  2,4-D
           and water in soil during infiltration and redistribution.
           Soil Science, 121:176-183, 1976.

152.  Selim, H.M. and R.S.  Mansell.  Analytical  solution of  the  equation
         -  for transport of reactive splutes through soils.   Water
           Resources Research,  12:528-532, 1976.

153.  Selim, H.M., J.M. Davidson, and P.S.C. Rao.   Transport of  reactive
           solutes through  multilayered soils.   Soil  Sci.  Soc. Amer.  J.,
           41(0:3-10,  1977.

154.  Selim, H.M., R.S. Mansell, and L.W.  Zelazny.   Modeling reactions
           and transport of potassium in  soils.   Soil Science,  122(2):
           77-84, 1976.

155.  Shah, D.B., G.A.  Coulman,  L.T. Novak,  and  B.G.  Ellts.   A mathematical
           model for phosphorus  movement  in  soils.   J.  Environmental
           Quality.  4(0:87-92,  1975.

156.  Shannon, R.E.   Systems simulation,  the art and science.  Prentice-
 :          Hall, Inc.,  Englewood Cliffs,  New Jersey,  1975.  387  p.

157.  Shen, H.T.  Transient dispersion in  uniform porous media flow.
           J.  Hydraulics Division,  ASCE.  102(HY6):707-716, 1976.

158.  Skibitzke, H.E.  Electronic computers  as  an aid to the analysis  of
           hydrologic systems.   IASH Publication 52,  1961.  p. 347-358.
                                     A-51

-------
159.  Smajstrala, A.G., D.L. Redell, and A.E. Hiler.  Simulation of
           miscible displacement in soils using the method of
           characteristics.  ASAE Trans., 18(2):281, 1975.

160.  Sorey, M.L.  Numerical modeling of liquid geothermal systems.  Ph.D.
           Thesis, Univ. of California, Berkeley, Calif, 1975.

161.  Stallman, R.W.  Calculation of resistance and error in an electric
           analog of steady flow through non-homogeneous aquifers.   U.S.
           Geological Survey, Water-Supply Paper 1544-G, 1963.   20  p.

162.  Stallman, R.W.  Electric analog of three-dimensional flow to  wells
           and its application to unconfined aquifers.   U.S. Geological
           Survey, Water-Supply Paper 1536-H, 1963.  242 p.

163.  Stallman, R.W. and J.E. Reed.  Steady flow in the zone of aeration.
           UNESCO Symposium on Water in the Unsaturated Zone, 1966.

164.  Swanson, R.A. and G.R. Dutt.   Chemical  and physical  processes that
           affect atrazine movement in distribution in  soil  systems.
           Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. Proc., 37:872-876,  1973.

165.  Sykes, J.F.  Transport phenomena in variably  saturated porous media.
           Ph.D.  Thesis.  Department of Civil Engineering, University
           of Waterloo, 1975.

166.  Tang, D.H.  and G.F. Finder.  Simulation of groundwater flow and
           mass transport under uncertainty,  1977.

167.  Tanji, K.K.  A computer analysis on leaching  of boron  from stratified
           soil columns.  Soil Science, 110:44-51,  1970.

168.  Tanji, K.K., G.R. Dutt, J.L.  Paul, and  L.D. Doneen.   Quality  of
           percolating waters.  II.  A computer method  for predicting
           salt concentrations in soils at variable moisture contents.
           Hilgardia, 38:307-318, 1967.

169.  Tanji, K.K., L.D. Doneen, and J.L. Paul.   Quality of percolating
           waters.  III.  Predictions on the  quality of waters  percolating
           through stratified substrata by computer analysis.  H?Igardia,
           38:319-347, 1967.

170.  Tanji, K.K., L.D. Doneen, G.V. Ferry, and R.S. Ayers.   Computer
           simulation analysis on reclamation of salt-affected  soils  in
           San Joaquin Valley, California.  Soil  Sci.  Soc. Amer.  Proc.,
           36(0:127-133, 1972.
                                     A-52

-------
171.  Thorns, R.L., C.G. Smith, and J.D. Martinez.  Domal salt plumes
           ground water.  In Finite Elements in Water Resources, W.G.
           Gray, G.F. Pinder and C.A. Brebbia (eds.).  Pentech Press,
           London, 1977.  p. 2.37-2.^9.

172.  Trescott, P.C.  Iterative digital model for aquifer evaluation.
           U.S. Geological  Survey, Open-file report, 1973.  18 p.

173.  Trescott, P.C.  Documentation of finite-difference model for
           simulation of three-dimensional  groundwater flow.  U.S.
           Geological Survey, Open-File Report 75-^38, 1975.  32 p.

17^.  Ungs, M., R.W. Cleary, L. Boersma, and S.  Yingjajaval.  The
           quantitative description of transfer of water and chemicals
           through soils, 1976.

175.  Vachaud,  G., P.J. WIerenga,  J.P. Gaudet, and H. Jegat.  Simulation
           of miscible displacement in unsaturated porous media.  In
           System Simulation in Water Resources, C.G. vanSteenkiste
           (ed.).   North-Holland Publ. Co., 1976.  p. 129-1^0.

176.  Van De Pol,  R.M., P.J. Wierenga, and  D.R.  Nielsen.  Solute movement
           in a field soil.   Soil  Sci. Soc. Amer. J., 41 (1):10-13, 1977.

177.  van der Ploeg, R.R.  Simulation of moisture transfer in soils:
           one-dimensional  infiltration.  Soil  Science,  118:3^9-357, 197^.

178.  van der Ploeg, R.R. and P. Benecke.  Unsteady, unsaturated,
           n-dimensional moisture  flow in soil:   a computer simulation
           program.   Soil Sci.  Soc. Amer. Proc., 38:881-885, 1971*.

179.  van Genuchten, M.Th.  and P.J. Wierenga.  Mass transfer studies
           in sorbing porous media:  I. Analytical solutions.  Soi1
           Sci. Soc. Amer.  J..  kO:k73~WO,  1976.

180.  van Genuchten, M.Th.   On the accuracy and  efficiency of several
           numerical schemes for solving the convective-dispersive
           equation.  ±r\_ Finite Elements in Water Resources.  W.G. Gray,
           G.F. Pinder and  C.A. Brebbia (eds.).   Pentech Press,  London,
           1977.  p. 1.71-1.90.

181.  van Genuchten, M.Th.,  J.M. Davidson,  and P.J. Wierenga.  An
           evaluation of kinetic and equilibrium equations for the
           prediction of pesticide movement through porous media.
           Soil Sci. Soc. Amer. Proc., 38:29-35, 197A.
                                     A-53

-------
182.  van Genuchten, M.Th., G.F. Pinder, and W.F. Saukin.  Modeling of
           leachate and soil interactions in an aquifer.  In Proceedings
           of the Third Annual Symposium on the Management of Gas and
           Leachate from Landfills.  U.S. Environmental Protection
           Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1977.

183.  van Genuchten, M.Th. and G.F. Pinder.  Mass transport in saturated-
           unsaturated media.  I. One-dimensional solutions.  Research
           Report 77-WR-O Water Resources Program, Dept. of Civil
           Engineering, Princeton, N.J., 1977.

184.  van Genuchten, M.Th. and R.W. Cleary.  Movement of solutes in soil:
           computer-simulated and experimental results.  In Soil
           Chemistry, Part B, Chapter 10, G.H. Bolt and M.G.M. Bruggewert
           (eds.), Developments in Soil  Science.   Elsevier, Amsterdam,
           1977.

185.  van Genuchten, M.Th. and P.J. Wierenga.   Mass transfer studies in
           sorbing porous media:  II. Experimental evaluation with
           tritium (3^0).  Soil  Sci. Soc. Amer.  J. .  41 (2) :272-278, 1977.

186.  Wang, S.T., A.F. McMillan, and B.H. Chen.  Analytical  model of
           dispersion in tidal  fjords.   J. Hydraulics Division,  ASCE,
           103(HY7):737-751, 1977.

187.  Warrick, A.W., J.W. Biggar, and D.R. Nielsen.  Simultaneous solute
           and water transfer for an unsaturated  soil.  Water Resources
           Research, 7(5):1216-1225, 1971.

188.  Warrick, A.W., G.J. Mullen, and D.R. Nielsen.  Predictions of the
           soil  water flux based upon field-measured  soil-water
           properties.  Soil Sci. Soc.  Amer. J.,  4l(l):l4-19, 1977.

189.  Warrick, A.W., G.J. Mullen, and D.R. Nielsen.  Scaling field-
           measured  soil hydraulic properties  using a similar media
           concept.   Water Resources Research, 13(2):355-362, 1977.

190.  Wierenga,  P.J., M.Th. van Genuchten, and F.W. Boyle.   Transfer of
           boron and tritiated water through sandstone.  J.  Environmental
           Quality,  4:83-87, 1975.

191.  Wood, A.L. and J.M. Davidson.   Fluometuron  and  water content
           distribution:  measured and  calculated. Soil  Sci. Soc.  Amer.
           Proc., 39:820-825, 1975.

-------
192.   Yeh,  G.  and  Y.  Tsal.   Analytical  three-dimensional  transient
         •modeling  of effluent  discharges.   Water Resources Research,
           12(3):533-5*»0,  1976.

193.   Young,  R.A.  and J.D.  Bredehoeft.   Digital  computer  simulation for
           solving management  problems  of conjunctive groundwater and
           surface water  systems.   Water Resources Research, 8(3):533-556,
           1972.
                                      A-55

-------
                                  APPENDIX  B
                       NON-REGULATORY  EXPERT  CONTACTS

                                CONTACT  FORM


 Person  Contacted and Aff?1iation;

      Dr.  Herman Bouwer
      Laboratory Director
      and  Research Hydraulic Engineer

   •  Agricultural Research Service
      UoS.  Water Conservation Lab
      ^331  Broadway Road
     'Phoenix, Arizona  850*»0
      Phone:  603-26l-**356

 Type  of Procedure;

      Field  Investigation

 Discussion:

      Approach Taken.  This approach involved field investigation for
 renovating secondary sewage effluent by groundwater recharge with rapid
 infiltration basins.  The data base will be  used to develop decision and
 design criteria.

      Ten years of experimental  work in renovating secondary sewage
 effluent by groundwater recharge with rapid  infiltration basins in
 the sandy and gravel materials of the salt river bed west of Phoenix,
 Arizona have established the following information:

      The infiltration of the secondary effluent through the sands and
 gravel resulted in essentially complete attenuation of suspended solids,
 biological oxygen demand,  viruses, and fecal  coliform bacteria.  However,
 the renovated water still  contained about 5 mg/1 of total organic carbon.
 Almost all of the fecal coliform bacteria were attenuated in the first
 two feet of the soil, but  further penetration was  observed for the
 first few days of a new flooding period following  a dry period.

     The total  nitrogen load at the design hydraulic loading rate of
 300 ft/yr was about 2^,000 Ib/acre.  Sequences of short, frequent flooding
 and drying periods of several  days each yielded essentially complete
 conversion of the nitrogen in  the effluent to nitrate in the renovated
water, but no a'ttenuation  of nitrogen.  With  flooding and drying periods
 of two weeks each, ammonia was  adsorbed in the soil during flooding and
 nitrified and then partially denitrified during the drying period.   This
yielded renovated water with alternating low  nitrogen levels and nitrate
                                  B-l

-------
 peak  and a  net  nitrogen  removal of about 30 percent.   If the hydraulic
 loading  rate was  reduced to 200 ft/yr  (by using 9-day  flooding periods)
 nitrogen attenuation was increased to about 60 percent.

      Phosphate  attenuation was about 50 percent after  30 feet of
 underground travel.  At  least 300 feet were required to attenuate more
 than  90 percent of  the phosphate.  Phosphate gradually precipitated in
 the sands and gravel, probably as calcium phosphate.  The phosphate
 removal continued to be  stable after ten years of operation of the
 project.

      Copper and zinc concentrations were attenuated about 80 percent,
 whereas those of cadmium and lead remained about the same as the water
 moved  through the sands  and gravels.  Metal concentrations were below
 maximum limits  for  irrigation.

      Results/Conclusions to Date.  The project has demonstrated that a
 high  quality renovated water suitable for unrestricted irrigation and
 recreation  can  be obtained with a rapid-infiltration system in the Salt
 river  bed.  The cost of  putting the .effluent underground and pumping
 it up  as renovated water on a large scale was estimated at about $5.3/
 acre-foot in 19&9.  This is much less than the cost of equivalent
 in-plant treatment  to produce a renovated water of similar quality.

      State  of Development.  The project is nearly completed with some
 mathematical simulations being made using the experimental data.  No
 effort is being made at  this time to develop a complete mathematical
 model  to describe the behavior of the various constituents in the
 secondary sewage effluent.  Experience with the system is serving as
 the basis for the development of additional sites for treating
 secondary sewage effluent.  Based on the results, the City of Phoenix
 in 1975 installed a 40-acre rapid-infiltration system to produce
 renovated influent for an irrigation district.

     Availability as Decision Procedure.  Their data base is available
 immediately to design infiltration basins for secondary sewage effluent
 treatment in other parts  of the United States.

 Key Publications;

 1.   Bouwer, H.  Ground water recharge design for renovating waste water
         J. Sanitary Eng. Div.. Proc. ASCE. 96:59'7/», 1970.

2.   Bouwer, H.  Design and operation of land treatment systems for
         minimum contamination of ground water.   Groundwater, 12:140-1^7,
         1974.
                                    B-2

-------
3.   Bouwer H. , R.C. Rice, and E.D. Escarcega. High-rate land treatment
         infiltration and hydraulic aspects of the Flushing Meadows
         project.  J. Water Pollution Control, A6:834-8**3, 197*4.

*t.   Bouwer, H., J.C. Lance, and M.S. Riggs. High-rate land treatment II
         water quality and economic aspects of the Flushing Meadows
         project.  J. Water Pollution Control, 1*6:8^5-859,
5.   Bouwer, H. Zoning aquifers for tertiary treatment of wastewater.
         Groundwater, 1*4, 1976.

6.   Gilbert, R.G., C.P. Gerba, R.C. Rice, H. Bouwer, C. Wallis, and
         J.L. Melnick. Virus and bacteria removal  from wastewater by
         land treatment.  Applied and Env. Microbiology, 32:333-338, 1976.
                                  B-3

-------
                                CONTACT FORM


Person  Contacted  and Affiliation;

     Mr. John  D.  Bredehoeft
     Acting Assistant  Chief Hydrologist
     for Research and  Technical Coordination

   • U.S.  Geological Survey
     Reston, Virginia  22092

Type of Procedure;

     Models/Simulation - Flow and Solute Transport Models

Discussion;

     Approach  Taken.   Mr.  Bredehoeft and other U.S.G.S. researchers
(e.g.,  Konikow and Rubin)  have outstanding expertise in their respective
fields.  The survey is spending $6 million on research related to
groundwater quality and quantity modeling, with emphasis on radioactive
waste disposal sites.

     Results/Conclusions to Date.  The U.S.G.S. has documented and has
available a program which  handles solute transport, with heat and
reactions  in both two and  three dimensions.

     State of  Development.  The U.S.G.S. has developed, through a control
to Intercomp,  and documented two- and three-dimensional solute transport
models with heat  reaction.  The survey also has in press the documentation
of a two-dimensional method for a characteristics program for solute
transport with first order chemical reaction.  Research is in progress
on transport codes with higher order chemical reactions; they should be
available within the next year or two.

     Availability as a Decision Procedure.  Some computerized mathematical
models can be  made available for application as tools for pollution
prediction in  the near future.  More sophisticated models (two- and
three-dimensional, with high-order chemical reactions)  could be available
after research and testing is completed.  A key element in the availability
of these models as a universal tool for site selection  depends on the
extent of model testing, calibration and field verification, which
requires several years of effort after model development.

Key Pub!icationst

     The key publications are numerous.  See "Status of Ground-Water
Modeling in the U.S. Geological Survey," Appendix D.

-------
                                 CONTACT  FORM


 Persons  Contacted and Affiliation;

      Dr.  John  Bromley
      Research  Manager,  Chemist

      Dr.  Allen Parker

      Dr.  Ian Harrison
      Geologist
      Institute of Geological Sciences based at Harwell

      Dr.  David C. Wilson
      Chemical  Engineer

   • Harwell Laboratory
      Environmental Safety Group
      Building  151
      Oxfordshire 0X11 ORA
      United Kingdom
      Phone:  0325-24141, #2121

      Dr.  John Bromley heads up the Environmental  Safety Group at the Atomic
 Energy Research Establishment in Harwell.  This group of selected personnel
 is conducting extensive research for application to environmental problems
with  emphasis'on toxic and hazardous materials.  It is noteworthy that
 Harwell does have a well-established chemical  data bank to catalogue various
 types of  chemicals and hazardous wastes,  as well  as a chemical emergency
center which is manned 2k hours a day for response to emergency spill
 situations.

Type of Procedure:

      Field/Laboratory Investigations

Discussion;

     Approach Taken.   The major work currently underway at Harwell  is a
three-year Investigation of some 20 landfills, with emphasis on hazardous
waste landfills and the co-disposal  of hazardous  waste with municipal
refuse.  This study is  being conducted cooperatively with the Water
Research Centre,  and  is  funded by the Department  of the Environment at a
cost of approximately $2,000,000.  The final  report is to be submitted
to the Department on  or  about September  1,  1977.
                                    B-5

-------
      Investigation is expected to be continued for an additional  two
years with the following scope of work proposed:   (1)  additional  bore
holes at selected landfills; (2)  a continuation of leachate column
studies; (3) additional analysis of leachate volume and composition
from  landfill wastes; and (*») additional  investigation, both in  the
field and in the laboratory, of co-disposal  of industrial  and municipal
waste.

     Two philosophies of waste management (identified at Harwell  and by
others) are being persued; these philosophies include:  (1)  containment
of wastes for the purpose of containment  and concentration of leachate;
and (2) assimilation of leachate into the environment at an acceptable
rate utilizing dilution and dispersion.

     Earlier work by Gray, Mather and Harrison in Review of Ground Water
Pollution from Waste Disposal Sites in England and Wales,  With Provisional
Guidelines for Future Site Selection identified a waste categorization
approach to site selection.  Three waste  categories were identified as ,
fo11ows:

   • Category 1 - Hazardous waste.
   • Category 2 - Domestic and related waste.
   • Category 3 " Inert waste.

     A  flow diagram was proposed whereby  specific waste categories were
permissible for disposal, based upon avoidance of interception of the
water table and the definition of permeability of both  surficial  deposits
and'bedrock.  It is noteworthy, however,  that additional work along these
lines led to the conclusion that (as published in Waste Management Paper 4,
The Licensing of Waste Disposal Sites by  the Department of the Environment)
unfortunately neither wastes nor sites lend  themselves  to such categorization,
and it  is necessary to produce a more generalized scheme which can be
modified and adapted for local use.  Site classification,  however,  is
preserved whereby three classes of sites  are recognized as follows:

     Class 1.  Those providing a significant element of containment for
               waste and leachate.

     Class 2.  Those allowing slow leachate  migration and significant
               attenuation.

     Class 3.  Those allowing rapid leachate migration  and i nsign i.f i cant
               attenuation.

     A  thickness of 15 meters of impermeable strata was stated as the
minimum requirement of a site receiving Category 1 waste;  however,  this
figure was admittedly arbitrary and subject  to some reservation.   Current
                                     B-6

-------
thinking on the thickness of impermeable strata indicates that a maximum
of 5 meters-would be appropriate.  Ideal attenuation would be obtained
with a clayey sand to optimize both adsorption and dilution of leachate
constituents.  Extrapolation however remains questionable at this time
due to the state of the art of prediction of pollution potential;
therefore, attenuation must be addressed on a site-by-site basis.

     Personnel at Harwell had been active in the mathematical modeling
approach to the prediction of groundwater pollution by land disposal of
waste.  Models are currently reviewed with some reservation on anything
other than a site-by-site basis.  An earlier project by Bromley and
Hebden. on An Interactive Computer System for Advising on the Safety of
Waste Disposal to a Landf?1 IS?te has been discontinued due to changes
"in project personnel and the fact that the degree of specificity for
the model, became unattainable due to the inability of laboratory
analytical procedures to identify low concentrations of leachate
constituents.  One important publication relative to modeling by D.C.
Wilson, entitled Mathematical Modeling of Pollution Migration from a
Landf111 .Site to a Ground Water Abstraction Point - A Survey of the
Literature in 197**,. presented a summary of the significant models in
exlstance as well  as their scope and limitations.

     Results/Conclusions to Date.  Since the final report has not yet
been submitted, printed conclusions of the 20-site study could not be
obtained; however, the following major conclusions of the three-year
study were verbally obtained:

     1.  Heavy metals have been found to be effectively tied up in the
        :tips (landfills) primarily by the process of precipitation as
         metal  sulfides, metal  carbonates, and metal hydroxides.

     2.  Once the  addition of leachate to the field lysimeters at
         Uffington ceased, the  leachate front ceases migrating deeper
         into the  soil  column and the leachate discharge continues
         at a very slow and dilute rate.

     3.  The  organics,  particularly phenols, are the most troublesome
         material  to deal with; however,  some organics are volatilized
         (such  as  cleaning fluids),  some  are biodegraded, and others are
    .     adsorbed  onto plastics within municipal  refuse.

     4.  There  has been a good  correlation between the degree of  metal
         precipitation  and leachate  front migration utilizing both
         rapid  saturated methods in  laboratory column studies and the
         lysimeters.   Leachate  was applied at twice the normal  rate of
         flushing  at  the unsaturated  field lysimeters.
                                   B-7

-------
     5.   Considerable emphasis  is placed on the  importance of the
          unsaturated zone  for the attenuation of both municipal and
          many "hazardous"  waste/leachate constituents.

     6.   Investigation of  some  20 landfills in the field has indicated
          no evidence of  significant pollution except where such would
          be obvious, such  as disposal over abandoned mine shafts,
          fractured bedrock, or  highly-permeable gravel.

     7.   A pragmatic "common sense" approach to utilize moderate
          permeability for  dilution and dispersion is favored over either
          a high permeability for rapid leachate transport and contamination
          or a low permeability  for leachate ponding and concentration
          which would require collection and treatment to avoid adverse  .
          impacts from concentrated leakage.

     8.   The United Kingdom does not experience groundwater pollution
          from waste disposal to any significant degree based upon this
          current study and an earlier desk-top study whereby only 51
          sites out of 2,^9^ in  England and Wales were assessed to
          represent a serious pollution risk to major or minor aquifers.

     Significant conclusions of the modeling efforts are as follows:

     1.   Simulation models of pollutant migration from a landfill into
          and through the aquifer hold some promise for future development
          within their limitations.  These are primarily computational
          incompetence in solving huge numbers of simultaneous equations
          and more particularly  in a lack of detailed data input.

     2.   For routine site evaluation, the inescapable conclusion is that a
          mathematical model, even if it worked perfectly, would demand
          too much time and effort to be practicable.

     State of Development.  Emperical data and conclusions drawn from a
detailed  analysis and assessment of that data will  serve as useful
guidelines in decisions  relative to waste disposal  siting.

     Availability as a Decision Procedure.  Results  of this study will be
available for reference and use in late 1978.

Key Pub!ications;

1.   Harwell  Laboratory  (Cooperative with Water Research Centre).
          Programme of research on the behaviour of  hazardous wastes in
          landfill  sites.  Interim Report on Progress,  Sept.  1975 (Final
          report late 1977).
                                   B-8

-------
2.   Gray, D.A., J.D. Mather, and I.B. Harrison.  Review of groundwater
          pollution from waste disposal sites in England and Wales,  with
          provisional guidelines for future site selection.  Harwell
          Laboratory, 197^.   Reprinted from The Quarterly Journal  of
          Engineering Geology, Vol.  7, No.  2.

3.   Mather,  J.D. and J. Bromley.  Research into leachate generation
          and attenuation at landfill  sites.   Hydrogeological  Department,
          Institute of Geological Sciences, Hazardous  Materials Service,
          Harwell Laboratory, Didcot.   Presented at Land Reclamation
          Conference, Oct.  1976.

k.   Wilson,  D.C. Mathematical modeling of  pollution migration from
          a landfill  site to a groundwater  abstraction point - a survey
          of  the literature.  Aere Harwell, Dec.
                                  B-9

-------
                                 CONTACT  FORM


Persons  Contacted  and  Affiliation;

      Dr.  Robert V/.  Cleary
      Assistant Professor

      Dr.  A.B. Gureghian
      Research Associate

   •  Princeton University
      V/ater  Resources Program
      Princeton, New Jersey  085^0
      Phone:  609-^52-^653

Types of  Procedures;

      Mode 1s/S i mu1 a t i on
      Field  and Laboratory Data

Discussion;

      Approach Taken.  As part of a large 208 project for Long Island,
New York, analytical and numerical mathematical models of pollutant
transport in saturated and unsaturated groundwater systems have been
developed.   In particular, a one-dimensional, multi-solute, multi-layer,
numerical model has been constructed to simulate transient simultaneous
movement of solutes and moisture in unsaturated soils.  This model is
being calibrated and verified with unsaturated solute/moisture field
data  from a wastewater recharge basin whose depth to water is
approximately 25 feet.

      Several multi-dimensional models for saturated water and solute
transport have also been constructed including a three-dimensional
finite element-Galerkin model.  Four closed-form analytical solutions
which describe pollutant transport in two- and three-dimensional systems
subject to time-varying distributed (Gaussian and step) boundary
conditions have also been developed.

     The analytical solutions serve as checks on the multi-dimensional
numerical models and the two and three-dimensional  versions of the
modular numerical  model.  These models have been calibrated with field
data collected on a monthly basis (since October 1975) from a
three-dimensional  well network which has approximately 120 wells in the
leachate plume of the sanitary landfill.
                                   B-10

-------
                                CONTACT FORM


Person Contacted and Affiliation:

     Nolan A. Curry, P.E.
     Acting Chief,  (Retired) Chemical Systems Section

   • New York State Department             Present Address:
      of Environmental Conservation        10 Diana Lane
     50 Wolf Street                        Troy, New York  12180
     Albany, N.Y.                          Phone:  518-279-9135

Type of Procedure:

     Engineering Evaluation and Judgment (Non-procedural)

D? scuss ion;

     Approach Taken.  Site evaluation is performed by the application of
engineering principles.

     Results/Conclusions to Date.  Mr. Curry applies basic engineering
concepts(e.g., mass balance) as a site-selection method (non-procedure).
He feels that some form of Criteria Listing may be feasible as a Decision
Procedure; however, the final selection or evaluation of sites will depend
heavily on the judgment of the engineers and scientists evaluating or
approving the site.

Key Publications;

1.  Curry, N.A.   Hazardous waste management and disposal, chemical and
         industrial.  Presented at the Engineering Foundation Conference,
         Land Application of Residual Materials, Easton, Maryland,
        .Sept.  26-Oct.  1, 1976.

2.  Curry, N.A.   Management of organic materials in landfills.  Presented
         at 32nd Purdue Industrial  Conference,  May 1977.

3.  Curry, N.A.   PCB movement in the environment.   Presented  at  9th
         mid-Atlantic Industrial Conference,  Bucknell  University,  Aug. 1977,

k.  Curry, N.A.   Aluminum sludge generation and disposal.  Presented at
         American Water Works School  Program,  Lake Placid,  N.Y., Sept.
         1977.   Journal  Amer. W.W.  Assoc.,  July 1978.
                                    B-11

-------
                                 CONTACT FORM
Persons Contacted and Affiliation;

     Dr. Eugene Elzy
     Mr. Thomas Lindstrom
     Dr. Larry Boersma

   • Oregon State University
     Department of Chemical Engineering and
       Agricultural Chemistry
     Corval1 is, Oregon
     Phone:  503-75^-^951

Type of Procedure:

     Models/Simulat ion

Pi scuss ion;

     Approach Taken.   Basically, the model  landfill  and  the  soil  region
is divided into a simple two-dimensional  grid.   Each compartment  of the
grid has dimensions of length DELX,  depth DELZ  = 2  feet,  and width WIDTH
sufficient to encompass the contaminated zone of the landfill.

     SIM-1 is considered to be a two-dimensional model since calculations
account for distribution of the chemical  in two directions only,  i.e.,
vertical and horizontal.  (Although  dispersion  of the chemical  in a
lateral direction does occur, for the purpose of the model,  it  is assumed
to be zero; therefore, the model tends to calculate  a higher groundwater
concentration.)

     The elevation of the top of each landfill  and  soil  column  and the
elevation of the bottom of each landfill  column are  specified as  input
data.

     The model logic is based upon a chemical mass  balance at each point
in time and space to allow concentration  estimates  inside of, as  well
as exterior to, a landfill disposal  site.  The  model  incorporates the
following important physical-chemical parameters:

     1.  Hydrodynamic flow velocity  based upon  the  porosity  and
         hydrodynamic gradient of the porous medium.

     2.  Variable water table.
                                   B-12

-------
     3.  Variable rainfall.

     k.  Reversible adsorption-desorption  phenomena.

     5.  First-order irreversible sorption or  first-order  chemical
         reaction.

     6.  First-order microbial  degradation kinetics.

     State of Development.   Basically,  the model  is capable  in  its
present form to approximate  the conditions within and  in the adjacent
vicinity of a working landfill.  However,  it  is still  a very simplified
technique.  Improvements have  been undertaken  by  Canadian  research
personnel.  The model now has  capability to simulate the following
parameters:

     1.  Variations in soil  character for  each cell which  allows the
         modeling of layered soil conditions.  Also included in these
         amendments is a water balance  check.

     2.  Cell dimensions can be varied  in  both the vertical and the
         horizontal directions.  This allows greater flexibility in
         choosing a cell size.

     3.  Time increments for each interaction of  the program can be
         varied according to the estimated column drainage time of the
         site being modeled.  The column drainage time is  the time for
         a column of soil above the water  table to drain to field
         capaci ty.

     4.  Mass transport is considered in both the horizontal and
         vertical directions to allow for  density effects  and vertical
         gradients.

     5.  The maximum number  of cells below the water table is a variable
         according  to the site characteristics.   This allows a more
         complete modeling of  the saturated layers between water table
         and underlying impermeable layers.

          Pros and  Cons. The  main advantage of the Oregon model is that
it represents a simple and easy-to-use  procedure.  The basic logic of
the model  can be readily understood without recourse to complex math.
Input parameters are clearly identified, and the  output is easy to
interpret.

     However, a number of the  simplifying  assumptions are  embodied in
the logic of the program which  are not  readily apparent to the user.
                                   B-13

-------
 It would be valuable if these assumptions were spelled out  as  input
 requirements needing the authority of the user to specify the  input.
 The procedure by which flow in the water table is modeled may  be overly
 simplistic.  The assumption is basically one-dimensional  flow.   It  is
 not known whether an increase in the number of cells below the water
 table, which are capable of passing saturated flow, will  in itself solve
 this problem.

          Known Application.  Basically, the model  was developed for  use
 in a study of the Brown's Island Site near Salem, Oregon.  The feature
 of the model which simulates periodic inundation of the site  is a
 representation of Brown's Island conditions.  However, since  the
 monitoring information available for Brown's Island was extremely limited,
 the application of the model to Brown's Island conditions cannot be
 viewed as a valid verification procedure.   An evaluation  of the impact
 of various organic pesticides upon groundwater conditions has  been
 conducted by the Oregon Department of Environmental Quality,  but it  is
 not apparent that the results of these evaluations  were in  any  way
 incorporated in landfill design requirements.  No other application has
 been identified.

     Availability as a Decision Procedure.   With the provision  that the
 required adsorption constants in biodegradation rates should  be available,
 the model In present form could be used as  a decision procedure.
 However, the standard methods available by  which these parameters can
 be obtained are open to question even in single-element situations.
The prospect of modeling interactive chemicals or interactive  1eachate
 flow is probably a long way off.  In addition, the  simplifying  assumptions
 referred to earlier, presently require considerable finesse on  the part
of the user.  In the present state of the art, this special ingredient
will always be needed, though not necessarily in the form incorporated
 in this model.  Further sophistication of the modeling procedure itself
 is probably unwise since the basic building-block approach  is  already
 an overriding sim.pl istic assumption.  Further development to overcome
 this simplification would lead automatically to the more  sophisticated
 finite-element or finite-difference models.

Key Publication;

 1.  Elzy, E., L. Boersma, F.T.  Lindstrom,  and C.  Wang.   Disposal  of
         environmentally hazardous waters.   Task Force Report  for
         Environmental  Sciences  Center, Oregon State University, Dec.

-------
                                 CONTACT  FORM
Person Contacted and Affiliation;

     Dr. El lot .Epstein
     Soil Scientist

   • U.S. Department of Agriculture
     Agricultural Research Service
     Beltsvllie, Maryland  20705
     Phone:  301-3AA-3163

Type of Procedure;

     Field;-and Laboratory Analyses of Sludge Application to Land

Discussion;                                                         '

     Approach Taken.  Dr. Epstein has authored and coauthored publications
on composting and sludge application to land.  Dr. Epstein was one of.,a
project team.whlch Investigated the "Trench Incorporation of Sewage Sludge
in Marginal Agricultural Land" for an experimental operation In the
Beltsvllie, Maryland area.  This Investigation evaluated the effects of
trench Incorporation of limed, undigested (raw-limed) sewage sludgb and;'
of digested sewage sludge on groundwater quality.  The de-watered sludges
(20-25 percent solid) were placed In trenches that were 60-cm wide by
60-cm deep by 60-cm apart or 60 x 120  x 120 cm.   Some kQ test wills were  '
drilled to monitor groundwater quality beneath and adjacent to the
entrenchment site.

     Results/Conclusions to Date.  The Investigation entailed an
evaluation of the movement of nitrate, chlorides, pathogens, and
heavy metals.  The major conclusions to data (September 1975) are
as follows:

     1.  Analyses of well waters did not show Increased concentrations of
         nitrate or ammonia nitrogen.

     2.  There was evidence of increasing movement of nitrogen downward
         from the entrenched sludge with time.

     3.  Greater levels of organic materials moved Into the soil from the
         raw limed sludge than the digested entrenched sludges and provided
         a greater potential for dlnltrlfIcatlon.

     A.  Elevated chloride concentrations and elevated conductivities were
         sporadically detected.


                                  B-15

-------
     5.  Movement of  fecal coliform or salmonella bacteria was not
         detected out of  the entrenched sludge  Into the surrounding
         soil or down to  the groundwater.

     6.  Raw sludge limed  to a high pH decreased tremendously the number
         of salmonella and fecal coliform bacteria.  With a sludge pH
         drop,  these organisms showed only a temporary Increase  In
         numbers.

     7.  There  was essentially no movement of zinc or copper out of the
         entrenched raw  limed sludge.

     8.  As the entrenched sludge became aerobic, DTPA-TDA extractable
         metals Increased.

     9.  A major conclusion was  that since the  effects of entrenchment
         had been studied  for a  short time under limited conditions, any
         limited plan to  use trenching and large-scale land application
         of sludge should  Include careful monitoring.

     State of Development.  Research Is continuing to date on this method
of sludge disposal.  Of particular concern Is the monitoring of heavy
metals from the sludge Into the  underlying sol Is and groundwater.

     Availability as a Decision  Procedure.  Data can be expected to be
aval liable wl thin three years that would aid In  the permitting of sludge
application to  land sites.  No formal decision  procedure, however, Is
planned as an output of this research.
jCey Publ I cat ions;

1.  Epstein, E., J.M. Taylor, and R.L. Chaney.
         and sludge compost applied to soil on
         chemical properties.  J. Environmental
         Oct.-Dec. 1976.
 Effects of sewage sludge
some soil physical and
 Quality, Vol. 5, No.  V
2.  Walker, J.M., W.D. Burge,  R.L. Chaney, E. Epstein, and J.D. Menzles.
         Trench  Incorporation  of sewage sludge  In marginal agricultural
         land.   Environmental  Protection Agency, EPA-600/2-75-03^4,
         Sept. 1975.
                                   B-16

-------
                                CONTACT FORM


Person Contacted and Affiliation:

     Dr. Grahame J. Farquhar
     Associate Professor of Civil  Engineering

   • University of Waterloo
     Waterloo, Ontario
     Canada  N2L 3G1
     Phone:  519-885-1211

Types of Procedures:

     Models/Simulation
     Empirical Data, and Laboratory and Field Investigations

Discussion;

     Approach Taken.  Dr. Farquhar has authored and coauthored (primarily
with Mr. F. Rovers) numerous papers relative to the attenuation of landfill
leachate and Industrial waste through soil columns, landfill leachate
and gas generation and characterization, and methodologies for landfill
leachate treatment.  The approach  taken In his Investigations relative
to leachate generation and attenuation shows the following evolutionary
process:

     1.  Initial laboratory Investigations to evaluate leachate flow and
         attenuation through soil  columns.

     2.  Field investigations relative to leachate concentration and
         attenuation with distance and texture of deposits down
         gradient from actual landfill sites.

     3.  Development of a three-dimensional  finite element model  for the
         prediction of leachate concentration at given points down
         gradient from a landfill.

     The series of landfill studies conducted to date has cost approximately
$250,000.  Dr. Farquhar is particularly Interested In waste interactions
and in the development of adsorption Isotherms,  assessment of biological
activities, and physical chemical  reactions.  The approaches taken include
the following:

     1.  Research to measure and predict contaminant removal from soil by
         passage of leachate applied by batch dispersal  methods on both
                                  B-17

-------
         disturbed and undisturbed soil  columns.   A  range of  soil types
         were investigated under both aerobic and  anaerobic conditions,
         and the soils were described in terms of  grain  size,  ion
         exchange capacity, organic carbon  content,  and  resident  ion
         distribution both before and following exposure to leachate.

     2.  Investigation of the use of dispersed soil  experiments for
         examining soil contaminant interactions.

     3.  Evaluation of the attenuation of two liquid industrial wastes
         and soil columns typical of the environment in  Ontario,  Canada.

     k.  An assessment of leachate production, characteristics, migration
         into the environment, control and  treatment based upon analysis
         of actual field case histories  and certain  laboratory procedures.

     5.  An assessment of the effect of  the season on  landfill leachate
         and gas production.

     6.  Development of guidelines for landfill location and  management
         for water pollution control.

     7.  An assessment of the state of the  art of  groundwater contaminant
         model ing.

     8.  Continued evaluation of landfill  leachate monitoring  data generated
         at existing sites.

     Results/Conclusions to Date.  Significant results and conclusions
from the numerous investigations conducted  have been arrived  at to date.
These are as follows:

     1.  Dilution is an important mechanism of attenuation for all of the
         liquid waste contaminants in the two industrial wastes studied
         (steel  plant liquors and alkaline  cleansing wastes).

     2.  Desorption was exhibited by all contaminants  studied and was most
         prominant for those which were  attenuated primarily  by the
         mechanism of. dilution.

     3.  Attenuation data collected from the dispersed soil experimentations
         can be used to project  soil water  concentrations in  a field situation
         by the use of a correction factor; however, this was not determined
         during the project.

     ^.  The zone of influence of the disposal operation is closely  related
         to the waste loading.
                                    B-18

-------
     5.   A soil/waste  Interaction  matrix  (see  Dr.  C.R.  Phillips)  was
         developed  during  the  course  of the  contaminant attenuation  in
         disperse soil  Investigations.

     6.   It was  observed that  the  remolded soils  provided  more
         attenuation  by  dilution  than did the  undisturbed  soils.

     7.   Removal  Isotherms  constructed from  the dispersed  soil  studies
         can be  used  to  predict  the breakthrough  curves for  some
         contaminants  resulting  from  remolded  soil  column  experiments.

     8.   The types  and amounts of  chemicals  leached from refuse were
         sufficient to create  a  serious pollution hazard to  groundwaters
         In a proximity  of  landfill sites.

     9.   Definitive conclusions  can be drawn for  gas and leachate
         production relative to  seasonal climatic changes.

    10.   Once refuse  attains a moisture content equal  to field  capacity,
         leachate production becomes  equivalent to the  net Infiltration.

    11.   The yearly dissolved  and  suspended  contaminant load discharge
         to the  environment by a  landfill  is significantly less than  that
         of a pollution  controlled plan where  both serve the same
         population.

    12.   The major  factors  affecting  leachate  composition  and strength
         are refuse composition,  rate of  Infiltration,  and site age.

    13.   Most inorganics disposed  of  In a  landfill  will apparently  be
         leached to the  environment eventually.

    lA.   A growing  body  of  Information exists  on  the field assessment of
         leachate contaminant  attenuation under a variety  of conditions.

    15.   Existing data show that,  with  intergranular flow,  leachate
         attenuation  Is  significant for fine grain soils.

    16.   Waste disposal  sites  should  be  located and designed In a manner
         that takes advantage  of  natural processes to minimize  problems
         with water pollution  control.

     In  addition, some direct  personal conclusions have been derived  as
fo11ows:

     1.   Before  any meaningful prediction can  be  made,  there Is a need
         to define  the hydrogeologlc  system, the  fluid  flux  through  that
                                  B-19

-------
         system, and the contaminant flux which Is a waste
         characterization and waste Interaction.

     2.  To date, the most definitive approach will be to develop models
         for the fluid flux and contaminant soil  Interactions for the
         prediction of pollution concentration at a given point down
         gradient from a disposal site.

     S^tate of Development.  A large empirical  data base has been
developed from both laboratory and field Investigations which would
serve as a useful decision procedure for new waste disposal operations
by comparison with existing operations and their  documented degree of
attenuation.  The three-dimensional model mentioned above Is currently
under development and will not be calibrated,  tested, verified and made
available for use for a period of approximately three years.

     Availability as a Decision Procedure.  It Is proposed that the
empirical data developed to date, coupled with a  hydrologic site
investigation and monitoring data of a geologically similar site,
could be used now to predict the contaminant migration from a proposed
disposal site.  The matrix development, testing,  verification, and
actual  use can be expected to be on line within three years.

Key Publ Icatlons:

 1.  Farquhar, G.J.  Contaminant movement from a  landfill.  Presented at
          the Ontario Pollution Control Association Meeting, Brampton,
          March 1973.

 2.  Farquhar, G.J. and F.A. Rovers.  Landfill contaminant flux - surface
          and subsurface behaviour.  21st Industrial Waste Conference,
          MOE, June
 3.  Farquhar, G.J.  Research In Canada on .groundwater contamination
          from waste disposal In soil.  Presented at the London Geological
          Society, Feb. 1976.

 A.  Farquhar, G.J.  Experimental determination of leachate contaminant
          attenuation In soils.   Presented at Eldgenoss ische Technlsche
          Hochschulen, EAWAG, Zurich, Switzerland, April 1976.

 5.  Farquhar, G.J. and F.A. Rovers.  Evaluation of contaminant
          attenuation In the soil to improve sanitary landfill
          selection and design.   Proceedings of the International
          Conference on Land for Waste Management, National Research
          Council of Canada, Ottawa, Oct. 1-3, 1973.
                                   B-20

-------
 6.   Farquhar,  G.J.  and P.M.  Huck.   Water  quality  modelling  using  the
          Box-Jenkins  method.   Journal  of  Environmental  Engineering
          Division,  100,  EE3,  June  197*».

 7.   Farquhar,  G.J.  and F.A.  Rovers.   Leachate  attenuation In
          undisturbed  and remoulded soil.  _l_n_ proceedings  of
          Symposium  on Leachate and Gas Production,  Rutgers  Univ.,
          Cook  College, New Brunswick,  N.J.,  March 1975.

 8.   Farquhar,  G.J., H.M. Hill, and R.N.  Farvolden.   Phase I  report,
          sanitary landfill  study.   Ontario  Department  of  Health and  the
          Grand River  Conservation  Authority,  IRI  Project  8083, March
          1970.

 9.   Farquhar,  G.J., H.M. Hill, and R.N.  Farvolden.   Phase II  report,
          Sanitary landfill  study.   Ontario  Department  of  Health and  the
          Grand River  Conservation  Authority,  IRI  Project  8083, March
          1971.

10.   Farquhar,  G.J.  and F.A.  Rovers.   Sanitary  landfill  study  final
          report,  vol. I, field studies on groundwater  contamination.
          Ontario  Department  of Health  and the  Grand River Conservation
          Authority, Waterloo Research  Institute Project 8083,  Oct.  1972.

11.   Farquhar,  G.J.  and F.A.  Rovers.   Sanitary  landfill  study  final
          report,  vol. II,  effect of season  on  landfill  leachate and
          gas production.  Ontario  Department of Health  and  the Grand
          River Conservation  Authority, Waterloo Research  Institute
          Project  8083, Oct.  1972.

12.   Farquhar,  G.J.  and F.A.  Rovers.   Monitoring contaminants  from a
          landfill,  study plan. Canada-Ontario Committee, Canada-U.S.
          Agreement, March  197^.

13.   Farquhar,  G.J.  and W.  Seltz.   Sanitary  landfill  study,  volume III,
          A mapping  technique for  landfill  location.  Ontario  Ministry
          of the Environment,  April 1975.

^k.   Farquhar,  G.J.  and F.A.  Rovers.   Sanitary  landfill  study,  volume IV,
          Guidelines to landfill  location  and management for water pollution
          control.  Ontario Ministry of the  Environment, April  1975.

15.   Farquhar,  G.J.  Liquid industrial  waste attenuation  in  the soil.
          Waste Management  Branch,  Environmental Protection  Service,
          Environment  Canada,  May  1975.
                                  B-21

-------
                                CONTACT FORM


Person Contacted and Aff 1 Nation

     Dr. Allen Freeze

   ® University of British Columbia
     Department of Geological Science
     Vancouver, British Columbia
     Phone:  60^-228-6462

Type of Procedure;

     Groundwater Modeling

Discuss ion;
                                    »
     Approach Taken.  In a telephone conversation with Dr.  Freeze,  it
became apparent that his work Is entirely concerned with the sophisticated
quantitative modeling of groundwater movement.   Dr. Freeze  is of the
opinion that efforts to adequately model  changes In groundwater quantity
are unlikely to prove useful given the present  state of the art.
                                  B-22

-------
                                CONTACT FORM
Person Contacted and Affiliation;

     Dr. Wallace H. Fuller

   ® University of Arizona
     Department of Soils, Water
      and Engineering
     Tucson, Arizona  85721

Type of Procedure;

     Criteria Listing

Discussion;

     Approach Taken.  Dr. W.H. Fuller is studying factors which attenuate
contaminants in leachates from municipal solid waste landfills.  Although
the work is associated with municipal waste, the impact of co-disposal of
municipal and hazardous waste was also considered.  This project emphasizes
the influences of soil and contaminant properties on constituent migration
and attenuation.

     The project is concerned with contaminants normally present in
leachates from municipal landfills and with contaminants that are introduced
or increased in concentration by co-disposal of hazardous wastes.  These
contaminants are:   arsenic, beryllium, cadmium, chromium, copper, cyanide,
iron, mercury, lead, nickel, selenium, vanadium, and zinc.  Eleven soils
representing seven major orders were collected and used in this study.

     A landfill leachate was continuously flushed through a column of
soil, and the effluent from the soil was evaluated.   Two types of variables
were considered for regression analysis of the results:  (l) those
representing soil  properties—clay, sand, percent of free iron oxide,
surface area, total manganese, pH, and electrical conductivity of the
saturated extract; and (2)  those measurements characterizing the migration
and/or attenuation of the trace metals (mass absorbed per gram of soil
per ml  of added leachate).   A mass balance for each  soil column was
calculated from daily measurement of the effluent from the soil and input
at the soi1  surface.

     Results/Conclusions to Date.  Based on the data analysis completed
to date,  Dr. Fuller has concluded that clay content, surface area of soil,
and content of hydrous oxides (free iron) and free lime will be the soil
properties most useful in selecting safe disposal sites for municipal
                                    B-23

-------
and hazardous waste.  Data suggested that the use of clay, lime, and
iron oxides should be examined as practical management tools for
minimizing the movement of contaminants from landfills.

     State of Development.  The project is nearing completion, and the
data base and regression equations should be available for use within
three years.  However, the application of this data to other leachates
and soils has not been tested.

     Availability as a Decision Procedure.  A more thorough validation of
the procedure must be performed before wide use is made of the procedure.

Key Pub!ications:

 1.  Fuller, W.H.  Some microbiological transformations in soil.  Proc.
          of Agr. and Pollut. Seminar, U of A Engr. Exp. Sta. EES
          Series Rep. 35, 1971.  60 p.

 2.  Amoozegar-Fard, A., W.H. Fuller, and A.W. Warrick.  Migration of
          salt from feedlot waste as affected by moisture regime and
          aggregate size.  J. Environ. Qual., 4:468-^72, 1975.

 3.  Korte, N.E.,-J.M. Skopp, E.E. Niebla, and W.H. Fuller.  A baseline
          study of trace metal elution from diverse soil types.  Water,
          Air, and Soil Pollu.. 5:1^9-156, 1975.

 A.  Marion, G.M., D.M. Hendricks, G.R. Dutt, and W.H. Fuller.  Aluminum
          and silica solubility in soils.  Soil  Sci..  121:(2)76-85, 1976.

 5.  Alesii, B.A. and W.H. Fuller.  The mobility of three cyanide forms
          in soils.  In Residual Management by Land Disposal.  Proceedings
          of the Hazardous Waste Research Symposium, February 2-^, 1976.
          Tucson, Arizona.  W.H. Fuller, ed.  EPA-600/9-76-015, U.S.
          Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1976.  280 p.

 6.  Fuller, W.H. and N. Korte.  Attenuation mechanisms of pollutants
          through soils.  j_n_ Gas and Leachate from Landfills, Formation,
          Collection and Treatment.  Proceedings of a  research symposium,
          March 25-26, 1975, New Brunswick, New Jersey.  E.J. Genetel1i
          and J. Cirello, eds.  EPA-600/9~76-OOif, U.S. Environmental
          Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1976.  196 p.

 7.  Fuller, W.H., C. McCarthy, B.A. Alesii, and E. Niebla.  Liners for
          disposal sites to retard migration of pollutants.  In Residual
          Management by Land Disposal.  Proceedings of the Hazardous
          Waste Research Symposium, February 2-4, 1976, Tucson, Arizona.
          W.H. Fuller, ed.  EPA-600/9-76-015, U.S. Environmental
          Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1976.  280 p.

-------
 8.   Korte, N.E.,  W.H.  Fuller,  E.E.  Niebla,  J.  Skopp, and B.A.  Alesii.
          Trace element migration in soils:   desorption of attenuated
          ions and effects of solution flux. J_n_ Residual Management by
          Land Disposal.  Proceedings of the Hazardous Waste Research
          Symposium,  February 2-4,  1976, Tucson,  Arizona.  W.H. Fuller,
          ed.   EPA-600/9-76-015,  U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency,
          Cincinnati,  Ohio, 1976.  280 p.

 9.   Fuller, W.H., ed.   Residual  management  by  land  disposal.  Proceedings
          of the Hazardous Waste  Research Symposium, February 2-4,  1976,
          Tucson,  Arizona.  EPA-600/9-76-015, U.S.  Environmental  Protection
          Agency,  Cincinnati, Ohio,  1976.  280  p.

10.   Fuller, W.H., N.E. Korte,  E.E.  Niebla,  and B.A. Alesii.  Contribution
          of the soil  to the migration of certain common and trace  elements.
          Soil Science. 122(4):223-235, 1976.
                                   B-25

-------
                                CONTACT  FORM
 Person  Contacted  and  Affiliation;

      James  P.  Gibb
      Associate Engineer

   ©  Illinois  State Water  Survey
      Water  Resources  Building
      605  East  Springfield,  IL
      Phone:  217-333-0236

 Type  of Procedure;

      Research  into  investigative and monitoring techniques for identifying
 leachate  from  surficial toxic waste sites.

 PIscuss ion:

      Approach  Taken.  The  vertical and horizontal migration patterns of
 zinc, cadmium,  copper, and  lead through the soil and shallow aquifer
 systems at  two secondary zinc smelters were identified through the use
 of soil-coring and monitoring-wel1 techniques.  The vertical migration
 of these  elements at  a third zinc smelter was also defined.  The
 migration of metals that occurred at the three smelters has been limited
 to relatively  shallow depths into the soil profile by attenuation
 processes.

      Results/Conclusions to Date.  Cation exchange and precipitation of
 insoluble metal compounds, as a result of pH changes in the infiltrating
 solution, were  determined  to be the principal mechanisms controlling
 the movement of the metals through the soil.  Increased metals content
 in the  shallow  groundwater system has been confined to the immediate
 plant sites.   At a fourth  site, it appeared that the glacial materials
were  retarding  the migration of organic pollutants.  Problems associated
with  sampling  and analyses for chlorinated hydrocarbon waste products
prohibited further definition of the effectiveness of the soils in
 retaining the  pollutants from this site.  No detectable organic pollutants
were  found  in  the shallow  groundwater system.

      Soil  coring was  determined to be an effective investigative tool,
but was not suitable  by itself for routine monitoring of waste disposal
activities.   However, it should be used to gather preliminary information
 in determining the proper horizontal and vertical locations for monitoring
well   design.  The analysis of water samples collected in this project
generally did not provide a stable reproducible pattern of results.  This
                                   B-26

-------
indicates the need for development of sampling techniques to obtain
representative water samples.  The failure of some well seals in a highly
polluted environment also indicates the need for additional research in
monitoring well construction.

Key Pub!icat ion;

1.  Gibb, J.P., K. Cartwright, D. Lindorff, and A. Hartley.  Field
         verification of toxic waste renovation by soils at disposal
         sites.  EPA Grant No. R 803216-01-3 (unpublished report).
                                   B-27

-------
                                CONTACT FORM


Person Contacted and Affiliation;

     Dr. Eugene Glysson, P.E.
     Professor, Civil Engineering

   ® University of Michigan
     Civil Engineering Department
     Ann Arbor, Michigan  18109
     Phone:  313-76^-9^12

Type of Procedure:

     Non-procedure Engineering Evaluation

Discussion:

     Approach Taken.  Dr. Glysson is one of many experts in the field that
does not rely on specific procedures; instead, he evaluates disposal  sites
through the use of engineering concepts/judgments.  He feels that if all
waste/site elements were put into a list of criteria, this list would be
of help to those people making these decisions.
                                   B-28

-------
                                CONTACT FORM


Persons Contacted and Affiliation;

     Dr. R.A. Griffin
     Assistant Geochemist

     Dr. N.F. Shimp
     Principal Chemist

     Dr. K. Cartwright
     Geologist

   • Illinois Geological Survey
     Natural Resource Building
     Urbana, Illinois  61801
     Phone:  217-333-2210

Types of Procedures;

     Laboratory Simulation
     Criteria Ranking

Discussion;

     Approach Taken.  In general, the approach is derived entirely from a
column leaching study with some supporting field verification.  The
leachate was taken from the 15-year old DuPage County Sanitary Landfill.
Chemical characteristics are shown in Table B-1.

     Treated clay minerals (montmori1lonite, illite, kaolinite) formed
the soil medium through which the "standard" leachate was run for periods
of up to 10 months.  Effluents were collected periodically throughout
this period and were analyzed for 16 chemical constituents.  The column
contents were then cut into sections and analyzed to determine the
vertical distribution of chemical constituents in each column.  A general
table of attenuation levels is suggested by the study.

     The results of the tests were analyzed to determine the mechanisms
of attenuation.  By the use of various statistical methods comparing the
results of the analysis through three different clays, it was concluded
that the four chemical constituents with the highest ATN ranking (lead,
zinc, cadmium,  mercury)  were in fact attenuated by a precipitation
mechanism.  Table B-2 identifies the attenuation mechanisms.
                                   B-29

-------
                                TABLE B-1
             CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF LANDFILL LEACHATES
        Component
 Range of Al1
 Values Given
by Garland and
Mosher (1975)
     mg/L
Du Page Leachate Used
   in Column Study
Chemical oxygen demand
(COD)

Biological oxygen demand
(BOD)

Total organic carbon

Organic acids

Carbonyls as acetophenone

Carbohydrates as dextrose

PH

Eh (oxidation potential) (mv)

Total dissolved solids

Electrical conductivity
(mmhos/cm)

Alkalinity (CaCO )

Hardness (CaCO )

Total phosphorus

Ortho-phosphate

NH,-nitrogen

NO_+N02-nitrogen
  kO - 89,520


   9 - 5^,610

 256 - 28,000
~
-
-
A -
-
0 ,-
3 -
0 -
0 -
o -
6 -
0 -
0 -



9

^2,276
17
20,850
22,800
•ISA
85
1,106
1,300
333.
57.6
12.
6.9
+7.
5,120
10.20
•
-
0.1
-
862.
-
290.
90.
11.
7.
+75.
5,280
10.
-
-
0.
-
773.
-

1

2


1*2


1



                                  B-30

-------
TABLE B-1
(cont inued)
Component
Range
Values
by Garl
Mosher
of Al 1
Given
and and
(1975)
mg/L
Al uminum
Arseni c
Boron
Calci um
Chloride
Sod i um
Potass i um
Sulfate
Manganese
Magnesi um
Iron
Chromi um
Mercury
Nickel
S i 1 i con
Zi nc
Copper
Cadmi um
Lead
—
-
-
5 -
34 -
0 -
3 -
1 -
0 -
16 -
0 -
-
-
-
-
0 -
0 -
0 -
0 -



4,080
2,800
7,700
3,770
1,826
1,400
15,600
5,500




1,000
10
17
5
Du Page Leachate Used
In Column Study
mg/L
Natural
0.1
0.11
29.9
46.8
3,484.
748.
501.
0.01
0.01
233.
4.2
0.1
0.0008
0.3
14.9
18.8
0.1
1.95
4.46

Steri le
0.1
0.14
28.5
43.2
3,311.
744.
491.
0.01
0.1
230.
3.0
0.1
0.87*
0.3
15.0
16.3
0.1
1.88
4.26
*Added as a result of sterilization maintenance.
                                   B-31

-------
                                 TABLE B-2

            RANK OF CHEMICAL CONSTITUENTS IN MUNICIPAL LEACHATE
                      ACCORDING TO RELATIVE MOBILITY
                       THROUGH CLAY MINERAL COLUMNS
 Chemical
Const i tuent

    Pd
    Zn
    Cd
    Hg

    Fe
    Si
    K
    NH/,
    Mg

    COD
    Na
    Cl

    B
    Mn
    Ca
   Mean
Attenuat ion
  Number

    99.8
    97.2
    97.0
    96.8
  58.

  38!
  37.
  29.3
    21.
    15.
    10.
 -11
 -95-4
-656.7
              dual i tat ive
               Group!ng
                 High
                 Moderate
                  Low
                 Negat i ve
                 (elut ion)
      Principal
     Attenuat ion
      Mechanism

Precipi tat ion/exchange
Precipi tat ion/exchange
Precipi tat ion/exchange
Precipitat ion/exchange

Anaerobic reduction

Cation exchange
Cation exchange
Cation exchange

Microbial degradation
Cation exchange
Dispers ion

Artifact
Elution from clay
Desorbed from clay
                                    B-32

-------
     However,  in discussions with Keros, Cartwright, and Bob Griffin, the
point was made that the exchange mechanism can only be considered a
long-term storage system since adsorption and desorption are taking place
continuously.

     A significant determinant of exchangeability  is the sorption isotherm
for the particular material.  For any given solution, sorption may be
expressed as the ratio of the quantity of material sorbed to the equilibrium
concentration of the material:

                  Sorption =
                                 .1                ,.
                             Equilibrium concentration

     A complete  isotherm is a curve representing this ratio for a variety
of equilibrium concentrations (at fixed temperatures and pH conditions).

     In general, adsorption of the cationic heavy metals (Pb, Cd, Zn, Cu,
and Cr+3) was found to increase as the pH increased.  Adsorption of the
anionic heavy metals  (Cr+6, As, and Se) decreased as the pH increased.

     It was concluded that removal of the heavy metal cations from
solution is primarily a cation-exchange adsorption phenomenon that is
affected by pH and ionic competition.

     Results/Conclusions to Date.  Griffin has developed a pollution
hazard factor which uses the ATM number generated by the column tests.

     To overcome objection to a formula developed by EPA for determination
of a pollution hazard index for municipal leachates, the ranking equation
was changed to read as follows:

     R = (Q) (HI)

where R and Q. are as previously defined and HI is the pollution hazard
index for the waste.  The pollution hazard index (HI) is a toxicity
index for the element within a given leachate, multiplied by a mobility
index for the element in a particular leachate-clay system.

     The pollution hazard for the whole leachate is that for the
constituent with the highest hazard within the particular leachate.

     HI = (jjgg-)   (100 - ATM)


where:
                                      e
       C = The effective concentration of the chemical  constituent.
     DWS = The drinking water standard (U.S.  EPA, 1973b).
     ATN = the attenuation number for the given element.


                                    B-33

-------
     The effective concentration  is defined as the concentration of the
chemical constituent  in  the  leachate plus the concentration of the
constituent  that may  be  leached from the soil or clay.  When attenuation
is occurring,  the effective  concentration is merely the concentration of
the constituent  in the  influent leachate.  When elution from the columns
is occurring,  as it did  for  the three elements B, Ca, and MM, the
effective concentration  is the leachate concentration plus the
concentration  eluted  from the column.

     State of  Development.   The proposed system of ranking pollution
hazards in municipalleachates overcomes the objections posed for the
CP component of  the Priority Ranking System.  The toxicity index can,
in most cases, be readily computed from a chemical analysis of the
leachate.

     The evaluation of the toxicity index is flexible in that drinking
water standards need  not be  the criteria.  L^Q (lethal dose of 50
percent of the population) values, or some other toxicity evaluation, can
be used in place of drinking water standards.  What is important is the
computation of the ratio of  the actual waste concentration relative to
whichever toxicity evaluator is used.  The mobility index, however, must
be determined experimentally or be estimated from the data presented in
the paper.  The  results of this study indicate that the mobility index
will be function of:  the CEC of  the earth material, the cations initially
present on the exchange complex,  the chemical composition of the leachate,
and the pH of the leachate.

     Ultimately, the  value of this or any other procedure rests entirely
on the accuracy of the analytical procedure used.  In the case of Griffin's
work, long-term column tests were used.  Shaker tests and TLC methods
have also been used,  but no  specific standard method has evolved.  There
seem to be limitations in the use of each method depending upon the nature
of the leached material under test.

     Availability as a Decision Procedure.  There is no further specific
development of the formula presently contemplated, although further
research into attenuation (or retardation) mechanisms continues.

Key Publ icat!ons_;

1.  Griffin, R.A. and R.G. Burau.  Kinetic and equilibrium studies of
         boron desorption from soil.  Soil Science Society of America
         Proceedings, v. 38, 197^.  p. 892-897.

2.  Griffin, R.A. and N.F. Shimp.  Attenuation of pollutants in municipal
         landfill leachate by clay minerals.  Final  report for contract
         68-03-0211, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati,
         Ohio, 1976.

-------
3.  Griffin, R.A., K. Cartwright,  N.F. Shimp, J.D. Steele, R.R. Ruch, W.A.
         White, G.M.  Hughes, and R,H.  Gilkeson.  Attenuation of pollutants
         in municipal landfill  leachate by clay minerals, part 1-column
         leaching and field verification.   Illinois State Geological  Survey.
         Environmental  Geology  Note 78, 1976.  3** p.

k.  Griffin, R.A., R.R.  Frost,  A.K. Au, G.D.  Robinson, and N.F. Shimp.
         Attenuation  of pollutants in  municipal landfill  leachate by  clay
         minerals, part 2-heavy-metal  adsorption.  Illinois State
         Geological  Survey, Environmental  Geology Note 79, April  1977.
                                   B-35

-------
                                 CONTENT FORM
Person Contacted and Affiliation;

     Dr. D. Joseph Hagerty
     Associate Professor

   © University of Louisville
     Department of Civil Engineering
     Louisville, Kentucky  40208
     Phone:  502-588-6276

Type of Procedure

     Criteria Ranking

D? scussion:

     Approach Taken.  The criteria ranking procedure developed by Pavoni,
Hagerty, and Lee in 1971-1972 was intended to serve as a decision making
tool to determine:

     1.  The hazardousness of various waste substances.

     2.  The suitability of various land sites to contain waste substances.

     3.  The feasibility of disposing of a waste substance at a specific
         si te.

     The development of this procedure was undertaken as a master's thesis
by Robert E. Lee from September 1971 to May 1972 and was not funded.

     The procedure basically encompasses two ranking formulas:  one for
waste products, and one for landfill sites.  The waste ranking consists
of five quantified parameters:  human toxicity, groundwater toxicity,
disease transmission potential, biological persistence, and waste mobility.
The total waste ranking is correlated with the hazardousness of wastes
as follows:

                     Rank          Haza rdousness

                     0-30     Nonhazardous
                    31 - 60     Slightly hazardous
                    61 - 80     Moderately hazardous
                       > 80     Hazardous
                                   B-36

-------
     The site ranking consists of ten qualified parameters:  infiltration
potential, bottom leakage potential, organic content, filtering capacity,
adsorptive capacity, buffering capacity, potential travel distance,
groundwater velocity, prevailing wind direction, and population factor.
Again, the total site ranking is correlated with the suitability of the
site for waste disposal.

     Results/Conclusions to Date.  The ranking system developed was
intended to serve as a first step in waste and site evaluation which
would be verified and upgraded by others.  Unfortunately, that was not
the case.

     Hagerty's major comment with regard to the Decision Procedures study
was that it would be a major mistake to publish a "cookbook" on site
evaluation and/or selection.  His suggested approach was:

     1.  Planning should be conducted initially to determine, In general,
         what areas of a state or region are amenable to waste disposal.
         This general planning could be done with a crude approach similar
         to LeGrand's.

     2.  Wastes  should be classified with a system similar to that used
         in California or the waste  ranking developed by Pavoni, Hagerty,
         and Lee.  This would enable planners to develop site-waste
         match-ups, i.e., which wastes could be deposited in what
         general  areas.

     3.  When two or three specific  sites are chosen from a general  area,
         then a  more-sophisticated,  site-evaluation approach is needed
         in which competent soiIs-hydrogeologist professionals  must  be
         involved.

     Hagerty's comments  of Phillips'  work are as follows:

     1.  The chemical  persistence factor is really biological  in nature,
         and should be  combined with the biological  persistence factor
         or be omitted.

     2.  Chemical  persistence  is  also related to the leachate flushing
         characteristics  of the  site.

     3.  Weighting  of groundwater gradient  toward  an  existing water
         supply  is  a bad  assumption.

     4.  The viscosity  factor  is  not  important  and  should  be omitted.

     5.   The pH  factor  is debatable.   It  depends  to  a  large  extent on
         flow and soils characteristics  of  site.   Decrease  in  importance
         or omi t.


                                    B-37

-------
     6.  The waste application rate should be related to infiltration
         characteristics of the site, since acceptable "rates" could
         vary drastically from site to site.

     7.  Hagerty disagrees with Phillips' comment that ranking sites is
         more difficult than ranking wastes.  He feels just the opposite.

     8.  Any site or waste rankings should be multiplied (not summed) to
         emphasize poor rankings.

     9.  Disease transmission is weighted too low in Phillips' approach.

    10.  Phillips' soil-site approach is over simplified and, in some
         cases, is incorrect.  Approach  is qualitative and broad-brush.
         It neglects important factors such as containment layer thickness
         and incorrectly defines clay as an unconsolidated granular
         material.

     Availability as a Decision Procedure.  Could be available within 3
years with testing and validation.

Key Publications;

1.  Pavoni, J.L.,  D.J. Hagerty, and R.E. Lee.  Environmental  Impact
         evaluation of hazardous waste disposal  in land.  Water Resources
         Bulletin, Vol. 8, No.  6, Dec. 1972.

2.  Hagerty, D.J., J.L. Pavoni, and J.E. Heer, Jr.  Solid waste management.
         Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, NY, 1973.
                                   B-38

-------
                                 CONTACT FORM
Person Contacted and Affiliation;

     Dr. Robert K. Ham
     Associate Professor of Civil
      and Environmental Engineering

   • University of Wisconsin
     3232 Engineering Building
     Madison, Wisconsin  53706
     Phone:  608-262-1776

Type of Procedure;

     Development of a Standard Leaching Test

Discussion;

     Approach Taken.  Under contract to the Environmental Protection
Agency, Dr. Ham is engaged in the development of a Standard Leaching
Test which could be used to predict the leachate from any known waste.

     A wide variety of complex wastes is being tested, including milled
refuse, paint sludge, paper mill  sludge, fly ash, wastewater treatment
sludge, and copper oxide/sodium sulfate slurry.  The aim is to develop
a laboratory procedure which would be standard repeatable and be
applicable for a variety of waste types not specifically limited to
hazardous wastes.

     This "leach test" should not be confused with leachate tests which
are typically laboratory procedures used to determine changes in
leachate concentration after passage through a soil column.

     Results/Conclusions to Date.  The results and conclusions are not
avallable at this  time.

Key Publications;

1.  Ham,  R.K. and  R. Karnauskas.   Leachate production from milled and
         unprocessed refuse.   ISWA Bulletin No. 1V15:3~16, Dec. 197^.

2.  Reinhardt,  J.J.  and  R.K.  Ham.  Final  report on a demonstration
         project at  Madison,  V/isconsin to investigate milling of
         solid wastes between 1966 and 1972 - vol. 1.  U.S. Environmental
         Protection  Agency, Washington,  D.C., 1973.  p.  48-63.
                                   B-39

-------
3.  Ham, R.K.  The generation, movement and attenuation of leachates from
         solid waste land disposal sites.  Waste Age, June 1975.
                                    B-l»0

-------
                                 CONTACT FORM
 Person Contacted and Affiliation:

     Mr. M.J.  Houle
     Research  Scientist

   O Department  of the Army
     Dugway Proving  Ground
     Dugway, Utah  8A022
     Phone:  801-522-5^17

Type of Procedure;

     Laboratory  Simulation

Discussion:

     Approach  Taken.  Experimental evaluation of leachate composition
from various industrial wastes and of the movement of these leachates
through selected soils is being conducted.  The data being collected
will be used as  a data base to develop mathematical models or decision
tools.

     The potential increase in hazard resulting from the co-disposal of
industrial wastes with municipal refuse was tested using wastes from
several different industries, namely, electroplating waste, inorganic
pigment waste, and nickel-cadmium battery production waste.  Known
weights of each waste were mixed with municipal landfill leachate and
water.  The samples were extracted for 2k and 72 hours, filtered, and
the filtrates were analyzed for cadmium, chromium, copper, and nickel by
atomic absorption spectrophotometry.  The wastes were recovered, mixed
with fresh aliquots of municipal landfill leachate or water, and were
re-extracted.  This serial batch extraction was carried out seven times.

     Results/Conclusions to Date.  Results of this study show that the
migration of hazardous materials in soils Is largely controlled by the
physical and chemical composition of the soil.   However, differences in
waste composition cause large differences in the migration of specific
elements or compounds through soils.  This is demonstrated by comparing
the migration of cadmium from four different industrial  wastes through
one soil type.   The wastes were:  nickel-cadmium battery, electrical
plating, water-base paint, and inorganic pigment waste.   The
distribution of cadmium in the soil was  related to differences In the
water.

-------
     The concentrations of cadmium, cooper, and nickel in the municipal
landfill leachate extracts were much higher than was found in water
extracts.  Depending on the waste, metal, and extraction number, the
increase in solubi1ization of the metals by the municipal landfill leachate
ranged from approximately 100 to 3,000 times higher than with water.
Chromium was the only exception.  The concentration of Cr metal in both
solvent extracts was approximately the same (or slightly greater in the
water extracts).  These findings dramatically demonstrate the potential
hazard that may result from the disposal of certain industrial wastes
together with municipal refuse.  This raises the serious question as
to the advisability of co-disposal in general.

     State of Development.  The results of this study give insight into
waste leachate composition and the importance of this composition on
the mobility of a given constituent in the waste.  These experiments
have been underway for a short period of time, and the data have not
been analyzed or used to develop regression equations to define the
mobility and attenuation of given waste constituents.

     Availability as a Decision Procedure.  The results of these
experiments are at least 5 to 10 years away from being used for management
decisions involving waste and site selection.

Key Pub!ication:

1.  Houle,  M.J., D. Long, R. Bell, J. Soyland, and R. Grabbe.  Effect
         of municipal landfill leachate on the release of toxic metals
         from industrial  wastes.  Chemical Laboratory Division, U.S.
         Army Dugway Proving Ground,  Dugway, Utah.

-------
                                 CONTACT  FORM


 Persons  Contacted and Affiliation:

      Dr.  Lenny  Konikow
      Mr.  David  Grove

   •  U.S.  Geological Survey
      Department of  the  Interior
      P.O.  Box 250^*6
      Denver Federal Center
      Denver, Colorado   80225
      Phone:
Type of Procedure;

     Models/Simulation

Discussion;

     Approach Taken.  Lenny Konikow has been  involved with solute
transport modeling for the U.S.G.S. for the last three years.  His
modeling work is based mainly on the logic developed by Pinder and
Bredehoeft  (1968).

     Like Pinder, he is chiefly concerned with the solution of:  (l) the
equation of flow; and (2) the solute-transport equation.

         Flow Equation.  By following the derivation of Pinder and
Bredehoeft  (1968), the equation describing the transient two-dimensional
flow of a homogeneous compressible fluid through a non-homogeneous
anisotropic aquifer may be written in cartesian tensor notation as:

          3  (T    9h )  = s j^ + w (x   t)j   --12

where:

     TJ: = is the transmissivity tensor, L /T;
     h   = is the hydraulic head in the aquifer, L;
     S   = is the storage coefficient,  L^;
     t   = is the time,  T; and
     W   = is the volume flux per unit  area,  L/T.*

         Solute Transport Equation.  The equation used to describe the
two-dimensional  transport and dispersion of a given dissolved chemical
*See Key Publication for complete discussion.

-------
 species  in  flowing  groundwater was derived by Reddel1 and Sunada  (1970),
 Bear  (1972),  and  Bredehoeft and Pinder  (1973), and may be written as:


     |£.   *   (D..  |L-)  - -L. (C V.) - SiSU  ZR. i,j = 1,2
     3t   dx.    ij  3x.    3x.      i    nb        k  >J    '
                     J      '                i/—i
 where:                                       K~'

     C   =  is  the concentration of the dissolved chemical species,

     D.. =  is  the dispersion  tensor, L^/T;

     b   =  is  the saturated thickness of the aquifer, L;

     C1  =  is  the concentration of the dissolved chemical in a source or
            sink  fluid, M/1.3;  and

     R|<  =  is  the rate of production of the chemical species in reaction
            k of  s different reactions, M/L3T.*

         Methods of Solving These Equations.  Three general classes of
 numerical methods have been used to solve the solute-transport equation:
 finite-difference methods, finite-element methods, and the method of
 characteristics.  Each method has some advantages, disadvantages, and
 special  limitations for  applications to field problems.  Each method also
 requires that  the area of interest be subdivided by a grid into a number
 of smaller  subareas.

     The method of  characteristics was orginally developed to solve
 hyperbolic  equations.  If solute-transport is dominated by convective
 transport,  as  is common  in many field problems, then this equation may
 closely approximate a hyperbolic equation and be highly compatible with
 the method  of  characteristics.  Although it is difficult to present a
 rigorous mathematical proof for this numerical scheme, it has been
 successfully applied to  a variety of field problems.  The development
 and application of  this  technique to problems of flow through porous
 media have  been presented by  Carder and others (196A), Pinder and Cooper
 (1970), Reddel 1 and Sunada (1970), and Bredehoeft and Pinder (1973).

     The numerical  solution is achieved by introducing a set of moving
 points that are traced with reference to the stationary co-ordinates of
a finite-difference grid.  Each point has a concentration associated with
 it and is moved through  the flow field in proportion to the flow velocity
at its location.  The moving points simulate convective transport because
 the concentration at each node of the grid changes as different points
enter and leave  its area of influence.  The additional change in concentration

*0p. Cit.

                                   B-Mt

-------
 due  to  dispersion, fluid sources, and chemical  reactions  is computed with
 an explicit finite-difference equation.  This method has  generally been
 coupled with  finite-difference solutions to the flow equations.  Because
 the  movement  of points  is analogous to the flow of small  volumes of water,
 it is relatively easy to visualize the relation of the model to the field
 problem.

     Finite-difference  methods solve an equation that is  approximately
 equivalent to the partial differential equation.  Problems of numerical
 dispersion, overshoot,  and undershoot may induce significant errors for
 some problems; however, these problems can be solved by selecting
 proper  finite-difference grid sizes to satisfy the convergence criteria.
 In general, the finite-difference methods are the simplest mathematically
 and  the easiest to program for a digital computer.  Lantz and others (1976)
 describe a three-dimensional, transient, finite-difference model that
 simultaneously solves the pressure, energy, and mass-transport equations.

     Finite-element methods use assumed functions of the  dependent
 variables and parameters to evaluate equivalent integral  formulations of
 the partial differential equations.  Recent articles by Pinder (1973),
 Segol and Pinder (1976), and Gupta and others (1975) have indicated that
 Galerkin's procedure is well suited to solve solute-transport problems.
 These methods generally require the use of more sophisticated mathematics
 than the previous two methods, but for many problems may be more accurate
 numerically and more efficient computationally than the other two
 methods.  A major advantage of the finite-element methods is the
 flexibility of the finite-element grid, which allows a close spatial
 approximation of irregular boundaries of parameter zones.  However, Gupta
 and others (1975) report that, in problems dominated by convection, the
 finite-element methods may also have difficulties.

     The selection of a numerical method for a particular problem depends
 on several factors, such as accuracy, efficiency/cost, and usability.
 The first two factors are related primarily to the nature of the field
 problem, availability of data, and scope or intensity of the investigation.
 A trade-off between accuracy and cost is frequently required.   The
 usability of a method may depend more on the availability of a documented
 program and on the mathematical  background of the modeler.  Greater
 efficiency is usually attainable if the modeler can modify a selected
 program for adaption to the specific field problem of interest."

     Results/Conclusions to Date.  One of the most impressive  features
 of the work Konikow has been doing is the number of practical  field
 applications of his model.   The  two most significant are the Arkansas
 River Valley and the Rocky  Mountain Arsenal.   More recently, the model
was applied to a brine disposal  problem in Indiana.
^Substantial portions of this discussion have been excerpted from the
 Key Publication.

-------
      In each case,  the movement of conservative chlorides has been very
accurately modeled.  The model generates  isopleths of dissolved-solids
concentration over  time, and these compare very closely with monitored
data  in both studies.

      Unfortunately,  in spite of the accuracy of this type of modeling,
there are at least  two major drawbacks:   (1) extensive data needs; and
(2) only conservative species  in the saturated environment area are
modeled.  The former of these  drawbacks is difficult to analyze since
many  such models are set so that extensive data needs seem to follow
automatically.

      There is much  discussion  in the U.S.G.S. at present over the second
drawback of modeling, and an effort is currently under way to model the
interactive processes attendant upon non-conservative solute-transport.

      State of Development.  The model is verified for conservative ions
only.

      Availability as a Decision Procedure.  Currently, the sophistication
of the modelfar exceeds the sophistication of the data available to run
it.   This is true for conservative substances; for non-conservative
substances, the problems are greater.

      As a decision  procedure, development within a time frame of 10+ years
offers some promise.

Key Pub!Icatlon;

1.    Konikow, L.F.  Modeling chloride movement in the alluvial  aquifer
         at the Rocky Mountain Arsenal, Colorado.  Geological  Survey
         Water Supply Paper 20kb,  United States Government Printing
         Office, Washington, 1977.
                                    B-A6

-------
                                CONTACT  FORM


Person  Contacted and Affiliation;

      Dr.  Donald Langmuir
      Professor of Geochemistry

   •  Pennsylvania State University
      235  B. Deike Building
      University Park, PA  16802
      Phone:  81^-865-1215

Type  of Procedure;

      Empirical Data

Discussion;

      Approach Taken.  Soils of loamy sand on weathered, sandy dolomite
were  cored from 6 holes up to 70 feet beneath a municipal waste landfill
in Central Pennsylvania.  Total and less than 15  m soil samples were
analyzed  for Mn, Fe, Ni, Co, Cu, Zn, Cd, Pb, and Ag.

      Results/Conclusions to Date.   Soil extractable Co, Ni, Cu, and Zn
could be  predicted from the Mn extracted.  Based in part on factor
analysis  of the data, Mn-rich oxides had at least 10-fold higher
heavy-metal percentages than Fe-rich oxides, thus reflecting their greater
co-precipitation potential.   Because of this potential and because of the
generally higher solubility of Mn  than Fe oxides, more heavy metals may
be released from Mn-rich than from Fe-rich soils by disposal of
organic-bearing waste.   Leaching of the moisture-unsaturated soils in
situ, however, is rarely severe enough to completely dissolve both Mn
and Fe oxides.  Based on the Mn content, Cd, Cu and Pb were depleted in
soil  moisture beneath the landfill  relative to their amount in the soil.
This  depletion may reflect factors  including:   heterogeneity in metal
content of the soil  oxides;  preferential resorption of these metals;
and removal of the Cd,  Cu and Pb as organic precipitates or as inorganic
precipitates such as carbonates.

     Availability as a  Decision Procedure.   These empirical data will be
usefulin assessment of attenuation of metals  from municipal landfill
leachate;  however,  no formal  decision  procedure process will result from
this  and associated  landfill  research  at Penn  State.

-------
Key Publications;

1.   Suarez, D.L. and D. Langmuir.
         Pennsylvania soil.  1976.
         PP. 589-598.
                                   Heavy metal relationships in a
                                    Geochim. et Cosmochim. Acta, v.
2.  Apgar, M.A. and D. Langmuir.  Ground water pollution potential of a
         landfill above the water table.  Groundwater, v. 9, No. 6,
         1971.  p. 76-96.  Proc. Natl. Ground Water Quality Symposium,
         Denver, Colo., Aug. 25-27, 1971.  U.S. Environmental Protection
         Agency, Water Pollution Control Research Ser. 16060, p. 76-96.
                                   B-l»8

-------
                                 CONTACT  FORM


 Person  Contacted and Affiliation;

      Harry E. LeGrand                   Henry  S.  Brown
      Hydrogeolegist

   9  Private Consultant                 Geological  Resources,  Inc.
      331 Yadkin Drive                   1»00 Oberlin Road
      Raleigh, N.C.  27609               Raleigh,  N.C.   27605
      Phone:  919-787-5855

 Type  of Procedure;

      Criteria Ranking - Numerical Rating System, 1977
                        (Updates Point Count System,  196*0

 Discussion;

      Approach Taken.  A Numerical Rating System has been established
 (which  replaces the 196^ Point Count System by LeGrand) which weighs
 four  geologic and hydrogeologic characteristics to evaluate the ground
water contamination potential from waste disposal sources and other
 contamination sites at the land surface.  The four factors are as
 fo11ows:

      1.  Distance from a contamination source to the nearest well or
         point of water use.

     2.  Depth to the water table.

     3.  Gradient of the water table.

     *».  Permeability and adsorption capacity of the subsurface materials.
         (note that permeability and adsorption were separate factors in
         the earlier point count system.)

     The rating system was developed by assigning a 0 rating for the
least favorable setting for each factor and a  9 rating (5 in one case)
for the most favorable setting for each factor.  For each site the
estimated numerical  or point value for each of the  four factors is
added and the total  expressed is a number between 0 and 32 that
characterizes the site.   A full  presentation of this approach is given
in the section  of "Criteria Ranking".

-------
     Results/Conclusions to Date.  The rating and expression of these key
characteristics  is performed in five steps with the first four steps
involving the  recording of estimated values for each of the four key
hydrogeological  parameters and the fifth step that of adding the
separate point count values determined in the first four steps and
describing the site  in relative descriptive terms on a scale from poor
to excellent.  These descriptive terms are an expression of the site
hydrogeology relative to those conditions for all possible sites and do
not relate to a  site in terms of these specific waste or contamination
characteristics.

     Two apparent problems with the system are the need for good data
and the skill required to use the system.

     State of Development.  The Numerical Rating System has been
expanded from the earlier point count system to include a more refined
and detailed point value breakdown for the thickness of unconsolidated
material over bedrock in 10-foot increments from 0 to greater than 100
feet.  Descriptive categories of very poor to poor, fair, good, very
good and excellent constitutes step 5 on a basis of the summation of the
point counts derived in the assessment of the four key factors described
above.  Examples of the Numerical Rating System as applied to various
waste disposal site and wastes types are given.  These waste types
include septic tank systems, sanitary landfills, surface impoundments,
spills and leaks, stock piles of highway salt, mining wastes, selected
burial grounds,  pipe line and sewer line breaks, agricultural and
waste - broadcast operations and disposal through wells.  These examples
include a numerical point count assessment of these types of facilities
in different hydrogeologic settings.  It is noteworthy that a statement
is made that "the complexities of sanitary landfill requirements
emphasize that the total point value of a site may be only slightly
helpful and does not include specific information that is needed.  The
sequential  listing of the total  value followed by the specific value for
each variable, however, indicates the positive and negative features,
as well as  the compromises and trade-offs.

     It must be emphasized that the Numerical  Rating System is designed
to provide  a quick, first-round approximation  of all sites but is not
intended to be adequate or substitute for more advanced detailed
studies that may be required for certain critical  contamination
potential  situations.  The rating system was developed to provide a
standardized method of evaluation of sites.

     Aval lab?1ity as a Pollution Prediction Technique.  This procedure
is available now for use in assessment of waste disposal  situations.
                                    B-50

-------
Key Publ i cations:

1.   LeGrand, H.E. and Brown, H.S., Evaluation of ground water
         contamination potential  from waste disposal  sources.  Prepared
         for Office of Water and Hazardous Materials, EPA, Washington,
         D.C.  Contract #68-01-M»05.

2.   LeGrand, H.E.  System for evaluation of contamination potential  of
         some waste disposal sites.  Journal American Water Works
         Association. 56(8):  959-97**, Aug.
3.   LeGrand, H.E.  Environmental  framework of ground-water contamination.
         Groundwater.   3(2):   11-15, Apr.  1965.

4.   LeGrand, H.E.  Management aspects of groundwater contamination.
         Journal  Water Pollution Control  Federation,  36(9):  1133-1145,
         Sept. 1964.

5.   LeGrand, H.E. Patterns of contaminated zones of  water in the ground.
         Water Resources Research,  1(1):   83-95,  First Quarter 1965.
                                   B-51

-------
                                CONTACT FORM
Person Contacted and Affiliation;

     Dr. Michael R. Overcash
     Associate Professor

   • North Carolina State University
     Biological and Agricultural Engineering Department
     Raleigh, North Carolina  27607
     Phone:  919-737-3121

Types of Procedures;

     Criteria Listing
     Criteria Ranking

Discussion;

     Approach Taken.  Using the available data base, Dr. Overcash
and his colleagues have developed what they believe to be the best
alternatives for industrial waste disposal.  This information has
been compiled into a manual which is used for teaching a course on
landspreading of industrial wastes.  The course is taught on request
through the American Society of Chemical Engineering.

     The book and course describe what is necessary to establish land
application rates for various industrial waste constituents.  Actual
land area requirements are defined by waste generation rate and waste
loading capacity.  The process and typical constraints to be utilized
in defining the land application rate include:  (l)  the plant-soil
system design, (2) environmental and groundwater constraints, (3)
securing relevant local data on geoclimatic and associated factors,
and (k) the established land assimilative capacity for certain prevalent
industrial constituents.  These design stages are discussed in the
book with examples cited for certain typical industrial effluent
parameters.

     State of Development.  The procedure and its validation are in
the initial stages of development.   Although the book has been used as a
text,  the soundness of the approach has not been validated.  The approach
appears sound, but considerable management is involved.

     Availability as a Decision Procedure.  The procedure is available
immediately, but requires that the user be knowledgeable regarding the
behavior of waste constituents in soils.  The procedure also requires
                                   B-52

-------
large land areas for the disposal  of large quantities of industrial waste,
although it is still  often the most cost-effective with respect to BAT
and toxic substances  regulations.
Key Pub! i cat ions;
1.
Overcash, M.R., J.C.  Lamb,
    application, 1977.
and D. Pal. Industrial waste land
                                   B-53

-------
                                CONTACT FORM
Person Contacted and Affiliation;

     John G. Pacey
     President

   ® Emcon Associates,  Inc.
     1420 Knoll Circle
     San Jose, California
     Phone:  408-275-iMrt

Type of Procedure;

     Criteria Listing

Discussion;

     Approach Taken.  Emphasis is on containment of wastes with low
permeability deposits and, to a lesser extent, utilization of artificial
1iners.

     Results/Conclusions to Date.  Leachate generation is basically
understood but not adequately applied in a moisture-rout ing approach.
There is a general lack of a sufficiently-detailed geotechnical model.
Attenuation is a valid concept; however, site management and controls
are necessary.  We are just beginning to understand the aspects of waste
loading and attenuation capacity.

-------
                                 CONTACT FORM
person Contacted and Affiliation;

     Dr. Albert L. Page
     Professor of Sol 1 Science
       and Director of Kearney Foundation

   • University of California
     Department of Soil Science
       and Agricultural Engineering
     Riverside, California  92502
     Phone:  71/»-787-365/»

Types of Procedures;

     Laboratory Simulation
     Field Investigation

Discuss Ion;

     Approach Taken.  Laboratory and field experiments are being
conducted on the mobility and attenuation of trace and heavy metals.
This data is being used to Illustrate the effectiveness of the soil to
attenuate contaminants from municipal and Industrial waste.  No modeling
effort is being made at this time, except perhaps to develop a Criteria
Listing.

     This group has measured plant uptake of trace and heavy metals from
soils treated with municipal and Industrial  wastes.  In conjunction with
these studies, they have also measured the concentration distribution of
various contaminants In the soil  below waste disposal sites.  Concentration
distributions below sewage disposal ponds have also been considered.
Concentration distributions of metals were greater under disposal ponds
than when the waste was spread on the soil surface.  Metal enrichment
was evident to depths as great as three meters under some ponds.  The
depth and degree of the metal  enrichment depended upon pond type and
composition of the waste.

     Results/Conclusions to Date.  This research group readily concludes
that the soil has a great capacity to attenuate trace and heavy metals
applied to It with time.  Much of this work has been conducted In the
arid regions of the United States, and It Is not well known how the
wastes would have behaved under more humid conditions.  The experience
in this laboratory Is sufficient  to make qualitative recommendations
about western U.S. sites and wastes.
                                   B-55

-------
     State of Development.  A well  defined decision procedure  is  at
least ten years away in this laboratory.

Key Publi cations ;

1.   Garcia-Miragaya, J. and A.L. Page.  Influence of ionic strength
         and  inorganic complex formation  on the sorption  of trace
         amounts of Cd by montmorellonite.  Soi1  Sci.  Soc.  Am.  J.,
         1976 (in press).

2.   Page, A.L. and P.P. Pratt.  Effects  of sewage sludge on effluent
         application to soil on the movement of nitrogen, phosphorus,
         soluble salts and trace metals to groundwaters.   Proceedings:
         Second National Conference on Municipal  Sludge Management  and
         Disposal.  Information Transfer  Inc.,  Rockville, Ma.,  1975.
         p. 179188.

3.   Pratt, P.P.,  A.C. Chang, J.P.  Martin, A.L. Page,  and C.F.  Kleine.
         Removal of biological  and chemical contaminants  by soil  systems
         with groundwater recharge by spreading or infection of treated
         municipal wastewater.   j_n_ State  of the art review of  health
         aspects of wastewater reclamation for  groundwater recharge.
         State Water Resources  Control Board, 1975-  P. iv-3 to iv-92.

k.   Lund, L.J., A.L. Page, and C.O.  Nelson. Movement of heavy metals
         below sewage disposal  ponds.  J.  Envi ron.  Q.ual 1 ty, 5:330-33**,
         1976.

5.   Page, A.L.  Fate and effects of trace elements in sewage  sludge
         when applied to agricultural lands. Environmental Protection
         Technology Series, EPA 670/2-7^-005, 1971*. 96 p.

6.   Page, A.L.  Trace metals in soils.  McGraw-Hill  Yearbook  of  Science
         and Technology, 197**.   p.  381-382.
                                    B-56

-------
                                 CONTACT FORM


Person Contacted and Affiliation;

     Dr. Col in R. Phi 11ips
     Professor

   9 University of Toronto
     Department of Chemical Engineering
       and Applied Chemistry
     Toronto, Canada
     Phone:  ^16-978-6182

Types of Procedures;

     Crlterla Listing
     Matrix

Discussion;

     Approach Taken.  The decision procedure study was performed by
Dr. Pmlllps and a graduate student In his Department, Jatln Nathwani,
through a consulting firm (Chemical Engineering Research Consultants,
Ltd.) composed of approximately 30 professors In the Department of
Chemical Engineering and Applied Chemistry at the University of Toronto.
This study was funded for $10,750 by the Solid Waste Management Branch,
Environmental Conservation Directorate, Environment Canada -- Mr. Hans
Mooij, Project Director.   The time period of the study was June 1975 to
April 1976.

     This study was Intended to provide guidance for the land disposal
of hazardous (industrial) wastes In Canada.  Another study Is currently
underway by Environment Canada to develop a procedure for selecting
municipal waste disposal  sites and is anticipated to take into account
economic and political  criteria In addition to technical criteria.

     It should be noted that the soil-waste Interaction matrix presented
by Phillips does not entail  the development of a "new" procedure.  His
approach basically combines soil and waste ranking systems that had
previously been developed with little, If any, revision.  The site
ranking portion of Phillips' system was developed by LeGrand in 196A,
whereas the waste ranking portion of Phillips' system (with minor
revision) was basically developed by Pavonl, Hagerty, and Lee in 1972.
A full discussion of this procedure Is given In the section entitled
Matrix.
                                  B-57

-------
     Results/Conclusions to Date.   Concise  technical comments regarding
Phillips'  system discussed during  the  interview follow:

     1.   The system is not time  dependent;  however,  it was not determined
         whether or not this is  a  detriment.

     2.   The matrix is intended  as  a tool to determine best site for
         industrial waste disposal.

     3.   Parameters of both the  waste  and site should be incorporated in
         such a procedure.

     ^4.   The system allows for s i te-i ndependent versus site-dependent
         analys i s.

     5.   The system should be verified.

     6.   The system does not consider  capacity of site to contain leachate
         from a given quantity of  refuse.   Whether or not this can be done
         is debatable.

     7.   Multiple sites or wastes  are  considered in  the system by adding
         or multiplying rankings for individual sites or wastes.  Phillips
         agreed that this approach  could not be justified, but did not have
         any thoughts on an alternate  approach.

     8.   When industrial  wastes  are combined in landfills, a negative
         impact (less detrimental)  usually  results;  however, Phillips
         admitted combinations of wastes were very difficult to quantify.

     9.   The system includes both  a biological persistence factor and a
         chemical  persistence factor.  However, the  chemical persistence
         factor is  basically biological in  nature.   It is recommended
         that the biological persistence factor be removed from the system
         and that the chemical persistence  factor be renamed "persistence".

    10.   The system takes into account whether or not groundwater gradient
         is toward  an existing water supply.  This is a bad assumption
         since the  purpose of the  system should be to protect all groundwater
         and not  just groundwater  that moves toward  existing water supplies.
         This parameter could be omitted.

    11.   The viscosity factor which is included in the system is probably
         not a significant parameter and could be omitted.

    12.   pH of waste is taken into account  instead of buffering capacity.
         The significance of pH  in a ranking system  is debatable.
                                    B-58

-------
    13.  Capacity rate (Co) Is Improperly defined; however, the capacity
         rate is an important factor.

    1**.  LeGrand's approach to one layer versus two layer soil media may
         not be viable.

    15.  An application rate factor Is not Included In the system, but
         should be Included In future systems If possible.

    16.  The major contribution of Phillips'  system was redefining the
         "sorptlon" term.

    17.  Too little emphasis was placed on disease transmission potential
         by Phillips.

     S^tate of Development.  It should be noted that this matrix was
recently applied to various Industrial waste  disposal  sites in Canada.
The results of the application, however, are  not presently available.

     Availability as a Decision Procedure.  If the system proves to
be reTlable following  verification In Canada, It could be usable as a
decision procedure within  three years.  However, ft should be stressed
that this system Is not Intended to evaluate  the attenuation potential
of sites.

Key PublI cat Ions;

1.   Phillips,  C.R.  Soil-waste Interactions:  a state-of-the-art review.
         Solid Waste Management Report EPS 3-EC-76-14, Environmental
         Conservation  Directorate, Oct.  1976.

2.   Phillips,  C.R.  Development of a soil-waste Interaction matrix.
         Solid Waste Management Report EPS A-EC-76-10, Environmental
         Conservation  Directorate, Oct.  1976.
                                  B-59

-------
                                CONTACT FORM
 Persons  Contacted  and Affiliation;

      Dr.  George  F.  Pinder
      Director, Water Resources Program

      Dr.  Martinus  Th. van  Genuchten
      Research Staff Member

   @  Princeton University
      Princeton,  New Jersey 085^0
      Phone:  609-^52-^602

 Type  of  Procedure;

      Models/Simulat ion

 Pi scussion;

      Approach Taken.  These studies  involved simulation of contaminant
 transport  processes.

      Results/Conclusions to Date.  Several one- and two-dimensional
 transport  models have been developed.  A one-dimensional transient,
 saturated/unsaturated multi-ion transport model is currently being tested
 using experimental  leachate quality data obtained from several (laboratory
 and field) experimental landfills.  This has been done to determine if
 the ability exists  to describe mathematically the migration of adsorbing
 chemicals  in multi-ion systems.  A two-dimensional, saturated/unsaturated
 cross-sectional  finite element model has been developed and is presently
 being tested on  an  existing landfill in Pennsylvania.

     State of Development.  Models are being tested, and some field
 verifications are  being carried out.

     Availability  as a Decision Procedure.  Drs. Pinder and van Genuchten
 believe that, if appropriate funding were made available and a concentrated
 effort made, a sufficiently-tested transport model  could be operational
 as a Decision Procedure for general use within three years.  The model
would be perfected  in ten  years.
                                    B-60

-------
Key Publications:

1.  van Genuchten,  M.  Th.,  G.F.  Finder,  and  W.P.  Saukin.   Modeling  of
         leachate  and  soil  interactions  in an  aquifer.  Management  of
         Gas and Leachate in Landfills,  S.K.  Baniyi  (ed) .   Third  Annual
         Municipal  Solid Waste Research  Symposium,  U.S. EPA,  Cincinnati,
         Ohio *»5268.   EPA-600/9-77-026 (1977).   pp.  95-103.

2.  Pinder, G.F.  A Galerkin-finite element  simulation of  groundwater
         contamination on Long Island, New York.  Water Resour. Res.,
         9(6):1657-1670, 1973.

3.  Pinder, G.F.,  W.P. Saukin, and  M.Th.  van Genuchten.  Use  of
         simulation for characterizing transport  in  soils  adjacent  to
         land disposal sites.   Research  Report  76-WR-6, Water Resources
         Program,  Dept. of  Civil  Engineering,  Princeton University,
         Princeton, N.J., 1976.

k.  van Genuchten,  M.Th., G.F. Pinder, and E.O.  Frind.  Simulation  of
         two-dimensional contaminant transport  with  isoparametric
         Hermitian  finite elements.   Water Resour.  Res., 1977
                                  B-61

-------
                                CONTACT FORM


Persons Contacted and Affiliation;

     Dr. Frederick G. Pohland
     Professor

     Dr. V/endel 1 Cross
     Research Scientist

     Mr. James Hudson
     Graduate Student

   © Georgia Institute of Technology
     School of Civil Engineering
     Atlanta, Georgia  30332
     Phone:  ^OA-89^-2265

Discussion;

     Approach Taken.  There has been a variety of research studies
conducted during the last 3 to *» years at Georgia Tech under Dr. Fred
Pohland.  These studies have dealt with leachate generation,
characterization, and treatment.  Almost all this work has been
supported with U.S. EPA grants.

     The significant comments received during the interview were:

     1.  The Decision Procedures project is not feasible at this time.

     2.  The current state-of-the-art is not even to the point where
         leachate characterization and/or generation information is
         reliable.

     3.  Information regarding the mass loading of leachate from a given
         amount of refuse is not available.

     A.  Rainfall is a very important parameter in the consideration of a
         Decision Procedure.

Key Pub!ications;

1<>  Pohland, F.G.  Sanitary landfill  stabilization with leachate recycle
         and residual  treatment.  Environmental  Protection Technology
         Series, EPA-600/2-75-0^3, Oct. 1975.
                                   B-62

-------
2.  Chaw-Ming Mao,  M.  and F.G.  Pohland.   Continuing investigations  on
         leachate stabilization with leachate recirculation,
         neutralization,  and seeding.   Special  Progress  Report,
         Georgia Institute of Technology,  Sept.  1973.

3.  Pohland,  F.G.  Accelerated  solid waste stabilization and  leachate
         treatment  by  leachate  recycle  through  sanitary  landfills.
         Progress in Water Technology,  Vol.  7,  No.  3A,  p.  753-765.
                                  B-63

-------
                                 CONTACT FORM
Person Contacted and Affiliation;

     Mr. Thomas A. Prickett
     Associate Hydrologist

   ©State Water Survey Division
     Department of Registration and Education
     Box 232
     Urbana, 111.  61801

Type of Procedure;

     Groundwater Modeling

Discussion;

     Mr. Prickett is a member of the International  SCOPE  Groundwater
Modeling Steering Committee and is well  versed in  the  field of
groundwater modeling.

     To date, no specific in-house pollution prediction model has been
developed in the Water Survey.  Work is  continuing  on  several aspects
of groundwater modeling, with particular interest  in the  development of
a model which would be useful from a practical  standpoint.

     In partnership with C.G. Lonnquist, Mr. Prickett  has coauthored a
number of important papers on the subject of groundwater  modeling.   In
particular he coauthored "Selected Digital  Computer Techniques  for Ground
Water Resource Evaluation" - which is an invaluable summary of  the
principal groundwater modeling procedures available at the time of
writing in 1971.

Key Publicat ions :

1.  Comparison between analog and digital simulation techniques for
         aquifer evaluation.  IWSR114.

2.  Aquifer simulation program listing  using alternating  direction
         impli cit method.

3.  Aquifer simulation model for use on  disc supported small computer
         systems. . IWSR11A.
                                    B-6A

-------
                                 CONTACT FORM
Person Contacted and Affiliation:

     Frank A. Rovers
     Partner

   9 Conestoga-Rovers and Associates
     1*21 King Street North
     Waterloo, Ontario N2J kEk
     Phone:  519-88*4-0570

Types of Procedures:

     Cri teria Listing
     Matrix
     Mode 1s/S i mu1 at I on
     Empirical Data from Laboratory and Field  Investigations

Discussion;

     Approach Taken.  Mr. Rovers has coauthored  (primarily with Dr. G.
Farquhar)  numerous papers dealing  directly with  the  attenuation of
contaminants, with migration  through laboratory  soil columns and  in-place
field soils.  Those contaminants investigated  include  leachate from
municipal  and industrial  refuse and liquid  industrial  waste.  Several
approaches  have been taken in the  extensive  research conducted.  These
approaches  include the following:

     1.   Research  to measure  and predict  contaminant removal from soil
         by passage of leachate applied by batch dispersal methods on
         both disturbed and undisturbed soil columns.  A  range of soil
         types were investigated under  both  aerobic  and anaerobic
         conditions, and the  soils were described  in terms of grain size,
         ion-exchange capacity, organic-carbon content, and resident-ion
         distribution both before  and following exposure  to leachate.

     2.   Investigation of the use  of dispersed soil  experiments for
         examining soil-contaminant interactions.

     3-   Evaluation of the attenuation  of two  liquid industrial wastes
         and soil  columns typical  of the environment in Ontario, Canada.

     b.   An  assessment of leachate production, characteristics, migration
         into the  environment,  control  and treatment based upon analysis
         of  actual  field  case histories, and certain laboratory procedures
                                   B-65

-------
     5.  An assessment of the effect  of  the season on  landfill leachate
         and gas production.

     6.  Development of guidelines  for landfill  location and management
         for water pollution  control.

     7.  An assessment of the state of the art of groundwater contaminant
         model ing.

     8.  Continued evaluation of landfill leachate monitoring data
         generated at existing sites.

     Results/Conclusions to Date.   A  number of definitive conclusions
have been reached relative to the above  research and various approaches
taken.  The primary conclusions reached  in these investigations are as
fo11ows:

     1.  Dilution is an important mechanism of attenuation for all of
         the liquid waste contaminants in the two industrial wastes
         studied (steel plant liquors  and alkaline cleansing wastes).

     2.  Desorption was exhibited by  all contaminants studied and was
         most prominant for those which  were attenuated primarily by the
         mechanism of dilution.                       ,

     3.  Attenuation data collected from the dispersed soi1
         experimentations can be used  to project soil water concentrations
         in a field situation by the  use of a correction factor; however,
         this was not determined during  the project.

     k.  The zone of influence of the  disposal operation is closely
         related to the waste loading.

     5.  It was  observed that the remolded soils provided more attenuation
         by dilution than did the undisturbed soils.

     6.  Removal  isotherms constructed from the dispersed soil studies
         can be  used to predict the breakthrough curves for some
         contaminants resulting from  remolded soil column experiments.

     7.  The types and amounts of chemicals leached from refuse were
         sufficient to create a serious  pollution hazard to groundwaters
         in near proximity of landfill sites.

     8.  The yearly dissolved and suspended contaminant load discharge to
         the environment by a landfill is significantly less than that of
         a  pollution controlled plan where both serve the same population.
                                   B-66

-------
     9.  A growing body of information exists on the field assessment
         of leachate contaminant attenuation under a variety of conditions,

    10.  Existing data show that, with intergranular flow, leachate
         attenuation is significant for fine grain soils.

    11.  Waste disposal sites should be located and designed in a manner
         that takes advantage of natural  processes to minimize  problems
         with water pollution control.

     The following personal opinions relate to waste attenuation and
management:

     1.  The most valid approach for present use relative  to decision
         procedures for waste disposal siting would be to  evaluate
         groundwater quality data from existing landfills  and waste
         disposal sites for assessment and feedback as to  the degree of
         attenuation and renovation to be expected from various types  of
         soils and geologic materials.

     2.  Smaller waste disposal  operations would be favored so  as not  to
         overload the system, particularly with respect to the
         assimulative capacity whereby dilution and distance of travel
         are major factors in the attenuation of those wastes to
         acceptable 1imits.

     State of Development.   A significant empirical data base has been
generated relative to leachate production and attenuation  with  distance
from various landfills and laboratory investigations.   This information
provides a useful check by affording a comparison of actual leachate
concentrations in various textured materials at distance from the
landfill with proposed sites.  In addition, a matrix is being developed
similar to the one developed by  C.R. Phillips for industrial  wastes, which
will identify a procedure for the siting  of municipal  refuse landfill
si tes.

     Availability as a Decision  Procedure.  It is proposed that the
empirical data developed to date, coupled with a hydrologic site
investigation and monitoring data of a geologically-similar site, could
be used now to predict the contaminant migration from a proposed disposal
site.   The matrix development, testing, verification,  and  actual  use can
be expected to be on line within three years.

Key Publicat ions;

1.   Farquhar,  G.F.  and F.A.  Rovers.  Landfill  contaminant flux - surface
         and subsurface behavior.  21st  Industrial  Waste Conference, MOE,
         June 197^.


                                    B-6?

-------
2.   Farquhar, G.F. and F.A. Rovers.  Evaluation of contaminant
         attenuation in the soil to improve sanitary landfill
         selection and design.  Proceedings of the International
         Conference on Land for Waste Management, National
         Research Council of Canada, Ottawa, Oct. 1-3,  1973.

3.   Farquhar, G.F. and F.A. Rovers.  Leachate attenuation  in  undisturbed
         and remoulded soil,  \_r\_ Proceedings of Symposium on  Leachate and
         Gas Production, Rutgers University, Cook College,  New Brunswick,
         N.J. , Mar. 1975.

A.   Farquhar, G.F. and F.A. Rovers.  Sanitary landfill  study  final
         report, volume I, field studies on groundwater  contamination.
         Ontario Department of Health and the Grand River Conservation
         Authority Waterloo Research Institute Project  8083,  Oct.  1972.

5.   Farquhar, G.F. and F.A. Rovers.  Sanitary landfill  study  final
         report, volume II, effect of season on landfill  leachate  and
         gas production.  Ontario Department of Health  and  the Grand
         River Conservation Authority, Waterloo Research Institute
         Project 8083, Oct. 1972.

6.   Farquhar, G.F. and F.A. Rovers.  Monitoring contaminants  from a
         landfill, study plan.  Canada-Ontario Committee, Canada-U.S.
         Agreement, Mar.
7.    Farquhar, G.F.  and F.A.  Rovers.   Sanitary  landfill  study,  volume
         IV, guidelines to landfill  location and  management  for water
         pollution control.  Ontario  Ministry of  the Environment,
         April 1975.
                                    B-68

-------
                                 CONTACT FORM
Persons Contacted and Affiliation;

     Dr. Dwight A. Sangrey
     Associate Professor of Civil Engineering

     Mr. Kevin J. Roberts
     Graduate Student

   • Cornell Univeristy
     School of Civil and Environmental Engineering
     Hoi lister Hall
     Ithaca, New York  U853
     Phone:  607-256-3506

Types of Procedures;

     Criteria Listing
     Models/Simulation

Discussion:

     Approach Taken.  Natural  soils which had been in contact with
leachate from actual refuse disposal sites were sampled in the field and
tested in the laboratory with two major objectives in mind:  (1) determine
the maximum assimilative capacity for various leachate constituents by
different soils in New York state; and (2) define in more detail the time
and space variation in leachate attenuation by soils.

     The overall  objective of the four-year study is to define better
ways to engineer landfill  sites by the development of a rational approach
such that assimilative capacity of soils can be defined and utilized to
reduce the undesirable impact  of leachate.  In addition, a two-dimensional
finite-element model  is currently being developed by Keith Wheeler.

     Results/Conclusions  to Date.  Key conclusions drawn to date from
the first  two years of research are as follows:

     1.   Chemical  and physical  interactions of landfill leachate with soil
         are very  complex.

     2.   Effective leachate saturation on a chemical-reduction  environment
         and on  contaminated  soils is a very significant influence on the
         type of chemical  interactions which occur.
                                    B-69

-------
      3.   It  is  an  unreasonable simplification to assume that there will
          be  predictable,  simple  reactions when adding landfill leachate
          to  soi1.

      *».   A large number of  different mechanisms may be responsible for
          attenuation of leachate as  it flows through soil.  Some are
          highly  resistant to displacement or decomposition (such as
          precipitation and  certain adsorption reactions), while others
          are reversible (such as cation exchange).

      5.   Precipitation, dissolution, complex-ion formation, and
          hydrous-oxide sorption are the most significant mechanisms
          affecting  trace-metal attenuation.

      6.   Three zones, with  the attenuation of trace metals different
          for each zone, are possible within the soil system.   They depend
          primarily  on the oxidation potential:   Zone I  - an oxidized zone
          furthest from the  disposal site; Zone II - a moderately-reduced
          zone; and  Zone III - a strongly-reduced zone nearest the disposal
          si te.

      7.   Trace metals are very effectively removed from leachate in
          strongly-reduced zones (Zone III).  Favorable  conditions for
          Zone III are:  low permeability (less  than 10~3 cm/sec),
          moderately high to high clay content (greater  than 25 percent),
          and moderate to high available moisture content (greater than
          0.12 cm water per  1.0 cm of soil).

      8.   Impermeable liners should be placed beneath landfills overlying
          coarse-textured deposits to protect groundwater resources with
          regard to  trace metals.

     9.   The  relative potential  of different soils in New York state to
          attenuate  contaminants  in landfill leachate varies over  a wide
          range.

    10.   Data are now available  however for ranking different soils of
         New York state in terms  of their potential  leachate  contaminant/
         assimilation capacities.

     State of Development.  The  second year of  research  has been
completed and published as indicated below.  The model which  is  currently
under development is not expected to be on  line  for a period  of
approximately three years.

     Availability as a Decision  Procedure.   The  large empirical base
generated by  this research would  be available now for use  as  a  decision
                                   B-70

-------
procedure to compare the concentration of leachate which has traveled
through various textured soils from existing landfills with proposed
new sites.  The model  currently under development is not expected to be
on line, tested, and validated for a period of approximately three years.

Key Publications:

1.   Roberts,  K.J.,  G.W. Olson, and D.A.  Sangrey.  Attenuation of sanitary
         landfill  leachate in soils of New York State.  Department of
         Agronomy  and  School  of Civil and Environmental  Engineering, Cornell
         University, 1976.

2.   Roberts,  K.J. and D.A.  Sangrey.  Attenuation of inorganic landfill
         leachate  constituents in soils of New York.  School  of Civil
         and Environmental Engineering, Geotechnical Engineering Report
         77-2,  Cornell  University, 1977.
                                   B-71

-------
                                 CONTACT FORM
 Persons  Contacted  and Affiliation;

      Mr.  Michael J.  Stiff
      Chemi st

      Mr.  P.J.  Maris
      Chemi st

      Mr.  Chris Young
      Geologist  (Medmenham  Laboratory at Marlow)

   ©  Water Research  Centre
      Stevenage Laboratory
      Elder Way
      Stevenage, Hertfordshire SG1-1TH
      United Kingdom
      Phone:
Types of Procedures;

     Field/Laboratory  Investigations
     I deal ized Models

D? scuss ion ;

     Approach Taken.  The Water Research Centre (WRC) is conducting a
landfill investigation cooperatively with the people at Harwell Laboratory
for the Department of the Environment (DOE) at a cost of approximately
$2 million.  Twenty sites are being investigated (9 by WRC), and the final
report will be completed in 1977.  The approach taken was to sample
leachate and surface breakouts, sample existing wells, and sample additional
bore holes drilled on a grid basis.  Some undisturbed sampling was also done.

     In a second investigation, six pilot-scale (concrete tanks of 5.0 m^
size) and six small-scale (PVC pipes of 0.071 m  size) experimental
landfills were operated at Stevenage over a three-year period (Nov. 1973 to
Nov. 1976)  to study the leaching of three industrial wastes:  an aqueous
oil  emulsion, a cyanide heat-treatment waste, and a metal -hydroxi de sludge
containing nickel and chromium when mixed with domestic waste under aerobic
and anaerobic conditions.  The pilot-scale experiments were leached by
natural  rainfall  for much of the time; in the small-scale experiments, an
artificially high leaching rate (four times the natural  rate)  was used,
thus making them less representative of typical landfill conditions.
                                   B-72

-------
     A third investigation used an idealized model  to predict the dilution
of tip percolates (leachate) in groundwater.  This  approach considered
both dilution/dispersion and pollutant travel  times with respect to
groundwater flow and discharge to streams.

     Results/Conclusions to Pate.  Interpretation of the results of the
landfill  study will  be in the final  report to DOE;  however, one major
conclusion thus far is that there is  no real problem with heavy metals
since there has been no metal migration.   Leachate  plums were present,
but were  not found to have migrated  to the extent anticipated.   For
example,  in a worst-case condition,  chromium wastes were placed in a
mined-out dike area  and were diluted  to acceptable  limits in groundwater
within 250 meters.  The metals are felt to be very  effectively  tied up
by precipitation as  metal sulfides,  carbonates,  and hydroxides.  Solid
organics  including PCBs were readily  tied up by  actually being  soaked up
in the municipal refuse.   Soluble organics such  as  phenols are  the biggest
problem;  however, It was  felt that phenols could be biodegraded with
domestic  waste.

     Major conclusions of the lysimeter investigation were:

     1.   Decomposition of the domestic waste gave rise to a typical
         leachate whose composition  varied between  different experiments,
         but was not obviously affected by the presence of the  industrial
         waste  except in  the case of  the  small-scale cyanide experiments.
                                                                        a
     2.   The major effect of allowing access of  air to the base of the
         landfill  was that the leachates  from the aerobic experiments
         typically contained considerably-lower  concentrations  of
         organic carbon and  were  of  higher pH  value than those  from the
         anaerobic experiments.   The  only clear  effect of aerobic
         conditions  on the concentrations of the industrial  wastes in
         the leachate was a  small  reduction  in the  concentrations of
         metals.

     3.   The quantity of  oil  leached  in 2i years was less  than  two
         percent  of  that  added, and the maximum  concentration  in  leachate
         was 300 mg/1.  The  data  are  consistent  with the hypothesis
         that  the  oil  was retained on  the domestic  waste,  although the
         quantity  of oil  added was small  in  relation to that already
         present  in  the waste.

     4.   The quantity of  cyanide  leached  in  3  years- was less than three
         percent of  that  added.   The  maximum concentration  in leachate
         was  270  mg/I,  but this may have  been  a  consequence  of  the
         artificially-high leaching rate  used  in the small-scale
         experiments.   Under  conditions of leaching by natural  rainfall,
         no  concentrations exceeding  7  mg/1  were measured.
                                   B-73

-------
      5.  The quantities of  nickel and chromium leached in 2£ years were
         less  than  0.2 percent of the weights added as metal hydroxides.
         Over  a  2^-year period,  the  increase  in mean concentration in
         leachate over background values caused by the presence of the
         sludge  was no more  than sixfold for  nickel and twofold for
         chromium.

      Significant conclusions of  the  dilution  model approach are as follows

      1.  Pollutant  travel times  through the saturated zone are rapid
         in comparison to those  in the unsaturated zone, and more
         research must be done to evaluate the role of solute diffusion
         processes  in saturated  flow.

      2.  The results show a wide range of variation even for a single
         aquifer and, consequently,  must be used with care.

      State of  Development.  The empirical data developed from the current
20-site field  and laboratory landfill investigation should be available
in final report  form by late 1977.   Data from the lysimeter study is
available now, and additional data will be forthcoming.  The dilution
model  is developed  for typical hydrogeologic  settings, but has not yet
been  calibrated  or verified for a specific field situation.

      Availability as a Decision Procedure.  The results of the field and
laboratory studies and the assessment of the empirical data generated
are available  for immediate use  to substantiate the judgment value
decision-making  process.

Key Pub!ications;

1.   Water Research Centre  (Cooperative with Harwell  Laboratory).
          Programme of research on the behaviour of hazardous wastes in
          landfill  sites.   Interim Report on Progress, Sept. 1975 (Final
          report late 1977).

2.    Newton, J.R. Pilot-scale studies of the  leaching of industrial
          wastes in simulated landfills.  Water Research Centre,  Stevenage
          Laboratory, Feb.  1977.

3.   Oakes, D.B. Dilution of tip percolates in groundwater.  Water
          Research Centre, Medmenham Laboratory,  Medmenham, Marlow,  Bucks,
          United Kingdom, WL_R 53, Jan. 1976.

A.   Oakes, D.B. Use of idealised models in predicting the pollution of
          water  supplies due to leachate from landfill sites.  Water
          Research Centre, Paper 16.

-------
                                CONTACT FORM


 Person  Contacted and Affiliation:

     Mr. William H. Walker
     Director, Midwest Operations

   • Geraghty 6 Miller,  Inc.
     Groundwater Hydrologists & Geologists
     501 South 6th Street
     Suite 201
     Champaign, Illinois  61820
     Phone:  217-352-0101

 Type of Procedure:

     Empi rical Studies

 Discussion;

     Mr. Walker initiated the core studies which have recently been
 completed for the Illinois Water Survey and Geological Survey.  He has
 a wealth of experience in this area and remains skeptical of the real
 practical values of modeling the attenuative mechanisms.  His years  in
 the field prompt the suggestion that the natural system  is too varied
 and complex to model, and any approximations possible are unlikely to
 be applicable to more than one site.

     He is the author of several important papers on the subject of
 hazardous wastes.   In particular he authored "Monitoring Toxic Chemicals
 in Land Disposal  Sites", Pollution Engineering, September 197**, in which
 he proposed that in fine-grained sediments of low permeability core
 sampling might be an appropriate supplemental  technique for location of
 the optimum water sampling point in the vertical sequence.

     Mr. Walker is a seasoned and pragmatic professional with a
considerable amount of practical experience in the vagaries of land and
natural  systems.

Key Pub!ication;

 1.   Walker,  W.H.   Monitoring toxic chemicals  in land disposal  sites.
          Pollution Engineering, Sept.  197^.

2.   Walker,  W.H.   Field verification  of hazardous waste migration from
          land disposal  sites.   Solid  and  Hazardous Waste Research
          Laboratory,  National  Environmental  Research Center,  Cincinnati,
          Ohio *»5268.   U.S.  EPA R-803216-01-2.   Fall, 1977.
                                   B-75

-------
                                CONTACT FORM
Person Contacted and Affiliation:

     Dr. Raul Zaltzman
     Professor, Civil Engineering

   • West Virginia University
     Morgantown, West Virginia  26506

Types of Procedures;

     Matrix - Simplified Matrix Analysis
     Mode 1s/S i mu1 at ion-Ana 1og Computer

Djs cuss ion;

     Approach Taken.  Dr. Zaltzman evaluates  landfills  using  a  set  of
criteria arranged in a matrix.

     Results/Conclusions to Date.  Although no formal conclusions have
been developed, Dr. Zaltzman recognizes  the need for developing a set of
decision precedures.  He feels that both predictive  tools  (such as  models)
and non-predictive tools (such as Matrix or Criteria Listing/Ranking)
could be used.   However, he sees such procedures used only  as tools to
assist qualified scientists  and engineers in  making  decisions regarding
site suitability for disposal.

     State  of Development.   Experimental, not fully  developed.

     Availability  as a Decision Procedure.  None of  the specific procedures
used are documented in a manne'r that makes  it usable as a  standard  Decision
Procedure.
                                   B-76

-------
                                 APPENDIX C
                        REGULATORY AGENCY CONTACTS


                                 CONTACT  FORM
Agency;
Persons Contacted;

     Mr. Hank Yacoub
     Water Quality Control Engineer
                                           Peter L. Huff, Chief
                                           Technical Assistant and
                                             Training Section
                                           James L. Stahler, P.E.
                                           Consultant
     California Regional  Water
       Quality Control Board
     Los Angeles Region
     107 South Broadway
     Room A027
     Los Angeles, CA
     Phone:  213-620-A460

     State Sol id Waste
       Management Board
     1709 11th Street
     Sacramento, CA
     Phone:  916-322-268**

     California State Depart-
       ment of Health
     ikk P Street
     Sacramento, CA
     Phone:  916-322-2337

Type of Procedure;

     Classification System

Permit  Procedure:
     The procedure utilized to make application for a permit for all
waste disposal operations (hazardous or non-hazardous)  Is as follows:

     This procedure Is to be applied only to new solid  waste disposal
     sites and transfer stations proposed to be placed  In operation
     prior to Board approval of the applicable county plan.

         1.  Filing a Notice of Intent:

              a.   Persons planning to commence operation  of  a new solid
                  waste disposal site or transfer station which has been
                  granted land-use approval  by a city or  county shall
                  notify the Board of their  Intent.

              b.   Persons proposing to place a waste processing facility
                  In operation must Inform the Board of such a proposal
                                     C-1

-------
        and submit to the Board adequate Information to permit
        the Board to determine If the facility Is governed by
        these procedures.

2.  Information to be submitted with Notice of Intent.
    Information to be submitted shall Include:

    a.  County map showing:  site location of proposed  facility,
        existing transfer stations and disposal  sites;  the
        service area of proposed facility; and communities within
        and Immediately adjacent to the service area.

    b.  Facility Information such as:  acreage,  projected site
        life, and type and volume of wastes handled.

    c.  Certification of local land-use approval, Including
        evidence of CEQA compliance (EIR or Negative Declaration),

    d.  Statement on justification of public need and  necessity
        by the project proponent.

3.  The local entity granting land-use approval  shall  submit a
    statement of any Information relative to public need and
    necessity as Identified at the local level.

A.  The agency of the county responsible for development of the
    county solid waste management plan shall:

    a.  Comment on the relationship of the proposed facility to
        the proposed county plan.

    b.  Determination that the distance from the facility
        (disposal site) to the nearest residential structures
        Is In compliance with the Minimum Standards for Solid
        Waste Handling and Disposal, and especially that the
        distance of residences from the site Is sufficient to
        permit adequate control of noise levels, odor  nuisances,
        traffic congestion, litter nuisances, and vectors as
        required by Government Code Section 6678*4.1.

5.  Review by the Board.  Within 30 days of receipt of  the
    Notice of Intent, the Board shall review the Notice of
    Intent and Inform the project proponent of any additional
    Information needed.
                           C-2

-------
    6.  Determination of Findings by the Board.   Within forty-five
        (^5) days after the receipt of complete  Information,  the
        Board at a public meeting shall  make a finding for or against
        the need of the facility to protect the  public health or
        because of public need and necessity.  The project proponent,
        the local government and, where applicable, the Regional
        Water Quality Control  Board shall  be notified of the  Board's
        action.

    7.  Exemptions.  Any facility Is exempt from these requirements
        If prior to August 28, 197^, either an environmental  Impact
        report notice of completion was  filed  with the State  or
        land-use approval was  Issued for the facility by a city
        or county.

This procedure Is to be applied to new solid waste disposal  sites,
transfer stations, waste processing or resource  recovery facilities
proposed to be established and operated  after  completion and
Board approval of the county solid waste management plan.

    1.  Filing a Notice of Intent:

        Persons planning to establish or operate a new solid  waste
        disposal  site, transfer station, waste processing  or
        resource recovery facility shall notify  the Board  of  their
        Intent at least kS days prior to the scheduled commencement
        of construction of the facility.  A copy of the notice
        shall  be submitted to  the local  agency that has been
        selected to maintain the solid waste management plan
        of the county In which the proposed facility Is to be
        located.

    2.  Information to be submitted with the Notice of Intent shall
        Include:

        a.   County map showing site location of  proposed facility,
            existing transfer  stations and disposal  sites,  the
            service area of proposed facility, the communities
            within and Immediately adjacent to the service area
            of the proposed facility.

        b.   Facility Information such as:   owner,  operator,
            acreage, projected site life,  and  type and volume of
            wastes to be handled.

        c.   Evidence of CEQA Compliance  (EIR or  Negative
            Declaration).
                               C-3

-------
    d.  Reference to page or pages In the approved county
        solid waste management plan where the facility Is
        discussed.

3.  Evaluation by County:

    Within 15 days after receipt of the notification from the
    project proponent or at the request of the Board,  the
    local  agency that has been selected to maintain the county
    solid  waste management plan shall Inform the Board of
    thelr:

    a.  evaluation of whether the proposed facility conforms
        or does not conform with the county plan.

    b.  Determination that the distance from the facility
        (disposal site only) to the nearest residential
        structures Is in compliance with the Minimum Standards
        for Solid Waste Handling and Disposal, and especially
        that the distance of residences from the site Is
        sufficient to permit adequate control  of noise levels,
        odor nuisances, traffic congestion, litter nuisances
        and vectors as required by Government Code Section
        66784.1.

4.  Determination of Findings by the Board:

    Within forty-five C*5) days after the receipt of a
    notification of a proposed facility, the Board at a
    public meeting shall make a finding of conformance or
    non-conformance with the county plan.  The Board may
    extend the time period to obtain additional Information
    If necessary.

5.  Determination of Non-Conformance:

    If after a review of the necessary information the Board
    determines the proposed facility to not be In conformance
    with the county plan, the Board may, after public hearing,
    Inform the county and the project proponent that:

    a.  The proposed facility Is not In conformance with the
        county solid waste management plan and cannot be
        Implemented.

    b.  An amendment to the plan can be submitted to the Board
        to Include the proposed facility.  Any amendment to a
        county solid waste management plan shall be subject to

-------
                  the requirements of Section 66780 of the Government
                  Code and Title 14, Division 7, Chapter 2, Articles 1
                  through 7 of the Administrative Code,
 Discussion:
     The Classification System approach to waste management has been in
effect on an  informal basis in California for some 20 years.  Formal
regulations for "Waste Discharge Requirements for Waste Disposal to
Land-Disposal Site Design and Operational Criteria" were adopted in
December 1972 by the California State Water Resource Control Board.
These requirements were last revised in December 1976 and are included
in Appendix D.  Nine regional  water quality control boards assist the
State board in carrying out its responsibility in water quality controls.
The regional  boards are responsible for regulating all liquid and solid
waste disposal sites for protection of water quality.  All waste disposal
sites are subject to waste discharge requirements and criteria
established by the regional boards.  This Board sets statewide policy,
enforces PL 92-500, and is concerned primarily with the protection of
surface and ground waters.  The California Department of Health and the
Solid Waste Management Board are concerned with other waste management
aspects such as overall resource recovery and the overall  operation of
disposal sites.

     The Solid Waste Management Board either issues waste disposal
permits directly for all  waste disposal sites including transfer
stations, or designates the appropriate state department or county agency
to issue a facility permit.  Waste discharge requirements issued by the
regional water quality control  board are prerequisite to facility
permi ts.

     The Department of Health established new guidelines for handling,
storage, transportation,  and disposal  of hazardous and extremely hazardous
wastes, set forth in "Hazardous Waste Regulations" (adopted Fall, 1977),
a copy of which is included in Appendix D.

     The California Classification System represents the earliest
formalized procedure for  waste disposal siting  that has been identified
and has, by far,  the longest history of on-line utilization.  This
system establishes criteria to define both site classifications  and
waste groupings.   Class I, 11-1,  I 1-2,  III sites and Group 1,  2  and 3
wastes have been  defined  as shown  in Table C-1.

     As indicated in the  table, the mode of  deposition for hazardous
wastes is that of containment  by  utilizing natural  deposits with a
permeability of 1  x 10"°  cm/sec or less.  Municipal  wastes generally
rely on containment of waste leachates  with  a  required permeability of
                                      C-5

-------
                                                                                   TABLE  C-1
                                                           CALIFORNIA  STATE WATER  RESOURCES  CONTROL BOARD
                                                                   DISPOSAL  SITE  DESIGN  REQUIREMNTS
     Site Type
Si te Classification
Waste Classification
Permeabi I i ty
   cm/sec
                                                                                                       Soils
% Passing a
No. 200 Sieve
   Liquid
   Limit
Plasticity
  Index
     Class  I     Complete protection  is provided
                 for all  time  for  the quality of
                 ground and surface water.
                 Geological  conditions are natur-
                 ally capable  of preventing
                 vertical and  lateral hydraulic
                 continuity between liquids and
                 gases from the waste In  the site
                 and usable surface and ground
                 waters.   The  disposal area can
                 be modified to prevent lateral
                 continuity.   Underlain by usable
                 ground water  only under  excep-
                 tional circumstances.

    , Class  II    Protection is provided to water
                 quality  from  Group 2 and Group
                 3 wastes.
o
 I
                 Overlying usable  ground water
                 and geologic  conditions are
                 either naturally  capable of pre-
                 venting lateral and vertical
                 hydraulic continuity or site has
                 been modified to  achieve such
                 capabiIi ty.
       11-2      Having vertical and lateral hy-
                 draulic continuity with usable
                 ground water  but  geological
                 and hydraulic features and
                 other factors assure protection
                 of water  qua)ity.

     Class III   Protection Is provided from Group
                 3 wastes  by  location, construc-
                 tion and  operation which prevent
                 erosion of deposited material.
                              Group 1
                              Consisting of or containing
                              toxic substances and substances
                              which could significantly  im-
                              pair the quality of  usable
                              waters.

                              Also accepts Group 2 and 3
                              wastes.
                                                               <1
                               x 10
                                            CL, CH or
                                            OH
Not less than  Not less  than
30             30
               Not less than
               30
                              Group 2
                              Consisting of or  containing
                              chemically or biologically
                              decomposable material which
                              does not include  toxic  sub-
                              stances or those  capable of
                              significantly impairing the
                              quality of usable water.
                              Also accepts Group 3 Wastes.
                              Group 3
                              Consist entirely  of  non-water
                              soluble, non-decomposable
                              inert sol ids.
                           - 1 x 10
                                                                                            -6
                                            CL,  CH or
                                            OH
Not less than
30
Not less than
30
Not less than
30
                                                              Not specified   Not  specified Not  specified  Not specified  Not specified

-------
1 x 10~° cm/sec or less.  Attenuation is utilized to some extent for a
Class 11-1 situation however, since a permeability of 10   cm/sec will
permit the slow migration of waste leachates,  !n addition, the
definition of a Class 11-2 site strongly implies that some attenuation
will take place.  Assured protection of water quality is required even
though vertical and lateral hydraulic continuity may exist.

     Examples of waste discharge requirements for Class I, limited
Class I, Class 11-1, Class 11-2, and Class III disposal  sites are given
in pages 37-63 of the Waste Disposal Design and Operational Criteria.
(See Appendix E.)  Copies of sample permit application forms issued by
the Regional  Water Quality Control  Board, the County Planning Department
(Ventura Co.) including an Environmental Assessment Application, and a
City Planning Commission (Oxnard)  are also included in Appendix E.  A
copy of "Revised Waste Discharge Requirements for Palos Verdes Landfill
in Los Angeles County" is also included.  Finally, a flow chart for the
waste permit  application review and processing procedure is included in
Appendix D.
                                     C-7

-------
                                CONTACT FORM
Agency:
      Illinois Environmental Protection Agency
      Division of Land/Noise Pollution Control
      2200 Churchill Road
      Springfield,  Illinois 62706
      Phone:  217-782-6760
Persons Contacted;

     Thomas E. Cavanagh, Jr.
     Civil Engineer
     Manager, Land Permit
       Section
Michael  W. Rapps
Engineer
Land Technical  Operations
  Section
Permit Section
     Thomas P. Clark
     Hydrogeologi st
     Environmental Protection
       Speciali st
     Land Technical Operations
       Section
     Technical Support Unit

Types of Procedure;

     Criteria Listing (current)
     Classification System (expected enactment by mid-1978)

Permit Procedure;

     The Illinois EPA is currently processing waste disposal  permit
applications under the Illinois Pollution Control Board Rules and
Regulations (Chapter 7, Solid Waste) adopted 27 July 1973.  These rules
and regulations require site and waste characterization that utilize a
Criteria Listing approach.  A draft set of guidelines has been developed
for land disposal criteria for special wastes (liquids, sludges,  and
hazardous or potentially hazardous waste) which are to some  extent also
currently being utilized.  These draft guidelines are expected to be
enacted and operative by mid-1978.  A copy of these guidelines is
included in Appendix D.
                                      C-8

-------
     A flow diagram for  the  site  permitting  procedure  showing  the
review process,  the agencies Involved  and  the  timing  is given  in
Figure C-1 .  The following  steps  are  taken:

     1.   An applicant may submit  an  Informal request  for  review by  the
         EPA and/or Illinois State Geologic  Survey  (IGS)  prior to full
         formal  submittal  In order to  obtain a  positive decision prior
         to the  expenditure  of  considerable  funds.

     2.   The applicant must  submit a general solid  waste  application  form
         for concurrent  review  by the  Division  of Water Pollution Control,
         Division of Noise  Pollution Control,  Division of Public Water
         Supply, and the Illinois State  Geologic Survey.   The  IGS will
         provide a technical  review and  the  first three agencies mentioned
         will  assess whether that location would have  adverse  effects on
         existing or future  land-use activities.  Proper  notification of
         adjacent landowners and  public  officials is  required  as well as
         a  land-use assessment  analysis.

     3.   The Illinois EPA  Is mandated  to provide a  decision by 90 days
         unless  extended due to hearing.   No action within 90  days  would
         result  In a permit  being Issued by  the State.

     4.   A  technical  review  which entails  geology,  engineering, and land
         use Is  made by  the  Central Office staff only.  The Regional Office
         will  review the development and site preparation  including
         monitoring wells to see  that  there  is  conformance between
         designed and implemented facilities.

     5.   A  permit is then  Issued, following  that field inspection.  If
         there are deficiencies,  they  must be corrected prior  to permit
         issuance.   Subsequent  activities are at the  Regional  level with
         Inspection of operations performed  on  a monthly or bimonthly
         basis.   Central Office staff  becomes  involved again only when
         there is a major problem.  Once permitted, the permit is good
         for the life of the site unless there  are  modifications or unless
         there are violations which are  In need of  correction.

     6.   The present system  does  not provide automatically for a public
         hearing at each and  every site.  Once  the  Illinois EPA has issued
         a  permit,  the citizens may contest  the same with a hearing before
         the Pollution Control  Board or  the  Circuit Court.  It can  be
         appealed higher to  the Appellate Court and eventually to the
         State Supreme Court.   A  very  Important aspect of the  permitting
         procedure  is that,  by  ruling  of the State  Supreme Court in
         October 1975 based  upon  the Carlson vs. Worth case, local   zoning
         cannot  overrule an  EPA decision to  Issue a permit to  a site.
         There Is no  zoning  for landfills  In Illinois, however, and

                                     C-9

-------
                                 Division of Water Pollution Control
                                  Division of Noise Pollution Control
                                    Division of Public Water Supply
                                      Illinois State Geologic Survey
                                                   (1)
                                                                                                 Receive
                                                                                           ('l  / Additional
                                                                                                Technical
                                                                                                Information
o
 I
	 £» I 0)
/ DENY \ A f Rec
[No Land-Use] <3) & A (9> ^ [ Land
\ Information/ / \ ~*^\ 'n'orrr
(a) I
k L
eive\ f DENY>v
Use ] [ Site Will \
ation/ I NeverBe /
/ \ Suitable /
— *S \- — s \^_^
(9)1

|


0
Preliminary Review and Accumulation of Information
•^ 	 — 	 — — ^>-
(16 days)


©
Permit Review
,^-r -^ — |!
(9 days)
Legend
O = Operation
	 = Transportation (Permit Unit)
	 = Transportation (Applicant)
C] = Inspection (Review)
D = Delay
V = Storage (File)
A = Applicant
I — > = Clock Starts
i (3) = Days
©
Land Use Evaluation
(14 days)
                                                                   16
                                                                                                       25
                                          FIGURE C-1  ILLINOIS ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                                                         PERMIT REVIEW SCHEME

-------
                                    ILLINOIS ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                                    PERMIT REVIEW SCHEME (CONTINUED)
           Legend
                                                                                       (3)
          D
           D
          V
           A

           (3)
= Operation
= Transportation (Permit Unit)
= Transportation (Applicant)
= Inspection (Review)
= Delay
= Storage (File)
= Applicant
= Clock Starts
= Days
o
i
 Director
Schedules
 Public
 Hearing
Second
Land Use
Meeting
i

                                                                                             to Public Hearing
                                                                                                                     79

-------
         emphasis  is placed on compatible land use.  The Illinois EPA
         expects this ruling to be changed In the near future, but It
         does offer them, at present, extensive power In the permitting
         of sites.

Pi scuss ion;

     A  complete package of that information required by the Illinois EPA
as well as supporting documents and  information is contained in the
booklet "Sanitary  Landfill Management", Issued December 1973.   Copies of
the permit application form are found on pages 39 through 53 of that
document,  and It Is also  Included In Appendix D.  The pending draft
guidelines list and describe the land disposal criteria for special
wastes.  Once adopted the following modules will be required:

     Module A & B  - Development Permit;

     Module C - Operation Permit;

     Module D or E - Supplemental Permit -- D Is for site modifications,
     E  Is waste specific  for a change to or addition of waste types;

     Module F - Intra Agency Permit;

     Module G - Class 5 Site Development and Operation.

     A  copy of Module E and Instructions for Its use Is also included in
Appendix D.  It must be emphasized, however, that revisions will  be made
including  the proposed procedure for a leaching test.

     A  table of site types and suitable methods of disposal for wastes
of varying properties Is given In Table C-1.

     There Is generally no distinction made between municipal  and
industrial waste except that general municipal refuse is accepted at
Class III sites.   Class I sites accept all waste excluding radioactive
waste and are the  main repository for hazardous wastes.  A Class I sfte
must meet all the  physical criteria, Including a naturally low
permeability of 10-8 cm/sec.  Engineered site characteristics are
permitted  for Class III sites and lower which accept no hazardous wastes.
There are  two groups of site types:  Class I, II and Ht sites form
one group and Class IV and V sites form the other.  The wastes that are
disposed of In the first group are those that pose a potential for
contamination while the wastes that are disposed of In Class IV and V
sites are those that pose virtually no environmental threat.
                                     C-12

-------
                                                      TABLE  C-2
                                     ILLINOIS  ENVIRONMENTAL  PROTECTION AGENCY
                                          SOLID WASTE  MANAGEMENT  SITE
                                                   GUIDELINES
                                               (APPROVAL PENDING)
Thickness
Maximum of Confining
Site Permeability Layer
Class 1 1xlO~8 cm/sec 10'
na tura 1


o
Class II 5xlO~ 10'
natural




Class III 1x10 10'
natural or
{••)
1 engineered
U)
tljss IV 5x10 5'
natural or
enyi neered



Theoretical
Depth to Flood Confinement
Aquifer Frequency Time Monitoring
10' 100 yr. line or 500 yrs Yes
maximum known
elevation. No
marginal lands.
10' 100 yr. line or 250 yrs. Yes
maximum known
elevation. No
marginal lands.


10' 100 yr. line or 150 yrs. Usually
maximum known yes
elevation. No
marginal lands.
0' No marginal lands - May





Site
Pol lution
Potential Waste
Very low All wastes ex-
cluding
radioactive

Low General put res -
cible, spec i a 1 ,
specified hazard-
ous wastes , al 1
Class III, IV
and V.
Low to General municipal
Moderate certain special,
al 1 Class IV and
V.
Moderate Demolition and
construct ion.
bulky, landscape
wastes and inert ,
insoluble mater-
ials. All C lass
Module
E
A
F

E
A
F



,E
A
F

A
F



V.

,B,C



,B,C





,B,C


,B,C





f. lass V   Li tt le or no
         confinement, or
         sufficient si te
         info rma t i o n to
         determine the pollution
         potential  of  the site has
         not  been provided.
Inert,  noncombust- G
ible mater ial.

-------
     The Illinois EPA relies very little on attenuation of waste leachates
even though the existing "Sanitary Landfill Management" guidelines
discuss attenuation.  Rather, they favor, and In fact require, containment
of both municipal and hazardous wastes by reliance on deposits with a
natural low permeability.  They do not favor the use of synthetic liners
due to their unknown long-term Integrity, and, for that matter, their
short-term integrity.

-------
                                CONTACT FORM
Agency;

     Minnesota Pollution Control  Agency
     Hazardous Waste Management Section
     1935 West County Road,  82
     Rosevilie, MN  55113
     Phone:   612-296-7317

Person Contacted;

     Mr. James Kinsey, Chief
     Hazardous Waste Management Section

Type of Procedure;

     Criteria Listing

Permit Procedure;

     The following steps comprise the permit  procedure:

     1.  A contact between the person interested  in  permitting  a  site  and
         the  agency often results in  an appointment  with  the  MPCA staff
         to discuss the permitting procedure.

     2.  A pre-applicatton conference is held  with  the  MPCA  staff to
         discuss the following:

         a.   The concept of  disposal
         b.   Environmental  control
         c.   Permitting procedure
         d.   Local  agency's  involvement
         e.   Timing and schedules,  etc.

     3.  A preliminary application is then  submitted  to the agency  for
         review.   This application includes:

         a.   Hydrogeologic report for the site
         b.   Conceptual  design of the proposed facility
         c.   General  discussion of environmental  concerns and controls

     *4.  After review of the preliminary application, and the receiving
         of an indication of site acceptability to  the agency,  a  final
         application  is prepared.  This application  includes a  complete
         engineering  design  package,  operational  plan, proposed
         monitoring,  etc.   Details of such  package are found  in Appendix D.

                                     C-15

-------
     5.  An Environmental  Impact Statement may be required for major or
         critical waste disposal projects.  When required, the applicant
         is notified at early phases of permit processing; however, the
         EIS could be presented at an advanced phase of the review.

     6.  When required by citizens or by the agency a public hearing(s)
         may be scheduled.  This is only required for major and/or
         critical waste disposal facilities.

     7.  Local agencies'  input  is a part of the state permit requirements
         and permit review process.  County permits, land disposal
         facilities, zoning, etc., must be obtained by the applicant
         prior to receiving final approval from MPCA.

Pi scuss ion :

     In June, 1977, the Minnesota Pollution Control  Agency published a
draft of rules and regulations for hazardous waste management.   The
provisions of these regulations govern the identification, classification,
storage, labeling, transportation, treatment, processing and disposal
of hazardous waste and the issuance of permits for construction, operation
and closure of a hazardous waste facility.

     Key definitions In the proposed regulations are the following:

     1.  Corrosive material:  a material  that has any one of the following
         propert ies :

         a.   a pH that is greater than 12 or less than 3 for a  liquid,
             semisolid, sludge, or saturated aqueous solution of a solid
             or gas;

         b.   the ability to cause a visible destruction or irreversible
             alteration of skin tissues at the site  of contact  following
             an exposure period of four hours or less when tested by the
             technique described in 16 C.F.R.  #1,500.^1 (1977);

         c.   a corrosion rate of 0.250 inch per year or more on  Society
             of Automotive Engineers'  1020 Steel  when tested in  accordance
             with the minimum requirements described in the National
             Association of Engineers'  Standard TM-01-69,  at a  test
             temperature of 130°F
     2.   Flammable material;   any material  that:

         a.   has a flash point below 200°F  (93-3°C),  except  the following:
                                     C-16

-------
     1)  a material comprised of miscible components having  one
        or more components with a flash point of 200°F (93.3°C),
        or higher, that make up at least 99 percent of the  total
        volume of the mixture;

    2)  a material that has a flash point greater than 100°F
        (37.8°C) and that when heated to 200°F (93-3°C)  will  not
        support combustion beyond the flash;

    3)  an explosive material;

b.  may ignite without application of a flame or spark including,
    but not limited to, nitro cellulose, certain metal hydrides,
    alkali metals, some oily fabrics, processed meals, and  acidic
    anhydri des.

Explos i ve material :  a material that has the  property  either  to
evolve large volumes of gas that are dissipated in a shock  wave
or to heat the surrounding air so as to cause a high pressure
gas that is dissipated in a shock wave.  Explosive materials
include, but are not limited to, explosives as defined in A9
C.F.R. #173,300 (1976).

I rri tati ve materi al ;  a noncorrosive material  which has  the
property to cause a local reversible injury to a biological
membrane at the site of contact as  determined  by either of  the
fol lowi ng :

a.  Practical  experience with the waste where  short  term
    exposures  have caused first degree burns and where  long
    term exposures may cause second degree  burns;

b.  Skin irritation of an empirical  score of five or more as
    determined pursuant to 16 C.F.R.  #1,500.^1  (1977).

Oxidative material:  any material with the  property  to  readily
supply oxygen  to a reaction in the  absence  of  air.   Oxidation
materials include, but are not limited to,  oxides, organic  and
inorganic peroxides, permanganates,  perrhenates, chlorates,
perchlorates ,  persulfates, nitric acid, organic and  inorganic
nitrates, iodates, periodates, bromates, perselenates ,
perbromates, chromates, di schromates ,  ozone, and perborates.
Bromine, chlorine, fluorine, and iodine react  similarly to
oxygen under some conditions and are  therefore  also  considered
oxidative materials.
                            C-17

-------
6.  Toxi c material:   a material  with  any one of  the  following
    properties:

    a.  An oral  1050 less than 500 milligrams of material per
        kilogram of body weight of test animal.

    b.  A dermal 1.050 less than 1,000 milligrams of  material per
        kilogram of body weight of test animal.

    c.  An inhalation 1650 (when the  material or a component is in
        a form that may be inhaled)  less than:

        1.  2,000 milligrams  of material as dust or  mist per cubic
            meter of air, or

        2.  1,000 parts per million of material  as gas or vapor.

    d.  An aquatic LC5Q less  than 100 milligrams of  material per
        1 i ter of water.

7.  Median lethal concentration (1650):  the calculated concentration
    at which a material kills 50 percent of a group  of test animals
    within a specified time.

    a.  Aquatic LC5Q:  the 1050 determined by a  test in which the
        specified time is 96  hours, the test animals are at least
        10 fathead minnows, and the  route of administration follows
        accepted static or flow-through bioassay techniques.

    b.  Inhalation 1.050:   the 1.050 determined by a test in which
        the specified time is 14 days, the group of  the test animals
        is at least ten white laboratory rats of 200 to 300 grams
        each, half of which are male  and half of which are female,
        and the route of administration is continuous respiratory
        exposure for a period of one  hour.

8.  Median lethal dose (1050):  the calculated dose  at which a
    material  kills 50 percent of a group of test animals within a
    speci fled time.

    a.  Oral  1.050:  the 1050  determined by a test in which the
        specified time is 1A  days, the group of  test animals is at
        least ten white laboratory rats of 200 to 300 grams each,
        half of  which are male and half of which are female, and
        the route of administration  is a single  oral  dose.
                               C-18

-------
         b.  Dermal LDtjrj'  tne 1050 determined by a test ?n which the
             specified time is 1** days, the group of test animals is ten
             or more white rabbits, half of which are male and half of
             which are female, and the route of administration is a
             2n-hour exposure with continuous contact on bare skin.

     Generators of Hazardous Waste are required to disclose all  types of
hazardous waste and submit a report to the MPCA.  Generators are also
responsible for management and disposal of waste.  Shipping papers
prepared by the generator track waste to disposal.  Generators are
required to properly prepare and label all hazardous waste shipments.

     Location, Operation and Closure for the Hazardous Waste fac i1i ty has
to be  in accordance with MPCA regulations.These Include locating facilities
in a hydrogeologically suitable area and in a computable environment.
Storage and disposal must be in areas with liners having permeability no
greater than 10-7 cm/sec.  The regulations require keeping records and
procedures for reporting to MPCA and proper closing of hazardous waste
facilities after termination of operation.

     The draft regulations outline permit requirements for all hazardous
waste facilities,  including submission, granting and reissuance,  review
and general or special conditions and exceptions of permits.   The contents
of hazardous waste permit applications include:  1)  preliminary  application
documenting, soils and hydrogeologIc conditions, 2)  description  of
surface and ground water resources, 3) utilities at site vicinity, and
A) general  environment conditions and support information.

     In addition to the above requirements, reports on land disposal
facilities  include:  1) logs and borings, 2)  plot plans delineating
surface and ground waters, 3)  placement of monitoring wells,  A)  cross
sections showing soil  profile,  ground water aquifers, etc.  5)  a  comparison
of the findings of the field investigation with previous literature and
research,  6)  water balance, 7)  a section that addresses seasonal
fluctuations of ground water levels, and 8) a section on ground  water
quality, both present and anticipated after operation of the  facility.

     All land disposal facility applications must be also supported  by an
engineering report that conceptually addresses the following:   1)  type
of waste,  2)  treatment processes, 3) plot plans, 4)  liner specifications
and leachate collection,  treatment and disposal  facilities,  5) discussion
of the operation of the proposed facility,  and 6)  a  report  on  impact  of
vapor gas  and dust and the potential of their migration.

     Most  Interestingly,  these regulations require inclusion  in  the interim
report of a section that  addresses the porosity and  permeability of major
soil  types  that were encountered in the field investigation,  including
a  description of the procedures used In the testing  of the  major  soil
types.   The section shall  discuss:


                                      C-19

-------
     1.  The ability of the soil to attenuate the hazardous waste and the
         leachate thereof through Ion exchange, adsorption, adsorption,
         precipitation, and other such mechanisms.

     2.  A review of the anticipated products from such mechanisms
         including both final and intermediate biochemical metabolites
         and chemical degradation products.

     3.  An assessment of how effective the soil attenuation processes
         will be in providing treatment to the hazardous waste and
         leachate thereof.

     After review and acceptance of the preliminary permit, the facility
owner submits a final application which includes:  l) response to comments
on the preliminary application, 2) an engineering report including plans
and specifications for the construction of the facility, 3) operations
and management plans, and k) a site closure manual and other support
materi als.
                                     C-20

-------
                                CONTACT FORM

Agen cy:

     New York State Department of Environmental  Conservation
     Division of Solid Waste Management
     50 Wolf Road
     Albany, NY  12201
     Phone:  518-1*57-6607

Persons Contacted:

     G. David Knowles, P.E.
     Sanitary Engineer
     Division of Solid Waste Management

     Charles N.  Goddard, Chief
     Hazardous Wastes Section

Type of Procedure:

     Criteria Listing

Permit Procedure:

     The permit  procedure is described  in  detail on  pages  6-11 of Part
360, "Solid Waste  Management Facilities",  which  became effective 28
August 1977.  A  copy of these rules  and regulations  is  included in
Appendix D.

     The following steps highlight the  permit  procedure:

      1.   The operator of any solid  waste  management  facility  in operation
          on the effective date  of this Part for which a currently
          effective approval  was issued by this  Department,  pursuant to
          regulations  of the Department in effec| from September 1973
          until  repealed hereby, shall  submit  an application for an
          operation permit on forms  provided by the  Department not later
          than eighteen  months after the effective date of this Part
          unless otherwise notified  in  writing by the Department.

      2.   The operator of any solid  waste  management  facility  in operation
          on the effective date  of this Part for which no approval  as
          aforesaid was  issued shall submit an application for an
          operation permit on forms  provided by the  Department not later
          than six  months after  the  effective  date of this Part unless
          otherwise notified  in  writing  by the Department.


                                    C-21

-------
3.  A complete application, timely submitted pursuant  to this
    Subdivision, shall be deemed a permit until  such application
    is acted upon.

k.  If an application submitted pursuant to this Subdivision  is
    determined by the Department to be incomplete,  the Department
    shall notify the applicant in writing concerning the respects
    in which the application is incomplete.  Unless  the applicant
    completes the application, consistent with  such  notice, within
    30 days after the date of notice, the application  shall be
    deni ed.

5.  Every application pursuant to this Subdivision  shall,  in
    addition to complying with Subdivision (d)  of this Section,
    include a detailed report describing the plan of operation and
    a contingency plan setting forth in detail  the applicant's
    proposal for corrective or remedial action  to be taken  in the
    event of equipment breakdowns, ground or surface water or air
    contamination attributable to the facility's operation, fires,
    and spills or releases of hazardous or toxic materials.   In
    addition, every application to this Subdivision  shall
    reasonably demonstrate that the subject solid waste management
    facility meets the standards of operation.

6.  Proposed facilities.   Any person proposigg  to construct a solid
    waste management facility shall submit to,the Department, on
    forms provided by the Department, not less  than  90 days in
    advance of the date on which it is proposed  to  commence such
    construction, a complete application for a  construction permit.

7-  Proposed modifications to existing facilities.   Any person
    proposing to modify the use of a solid waste management facility
    in a manner which is  not reflected in either a  construction
    permit or operation permit issued pursuant  to this Part, or its
    predecessors, shall  submit to the Department, on forms provided
    by the Department, not less than 90 days in  advance of the date
    on which it is proposed to so modify, a complete application
    for a construction permit reflecting such proposed modification.

8.  Applications submitted pursuant to this Part shall  be
    accompanied by such data as the Department  may  reasonably
    require for the purpose of fulfilling its responsibilities
    under the ECL and this Part in accordance with  guidelines
    furnished by the Department.
                               C-22

-------
      9-   If an application submitted pursuant to this Section (excepting
          Subdivision (b) hereof) is determined by the Department to be
           incomplete, the Department shall notify the applicant in writing
          concerning the respects ?n which the application is incomplete.
          The effective date of application shall be the time at which
          the applicant completes the application consistent with such
          notice.

     10.  Within 90 days following receipt of a complete application
          pursuant to this Part, or such longer period as may be agreed
          upon in writing by the Department and the applicant, the
          Department shall either approve the application and issue the
          appropriate permit or disapprove the application or may proceed
          to a public hearing.  If an application for a construction or
          operation permit is disapproved, the Department shall  notify
          the applicant in writing of the reasons therefor.

     11.  Any permit holder who intends to continue construction or
          operation beyond the period of time covered in such permit must
          file for reissuance of such permit at least 30 days prior to
          its expiration.  Filing for reissuance shall  be made by the
          permit holder on forms authorized by the Department.  The
          provisions of this Part relative to submittal  and processing
          of initial applications shall apply to reissuance applications
          under this Section to the extent indicated by the Department
          in instructions accompanying reissuance application forms.

     12.  After notice and opportunity for a hearing, any permit issued
          pursuant to this Part may be modified, suspended, or revoked
          in whole or in part during its term for causes stated  on p. 11.
          The Department may revise or modify a schedule of compliance or
          other terms in an issued permit if it determines good  cause
          exists for such revision.

Pi scussion;

     The Solid Waste Management Facility "Content" and  "Guidelines for
Plans and Specifications" have been  prepared*in draft form to aid  the
applicant in satisfying  the requirements of Part 360.  Copies of these
two documents as well  as the following application forms are included in
Appendix D:

     1.   Application for Approval  to Construct a Solid  Waste Management
         Facility.

     2.   Application for Approval  to Operate a Solid Waste Management
         Facility.
                                      C-23

-------
     3.  Application for Variance from 6NYCRR360.

     k.  Application for Use of a Construction and Demolition Debris
         Disposal Site.

     The newly-written guidelines contain procedures applicable to all
facilities as well as those specific to sanitary landfills,  resource
recovery and processing facilities, and hazardous  wastes and special
wastes (sewage sludge and power plant wastes)  facilities.  A list of
hazardous substances Is included in Appendix G of  the "Guidelines".  Note,
however, that this Is a working draft and not  for  publication.   An
Industrial and hazardous waste disposal application form and a  leaching
potential test reporting form are also Included in these "Guidelines" at
the end of Section 5, Industrial and Hazardous Waste Disposal.   The
leaching potential test Is required only If requested by the Department.

     The following procedure should be used to evaluate a waste for its
potential to readily leach deleterious substances.  Triplicate  samples of
the wastes should be analyzed to obtain representative results.

     1.  A representative sample of the waste  should be taken according
         to ASTM Standard Methods.

     2.  Any free liquid associated with the sample should be removed
         by decanting or filtering.  Such free liquid should be analyzed
         in accordance with 3- below and the "dry" material  in  accordance
         with k. below.

     3.  A qualitative and quantitative analysis of any associated free
         liquid should be performed in accordance  with accepted standard
         methods.  Suspended partlculate matter should be removed before
         analysis by filtering the supernatant solution through a
         0.^5-micron glass filter.

     k.  The following procedure should be used on the residual "dry"
         material :

         a.  A 250-gram sample of the "dry" residual should  be  mixed
             with one liter of distilled or deionlzed water.

         b.  The mixture should be agitated for *»8 hours by  shaking or
             slow stirring.

         c.  The sample container should be stoppered and the sample
             allowed to settle for  at least three  days.

         d.  The supernatant water  should be decanted and filtered
             through a O.A5-micron glass filter.

                                      C-21*

-------
     e.  A qualitative and quantitative analysis of the supernatant
         should be performed by standard methods.

     Paragraph 36Q.8(a)(l7)  states that "hazardous wastes shall  be
accepted only at facilities which have been specifically approved  by
the Department for the processing or disposal  of the specific wastes".
Paragraph 360.8(b)(1)(xi)  goes on to state that "No hazardous or
industrial wastes nor  materials which when combined together will
produce hazardous wastes shall be disposed of  in a sanitary landfill
except pursuant to specific operation permit authorization".

     "Guidelines for Plans and Specifications" provides information
regarding on-site data.  Such items as soil description, soil boring
identification and location (Unified Soil  Classification),  groundwater
depth and flow directions, and estimates of leachate formation are
included.  Permeability is considered an important parameter; specific
requirements are determined  on a case-by-case  basis.  Municipal  wastes
are not classified.   There are separate sections on industrial  and
hazardous waste disposal and/or special  wastes.  The form includes
criteria for identifying hazardous substances, the list of  hazardous
substances, and the  leaching potential  test.  The latter includes  sewage
and septic waste treatment and disposal, waste lagoon,  ground spreading,
and injection into the land.

     Wastes classified as  hazardous may be required to  be disposed of  in
a "Secure landburlal  facility".   The site requirements  for  such a  facility
are more detailed and  more stringent than for  a sanitary landfill.  The
requirements are shown on  Table C~3-  Permeability of 1  x 10~7 cm/sec  is
required for a site  liner; a thickness is not  specified. An impermeable
cover is also required for the facility in order to prevent infiltration
of rain water.  The  combined effect of the two impermeable  barriers is  to
provide total containment  of waste and hydrologic isolation.

It is noteworthy that  two  modes of deposition  of municipal  solid wastes
exist within New York  State.  Waste deposition with reliance on the
natural attenuation  of leachate is generally permitted  in those areas of
the State except on  Long Island.  Waste containment with subsequent
leachate collection  and treatment is generally required on  Long Island
to ensure protection of the "sole source" groundwater supply present in
the underlying permeable sand and gravel aquifers.  Liners  are required
which preferably are clays with a natural  low  permeability  rather  than
synthetic liners for waste/1eachate containment.
                                      C-25

-------
                                             TABLE C-3

                                    NEW YORK DEC SITE CRITERIA
               Site
          Character istics
                                Hazardous
                                  Waste
ro
ON
        Permeability of liner    <1 x 10~7 cm/sec
        Impermeable cap
Leachate col lection
and treatment

Surface dra inage
        On-site soil
        permeabi1ity

        Depth to groundwater
        or bedrock

        Proximity to surface
        water

        Groundwater monitor
        wel Is
                         Requ i red
                                 Required
                                 Collection and treatment
                           1  x 10   cm/sec
                           10 feet
                         Site - specific require-
                         ments may be indicated

                         min 3 ~ 2 downgradient
           Other
           Wastes

Site - specific requirements
may be i nd icated

Final  cover such to mini-
mize ponding, erosion, and
infi1tration.

Site - specific requirements
may be indicated

Designed  to minimize ponding,
erosion,  and infiltration.

Not specified
  5 feet
Site - specific requirements
may be i nd icated

Same

-------
                                CONTACT FORM
Agency:

     Pennsylvania Department of Environmental  Resources
     Bureau of Land Protection
     Division of Solid Waste Management
     P.O. Box 2063
     Harrisburg, PA  17120
     Phone:  717-787-7381

Persons  Contacted;

     John Rosso, Chief                Gary Merritt,  Geologist
     Program Development Section      Program  Development  Section

     Gary Galida                      Dwight Worley
     Program Development Section      Operations  and Compliance  Section

Type of  Procedure:

     Cri teria Li sti ng

     Waste management including hazardous  waste  is  regulated by  Chapter  75,
Solid Waste Management Rules and Regulations.  These Rules and Regulations
were recently revised to include standards for sanitary  landfill  liners,
standards for hazardous solid waste management,  and  general standards  for
industrial and hazardous waste disposal  sites.  These and  other  modifica-
tions became effective 27  June 1977.

Permit Procedure:

     1.   The applicant notifies DER of his intent to open  a new  landfill
         site.  DER encourages the applicant to  meet with  the State  at
         an early date to  discuss his  proposed plan  and  concept  of opera-
         tion and to obtain suggestions  by DER personnel for site utiliza-
         tion in an environmentally-acceptable manner.   DER also encourages
         local involvement, particularly with  local  zoning and local plan-
         ning offices.  This initial meeting may  be  held in the  DER
         Regional Offices;  in many cases,  however,  the meeting is held
         with the Central  Office staff in  Harrisburg.

     2.   A formal application is submitted to  the Regional Office and
         includes the following items:   an Application for Permit for
         Solid Waste Disposal and/or Processing  Facilities; a Solid  Waste
         Disposal and/or Processing Site Application Module, Phase I;
         and Module 5A - Phase I, Supplementary  Geology  and Ground Water
         Information.


                                     C-27

-------
3.  Technical review Is provided In the Regional  Office with Input
    from the Central Office technical  staff as required In the soils
    and geology areas.   All review comments are compiled by the
    Regional Solid Waste Program Manager;  he also reviews comments
    by additional agencies such as the Bureau of Water Quality Manage-
    ment, the Bureau of Air Quality and Noise Control  and Radiolo-
    gical Health (if such comments are appropriate).   This coordi-
    nated review is made at the Phase I level and,  In  many cases,
    the applicant Is Informed by DER that  certain changes will  be
    required prior to submlttal of the Phase II application.  The
    Bureau of Water Quality Management must review and permit  those
    operations where leachate collection facilities are provided
    with a point discharge.  The Bureau of Air Quality and Noise
    Control provides Input for those wastes generated  by air pol-
    lution control measures such as stack  preclpitators and the
    ensuing ash.

**.  A formal Phase  II submittal then follows; it Involves completion
    of the solid waste disposal and/or processing site application
    module, Phase II and the groundwater module, Phase II monitoring
    points.  Technical  review  is provided  by soil scientists,  geol-
    ogists, and engineers with their comments coordinated by the
    Regional Program Manager and, If necessary, a letter is sub-
    mitted by htm to the applicant with deficiencies that need
    resolution.  Following their resolution, the Phase II submittal
    is returned to the Operations and Compliance Section for proc-
    essing and assurance that all Items are completed.  The final
    and formal permit Is prepared by the Operations and Compliance
    unit for the Bureau Director's signature and is then issued.

5.  A public hearing is not required; however notification of  the
    intended action must be published in the Pennsylvania Bulletin
    on two occasslons:

         When the permit application Is made.
         When the permit has been approved for Issuance.

    If considerable protest arises prior to the Issuance of the per-
    mit and a written request  is made, an  Informal  (non-legal)  fact-
    finding hearing will be held by a DER  hearing examiner who will
    make recommendations on the course of  action.  Following the  DER
    advertisement of permit Issuance, there is a 15-day period in
    which complaints may be filed to the hearing board.  Formal  hear-
    ings, If required,  are held by the Environmental  Hearing Board
    within 30 days of permit Issuance.  Following acquisition  of
    expert testimony, the hearing board will render a  decision which
                                 C-28

-------
         may be appealed (by either the applicant or by citizens groups)
         to the Commonwealth Court and, if not resolved there, the appeal
         may be taken to the State Supreme Court.

Pi scuss ion;

     The philosophy of waste management and waste site permitting cur-
rently  in effect is that the waste leachates must not adversely affect
groundwater quality.  DER does not necessarily advocate containment of
waste and collection and treatment of leachates, but the trend is
definitely in that direction; attenuation is considered on a site-by-site
basis.  Waste/site permitting is conducted on a case-by-case basis for
both hazardous and non-hazardous wastes.  Certain industrial waste may be
given approval if the waste type remains constant for the life of that
waste being generated and deposited in a specific approved site.  Where
the unit process changes frequently, wastes are permitted on a
"load-by-load" basis as long as the waste characteristics remain the same.
When the waste type does change, the landfill operator must acquire an
amendment to the permit to accept that type of waste.

     DER provides the applicant with an array of»modules, rules and regu-
lations, guidelines, and applications according to the waste type proposed
for disposal.  A listing of these items is as follows:  Application for
Permit for Solid Waste Disposal  and/or Processing Facilities; Solid Waste
Disposal and/or Processing Site Application Module,  Phases I and II;
Module 5A-Phase I,  Supplementary Geology and Groundwater Information;
Ground Water Module, Phase II Monitoring Points; Module for Sewage Sludge
and Septic Tank or Holding Tank Waste; Interim Guidelines for Sewage,
Septic Tank, and Holding Tank Waste on Agricultural  Lands; a Spray Irriga-
tion Manual (which is administered by the Bureau of  Water Quality Manage-
ment); and Coal  Refuse Disposal  Application for Permit.  (Copies of these
forms are included in Appendix E.)

     With respect to hazardous waste,  there is no standardized form for
waste characterization;  however, specific information is required relative
to the volume and nature of the waste to be disposed.  A chemical analysis
of the waste must be provided, as well  as a leaching analysis using methods
approved by the department.  A waste leachate analysis procedure has been
established by the department and is attached.  This procedure has been
in use for more than five years.

     Based upon  the waste characterization and leaching analysis, DER
determines the manner in which the waste is to be handled.  Waste handling
methodologies include landfill ing, isolation within  the landfill  by con-
tainer ization, physical  separation or  lime encapsulation,  chemical  stabil-
ization, and incineration.   It is noteworthy that there is no site
designated within Pennsylvania specifically and solely for the disposal
of hazardous waste.  Hazardous waste being disposed  of are either
                                     C-29

-------
incorporated in existing approved landfills,  are treated  and  disposed of
by using other methodologies, or are exported from the State.   There  is
no formal waste site classification with the  exception of three classes
of waste (I, II, III) for construction and demolition  wastes.

     Disposal site characterization is provided by an  extensive listing
of soils, geology, and surface and groundwater criteria that  must  be  de-
fined to adequately describe the physical  site conditions.  This site
characterization is well defined in Module 5A and in various  sections of
Chapter 75, Solid Waste Management Rules and  Regulations.   A  one-to-one
ratio of refuse to unsaturated thickness of soil  deposits  is  required
where attenuation is relied upon for renovation of leachates  produced
from the waste.  As stated above, however, the trend is definitely  toward
the collection and treatment of leachates  generated by municipal waste
and, in most cases, hazardous waste.  The utilization  of  man-made  and
natural  liners, particularly the former, is becoming more  commonplace.
Synthetic liners of the membrane type must have a minimum thickness of
20 mils and a natural permeability of 1  x 10~7 cm/sec  or  less.   If  natural
deposits are used, they must have a uniform thickness  of  greater than 2
feet and must have a permeability of less  than 1  x 10  ' cm/sec.  If the
uniform thickness is greater than A feet and  there is  an  upward ground-
water flow, the permeability may be increased to 1 x 10~°  cm/sec or less.
                                      C-30

-------
                                CONTACT FORM
Agency;

     Texas State Department of Health Resources
     Division of Solid Waste Management
     1100 W. 29th Street
     Austin, Texas  78756
     Phone:  512-^58-7271

Persons Contacted;

     Mr. Jack C. Carmlchael           Hector H. Mendieta
     Director                         Chief, Facilities Evaluation
                                        Branch

     Mr. Lou B. Griffith, Jr.         George King
     Chief, Technical and             Geologist
       Regulatory Branch

Types of Procedure;

     Criteria Listing
     Classification System

     The Department of Health Resources (DHR)  has undergone an 18-month
program and has published new regulations for  municipal  solid waste
management that became effective 20 April  1977.  (A copy of these
"Municipal Solid Waste Management" regulations Is included in Appendix E.)

Permit Procedure;

     A flow chart Illustrating the review process,  the agencies involved,
and the timing is presented In Figure C-2.   A  detailed description of this
permit review process is as follows:

     Upon receipt of an application,  the Department will make a prelim-
     inary evaluation to determine if the application is administratively
     and technically complete.  If additional  information is required,
     it will be requested of the applicant  before continuing with the
     processing of the application.

         1.  Application Processing

              a.  Following receipt of all  required information,  the De-
                  partment will  provide copies of the application to those
                                     C-31

-------
o
I
                   Log in Code
            I
          Permit
        Application
         Received
                 \Merge /
13roposed>N.Y§S__\     /	
   Site   /        \/
                            NO
                           Request and
                            Receive
                            Part "B"
Preliminary
 Review
                   Check List
                Request Additional
              Information as Required
•"     ^^
Hearing X. YES
                     Store /
                      "C." Z_
Tentative
Schedule
To Region
                          FIGURE C-2  PERMIT APPLICATION REVIEW PROCEDURE USED BY
                                       THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH RESOURCES

-------
                                  90 DAYS
                                    75 DAYS
       Tentative
      Schedule To
        Region
                                                  75 DAYS
o

UJ
Request
Legal To
Schedule
Hearing
Evaluate,
 Request
 Agency
Comment
Conteste
 Potential
  Denial
                                                                                       Check
                                                                                      MIS Status
                                                                                  I
                                                          YES
 Estab. 90 Day /
Req. Contested,/
   Potential   /""*"
    Denial   /
 Public
Hearing
Record
Closed
                                                         Review With
                                                         Technical &
                                                          Regulatory
                                                           Branch
                                            PERMIT APPLICATION REVIEW PROCEDURE USED BY
                                            THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH RESOURCES
                                            (continued)

-------
                               40 DAYS
                           30 DAYS
o
o
10
-c-
Record
Closed
Engineering
 Evaluation
                                                    10 DAYS
 Division of
Solid Waste
Management
  Review
                                                                 5 DAYS
Legal
                                                                                             NLT 45 Days Prior to
                                                                                                 "Final Date"
Proposal
  For
Decision
                                         PERMIT APPLICATION REVIEW PROCEDURE USED BY
                                         THE TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH RESOURCES
                                         (continued)

-------
agencies which have or may have a jurisdictional
interest in the case and request their comments or
recommendations.  The agencies include:

 l)  Texas Water Quality Board.

 2)  Texas Air Control Board  (A separate permit may be
     requi red).

 3)  Texas Water Development Board (A separate permit
     may be requi red).

 k)  State Department of Highways and Public
     Transportation.

 5)  Federal Aviation Administration.

 6)  U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (A separate permit
     may be required).

 7)  Mayor of the city in whose territorial or extra-
     territorial jurisdiction the site is located.

 8)  Health authority of the city in whose territorial
     or extraterritorial  jurisdiction the site is
     located.

 9)  County Judge of the county in which the site is
     located.

10)  Health authority of the county in which the site
     is located.

11)  Others as determined appropriate by the Department.

Additionally, a copy of the application is provided to
the appropriate Regional  Engineer of the Department for
his conduct of a site evaluation, verifying insofar as
possible the data submitted and technical  feasibility
of the proposed operation.   In submitting his comments
and recommendations, the Regional Engineer will consider
the past operating record and current status of
an existing site.  The site operator's ability or lack
of ability to comply with the Department's regulations
will also be discussed at the public hearing.
                    C-35

-------
    c.  Normally, the entities to whom copies  of the
        application are mailed shall  have thirty (30)  days  to
        present comments and recommendations on  the permit
        application.  If any of the review agencies or the
        Department requires additional data in order  to
        conduct a proper evaluation,  the additional data  will
        be requested by the Department.  Following receipt  of
        comments and recommendations  from the  various  review
        agencies, a professional  engineer from the Department
        will make a detailed engineering evaluation of the
        application taking into consideration  all  comments
        received from the review agencies. The  Department
        will give consideration to any recommendation  or
        action taken by the governing body of  a  city  or county
        within whose jurisdiction the proposed site is to be
        located concerning implications of the application  with
        respect to public health welfare and physical  property,
        including proper land use, reasonable  projection  of
        growth and development, and any other  pertinent
        consi derations.

2.  Scheduling and Preparation for a  Public Hearing

    a.  Upon completion of the evaluation of the permit
        application, the Department will normally make
        arrangements with the applicant for a  time and place
        for the conduct of the required public hearing.

    b.  The Department will provide the applicant with a
        public hearing notice announcing the time, place  and
        purpose of the public hearing, and advising all
        citizens of their right to present comments for or
        against the issuance of a permit.  The applicant  shall
        be responsible for ensuring that such  notice  of the
        public hearing is published at least once in  a
        newspaper regularly published or circulated in the
        county in which the disposal  site is located.   The
        applicant shall be responsible for paying for  and
        publishing the hearing notice.  The Department, at  its
        option in any individual  case, may require that
        publication of the notice be  made in additional
        newspapers in the county or other counties.
        Publication shall not be less than twenty (20) days
        before the date of the hearing.  The applicant shall
        provide the Department with proof that the publication
        was timely by submitting prior to the  date of  the
        hearing an affidavit of the publisher  which shows the
        date of publication.  The affidavit shall  be  accompanied
        by a copy of the published notice.

                            C-36

-------
3.  Conduct of the Public Hearing

    a.  The public hearing will  be conducted by a Hearing
        Examiner from the Department's legal staff and a
        professional engineer from the Division of Solid Waste
        Management.

    b.  The applicant or his duly-authorized representative
        will be present at the public hearing to present the
        application and answer any questions that may arise
        during the hearing or to clarify any of the information
        previously submitted.  In view of the possibility that
        legal questions may arise, the applicant should be
        accompanied by his legal  counsel.  If a professional
        engineer prepared the engineering plan for the site,
        he should also be present at the hearing to answer any
        technical questions.  Failure of an applicant to be
        present at the public hearing, or to be properly
        represented, could result in the denial of a permit.

    c.  All hearings held by the Department on solid waste
        permit applications are  conducted in accordance with
        the "Administrative Procedure and Texas Register Act",
        which requires that evidence submitted by legally
        admissible (as opposed to hearsay)  if such evidence is
        to be used as a basis for a final decision.  Because
        this statute requires that administrative hearings
        follow the same rules of evidence as those used in
        non-jury District Court  cases, applicants are advised
        to seek assistance from  their attorneys in preparing
        for a hearing and, although not required, it is
        advisable that the applicant's attorney actually
        participate in the hearing, particularly if there is
        opposition to the permit application.

    d.  The hearing record may be closed by the Hearing
        Examiner upon conclusion of the public hearing, or he
        may keep the record open for a specified period of
        time to receive specific documents  or additional
        information not available during the hearing.

k.  Final  Determination on Application

    a.  Unopposed Cases

        After the record is closed, the Department will complete
        the engineering and legal evaluation of all data
        submitted prior to and during the hearing and before


                           C-37

-------
    the closing of the record, including comments received
    from the various review agencies.  The Director of the
    Department reviews the findings and recommendations
    and either approves or denies the issuance of a permit.
    Normally the final decision will be made within 60 days
    after the closing of the hearing record, but this may
    be extended by the Hearing Examiner at the public
    hearing up to 90 days when required by circumstances.
    The applicant will be advised by the Department of the
    Director's final decision by letter.

b.  Design Adjustments

    l)  If during the public hearing additional engineering
        or design data are considered necessary as a result
        of questions raised or introduction of conflicting
        data by opponents, the Department will request the
        data to resolve such conflicts.  Any data thus
        received at the public hearing or subsequent
        thereto and prior to the closing of the hearing
        record will be made a part of the application and
        be subject to consideration during the final
        evaluation.

    2)  Any data received at, or as a result of, the public
        hearing will be provided to those designated as
        parties to the action or review agencies who have
        an apparent interest and whose original comments
        could be influenced by the additional data.

    3)  Following the receipt of comments on the
        supplemental data, the Department reevaluates all
        data and prepares a Proposal for Decision in
        opposed cases or in such cases when an intended
        decision may be detrimental to the applicant.  The
        Proposal for Decision may contain special
        requirements that could necessitate a redesign of
        the facility or a revision in operating procedures.

c.  Opposed Cases

    In opposed cases in which the departmental Director
    neither hears the evidence nor reads the complete
    record, a Proposal for Decision shall be provided to
    all parties to the action after the closing of the
    record.  All parties to the action will be provided
    with a specified period of time to file exceptions and
    briefs to such Proposal for Decision.  Notice of this


                      C-38

-------
                  time limitation will be provided to all parties in
                  each case.  Following his review of the Proposal for
                  Decision, exceptions and briefs to such Proposal, and
                  the staff recommendations, the Department Director
                  shall issue a final decision in the form of either a
                  permit, with special provisions attached thereto, or a
                  denial  order, containing the grounds for such denial.
                  Subsequent to this final decision by the Director, a
                  Motion for Rehearing may be filed by any person
                  affected by the decision.  This must be filed within
                  fifteen  (15) days of the Director's decision, and
                  persons opposing or otherwise responding to the Motion
                  for Rehearing will be provided an opportunity to file
                  a reply to the Motion.  The Director shall  have
                  forty-five (^5) days from the time of the final
                  decision (i.e., the issuance of the permit or denial
                  order)  to rule on the Motions for Rehearing, unless
                  such time is extended by the Director by written order,
                  Anyone who has filed a Motion for Rehearing may appeal
                  the Agency's final decision to a District Court in
                  Travis County within thirty (30) days after a Motion
                  for Rehearing has been overruled either by written
                  Order of the Director or by operations of law.  Time
                  limitations for the filing of Motions, responses,
                  exceptions and briefs shall be governed by the
                  provisions of the "Administrative Procedure and Texas
                  Register Act", Article 6252-13a, Texas Civil Statutes.
Di scussion:
     The responsibility for disposal of solid waste is divided between
the Texas Water Quality Board (WQB) which is responsible for industrial
waste and the Texas State Department of Health Resources (DHR) which is
responsible for municipal waste.  When wastes are combined, the DHR has
responsibility.  The two agencies differ somewhat in their approach, and
the regulations for the two waste types are different.  DHR uses a site
type classification system for municipal waste.  The various site types
have specific physical criteria which must be met but, as seen in Table C
the site types are primarily distinguished by the population served by
the site and the frequency of covering.  The site criteria are then
applied according to the population.  Type I (which serves the highest
population) has the strictest criteria and is considered to be the
standard for disposal of municipal solid waste.

     The site type classification system makes a distinction not only on
the basis of population served, but also on the basis of waste type.
The Department does not regulate the acceptability of industrial  or
                                     C-39

-------
                                                                       TABLE  C-
    Site
    Type	
    Sani tary  Landf i I Is
    Site Type I
Site
Classification
        Texas Department of Health Resources
 Requirements for Municipal Solid Waste Disposal

  Minimum Acceptable Ground Water Protection
             Permea-
Soi I          bility      Liquid    Plasticity
Thickness    cm/sec      Limit     Index
                        ~
Dri nki ng Water
  Protect ion
                                                       Flood
                                                       Protect ion
Frequency of
Compact ion
and Cover
    Sani tary  Landfi I Is
    Si te  Type I I
r>
 i
x-
o
    Sani tary  LandfiI Is
    Si te  Type I I I
    Sani tary Landfi1 Is
    Type  IV
Considered to be the           3'
standard sanitary land-
fill for di sposal of
municipal solid waste
and is encouraged in all
cases.  Required in a
county with a population
> 100,000 or sites serv-
ing >5,000 persons,  or
the  same population
equivalent.
May be authorized by the
Department for a site sur-
vey serving  <5,000 or same
population equivalent when
relevant factors indicate a
frequency of less than daily
compaction and cover will not
result in any significant
health problems.

May be authorized by the
Department for a site serv-
ing  <1,500 persons or same
population equivalent using
the same considerations as
applicable to a site Type II
operat ion.
For disposal  of brush and con-
struction-demolition wastes
that are free from other solid
wastes.
                                         < 1
x 10     Not  less   Not  less      Not within 500' of
         than 30    than  15       drinking water supply
                                wel 1 ,  intake of a
                                water  treatment plant,
                               or raw  water intake
                                which  furnishes water
                                to a public water sy-
                                system for human con-
                                sumption.   If closer
                                than 500', engineer-
                                ing data shall be pre-
                                sented to show that
                                adequate protection to
                                drinking water sources
                                i s provided.
                                                                       Levees construct-
                                                                       ed to provide
                                                                       protection from a
                                                                       50 yr. frequency
                                                                       flood.
    -.'. Minor amounts (5% or less by weight or volume)  of Class I  industrial  solid waste may be accepted under certain conditions,
      at Type I  sites which have a permit from or have filed a permit application with the Texas Department  of Health Resources
      without special Department approval.

   -.•.••:.• or equivalent  (e.g., liner equivalent degree of  impermeability).
                                        AlI  sol id waste
                                        shalI  be compacted
                                        and  covered at
                                        least  daily except
                                        for  areas desig-
                                        nated to receive
                                        only brush and/or
                                        const ruct ion-
                                        demolition wastes
                                        wh ich shalI be
                                        covered at least
                                        monthly.
                                                                                           Up to seven  (7)
                                                                                           days.
                                                                                           Up to thirty (30)
                                                                                           days.
                                                                                           As necessary.

-------
municipal  solid waste by its point of origin.   Municipal,  agricultural,
or industrial  waste can contain hazardous material  and,  therefore,  the
Department regulates such wastes in relationship to the  degree of hazard
the waste will create In specific municipal  solid waste  collection,
handling,  storage, or disposal  activities.  Class !  industrial  solid
waste may be accepted at a municipal  solid waste site only if special
provisions for such disposal and special  handling procedures are approved
by the Department.

     Minor amounts of Class I  industrial  solid wastes (an  estimated  5
percent or less by weight or volume)  may  be accepted at  Type I  sites
which have a permit from or have filed a  permit application with the
Texas Department of Health Resources  without special Department approval
If certain conditions are met.   Significant amounts of Class I  industrial
sol id wastes,  which are in excess of  an estimated 5 percent by weight or
volume of the total combined waste during any phase of collection,
handling,  storage, transportation or  disposal  shall  not  be accepted  by
or deposited  in a municipal solid waste disposal site unless prior
written approval has been obtained from the Texas Department of Health
Resources.  Requests for approval to  accept Class I  industrial  solid
wastes shall be submitted to the Texas Department of Health Resources
by the municipal solid waste disposal site operator.

     Furthermore, Class I  industrial  solid wastes shall  not be accepted
for disposal at a Type II  or III site without written approval  from  the
Department and hazardous wastes shall not be accepted for  disposal  at
any solid  waste facility without prior written approval  of the Department.

     The specific conditions and requirements for co-disposal  of municipal
and industrial wastes are found on pages  71~75 of the Regulations.

     All  municipal waste basically undergoes a mode of deposition relying
upon containment and not attenuation, since a  permeability of 1  x 10'
cm/sec or  less Is required.  A  variance may be issued which Is site
specific,  whereby a greater permeability  may be approved due to such
factors as size of site, amount and types of waste received, isolation of
the site,  depth of water table, or lack of usable water.  Relative  to
liners, natural clays, either on-site or  transported in  and reworked,
are favored.  There has been one permitted artificial  liner, an asphalt
liner; however, the DHR does not favor the use of synthetic liners.

     Even  though site types are specified, as shown in the table, an
extensive Criteria listing is required for site characterization.  The
specific site  definition criteria are stated on pages 38 through 55  of
the Regulations.
                                      C-M

-------
     Pertinent documents relative to the permit process are included in
the regulations booklet.  Specifically they include:   "Application for
a Permit to Operate a Municipal Solid Waste Facility, Part A - General
Data (3 pages, Appendix A); Part B - Technical  Data (5 pages, Appendix
B) ; Notice of Appointment, relative to submission of engineering plans
(Appendix C) ; and Affidavit to the Public, relative to the land owner/
operator (Appendix D) .

     A "self assessment" of the Municipal  Solid Waste Management
regulatory program has been completed by the DHR staff as follows:

     1.  Assess the relevancy and completeness  of information requested
         of permit applicants for making permit decisions:

              The "Design Criteria" section of  the January 1976 "Municipal
              Solid Waste Management Regulations" stated that design
              factors to be considered should provide for safe-guarding
              the health, welfare, and physical property of the people
              through consideration of geology, soil  conditions,
              drainage, land use, zoning,  adequacy of access, economic
              haul distances, and other conditions as the specific site
              indicates.  Information obtained  from the applicant
              generally addressed all design factors  in sufficient
              detail  on which to base a sound decision.  However, less
              than half of the applicants  initially submit relevant and
              complete data with the application.  Therefore, In more
              than half of the cases, additional data must be requested
              before the application can be processed.  This problem is
              more prevalent with small cities, counties, and operators
              which are applying for permits for facilities serving less
              than 5,000 persons.  More difficulty is experienced in
              obtaining data for existing  sites than  for proposed sites.
luate the ease of data gathering and analysis
the permit applicant and the permit grantor:
     2.  Evaluate the ease of data gathering and analysis on the part
         of
              The majority of the applicants for permits for large
              facilities apparently have very little trouble in
              obtaining the required data for a permit application.   The
              applicants for small facility permits (less than 5,000
              population served) have relatively more difficulty in
              obtaining data due to more limited staff and budget.

              The ease of analysis on the part of the permit grantor is
              directly related to the amount and quality of data
              submitted by the applicant.  Considerable effort is
              frequently required to obtain necessary data from small
              operators.

-------
3.  Assess the consistency in interpretation and application of the
    permit application process at different sites within the
    jurisdiction:

       •The Department is aware that consistency is of great
        importance and has designed its internal procedures with
        that goal in mind.  Because Texas contains extreme
        variations in population densities, rainfall, hydrogeology,
        and other principal  design factors, a policy of consistency
        is sometimes difficult to follow, but is generally achieved.

A.  Evaluate how well the procedure accounts for both site and waste
    parameters, and determine the applicability of the procedure to a
    range of sites and waste characteristics:

        The procedure followed by this Department has worked quite
        well.  The range of site and waste characteristics varies
        from small rural  communities to large metropolitan areas.
        The Department has been able to adapt the permit procedures
        to both extremes  and those occurring in between.

5.  Identify the level of confidence in decisions made, both as to
    site rejection and site approval:

        There is little doubt that the proper decisions have been
        made.  This is backed up by the fact that, out of ^36 permits
        which have been issued and 18 permits which have been denied
        during the past 2 1/2 years, only four decisions (2 approvals
        and 2 denials) have been taken to court.  The court upheld
        the decision in three cases and voided one approval on the
        basis of procedural  error (a complete list of adjacent property
        owners had not been submitted by the applicant and,
        consequently, all  affected persons had not been advised of
        the opportunity to attend the public hearing).  As a
        result, a rehearing was held which resulted in the denial
        of the permit.  Also, as a result of the court's ruling,
        the procedure of  individually notifying adjacent property
        owners of public  hearings was  deleted from the regulations.

        One recent approval  and one denial are expected to be
        appealed.

6.  Determine costs of obtaining the permit decision:

        See case history  for City of CarrolIton, Permit No. 750 and
        City of Mesquite,  Permit No. 556.

-------
    In addition to the Department's  costs,  other  Federal,  State, or
    local  agencies Incur costs as a  result  of  reviews which  those
    agencies must make due to jurIsdletlonal responsibilities  they
    may have.  (See Table C-5.)   In  some  cases, up  to 10 other
    agencies may evaluate a specific application.   Their costs are
    probably low, but, In the case of the City of Carrollton's
    permit application, the Texas Water  Development Board  estimated
    its costs as $1,800 inasmuch as  it had  to  issue a formal
    approval, after a hearing, for construction of  required  levees
    in a floodplain.

7.  Determine the time (maximum, minimum, average)  required  to
    obtain a permit:

    Since the start of the program In October  197*»»  the Department
    received approximately 625 permit applications  within  a  three
    (3) month period and has received approximately 500 additional
    permit applications since that time.   Considerable difficulty
    has been experienced in obtaining information on existing  sites.
    During the past 2 1/2 years, ^36 permits have been  issued, 18
    denied, and 69 permit applications have been withdrawn during
    processing, mainly either because of  public opposition to  the
    site operation or the applicant  found it too expensive to
    proceed.

    a.  The maximum time to issue a  permit  for a  proposed  site has
        been 16 months.  This was for the City of Victoria (Permit
        No. 120)  which was opposed and involved the reopening of
        the hearing.

    b.  Minimum programmed time to Issue  a  permit after permit
        application is complete when processed on a normal basis  is
        A months and 3 weeks:

            2 weeks to review application          15 days
            4 weeks for review agency comments     30 days
            2 weeks to schedule public hearing     15 days
            3 weeks for public hearing notice       20 days
           60 days for final decision              60 days

                                                 140 days
        The actual  minimum time to issue a  permit  for  a  proposed  site
        has been 2 1/2 months.   This  was for  a  transfer  station for
        Travis County (Permit No.  119).

        Average time to obtain  a permit  under this program,  since
        its start in 1 97A Is 7  months (for  proposed  sites, which
        are given priority and  processing of  applications  starts  as
        soon as received).

-------
                                   TABLE  C-5

                   TEXAS  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH RESOURCES
                     PERMIT APPLICATION  REVIEW AGENCIES
         PERMIT
Copies  of DENIAL No.
individuals:
      REVIEW AGENCIES AND MISC.
                       were mailed to  the following review agencies  and


                                   INDIVIDUALS REQUESTED BY LEGAL
      Region 	

      TWQB

      TACB

      TWDB

      SDHPT

      Mayor of
                  TDHR
                                        OTHER INDIVIDUALS
                                        Senator -
                                        Representative -
County Judge                  _

City-County Health Department

City Health Department

County Health Department

City Health Officer           ~

County Health Officer

FAA                          	  	

USAGE                              ZHZZHIZIIIIIIIIZ!ZZZZIZZZZ!

Trinity River Authority  (N)    	  	

Texas Pollution Report               ^_^^__^________^___________

The Process Company,  Inc.      	  	

Legal,  TDHR   '                      ZZZZZHZZZZHHZZZHHZZIII

Permit File (By Date  Issued)

Permit File (By PA Number)

File Folder

Gulf Coast Waste Disposal Authority (Chambers, Galveston, & Harris Counties)
 Mailed by:	     Checked by:	
      Date:
                                       Date:
TDHR - Division of Solid Waste Management

-------
     8.  Determine staff requirements to process permit applications (man
         hours by labor class per permit application)  by the regulatory
         agency:

              Engineering Supervisory Review               8 manhours
              Project Engineer                            36 manhours
              Secretarial                                 12 manhours
              Legal Staff                                 15 manhours
              Legal Secretarial                            k manhours
              Regional Engineer-Inspection and Review     15 manhours
              Regional Secretarial                         2 manhours
              Staff Geologist                              3 manhours
              Supervisory Review                           3 manhours
              Court Reporter                               2 manhours

                                                         100 manhours
         This is an average figure over a 2 1/2-year period although
         several highly-contested cases have required over 200 manhours.

     Several excellently documented case histories which both describe
and highlight the permit procedure utilized by DHR have been prepared
by their staff.  The case history for the City of Carroll ton, Permit No.
750 (Appendix E) was considered a typical contested case which did result
in the issuance of a permit.

-------
                                CONTACT FORM
Agency:

     Texas Water Quality Board
     Industrial Solid Waste Branch
     P.O. Box 13246
     Capital  Station
     Austin,  Texas  78?11
     Phone:  512-1*75-6625

Persons Contacted;

     Jay Snow                              Chesley Blevins
     Acting Chief, Industrial  Engineer     Assistant Director
     Industrial Solid Waste Branch         Hearings Division

     J.C. Newell                           Greg Tipple
     Assistant Director                    Geologist/Clay
     Central  Operations Division           Mineralogist

     Rod Kimbro
     Chemist

Types of Procedures:

     Criteria Listing
     Classification System

Permit Procedure;

     1.  Initially, there Is a request from a proposed disposal  operation
         to discuss a need for a site and how best to proceed.

     2.  A pre-applIcatlon conference is held with the proposed  operator
         and  WQB staff with some direction on where to look, the advisability
         of the hiring of consultants, and preliminary assessment of office
         data.  There is a possibility of a second pre-applIcation conference
         If some limited amount of data is gathered and recommendations
         can  then be made whether to proceed further or not.  The State
         may  visit the site for recommendations on a "go/no  go"  situation
         prior to spending considerable dollars and will  encourage this
         approach.  Existing soils and geologic maps are used in the
         assessment process; however, a field visit is generally made
         unless it is obvious  that, based on existing mapping,  the site
         Is not suitable.

     3.  Certain parameters are evaluated such as access, permeability,
         land use in the area, proximity to streams, and groundwater use.

                                      C-J.7

-------
     '(.  A detailed site definition is performed including engineering
         plans, detailed operational  manual, staffing,  waste
         characterization, and proposed monitoring.

     5.  Technical review is conducted by the State,  and a second site
         visit may be made.  A permit is written based  upon the
         application and any modifications made to it,  if necessary,  on
         a site-by-site basis.  This  generally entails  a resubmittal.
         There is no time limitation  on the application review.  A public
         hearing is required for both municipal and  industrial  landfill
         permits, and a date of action by the Water  Quality Board on  the
         application is set at that hearing, generally  at 60 days. Copies
         of the draft report are sent to the District Office and the
         following other state agencies for in-house  review:  the Health
         Department; the Water Development Board, which will write a
         report on the groundwater water-quality impacts; and the Parks
         and Wildlife agency.

     6.  Local notification of the public hearing is  set 20 days prior
         to the hearing.  The public  hearing is held  before a hearing
         examiner who is a staff attorney of the Board.  The hearing
         examiner hears all the evidence, summarizes  the proceedings  in
         a report, and makes a recommendation which  is  then mailed to
         all pertinent parties attending the hearing  at least 10 days
         prior to the Board meeting.   The Board meeting is public and
         the Board makes the final decision needing  the majority of
         votes (*0 for permit approval.  If there is  disagreement
         between the applicant and the technical review of that
         application by the technical  staff, the hearing examiner may
         get third party advice.

     A flow chart showing the agencies involved in the  permit review
process is included in Appendix D.


     A series of nine Technical Guidelines has been  prepared by the WQ.B
relative to the regulation of wastes, exclusive of municipal refuse.
These Technical Guidelines are as follows:

         Number            Topi c

           1               Waste Evaluation/Classification
           2               Site Selection and Evaluation
           3               Landfills
           A               Ponds and  Lagoons
           5               Landfarming
           6               Monitoring/Leachate Collection Systems
           7               Supporting Facilities
           8               Records
           9               Non-Compatible Wastes

                                    048

-------
     Technical Guideline No. 1  has been revised several  times  and the
latest draft copy (August 1977) is included in Appendix D.   This  copy  is
expected to be distributed for use after 1  October 1977-   The  other  eight
Guidelines will undergo some modification in the near future.

Pi scuss ion:

     The Texas Water Quality Board regulates and permits  the disposal
of industrial solid wastes unless they become mixed with  municipal
wastes.  When the wastes are mixed, the Texas Department  of Health
Resources assumes responsibility.  (See Discussion Section  for this
agency.)

     As with municipal  waste disposal  sites, industrial waste  disposal
sites rely upon containment of wastes  rather than attenuation  of  waste
leachates.  A permeability of 1 x 10"? cm/sec or less is  required for
containment.

     Waste characterization is  required. A solid waste evaluation
leachate test is required (a copy is  included at the end  of this
section).  A hazardous  index (Hi) has  also  been developed by the  WQB.
Two methods to calculate the HI have  been devised:  one which  is
non-analytical, for organic materials; and  one that is  analytical  for
inorganic materials.  A copy of these  two methods is also attached.

     Industrial solid waste is  classified by the Water  Quality Board (WQ.B)
on the basis of the hazardous potential  of  the waste.  Site criteria have
also been assigned to each of the three waste classes.   (See Table C-6.)
The following definitions of waste classes  have been established:
     11
      Class III  - Essentially inert and essentially  insoluble
     industrial  solid waste,  usually including  materials  such  as
     rock, brick, glass,  dirt,  certain  plastics,  rubber,  etc.,  that
     are not readily decomposable.

     Class I I  -  Any industrial  solid waste  or combination of
     industrial  solid wastes  which  cannot be  described  as Class  I
     or Class  III as defined  in this regulation.

     Class I  - Any industrial  soli d waste or  mixture  of wastes, wh i ch
     because of  its concentration,  or physical  or chemical
     characteristics,  is  toxic, corrosive,  flammable, a strong
     sensitizer  or irritant,  generates  sudden pressure  by decomposition,
     heat or other means  and  may pose a substantial present or  potential
     danger to human health or  the  environment  when  improperly
     treated,  stored,  transported or disposed of  or otherwise managed;
     including hazardous  wastes identified  by the administration of
     the United  States Environmental  Protection Agency  pursuant to
     the Federal  Solid Waste  Disposal Act."

-------
                                                                           TABLE  C-6

                                                                 Texas  Water  Quality  Board
                                                              Industrial  Solid  Waste  Management
                                               Draft Site Guidelines  for  Landfills  for  Industrial  Solid Waste
Waste
Class
 Wastes
Included
 Imp)ace   Compacted    Perinea-   % Passing
   Soil     Soil  Liner    billty     No.  200   Liquid   plasticity    Monitor
Thickness  Thickness	cm/sec     Sieve	Limi t	Index        Wei Is
           Depth to
 Leachate    Water_.
Collect ion   Table
                                                                                                                                              Flood
                                                                                                                                             Protection
  O
  I
                                                         <1
       Any industrial  solid waste     V          3'
       or mixture of industrial
       solid wastes, which,  because
       of its concentration,  or  phy-
       sical  or chemical  character-
       istics,  is toxic,  corrosive,
       flammable, a strong sensi-
       tizer or irritant,  generates
       sudden pressure  by  decompo-
       sition,  heat or  other  means,
       and may  pose substantial  pre-
       sent  or  potential  danger  to
       human health or  the environ-
       ment  when  improperly  treated,
       stored,  transported,  or dis-
       posed of or otherwise  managed;
       including  hazardous wastes
       identified or listed  by the
 t^    administrator of the  Environ-
       mental  Protection Agency  pur-
       suant  to the Federal  Sol id
       Waste Disposal Act.

 II     Any industrial solid waste or   3'          2'
       combination of industrial
       solid waste which  cannot  be
       described  as Class  I or
       Class  III  as defined  in this
       regulat ion.
Ill     Essentially inert  and  essen-
       tially insoluble industrial
       solid wastes, usually  includ-
       ing brick, rock, glass, dirt,
       certain  plastics,  rubber,
       etc. not readily decomposable

•'•' Depends on permeability  and thickness  of material  at  site.
                                                             x 10
                                                                 -7
                                                        ^30
                                              >30
                                                                                                       Yes
                                                                                                                   Yes
             50'
                                                         <1
                                                             x  10
                                                                 -7
                                                        >3o
                                              >30
                                                                                              15
                                                                                                       Yes
                                                                                                                             10'
                                                                                                                                   Below  50  yr.  flood  -di-
                                                                                                                                   version dikes  2'  above
                                                                                                                                   50  yr. flood  elevation
                                                                                                                                   around perimeter  of  site.

                                                                                                                                   Above  50  yr.  flood  -
                                                                                                                                   structure for  diverting
                                                                                                                                   all  surface water runoff
                                                                                                                                   from 2k hr.,  25 yr.  storm.
                                                                                                                                   Above 50 yr.  flood  -
                                                                                                                                   structure  for diverting
                                                                                                                                   all surface water runoff
                                                                                                                                   from 21* hr.,  25 yr.  storm.

-------
     Class I  contains those wastes with the highest potential for
environmental damage and Class III contains wastes that have virtually no
potential for environmental damage.  Class !! wastes are 1ntermed5ate,
but do not include any hazardous waste.  The primary differences between
Class I  and Class II waste sites are thickness of the confining layer,
depth to water table, and flood protection.  The permeability of the
lining soil does not change.  Class I  sites have leachate collection
systems whereby leachate is either recycled or taken to a disposal  well.
On Class I  sites, encapsulation is strived for by using low permeability
cover material as well- as lining material.  Criteria have also been
established for a reclassification of wastes if it can be shown that
they are less toxic than presumed and could be disposed of under less
stringent standards.

     Guidelines for site selection and evaluation using a Criteria
Listing approach are given  in Technical Guidelines No. 2 Attachment B in
that report presents a discussion on "Geologic Formations Suitable  for
Disposal Site Locations".  Copies of each of the Technical  Guidelines
and the permit application  forms are given in Appendix D.  In addition,
an alphabetic "Waste Classification Code Report" is also included in
Appendix D.

     A detailed case history for the Conservation Services,  Inc.,  Class
I, II,  III  waste disposal site is included in Appendix E.
                                    C-51

-------
               Sol id Waste Evaluation Leachate Test - Texas WQB
     1.  A 250 gm (dry weight) representative sample of the waste
         material should be taken and placed in a 1,500-ml Erlenmeyer
         flask.

     2.  One liter of deionized or distilled water should be added
         to the flask and the material  stirred mechanically at a low
         speed for five (5) minutes.

     3.  Stopper the flask and allow to stand for seven (7) days.

     k.  Filter the supernatant solution through an 0.^5-micron
         filter.

     5.  The filtered leachate from (2) should be subjected to a
         quantitative analysis for those component or ionic species
         determined to be present in the analysis of the waste itself.
Note:  Triplicate samples of the waste should be leached in order to
       obtain a representative leachate.
                                      C-52

-------
                        Hazardous  Index - Texas WQB


 The  Hazardous  Index  (Hi) of a material is a parameter developed by the
 Texas V/ater Quality  Board by which a material's possible environmental
 impact from improper disposal may be calculated based on the materials
 solubility and toxicity.

 The  parameter HI may be defined by either of the following equations.

               	                                 _50
     1)  HI =   S                     or   2)  HI = N
where   S  = the solubility of the waste in milligrams per liter

      Tox  = the toxicity of the waste as Oral LD(-n in milligrams per
             kilogram

        C. = the concentration of component i  in a liquid waste or the
             leachate from a dry solid waste

      Tox. = the toxicity of component ? expressed as Oral LD,..., Oral
          1   LDL  or Oral TDL                                ^
                o            o
 Oral LD,-n = a calculated dose of a chemical substance which is
             expected to cause the death of 50 percent of an entire
             population of an experimental  animal  species, as
             determined by exposure to the substance by an oral route
             o,f a significant number of that population

 Oral LDL  = the lowest dose of a substance other than the LD,_n
             introduced by an oral route over  any given period of time
             and reported to have caused death in man or the lowest
             single dose introduced orally in  one or more divided
             portions and reported to have caused death in animals

 Oral TDL  = the lowest dose of a substance, introduced by an oral
         0   route over any given period of time and reported to
             produce any toxic effect in man or to produce carcinogenic,
             teratogenic, mutagenic or neoplastigenic effects in
             humans or animals

The HI  equation was derived through a rearrangement of Finney's
mathematical  model  for additive joint toxicity,  which predicts the
reciprocal of the composite LDcQ to be equal to the sum of the proportion
of each constituent divided by its characteristic  LD™ value, or

                                      C-53

-------
                            1            N    Px
                          TK— waste =   ,  , - A
                          LD50         x=1  LD5Ox

where PX is the fraction of constituent  x   in the  waste.   The  factor of
50 which appears in the numerator is present to correlate  the effect of
the component concentrations on an average  human with  a  body weight of
50 kg (110 Ibs).  The rearrangement, in terms of units or  measurement,
gives the parameter HI in liters of waste orleachate which would
necessarily have to be ingested orally to deliver toxic  or lethal  dose to
a human.

-------
                                CONTACT  FORM
George M. Hughes, Ph.D.
Chief, Ground Water Protection
Hydrology and Monitoring Sections
Water Resources Branch

G. Martin Wood
Head, Solid Waste Unit
Pollution Control Branch
Agency:

     Ontario Ministry of the Environment
     135 St. Clair Avenue West
     Suite 100
     Toronto, Ontario
     Canada
     Phone:  41 6-965-6421

Persons Contacted:

     John Patterson
     Supervi sor
     Environmental Approvals Branch
     Industrial Approvals Section

     J.R. McMurray
     Supervisor
     Environmental Approvals Branch
     Municipal  and Private Approvals
       Sect Ion

     Indulis Kulnieks
     Head, Environmental Approvals
       Branch
     Municipal  and Private Approvals
       Section
     Waste Management Approvals Unit

Type of Procedure;

     Cri teria Li sting

Procedure:
     The following Waste Management Systems must be approved by this
Min istry.

     1.  Municipal Waste Management Systems.
     2.  Private Waste Management Systems.
     3.  Hauled liquid and hazardous waste  collection systems.
     4.  Organic Waste Management Systems.
                                     C-55

-------
     All the preceding, with the exception of the organic waste
management system, are applied for on the standard "Application for
a Certificate of Approval for a Waste Management System" which is
supported by a Standard "Supporting Information Form".  All such
applications Involve approval of sites, and It Is the procedure to
certify the site separately.  If an application Is made which Involves
a new site, both forms are to be completed.  The Organic Waste Management
System will be dealt with later.

     1.  The applications for waste disposal sites and waste management
         systems under part V of the Environmental Protection Act are
         submitted to the Municipal and Private Abatement Section of
         The Regional District Office.  The Environmental Officer (E.O.)
         receives the applications, reviews them from the Central Region
         point of view, attends public hearings, and presents the
         Central Region's position on the application.  The E.O. may draw
         on the staff of. the Technical Support Section and hydrogeologists
         with the Water Resources Assessment Unit, Central Region.  The
         hydrogeologists help the E.O. review the hydrogeologleal setting
         of the landfill Ing sites and any monitoring program that may be
         requi red.

     2.  After an application and supporting documents are reviewed by
         the Regional Staff, the package Is forwarded to the Environmental
         Approvals Branch, Municipal and Private Approvals Section,
         together with a recommendation for approval or rejection of the
         application as well as a recommendation as to whether a public
         hearing of the Environmental  Assessment Board should or should
         not be held.

     3.  A decision Is then made by the Director of the Environmental
         Approvals Branch on the recommendation of his staff (In some
         Instances with the assistance of the Legal Services Branch)
         whether a hearing should or should not be held.

     A.  If a hearing is mandatory or If It Is decided by the Director
         that a hearing is required, then the application together with
         the appropriate supporting documents Is forwarded through the
         Waste Management Approvals Unit to the Board together with a
         memorandum from the Director to the Board Secretary, Environmental
         Assessment Board Instructing the Board to hold a hearing under
         the appropriate sections of the Environmental Protection Act.
         The hearing Is attended by the Regional staff Environmental
         Officer who assembled and reviewed the documents.  On the more
         major and complex applications, these may be coordinated by a
         working group (e.g., the Maple site) composed of Head Office
         and District Staff.
                                     C-56

-------
     5.  The Environmental Assessment Board Report is forwarded to the
         Director by the Board Chairman for his consideration.  It is
         then forwarded by the Waste Management Approvals Unit to the
         Regional Staff, usually the District Officer, for review with
         particular emphasis on any recommendations made by the
         Environmental  Assessment Board.  The Regional Staff would then
         discuss the Board report with the applicant and resolve how any
         recommendations are to be dealt with.

     6.  The revised support documents are then forwarded to the
         Municipal  and Private Approvals Section by the District Staff
         together with the Regional recommendation on what basis the
         application is to be approved or In some Instances rejected.
         There may also be further documents submitted to the Director
         of the Environmental Approvals Branch by Interested parties.
         These are usually reviewed by the Municipal and Private
         Approvals  Section; where hydrogeology Is Involved these documents
         are reviewed either with the District hydrogeologIsts or the
         Chief, Ground Water Protection Section, Water Resources Branch.

     7.  A Certificate or Provisional Certificate of Approval Is then
         prepared by the Municipal  and Private Approvals Section.   The
         conditions, If any, and reasons are checked with the Legal
         Services Branch and the documents are signed by the Director,
         Environmental  Approvals Branch.  Formal Notice of Appeal  Is
         included with any conditional certificate or Notice of Refusal.

     8.  In the event that the conditions on a refusal are appealed, the
         Municipal  and Private Approvals Section co-ordinates the appeal
         through the Environmental  Appeal Board, but the Ministry is
         represented by the Regional  Staff at the Appeal Board hearing.

     9.  The Environmental Appeal Board report is forwarded  by the Board
         Secretary  to the Director, Environmental Approvals  Branch, and
         the Certificate or Provisional Certificate of Approval  is
         ammended in accordance with  the Board's Order.

    10.  The Applicant after receipt  of the decision of the  Board, can
         appeal on  a question of law to the county court.  The final
         appeal may be made to the Minister.

     A flow diagram showing the review process and agencies  involved is
given in Figure C-3.

Discuss ion:

     The regulation of both municipal  and Industrial  wastes  are  handled
in a similar manner by  the above-stated agencies following the procedural
                                    C-57

-------
                                    Evidence to be presented
                                    at hearing by the applicant
                                                                             Set up hearing
                                                              Summary of
                                                              Application &
                                                              Supporting
                                                              Information
U1
CO
Letter
Requesting
Hearing
                                                                           Summary Outline
                                                                           and Letter to
                                                                           the Board
                                                                                              Final Technical
                                                                                              Report with
                                                                                              Recommendations
                                         FIGURE C-3  ONTARIO  MINISTRY OF THE ENVIRONMENT
                                                        APPLICATION  PROCESS FLOW SHEET

-------
format described.  There are no set criteria for either waste or site
characterization.  Disposal of industrial and hazardous materials
utilizes the same "General Guidelines for Landfill Site Selection" as
are used for municipal wastes.  These guidelines were prepared by the
Water Resources Branch and are included In Appendix D.  The guidelines
are general and flexible In nature and contain no specific requirements
relative to site characterization.  Rather, they are highly dependent
on such factors as the size, location, potential for contamination, and
significance of effects associated with the specific site/waste
si tuation.

      It Is noteworthy that the permit approval places almost total
reliance on the natural attenuation of waste leachate rather than waste
containment with associated leachate collection and treatment.  Several
key sections of the Guidelines are as follows:

     "Under certain hydrogeologlc conditions, there is little
     hazard of polluting ground and surface waters.  These
      Include:

          a.  the absence of significant aquifers;

          b.  the presence of thick, fine-grained overburden
              materials and a thick, unsaturated zone;

          c.  location near, but  not within, a ground water
              discharge zone;

          d.  slight to moderately permeable deposits to
              allow some infiltration of the leachate,
              stabilization during percolation and reduction
              of ponding or excessive surface runoff.

     "The  presence of a major potable aquifer near a site
     should preclude its use without engineering works to
     collect and treat leachate.   There should be no users
     of ground water between the  site and the discharge
     zone  for ground water moving beneath the site that
     will  be adversely affected by leachate migration.
     Alternate, adequate sources  of water supply must be
     available for downgradient water users in the event
     that  the prediction model  for pollution migration fails."

     Containment utilizing naturally low permeability deposits or
artificial  liners Is being considered.  There Is presently only one
sIte ut11izing a 1iner.
                                     C-59

-------
     Copies of the following items are included in Appendix D:   the
General Guidelines; Application for a Certificate of Approval  for a Waste
Management System; Supporting Information to an Application for a Waste
Management System; a completed Recommendation of the District  Office;
Provisional Certificate of Approval for a Waste Disposal  Site,  with
conditions; and supporting letters stating reasons for the imposition  of
the conditions on the Provisional  Certificate.
                                    C-60

-------
                                  CONTACT  FORM


Agency:

     SVA  (Stichting Verwijdering Afvalstoffen—
          The  Institute for Waste Disposal)
     Natriumweg 7
     Postbus 181*
     Amersfoort
     Netherlands
     Phone:  033-1290*4

Persons Contacted;

     Ir.  E.J. Mesu                    Ir. F. Van Veen
     Soil Scientist, Hydrogeologist   Chemist

Type of Procedure:

     Cri teria Listing

Permit Procedure;

     The  legislation for land disposal of waste is as follows:

        • Chemical Waste Act  - Expected to be effective in January 1978.

        • Waste Disposal Act  - Currently in parliament, with passage
                                expected soon.

        •Soil  Protection Act - In the development stage.

     At present then, none of these regulations are in force.

     The SVA is a semi-governmental  agency which provides advice to
federal  and provincial  governments,  municipalities, and industry.  It
has no  regulatory functions, but will  review licensing applications and
will write the guidelines for disposal practices.   Each of the 11 provinces
has an  Inspector for Environmental Health who reviews applications for
site licensing.

Pi scuss ion:

     The approach to land disposal of  waste in the Netherlands, at present,
is relatively informal.  Permits are required for  landfill ing, but soils
and specific hydrogeologic information are not required.  There is also
no requirement for monitoring wells, however, new  regulations are being
                                    C-61

-------
drafted to require a ditch around the site to control  and monitor
drainage.  Recommendations have been drafted to require a soils  and
hydrogeologic report as part of the permitting procedure.  (A report,
written in Dutch entitled "Recommendations for the Design, Installation
and Executing of Landfills", is included in Appendix D.)

     At present, the following requirements generally apply to landfill
si ti ng:

    • No sites in a residential area.

    « A distance of 2 kilometers between the landfill  and  a municipal
     well or point of water use as established by the Institute  for
     Drinking Water.

    © Not  in parks or historical areas.

    © 20 to 30 cm above the average highest ground water table; this
     requirement is being rewritten to state 20 to 30 cm  above the
     highest groundwater table in 10 years.

     The emphasis is placed on limiting the amount of water that enters
a landfill.  This is accomplished in several ways by:

    © Encouraging tips (above ground disposal) rather than fills.

    o Requiring disposal  above the water table.  It is also considered
     advantageous to have a fairly shallow water table to allow  for ready
     removal of contaminated water.

    ® Using slopes of 1:50 on the top surface to encourage runoff.

    ©Using impermeable covers to limit the infiltration of precipitation.

     Containment is not practiced.  An ideal site is  considered  to have
a permeability of 10"^ cm/sec in order to allow for release and  attenuation
of  leachate.  Containment is considered to result in  a more-concentrated
leachate which is more likely to pollute.

Land disposal  is discouraged for chemical wastes as described in The
Chemical Waste Act.   This act deliberately avoids an  exact definition  of
chemical waste because such a definition is considered to have a subjective
and changing meaning.  A draft list of chemical  components in relation to
concentration  is available.  Four concentration levels have been
established:  50 mg/kg,  5,000 mg/kg, 20,000 mg/kg and  50,000 mg/kg.  The
most hazardous components fall  into the 50-mg/kg limit (arsenic, mercury,
cadmium, etc.).   Heavy metals such as lead, copper and organics  fall into
                                    C-62

-------
o
I
           Chemical
           Wastes
                           10.
                           20.
70.
                           80.
                           90.
                                 Classification
                                    Reuse
                                  Treatment
                                   Special
                                   Storage
                                  Not
                                  Classifiable
                                                                   Reuse
                                   Regeneration
                                       and
                                     Treating
                                     Methods
                                                                    Final Disposal To:
                                                                      • Air
                                                                      • Water
                                                                      • Sea/Ocean
                                                                     Special Storage
                                                                     and Chemical
                                                                        Landfill
                             FIGURE C-4 REVIEW OF THE DISPOSAL OF CHEMICAL WASTES IS
                                         INDICATED FOR THE NETHERLANDS

-------
 the 5,000-mg/kg  limit,,  The hazardous materials such as aliphatic
 hydrocarbons are  in the 20,000- and 50,000-mg/kg groups-  There is also
 a  list of exceptions which includes residuals of municipal waste.   This
 is one of the  few attempts that have been made by a regulatory agency
 to characterize waste on the basis of concentration.

     Chemical wastes are considered for reuse and/or treatment before
 land disposal.   Land disposal is permitted only under exceptional  cases.
 The requirements  for such exceptions have not yet been defined, but will
 probably require  that no emissions occur, i.e., a contained site.
 Discussions are  taking place regarding the use of double liners at
 chemical waste disposal sites.  Figure C-b (adapted from SVA) shows the
 types of disposal considered for chemical waste,,  The waste classification
 shown is divided  into subgroups with assigned treatment codes.  The wastes
 that are included in the subgroups are not identified,,

     A standard  leaching procedure is being developed and tested using
 both a partial extraction shake test and a continual extraction column.
 Various types of waste are being analyzed in this $AO,000 study.
 Solubility of the waste is considered the most important characteristic.
 (A full description of this test is included in Appendix D.)

     The entire process of waste disposal permitting in the Netherlands
 is in its infancy.  The present lack of regulation is being changed, but,
 at present, land disposal is to uncontrolled landfills, and no licensed
 si tes yet exist.

     The present practice of treatment shows an actual reuse  of chemical
waste of 15 percent and an actual  landfill practice of 25 percent..  Since
 no chemical landfills presently exist, this 25 percent figure is practiced
 under uncontrolled conditions.

     The purpose of the proposed Chemical Waste Act is to prevent  pollution
of the environment by chemical wastes.  Because of the special situation
 in the Netherlands with respect to tipping and landfilling, the Act is
 designed for a proh ib i tion to dispose of chemical  wastes by deposition
 in or on the soil.  Only in exceptional  cases will  permission be granted.

     In order to obtain an exact delimitation of its juridical scope,  the
Act refrains from defining the term "chemical wastes", because it  has  a
subjective and changing meaning,,

     Industries generating chemical  wastes can dispose of these wastes
by:  treating under their own control, or by transferring to  specialized
disposal  industries.

-------
     All plants used for the treatment,  whether under  their  own  control
or by special industries, are controlled by other  acts  such  as  the  Public
Nuisance Act, the Air Pollution Act,  and the Pollution  of  Surface Waters
Act.

     Transfer of chemical wastes,  as  collection and treatment of the
wastes, will be tied to a notification and a license system.   In order  to
handle chemical wastes, it will be necessary to connect the  wastes  with
the corresponding treatment and disposal methods.   The  desirable
procedure is divided into three important groups:   regeneration  and reuse,
treatment, and storage and landfill.

     The aim of treating is to transform chemical  wastes into a  number
of components which can either be  reused, or which are  not considered to
be chemical  waste anymore.  The most  important treating methods  are:
incineration; detoxification, neutralisation, and  dewatering; treating
of emulsions; and special methods, e.g., for mercury-containing  waste.

     In the preliminary stage, each of these disposal methods will  cause
certain environmental emissions at a  substantial  level. However, when
more knowledge is available about  the nature and background  of  the  wastes,
these emissions can be decreased to an acceptable  level.   Each  disposal
method has its own specific residuals; generally,  it is not  possible to
treat or reuse these residuals in  a way  which conforms  to  the
environmental requirements.

     When it proves impossible to  avoid  the generation  of  these  residuals
(for example, by change of process),  "special  storage"  is  the only
possible alternative.  The term "special storage"  includes several
techniques,  such as chemical  landfill  and storage  in abandoned  salt mines,
a practice in West Germany.  In the Chemical  Waste Act, chemical  landfi11
is not considered to be an efficient  disposal  method and therefore  is
prohibited.   Only in exceptional cases will  exceptions  be  granted.  The
requirements for exceptions are not yet  known,  but it  is very likely that
a chemical landfill will only be allowed when no emissions occur and
under specific conditions.

     For certain types of wastes which cannot be treated or  reused, the
possibility  exists for temporary storage.   Because of the economics  (very
expensive) and uncertainty for recycling and other available alternatives,
temporary storage can be expected  to  be  an  inappropriate and inefficient
method.

-------
                                CONTACT FORM
Agency Contacted:

     Department of the Environment
     Queen Anne Chambers
     28 Broadway
     London SW1H 9JY
     United Kingdom
     Phone:  01-273-5207
Persons Contacted;

     Mr. Raymond G.D. Osmond
     Superintendent
     Toxic Waste Section
     Waste Division
     Water Engineering Directorate

     Mr. Derrick Bond
     Chemist
Greater London Council
Department of Public Health
  Engineer! ng
Solid Waste Branch
10 Great George Street
London SWIP 3AB
United Kingdom
Phone:  01-633-AOAO
Peter Jarrett
Assistant Division Engineer
Division Solid Waste, Design
  and Development

Anthony Marchant
Project Engineer

Ray Carpenter
Chemi st
Type of Procedure;

     Criteria Listing

Permit Procedure:

     The procedure adopted by the GLC  Licensing  Unit  is  as  follows:

      1.  Original enquiry from the  prospective  applicant.

      2.  Dispatch of application forms  comprising  Parts  I,  II  and  III.

      3.  Part I  is completed by the applicant and  gives  rudimentary  facts
          about the waste disposal/handling  facility.

      *».  Site visit by Site  Licensing Unit  Officers  (proficient  in
          Chemistry, Civil  Engineering,  Geology  and waste disposal
          techniques)  for assessment of  the  site and  discussion over  the
          completion of Parts II  and I I I of  the  License  application by
          the appli cantu
                                    C-66

-------
      5.  Receipt of Part  II and  III by the Site Licensing Unit.

      6.  Formulation of a draft disposal license by the Site Licensing
          Unit using guidelines given by the Department of the
          Envi ronment.

      7.  The whole application (Parts  I, II and III) and the draft
          disposal License are sent for consultation with various
          author!t ies:-

          a.  Water Author!ty

          b.  Health and Safety Executive

          c.  Local  Authority including Planning, Environmental Health
              and Waste Collection departments

          d.  Institute of Geological Sciences if disposal is by deep
              well injection or into disused mines.

          e.  Fire Brigade

          Each Authority is invited to give observations within 21 days
          of receiving the documents.

      8.  Observations received by SLU.

      9.  Discussion where necessary with Authorities that highlight
          problems arising from particular sites, e.g., Water Authority
          may envisage possible pollution to groundwater or surface
          drainage.   The Fire Brigade may request further fire prevention
          measures,  etc.

     10.  Issue or refusal  of license by GLC Committee.

     11.  Possible Appeal  to the Secretary of State for the Environment
          against a  refusal to grant a Waste Disposal License or to
          conditions included within the License.  The Secretary of State
          then has the final  decision.

Pi scuss ion:

     The permitting  (licensing)  of waste disposal sites in the United
Kingdom was  provided for by the Control  of Pollution Act of 197^.
According to the provisions of the Act as of 1A June 1976, the deposit
of controlled waste  on land will,  with certain specified exceptions, be
punishable offences  except  when  carried out  in accordance with a valid
disposal license.  Sites in operation for six months or more prior to
that date are not required  to be licensed until 1*» June 1977.


                                     C-67

-------
     The license granting agency is the Waste Disposal  Authority  (WDA)
which  is a  local agency.  Each WDA has jurisdiction  over a  designated
area (counties  in England).  The WDA for the Greater London Metropolitan
Area is part of the Greater London Council.   Although licensing
application  is made to the WDA which is the decision-making body,  the WDA
is required  to consult with other agencies before issuing the  license.
In order to  issue a license, the WDA and the relevant Water Authority
must reach agreement on the license and on the conditions applied  to that
license.  When agreement cannot be reached,  either agency may  refer the
matter to the Secretary of State.  In exceptional  cases where  agreement
is not reached, the Department of the Environment makes the final
decision.

     The other agency that has a major role  in the licensing procedure is
the Local Planning Commission.  In order for a license to be issued,
planning permission must be obtained.  Once  such  permission has been
obtained, the WDA can refuse a license only  when  the Authority is
satisfied that rejection is necessary for preventing pollution of  water
or danger to public health.  For example, the fact that a site is  not
compatible with the Authority's waste disposal  plan  is  not  sufficient
reason for rejection.   In effect, planning considerations and  technical
considerations are kept separate in the licensing procedures.

     Public  hearings are not required for licensing; however,  when one is
held,  it is  chaired by the Planning Inspector.  The  Department of  the
Environment  is only part of the decision procedure in the event of a
deadlock as  described above.  The function of the Department is to
establish policy for waste disposal and waste management.

     Guidelines for completion of the Disposal  License Application Form
are given in Waste Management Paper No. k, "The Licensing of Waste
Disposal  Sites."  (A copy of this paper and  the application form are
included in Appendix D.)

     The Disposal  License Application Form that is used is  standard in
the United Kingdom.  Application is made in  writing  to the  relevant Waste
Disposal  Authority.  The information required by  the form is of a  general
nature, but the WDA may request additional information  (such as a  geologic
report) judged to be appropriate to the site in question.  The form is
divided into three parts.  Part I  deals with general  information on site
location, ownership, type, and brief description  of  the waste  to be
accepted.  Part II addresses the waste types, quantities, and  sources in
more detail.  Part III is a separate submission in that it  is  not  part
of the form as such; it includes the site location plan and the working/
operational plan for the facility.  It is strongly suggested by the
Department of the Environment (DOE) that Part I of the application be
filled out and submitted prior to completion of Parts II  and III.  Part
                                    C-68

-------
 I can then be used as the basis for informal discussion between the
 applicant and the WDA.  The data that can be required of an applicant
 are not specified and presumably would be clarified on a case-by-case
 basis after the submission of Part I.

     The decision procedure that is used in considering a site licensing
 application is that of criteria listing applied on a case-by-case basis.
 Criteria that are used are described in Waste Management Paper No. ^4,
 but the criteria are not quantified.  Table C-7 is a brief summary of the
 factors that are considered to be related to waste characteristics and
 site conditions.  Planning considerations and legislative interaction
 are not shown in this table.  It is notable that most of the items in the
 table are considered in balance, and not as absolute values; the monetary
 or other cost is considered in conjunction with the risk associated with
 the alternative action.  The lack of quantification of criteria is
 intentional because the philosophy of the Department of the Environment
 is to allow enough leeway for the balance to be achieved,,  They do not
 want extensive quantification because  they do not want to be bound by
 numbers.  The emphasis is on subjective evaluation based upon:   waste and
 site specific data, experience at similar disposal sites, and professional
 judgment.

     The DOE has developed a site classification scheme (Table C-8) for
 the selection of landfill sites indicative of the non-quantified approach.
 The generality of the classification scheme is  justified in the following:

     "At first sight it might be thought that the way to deal  with
     the selection of landfill  sites was to categorize wastes  on the
     basis of their pollution potential  and sites on the basis  of
     their ability to contain wastes.   Particular categories of waste
     could then be linked with particular categories of sites  to
     produce a series of definitive recommendations,,  Unfortunately
     neither wastes nor sites lend themselves to such categorization
     and it is necessary to produce a  more generalized scheme  which
     can be modified and adapted for local  use."

     Class 2 sites appear to be considered the  least likely to  cause
 pollution if the site is properly selected and  managed.   According to DOE,
 the majority of pollution form domestic landfills involve surface water
 resources rather than groundwater resources.  At Class 1  sites,  leachate
 cannot move away from the site,  and saturated conditions  result.   In time,
 the leachate overflows  the impermeable  base of  the landfill  to  form a
 polluting surface discharge.   Impermeable linings are recommended only
where there is a shortage of potential  disposal  sites, and a site must
 be located so close to  water supply wells that  pollution  would  almost
 certainly occur.
                                     C-69

-------
                                  TABLE C-7

              CRITERIA USED FOR WASTE DISPOSAL SITE LICENSING
              (DEPARTMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENT, UNITED KINGDOM)
         Cri teria

     Site Characteristics

     a.  Past History
     b.   Hydrogeology
     c.   Aquifers
     d.   Rainfall
     e.   Site Works



     f.   Wet Sites


II.   Waste Characteristics

     a.   Type of Waste



     b.   Quantity of Waste



     c.   Mix of Waste
               Descri ption
Existing site near end of completion may
be allowed to continue even with undesir-
able features particularly if features have
no lasting ill effects and would be unduly
expensive to correct.

Geology of the underlying rock types, their
permeability and ability to attenuate leach-
ate, depth of the unsaturated zone, and the
direction of groundwater flow are of major
importance.

Whether the water is used at present or is
likely to be used in the future, and the
type of use are weighed against the risk
from the site.

Quantity of residual rainfall must be taken
into account as it affects leachate perco-
lation and site stability.  Net transmission
of rainfall within the site must be consid-
ered when liquid waste is deposited.

The cost of control  of drainage into the
site must be assessed against the reduction
of pollution risks thereby achieved.

As a general  rule, only inert wastes should
be deposited.
Whether the waste is biodegradable or cap-
able of reacting with other waste, and its
behavior are to be considered.

It should be determined that the proposed
quantity of waste does not exceed the physi-
cal or operational site capacity.

Positive and negative effects of waste inter-
action should be considered.
                                    C-70

-------
                                                       TABLE C-8

                                            CLASSIFICATION OF  LANDFILL SITES
                                     (DEPARTMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENT,  UNITED KINGDOM)
Class 2
Class 3
                Class

           Si tes provi di ng
           a significant
           element of
           containment
Si tes allow!ng
slow leachate
mi grat ion
Si tes allowi ng
rapid leachate
movement
           Generalized Description

Located on impermeable or relatively imperme-
able strata which contain wastes and leachates
within landfill or immediate vicinity.   Strata
include fine grained compact rocks of low per-
meability such as slates, shales, and mud-
stones as well as soft clay and marls.   Thick-
ness required is computed by:  Q/A = K x i
Poor permeable material is used for daily
cove r.

Sites which do not provide containment but
allow leachate to migrate at slow rates so
that attenuation and dilution can occur before
leachate reaches potential or developed ground-
water resources.  Major points in site char-
acteristics are the presence of a thick un-
saturated zone and large distance from ground-
water withdrawal points.  Sites on fissured
rock are generally not suitable.  Ideal site
characteristics are:  pit in silt or fine sand,
permeability of 10"• m/day, and underlain at
depth by impermeable clay to.protect deeper
aqu.i fers.

Sites having insignificant attenuation.  They
are located in a variety of settings; examples
are river terraces with high water table and
limestone with solution enlarged fractures.
                                                                                  Wastes  Suitable

                                                                        Suitable  for  solid wastes  but  not
                                                                        recommended  for  large  volumes  of
                                                                        liquid  waste  because of  build-up
                                                                        of  head in landfill and  potential
                                                                        for surface water contamination
                                                                        when completely  saturated.
Suitable for readily degradable
materials such as domestic waste
and many industrial  wastes, par-
ticularly those whose leachates
are comparable to those from do-
mestic waste; suitable for liquid
waste where liquids  can be de-
graded, dispersed and diluted be-
fore reaching groundwater resources
which are so limited that some
pollution would cuase no problems.
Normally suitable only for rela-
tively inert materials unless
site is insensitive to contamin-
ation or there is a large dilution
factor.

-------
     A basic approach to land disposal  of wastes in the United  Kingdom
is outlined  in Circular 39/76 published by the Department  of  the
Environment, entitled "The Balancing of Interests between  Water
Protection and Waste Disposal".   (See Appendix D.)   This circular
presents the dilute and disperse approach as the most  reasonable  for
most wastes.  Factors that are to be considered in  assessing  the
environmental risk associated with dilute and disperse are:

   Q The volume of the aquifer considered to be at  risk, and  the  present
     and future uses of the water.  If the usefulness  of an aquifer  is
     not great, the provision of an alternate water supply should  be
     made.

   © Hydrogeologic characteristics of the site including the  ability
     to attenuate leachates.

   ©Type, volume, and rate of waste to be disposited  including the
     possible interaction of wastes and the ability of leachate to
     be attenuated.

     According to a recent (January 27, 1977) article  in New  C i v i 1
Engi neer, the dilute and disperse approach, as outlined in Circular
39/76, has not as yet been accepted by water authorities who  are not
convinced that water supplies can be adequately protected.  Again
according to the same article, the water authorities are using  their
advisory role to

     "...preserve total separation of potentially harmful  discharges
     from any present or planned water resources.  That generally
     means vetoing license applications unless there is a  guarantee
     that the site is completely impermeable - the  'contain and
     concentrate' philosophy."

Although is is not possible to determine how many applications  are
actually vetoed by water authorities, it is interesting that  most
present landfill  sites rely on containment, with leachate  collected
and hauled to a local sewage treatment plant.

     It seems clear that attitudes toward land disposal  of hazardous
waste in the United Kingdom are now in the process  of  changing.  Despite
the controversy that is associated with the "dilute and disperse"
approach, it is apparent that this approach is the  one that is  favored
by the Department of the Environment and the Waste  Disposal Authorities.

     Recent guidelines prepared by the Department of the Environment
(Waste Management Paper No. k, "The Licensing of Waste Disposal Sites",
1976)  considers two facets of dilute and disperse.   One facet  is  the
                                     C-72

-------
obvious approach of allowing some  seepage  of 1eachate  from a  site  and  is
dependent on attenuation mechanisms  and isolation  to prevent  ground water
contami nat ion.

     The other facet considered relates to the disposal  of very  hazardous
wastes.

     "The risk of long-term environmental  problems  can  sometimes
     be minimized by dividing the  waste to be disposed  of  between
     a number of sites so that the quantity going  to each  is  within
     the limits of acceptability.  This is one facet of the so-called
     'dilute and disperse1  approach  to waste disposal which the
     Department considers is in most cases preferable  to that of
     concentration and containment,  and should be  adopted  where
     there are not good reasons for  acting otherwise."

     This form of industrial waste disposal  is rather  common  in  the
United Kingdom.  The number of sites taking solely  toxic wastes  is
presently less  than 25 with some of  them relying upon waste containment.
                                     C-73

-------
CONTACT FORM
          Landesanstalt fur Umwelt
          Institut fur Wasser
            and AbfalIwirtschaft
          State of Baden-Wurttemberg
          Hirschstrabe  12-U
          7500 Karlsruhe
          West Germany
          Phone: 0721-13-523-** 1
          Mr. Gerhard
          Chemi st
Kreischer
Agency:

     Office of the State of Bavaria
        for Environmental Protection
     Bayerisches Landesamt
        fur Umweltschintz
     Rosenkavalierplatz 2
     8000 Munich 81
     West Germany
     Phone: 089-92U-2551

Persons Contacted:

     Mr. Wolfgang Knorr
     Engineer and Assistant Manager
     Department of Solid Wastes

     Dr. B. Matthes
     Chemist

Type of Procedure:

     Criteria Listing.

Permit Procedure;

     Each state has its own government and procedures (Bavaria is a
state.)  Technical review and approval comes from the State Office;
however, the formal approval comes from each District Office and is
issued by the lawyer  in charge.  Review and approval must also come from
the Water Office and  from the Office of Security and Safety.  The
District Office summarizes each agency evaluation and makes the final
decision for approval.  Legal hearings are held if there is a split
decision0  Public hearings are required by law in all of Germany prior
to final approval.  Inspection and enforcement is conducted from the
Central Office.

Pi scussion:

     The licensing procedure involves a listing with required definition
of waste and site characteristics.  The decision is a subjective one
based on assessment of these characteristics and on empirical data from
existing sites.  There is an aversion to using specific numbers, with  a
preference for using working guidelines which allow for flexibility to
assess each site and waste on a case-by-case basis*

-------
     The approach to land disposal in West Germany emphasizes
containment rather than attenuation and/or dilution.  There are some
variations in the approach within West Germany since each state has its
own procedures.  The States of Bavaria and Baden-Wurttemberg both have
guidelines for waste disposal.  The guidelines for Bavaria, however,
are not written.  They require containment with a permeability of 1 0~"
m/sec (10~" cm/sec).  Although this is a low permeability, it does not
ensure complete containment.

     Leachate collection and underdrain systems are generally required;
it is discharged either to a river if there is adequate dilution or to
a sewage treatment plant.  Leachate from hazardous waste may require
pretreatment before discharge to the sewage treatment plant.

     Although there are no specified site criteria for depth to bedrock/
water table and discharge to surface water or wells, site definition is
required.  A description of on-site soils, geology, depth to groundwater,
direction of groundwater flow, and an environmental analysis must be
included in the site report.  Borings are required for hazardous waste
sites and most municipal  waste sites.  Additional site requirements
include a thickness of one meter of clay, either in place or imported
and compacted.  An artificial liner is in use in at least one landfill.

     Monitoring wells and drainage control are required at disposal sites.
State Office personnel  perform sample analyses twice each year.  The
analyses are performed in their own laboratory.   A copy of "Guidelines
for Designing, Erecting,  and Operating Dumps for Household Refuse and
Materials Similar to Household Refuse" is included in Appendix D.

     Waste characteristics must be defined including analysis of the
waste itself;  100 grams of waste are mixed with 1 liter of water and
mechanically agitated for 8 hours.  The liquid is then filtered and
analyzed for the components characteristic of that type of waste.  The
critical factors include:  the volume of waste,  its concentration, and
the solubility of its constituents.  Liquids are either solidified or
incinerated;  they are not put directly into landfills.  Sludges and
solid waste are accepted, but only with a pH greater than 7;  acid wastes
must be neutralized first.  The biggest problem of landfills is the
treatment of various wastes coming in as a mixed waste stream, and not
necessarily the individual types of wastes.

     There is  a detailed  waste catalogue which indicates a code number,
the name of the waste,  a  category, and the products of that waste.  The
category numbers range from I to V; I  is the most difficult to dispose
of, not necessarily toxic, and V is the least difficult to dispose.
The breakdown  is arbitrary and qualitative;  it is not a quantitative
system.   The wastes are catalogued into the following general  categories:
                                     C-75

-------
organic wastes, metals and minerals, chemicals-synthetics (the newer
technology), radioactive, and municipal  and other wastes.  There are
nine series in all, with Series 2, **, 6  and 8 presently omitted to allow
for the system to be expanded and greater detail  to be added.

     A decision tree approach has been developed  to aid industry in
evaluating whether a waste can be co-disposed with municipal  waste,
recycled, or disposed of at an industrial site.   This approach is
attached as Figure C~5.

     The guidelines that have been published by  the State of  Baden-
Wurttemberg are similar to those in use  in most  of the country.  They
address leachate collection, treatment and disposal, and subsurface
conditions and drainage control; these guidelines require a permeability
of 10~8 m/sec (10~° cm/sec) as do the unwritten  guidelines for Bavaria.
A map (not included in this document) has been prepared which  shows those
areas in Baden-Wurttemberg where landfills are not permitted,  based on
groundwater use and sensitive areas such as wetlands and flood plains.

     Wastes are assessed as they are in  Bavaria;  special or hazardous
wastes are separated, with certain wastes requiring incineration or
pretreatment.  Centrally-located waste collection points exist within 50
kilometers of any industry in order to facilitate waste handling.

     A basic part of the approach in West Germany is cooperation with
industry.  The agencies work with industry to minimize waste  quantities
and to develop in-house processes to change waste characteristics for
easier disposal.  Also, 30 percent of the funding for District Offices  is
supplied by industry.
                                     C-76

-------
             Production of
            Specific Waste
              Materials
    Is the Waste Material Expressly
  Excluded from the General Removal
  with Household Waste by Statute or
           Regulation?
                 Is the Removal Prescribed in
                 a Special Garbage Removal
                  Installation in the Federal
                   Republic of Germany?
                                               No
                                Testing in the Individual Case Whether
                                  Removal Together with Household
                                       Garbage is Possible
o
 I
 Is Common Removal Basically Possible
in the Available Waste Removal Installation
  According to Type and Composition of
         the Waste Material?
                                                                No
No
 Is Removal Economical in
 the Special Waste Removal
 Installation Compared with
Erecting our own Installation?
                                                                                                       Yes
                                                                                                                                           Yes
                                                                                               Is Reduction of Special Garbage
                                                                                                 Removal Costs Possible by
                                                                                                Pretreatment or Sorting Within
                                                                                                      the Operation?
                                               Yes
                               Does the Amount (Ratio) of Waste Material
                               to Household Garbage Permit Removal in
                                  the Available Household Garbage
                                       Removal Installation?
                                     No
  Is Common Removal
Possible After Pretreatment
  Within the Operation,
   e.g.. by Removal of
       Water?
                                                                  No
                                               Yes
                                      Is the Capacity of the
                                      Installation Sufficient?
          I  Waste Removal  I
     —3^-1    Similar to    I-
          I^Housenold Wastejj
                                                                            No
                                                                                                                                          Yes
                                                       Undertake Sorting or
                                                      Preliminary Treatment
                                                       Within the Operation
                                               Yes
                                                Household Waste
                                                   Removal
                                                  Installations
                                                        Separate Garbage
                                                       Removal Installations
                                              FIGURE C-5   SEQUENCE OF DECISIONS IS SHOWN FOR GROUPING
                                                                THE  RESIDUAL MATERIALS OCCURRING IN THE
                                                                OPERATION WITH REGARD TO RE-USE AND REMOVAL

-------
                                APPENDIX D*
                                 CALIFORNIA
Applications

State Solid Waste Management Board

 1.  Solid Waste Facility Permit Application
 2.  Preparation of Report on Disposal Site Information
 3.  Preparation of Report on Station Information and Plan of Operation
       for Small Volume Transfer Stations
 4.  Report of Waste Discharge
 5o  Procedure for Implementing SB 1797 (1977)
       Section 6678'* of the Government Code
 6.  Procedure for Implementing SB 1797 (197*0
       Section 66783.! of the Government Code
 7.  Application for Rubbish Dump Permit Form #LE-3*»
 8.  Appendix B Sample Permit Application c/o
       Ventura County Planning Dept.
 9.  City of Oxnard -
       Environmental  Impact Report Questionnaire
10.  South Central  Coast Regional Commission
       Application  for Permit

Regulations and Guidelines

C.S.W.M.B. Disposal  of Environmentally Dangerous Wastes in California,
  August, 1976

California Department of Health

1.   Hazardous Waste Management
2.   Law,  Regulations  and Guidelines  for the Handling of Industrial  Waste

California State Water Resources Control  Board

1.   Waste Discharge Requirements for  Non-Sewerable Waste Disposal  to
      Land, "Disposal  Site Design and Operation Information",
      December 1976  (latest)
     *Separate Document—Aval Table  at  Office  of Solid Waste.
Hazardous Waste Management Division, Washington, D.C.
                                   D-i

-------
                                  ILLINOIS

                      Environmental  Protection Agency
                  Division of Land/Noise Pollution Control
Appl icat ions (ioC., , Solid Waste Management Site Application)

1.  Application for Permit to Allow the Disposal of Special  and/or
      Hazardous Waste at an I EPA Permitted Disposal Site - Module E

2.  Application for Permit to Develop and/or Operate a Solid Waste
      Management Site (pp. 39 - 53 in Sanitary Landfill  Management)

Regulations and Guidelines

1.  Special and/or Hazardous Waste; Permit Information Instructions
      Module E

2.  Special V/aste - Land Disposal  Criteria

3.  Sanitary Landfill  Management
                                   D-2

-------
                                MINNESOTA

                         Pollution Control  Agency


Appli cat!ons

1.  "Sanitary Landfill  Permit Applications" - Soil  Boring

2.  Permit Application  for Construction of  a Solid  Waste Disposal  System

3.  Form #MPCA 651 "Preliminary Site Investigation  of Proposed Sanitary
      Landfi11"

Regulations and Guidelines

HW-1   -  General Applicability, Definitions, Abbreviations,  Incorporations,
          Severabillty  and Variances

HW-2   -  Classifications, Evaluation,  and  Certification on Waste

HW-3   -  Generation of Hazardous Waste

HW-**   -  Location, Operation and Closure of a Hazardous Waste Facility

HW-5   -  Transportation of Hazardous Waste

HW-6   -  The Hazardous Waste Facility  Permit Program

HW-7   -  Contents of Hazardous Waste Facility Permit

HW-8   -  Hazardous Waste Shipping Papers Applications

HW-9   -  County Regulation of Hazardous Waste Management

HW-10   -  Spillages and Leakages of Hazardous V/aste
                                  D-3

-------
                               NEW YORK STATE

                  Department of Environmental Conservation
Appl?cat ions
1.  #SW-7 (11/73)
    Application for Approval to Construct a Solid Waste Management
      Facility

2.  #1,7-19-11 (6/77) Formerly SW-22
    Application for Approval to Operate a Solid Waste Management
      Faci1i ty

3.  A7-19-5 (6/77) Formerly SW-23
    Application for Variance from 6 NYCRR 360

*».  A7-19-6 (6/77) Formerly SW-2*t
    Application for Use of a Construction and Demolition Debris
      Disposal  Site

Guidelines and Regulations

1.  Application for Construction of Solid Waste Management Facility
      Content Guidelines and Specifications

2.  Part 360, Solid Waste Management Facilities Approved by Environmental
      Review Board May 17, 1977, Effective August 28, 1977
                                   D-A

-------
                                PENNSYLVANIA

                   Department of environmental REsources
Appl ications

1.  Application for Permit for Solid Waste Disposal and/or Processing
      Facility  Form #ER-BLP-10 Rev.
2.  Solid Waste Disposal and/or Processing Site Application Module -
      Phase I   Form #H712.122 Rev. 1/71

3.  Solid Waste Disposal and/or Processing Site Application Module -
      Phase II  Form #ER-BLP-25  3/75

'*.  Module 5A - Phase I  Supplementary Geology and Groundwater Information
      Form #ER-BLP-189.5A1   3/75

5.  Ground Water Module  - Phase II, Monitoring Points

6.  Permit for Solid Waste  Disposal and/or Processing Facility
      Form #ER-BLP-23  Rev. B/Jk

7.  Module for Sevyage Sludge. and Septic Tank or Holding Tank Waste
      Form # Module 75.32

8.  Land Disposal  Inspection Report
      Form #ER-BLP-09  Rev.
Regulations and Guidelines

1.  Chapter 75 - Solid Waste Management Rules  and Regulations

20  Spray Irrigation Manual
      Bureau of Water Quality Management Publication  #31

3.  Laboratory Procedure for the Conduct of a  Leachate  Analysis

*».  Interim Guidelines for Sewage,  Septic Tank,  and Holding  Tank  Water
      Use on Agricultural  Lands

5.  Title 25
      Part 1 - D.E.R.
        Article III  -Air  Resources
          Chapter 125 - Coal  Refuse Disposal Areas
                                  D-5

-------
                                   TEXAS

                       Department of Health Resources
Applications
Application for a Permit to Operate a Municipal  Solid Waste Facility
Appendix A in Municipal Solid V/aste Management Regulations

Regulations and Guidelines

1.  Municipal Solid Waste Management Regulations
      April 1977
                                   D-6

-------
                                   TEXAS

                            Water Quality Board
Appli cations

1.  Permit Application for Commercial Industrial Solid Waste Management
      Sites

      #WQB 90 (Rev. 3-76)

2.  Technical Questionnaire for Non-Commercial Industrial Solid Waste
      Management Sites

      #WQB 90A (Rev. 3~76)

Guidelines and Regulations

Industrial Solid Waste Management Regulations
  Supplemental Technical  Guidelines

 1.  Waste Evaluation
 ?..  Site Selection and Evaluation
 3.  Landfills
 ^4.  Ponds and Lagoons
 5.  Land Farming
 6.  Monitoring/Leachate  Collection Systems
 7.  Supporting Facilities
 8.  Records
 9.  Non-Compatible Wastes
10.  Texas Water Qaulity  Board Waste Code Catalogue
11.  Alphabetic Waste Classification Code Report
       (Computer Print-out)  Form 030807
                                  D-7

-------
                               ONTARIO, CANADA

                         Ministry of the Environment
Appli cat ions
1.  Application for a Certificate of Approval for a Waste Disposal Site,
      MOE - 1*4203 - 7/7**

20  Supporting  Information to an Application for Approval of a Landfill
      Disposal  Site.  MOE - U202 - 7/71*

3.  Application for a Certificate of Approval for a Waste Management
      System

*».  Supporting  Information to an Application for a Waste Management
      System  MOE - 1^*305 - 9/73

Guidelines and  Procedures
1.  Guidelines and Criteria for Water Quality Management in Ontario

2.  General Guidelines for Landfill Site Selection

3.  Procedures for the Certification Process
      (Paper presented at West Central Region Waste Management Seminar)

**„  Guidelines for Sewage Sludge Utilization on Agricultural Lands
                                   D-8

-------
                           GREATER LONDON COUNCIL

                   Department of Public Health  Engineering
                             Solid Waste Branch
Applications

1.  Disposal License Application Form

      Form HF. 1  SWIL.1
      Part I , Part I I,  Part I I I

Regulations and  Guidelines

1.  Department of the  Environment
      Waste Management  Paper No. ^  -  The  Licensing  of V/aste  Disposal
      Sites.

2.  Department of the  Environment
      The Balancing of  Interests Between  Water  Protection  and Waste
      Disposal  Circular 39/76
                                   D-9

-------
                                WEST GERMANY


Appli cat Ions

None

Guidelines and Regulations

1.  Guidelines for Designing, Erecting, and Operating Disposal  Sites for
      Household Refuse and Material Similar to Household Refuse,,

2.  New Waste Removal Law (in German, Table of Contents in English is
      attached)
                                   D-10

-------
s: Q
 I  (-•
M ON
ON VD
to »J
n
                              APPENDIX  E*



                              Table  E-1

             Summary of Selected Case  Histories
1.
2.
3.
it.
Agency
Ca) Ifornla
Regional Water
Quality Board
New York State
Department of
f nv! ronmen tal
Conservation
Pennsylvania
nepartnierit of
Envl ronmental
Resources
Texas Depart-
ment of Environ-
mental Resources
Decision
Procedures
Classlf icat Ion
System
Criteria
Listing
Criteria
Listing
Criteria
Listing
Class if lead on
System
Facility
Type
Landfill
Landf II 1
serving
1(2,000
persons
Regional
Land fill
Type 1
Facility
Location
Los Angeles
County
Columbia
County
Al lenwood
Prison
Camp .
Dal las
County
Texas
Waste
Type
Group 1 and
I'un i c i pa 1
Sol id waste
Sol id waste
Municipal
Sol id waste
Application Permit
Process Time Granted Denied
(months)
2 15 Granted
22 Pending
months +
1 Granted
5 Granted
months
Special
Provl s Ions
Leachate collection
wells. Low permeability
barrier wall at station
of site boundary
Special screening from
nearby historic site
Two natural 1 Iners
and one art i f ical
(30 mil PVC) liner
Change In design to
preserve a stand of
virgin hardwood
Remarks
Case history is of application
to upgrade one parcel of
existing landfill to accept
Group 1 waste
There is considerable opposition
to site use by citizens groups.
Permit Is now being delayed due
to questions of compliance with
new regu 1 at ions .
Considerable opposition from
citizens groups delayed permit
aqulsl t Ion .
There was only minimal public
opposl tion
          5. Texas Water     Criteria
            Qujlll/ board,   Listing
            Industrial Solid Classification
            Waste Branch     System

          6. Ontario Ministry Criteria
            of the Environ-   Listing
            men t
Industrial  Jefferson
Landfill   County,
          Texas
Class I  and
I I
Municipal  Municipality  primarily
Landfill  of Hal ton     municipal
                      sol id waste
               months
                                    N.A.
                                                                                       Granted
                       Applicat ion
                       to quash was
                       granted
Collection  and spray
Irrigation  of surface
wa te r
Municipal Ity can
proceed wi th
necessary  preliminary
work.
Although the site is approved
for  Class I waste, each time
a new type of Class I waste
Is proposed fci  disposal,  special
permission must  be obtained.

The  procedure occurred prior
to permit application.
                *Separate  Document—Available at  Office of Solid Waste,
          Hazardous  Waste  Management  Division, Washington,  D.C.

-------